AU2006233207B2 - Hepatitis C virus inhibitors - Google Patents

Description

AUSTRALIA Patents Act COMPLETE SPECIFICATION (ORIGINAL) Class Int. Class Application Number: Lodged: Complete Specification Lodged: Accepted: Published: Priority Related Art: Name of Applicant: Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Actual Inventor(s): Xiang-dong Alan Wang, Li-Quang Sun, Sing-Yuen Sit, Ny Sin, Paul Michael Scola, Andrew Charles Good, Yan Chen, Jeffrey Allen Campbell, Piyasena Hewawasam Address for Service and Correspondence: PHILLIPS ORMONDE & FITZPATRICK Patent and Trade Mark Attorneys 367 Collins Street Melbourne 3000 AUSTRALIA Invention Title: HEPATITIS C VIRUS INHIBITORS Our Ref: 785721 POF Code: 140109/140109 The following statement is a full description of this invention, including the best method of performing it known to applicant(s): 6-016la HEPATITIS C VIRUS INHIBITORS The present application is a divisional application from Australian patent application number 2003241510 the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by 5 reference. FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention is generally directed to antiviral compounds, and more specifically directed to compounds which inhibit the functioning of the NS3 protease 10 encoded by Hepatitis C virus (HCV), compositions comprising such compounds and methods for inhibiting the functioning of the NS3 protease. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION HCV is a major human pathogen, infecting an estimated 170 million persons 15 worldwide - roughly five times the number infected by human immunodeficiency virus type 1. A substantial fraction of these HCV infected individuals develop serious progressive liver disease, including cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma. (Lauer, G.M.; Walker, B.D. N. EngL. J. Med. (2001), 345, 41-52). 20 Presently, the most effective HCV therapy employs a combination of alpha interferon and ribavirin, leading to sustained efficacy in 40% of patients. (Poynard, T. et al. Lancet (1998), 352, 1426-1432). Recent clinical results demonstrate that pegylated alpha-interferon is superior to unmodified alpha-interferon as monotherapy (Zeuzem, S. et al. N. Engl. J. Med. (2000), 343, 1666-1672). However, even with experimental 25 therapeutic regimens involving combinations of pegylated alpha-interferon and ribavirin, a substantial fraction of patients do not have a sustained reduction in viral load. Thus, there is a clear and long-felt need to develop effective therapeutics for treatment of HCV infection. 30 HCV is a positive-stranded RNA virus. Based on a comparison of the deduced amino acid sequence and the extensive similarity in the 5' untranslated region, HCV has been classified as a separate genus in the Flaviviridae family. All members of the Flaviviridae family have enveloped virions that contain a positive 2 stranded RNA genome encoding all known virus-specific proteins via translation of a single, uninterrupted, open reading frame. Considerable heterogeneity is found within the nucleotide and encoded amino 5 acid sequence throughout the HCV genome. At least six major genotypes have been characterized, and more than 50 subtypes have been described. The major genotypes of HCV differ in their distribution worldwide, and the clinical significance of the genetic heterogeneity of HCV remains elusive despite numerous studies of the possible effect of genotypes on pathogenesis and therapy. 10 The single strand HCV RNA genome is approximately 9500 nucleotides in length and has a single open reading frame (ORF) encoding a single large polyprotein of about 3000 amino acids. In infected cells, this polyprotein is cleaved at multiple sites by cellular and viral proteases to produce the structural and non- structural (NS) 15 proteins. In the case of HCV, the generation of mature non-structural proteins (NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, and NS5B) is effected by two viral proteases. The first one, as yet poorly characterized, cleaves at the NS2-NS3 junction; the second one is a seine protease contained within the N-terminal region of NS3 (henceforth referred to as NS3 protease) and mediates all the subsequent cleavages downstream of NS3, both 20 in cis, at the NS3-NS4A cleavage site, and in trans, for the remaining NS4A- NS4B, NS4B-NS5A, NS5A-NS5B sites. The NS4A protein appears to serve multiple functions, acting as a cofactor for the NS3 protease and possibly assisting in the membrane localization of NS3 and other viral replicase components. The complex formation of the NS3 protein with NS4A seems necessary to the processing events, 25 enhancing the proteolytic efficiency at all of the sites. The NS3 protein also exhibits nucleoside triphosphatase and RNA helicase activities. NS5B is a RNA-dependent RNA polymerase that is involved in the replication of HCV. Among the compounds that have demonstrated efficacy in inhibiting HCV 30 replication, as selective HCV serine protease inhibitors, are the peptide compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,323,180.

2a The discussion of documents, acts, materials, devices, articles and the like is included in this specification solely for the purpose of providing a context for the present invention. It is not suggested or represented that any or all of these matters formed part of the prior art base or were common general knowledge in the field 5 relevant to the present invention as it existed before the priority date of each claim of this application. Throughout the description and claims of the specification, the word "comprise" and variations of the word, such as "comprising" and "comprises", is not intended to 10 exclude other additives, components, integers or steps.

3 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention provides a compound of formula I, including 5 pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or prodrugs thereof, R2 00 B N, CNH > N(H)SOmR1 IN

--

* (1) Y = R3 X--R' wherein: 10 (a) R, is C 1

.

8 alkyl, C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl, or C4.

10 alkylcycloalkyl; (b) mislor2; (c) n is I or 2; (d) R 2 is H CI-6 alkyl, C 2 -6 alkenyl or C3.

7 cycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with halogen; 15 (e) R 3 is C 1

.

8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, cyano, amino, CI.

6 dialkylamino,

C

6

.

1 o aryl, C 7

.

1 4 alkylarvl, C 1

.

6 alkoxy, carboxy, hydroxy, aryloxy, C 7 .1 4 alkylaryloxy,

C

2

-

6 alkylester, C.s 15 alkylarylester;

C

3

-

1 2 alkenyl,

C

3

.

7 cycloalkyl, or C4.

10 alkylcycloalkyl, wherein the cycloalkyl or alkylcycloalkyl are optionally substituted 20 with hydroxy, C1- 6 alkyl, C 2

.

6 alkenyl or C 1

.

6 alkoxy; or R 3 together with the carbon atom to which it is attached forms a C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl group optionally substituted with C 2

.

6 alkenyl; (f) Y is H, phenyl substituted with nitro, pyridyl substituted with nitro, or CI-6 alkyl optionally substituted with cyano, OH or C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl; 25 provided that if R 4 or R 5 is H then Yis H; (g) B is H, C,.

6 alkyl, R 4 -(C=0)-, R 4 0(C=0)-,

R

4

-N(R

5 )-C(=0)-, R4-N(R)-C(=S)-,

R

4

SO

2 -, or R 4

-N(R

5

)-SO

2

-;

4, (h)

R

4 is (i) C 1

.

1 o alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl, carboxyl,

CI-

6 alkanoyl, 1-3 halogen, hydroxy,

-OC(O)C,.

6 alkyl, C,.

6 alkoxy, amino optionally substituted with C,.

6 alkyl, amido, or (lower alkyl) amido; (ii) C 3 -7 cycloalkyl, C 3 .- 7 cycloalkoxy, or C 4

.

10 alkylcycloalklyl, each 5 optionally substituted with hydroxy, carboxyl, (Ci_6 alkoxy)carbonyl, amino optionally substituted with CI.

6 alkyl, amido, or (lower alkyl) amid; (iii) C 6 .1 0 aryl or C7.1 6 arylalkyl, each optionally substituted with Ci.

6 alkyl, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, amido, (lower alkyl) amido, or amino optionally substituted with 'C 1

-

6 alkyl; (iv) Het; (v) 10 bicyclo(1.1.1)pentane; or (vi) -C(O)C)Cr.

6 alkyl, C 2

.

6 alkenyl or C 2

.

6 alkynyl; (i) R 5 is H; CI.6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens; or C,.

6 alkoxy provided

R

4 is CI.,o alkyl; (j) X is 0, S, SO, SO 2 , OCH 2 , CH 2 0 or NI-I; 15 (k) R' is Het; or C 6 ,oo aryl or C 7 .1 4 alkylaryl, optionally substituted with R'; and (1) R" is CI- 6 alkyl, C 3 .7 cycloalkyl,

CI.

6 alkoxy, C 3

.

7 cycloalkoxy, halo-C, 6 alkyl, CF3, mono-or di- halo-CI.6 alkoxy, cyano. halo, thioalkyl, hydroxy, alkanoyl,

NO

2 , SH, , amino, CI.6alkylamino, di (CI- 6 ) 20 alkylamino, di (CI- 6 ) alkylamide, carboxyl,

(CI-

6 ) carboxyester, C,6 alkylsulfone,

CI.

6 alkylsulfonamide, di (CI- 6 ) alkyl(alkoxy)amine,

C

6 . 1o aryl, C7.1 4 alkylaryl, or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle; with the proviso that X- R' is not -T COCH 3 N 25 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

4a The present invention also provides a compound having the formula RZ2 O O B

N(H)SO

2 R1 N4 C NH Y N '0 R3 (II) X-R' wherein: (a) R, is C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl; 5 (b) R 2 is Ci.

6 alkyl, C 2

.

6 alkenyl or C3.7 cycloalkyl; (c) R 3 is CI-8 alkyl optionally substituted with C 6 aryl, CI-6 alkoxy, carboxy, hydroxy, aryloxy, C 7

.

14 alkylaryloxy,

C

2 -6 alkylester, C 8

.

15 alkylarylester;

C

3

-

12 alkenyl, C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl, or C 4

.

10 alkylcycloalkyl; (d) Y is H; 10 (e) B is H, Ci.

6 alkyl, R 4 -(C=O)-,

R

4 0(C=O)-,

R

4 -N(R)-C(=O)-,

R

4

-N(R

5 )-C(=S)-,

R

4 S0 2 -, or R4-N(R5)-SO2-; (f) R 4 is (i) C1.10 alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl, carboxyl, C 1 -6 alkanoyl, 1-3 halogen, hydroxy,

C

1

.

6 alkoxy; (ii) C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl,

C

3

.

7 cycloalkoxy, or C 4 .10 alkylcycloalkyl; or (iii) C 6

.

1 0 aryl or C 7

.

16 arylalkyl, 15 each optionally substituted with C -6 alkyl or halogen; (g) R 5 is H or CI.

6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens; (h) X is O or NH; (i) R' is Het; or C 6 .Io aryl optionally substituted with R'; and (j) Ra is C 1 . alkyl, C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl,

CI-

6 alkoxy, halo-CI- 6 alkyl, halo, amino, 20

C

6 aryl, or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle; with the proviso that Xa-R' is not OCH a 0\

N

4b or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof. Further, the present invention provides a compound having the formula R2 B N(H)S0 2

R

1 /N C5 N'H Y N N R3 O-R' (111) 5 wherein: (a) R, is C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl; (b) R 2 is C 2

.

6 alkenyl; (c) R 3 is CI.

8 alkyl; (d) Y is H; 10 (e) B is R 4 0(C=O)-, or R4-N(R5)-C(=0)-; (f) R 4 is C 1 .1 0 alkyl; (g) R 5 is H; (h) R' is a bicyclic heterocycle optionally substituted with Ra; and (i) R' is CI.

6 alkyl, C 1 .6 alkoxy, halo, C 6 aryl, or a 5-7 membered 15 monocyclic heterocycle; with the proviso that 0- R' is not

OCH

3 N or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

5 The present invention also provides compositions comprising the compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or prodrugs thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In particular, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions useful for inhibiting HCV NS3 comprising a 5 therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The present invention further provides methods for treating patients infected 10 with HCV, comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, sol vate or prodrug thereof. Additionally, the present invention provides methods of inhibiting HCV NS3 protease by administering to a patient an effective amount of a compound of the present invention. 15 By virute of the present invention, it is now possible to provide improved drugs comprising the compounds of the invention which can be effective in the treatment of patients infected with HCV. Specifically, the present invention provides peptide compounds that can inhibit the functioning of the NS3 protease, e.g., in 20 combination with the NS4A protease. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF TIE INVENTION Stereochemical definitions and conventions used herein generally follow 25 McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms, S. P. Parker, Ed., McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York (1984) and Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds, Eliel, E. and Wilen, S., John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1994). Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms, i.e., they have the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the 30 prefixes D and L or R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and' I or (+) and (-) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (-) or 6 .1 meaning that the compound is levorotatory and (+) or d, meaning the compound, is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these compounds, called stereoisomers, are identical except that they are mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer of a mirror image pair may also be referred to as an enantiomer, 5 and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enaritiomeric mixture. The nomenclature used to describe organic radicals, e.g., hydrocarbons and substituted hydrocarbons, generally follows standard nomenclature known in the art, unless otherwise specifically defined. Combinations of groups, e.g., 10 alkylalkoxyamine, include all possible stable configurations, unless otherwise specifically stated. Certain radicals and combinations are defined below for purposes of illustration. The terms "racemic mixture" and "racemate" refer to an equimolar mixture of 15 two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity. The term "chiral" refers to molecules which have the property of non superimposability of the mirror image partner, while the term "achiral" refers to molecules which are superimposable on their mirror image partner. 20 The term "stereoisomers" refers to compounds which have identical chemical composition, but differ with regard to the arrangement of the atoms or groups in space. 25 The term "diastereomer" refers to a stereoisomer which is not an enantiomer, e.g., a stereoisomer with two or more centers of chirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another. Diastereomers have: different physical properties, e.g. melting points, boiling points, spectral properties, and reactivities. Mixtures of diastereomers may separate under high resolution analytical procedures such as 30 electrophoresis and chromatography.

7 The term "enantiomers" refers to two stereolisomers of a compound which are non-superimposable mirror images of one another. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" is intended to include nontoxic 5 salts synthesized from a compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or 10 acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, 1990, p. 1445. The compounds of the present invention are useful in the form of the free base or acid or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. All forms are within the scope of the invention. 15 The term "therapeutically effective amount" means the total amount of each active component that is sufficient to show a meaningful patient benefit, e.g., a sustained reduction in viral load. When applied to an individual active ingredient, administered alone, the term refers to that ingredient alone. When applied to a 20 combination, the term refers to combined amounts of the active ingredients that result in the therapeutic effect, whether administered in combination, serially or simultaneously. The term "compounds of the invention", and equivalent expressions, are 25 meant to embrace compounds of Formula I, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates, e.g. hydrates. Similarly, reference to intermediates, is meant to embrace their salts, and solvates, where the context so permits. References to the compound of the invention also include the preferred compounds of Formula U and II. 30 The term "derivative" means a chemically modified compound wherein the modification is considered routine by the ordinary skilled chemist, such as an ester or 8 an amide of an acid, protecting groups, such as a benzyl group for an alcohol or thiol, and tert-butoxycarbonyl group for an amine. The term "solvate" means a physical association of a compound of this 5 invention with one or more solvent molecules, whether organic or inorganic. This physical association includes hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. "Solvate" encompasses both solution-phase and isolable solvates. Exemplary solvates include hydrates, 10 ethanolates, methanolates, and the like. The term "prodrug" as used herein means derivatives of the compounds of the invention which have chemically or metabolically cleavable groups and become, by solvolysis or under physiological conditions, the compounds of the invention which 15 are pharmaceutically active in vivo. A prodrug of a compound may be formed in a conventional manner with a functional group of the compounds such as with an amino, hydroxy or carboxy group when present. The prodrug derivative form often nffer advantages of qonhility, tisne rmpatihility. or delayed release in a mammalian organism (see, Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs, pp. 7-9, 21-24, 20 Elsevier, Amsterdam 1985). Prodrugs include acid derivatives well known to practitioners of the art, such as, for example, esters prepared by reaction of the parent acidic compound with a suitable alcohol, or amides prepared by reaction of the parent acid compound with a suitable amine. 25 The term "patient" includes both human and other mammals. The term "pharmaceutical composition" means a composition comprising a compound of the invention in combination with at least one additional pharmaceutical carrier, i.e., adjuvant, excipient or vehicle, such as diluents, 30 preserving agents, fillers, flow regulating agents, disintegrating agents, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, suspending agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, perfuming agents, antibacterial agents, antifungal agents, lubricating agents and 9 dispensing agents, depending on the nature of the mode of administration and dosage forms. Ingredients listed in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18hed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA (1999) for example, may be used. 5 The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of patients without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication commensurate with a reasonable risk/benefit ratio. 10 The term "treating" refers to: (i) preventing a disease, disorder or condition from occurring in a patient which may be predisposed to the disease, disorder and/or condition but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (ii) inhibiting the disease, disorder or condition, i.e., arresting its development; and (iii) relieving the disease, 15 disorder or condition, i.e., causing regression of the disease, disorder and/or condition. The term "substituted" as used herein includes substitution at from one to the maximum number of possible binding sites on the core, e.p., organic radical, to which the subsitutent is bonded, e.g., mono-, di-, tnt- or tetra- substituted, unless otherwise specifically stated. 20 The term "halo" as used herein means a halogen substituent selected from bromo, chloro, fluoro or iodo. The term "haloalkyl"' means an alkyl group that in substituted with one or more halo substituents. 25 The term "alkyl" as used herein means acyclic, straight or branched chain alkyl substituents and includes, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, tert-butyl, hexyl, 1-methylethyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2 -methypropyl, 1,1-dimeth ylethyl. Thus, CI-6 alkyl refers to an alkyl group having from one to six carbon atoms. The term "lower alkyl" means an alkyl group having from one to six, preferably from one to four 30 carbon atoms. The term "alkylester" means an alkyl group additionally containing on ester group. Generally, a stated carbon number range, e.g., C 2

.

6 aikylester; includes all of the carbon atoms in the radical.

10 The term "alkenyl" as used herein means an alkyl radical containing at least one double bond, e.g., ethenyl (vinyl) and alkyl. 5 . The term "alkoxy" as used herein means an alkyl group with the indicated number of carbon atoms attached to an oxygen atom. Alkoxy includes, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, butoxy and 1,1-dimethylethoxy. The latter radical is referred to in the art as tert-butoxy. The term "alkoxycarbonyl" means an alkoxy group additionally containing a carbonyl group. 10 The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein means a cycloalkyl substituent containing the indicated number of carbon atoms and includes, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and spiro cyclic groups such as spirocyclopropyl as spirocyclobutyl. The term "cycloalkoxy" as used herein 15 means a cycloalkyl group linked to an oxygen atom, such as, for example, cyclobutyloxy or cyclopropyloxy. The term "alkylcycloalkyl" means a cycloalkyl group linked to an alkyl group. The stated carbon number range includes the total number of carbons in the radical, unless otherwise specficallv stated. This aCoo alkylcycloalkyl may contain from 1-7 carbon atoms in the alkyl group and from 3-9 20 carbon atoms in the ring, e.g., cyclopropylmethyl or c:yclohexylethyl. The term "aryl" as used herein means an aromatic moiety containing the indicated number of carbon atoms, such as, but not limited to phenyl, indanyl or naphthyl. For example, C6- 10 aryl refers to an aromatic moiety having from six to ten 25 carbon atoms which may be in the form of a monocyclic or bicyclic structure. The term "haloaryl" as used herein refers to an aryl mono, di or tri substituted with one or more halogen atoms. The terms "alkylaryl", "arylalkyl" and "aralalkyl" mean an aryl group substituted with one or more alkyl groups. Thus, a C 7

.

14 alkylaryl group many have from 1-8 carbon atoms in the alkyl group for a monocyclic aromatic and from 1 30 4 carbon atoms in the alkyl group for a fused aromatic. The aryl radicals include those substituted with typical substituents known to those skilled in the art, e.g., halogen, hydroxy, carboxy, carbonyl, nitro, sulfo, amino, cyano, dialkylamino 11 haloalkyl, CF 3 , haloalkoxy, thioalkyl, alkanoyl, SH, alkylamino, alkylamide, dialkylamide, carboxyester, alkylsulfone, alkylsulfonamide and alkyl(alkoxy)amine. Examples of alkylaryl groups include benzyl, butylphenyl and 1-naphthylmethyl. The terms "alkylaryloxy" and "alkylarylester" mean alkylaryl groups containing an 5 oxygen atom and ester group, respectively. The term "carboxyalkyl" as used herein means a carboxyl group (COOH) linked through an alkyl group as defined above and includes, for example, butyric acid. 10 The term "alkanoyl" as used herein means straight or branched 1-oxoalkyl radicals containing the indicated number of carbon atoms and includes, for example, formyl, acetyl, 1-oxopropyl (propionyl), 2 -methyl-.1-oxopropyl, 1-oxohexyl and the like. 15 The term "amino aralkyl" as used herein means an amino group substituted with an aralkyl group, such as the following amino aralkyl N1 20 The term "alkylamide" as used herein means an amide mono-substituted with an alkyl, such as N H 25 The term "carboxyalkyl" as used herein means a carboxyl group (COOH) linked through a alkyl group as defined above and includes, for example, butyric acid.

12 The term "heterocycle", aso referred to as "Het", as used herein means 7-12 membered bicyclic heterocycles and 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycles. Preferred bicyclic heterocycles are 7-12 membered fused bicyclic ring 5 systems (both rings share an adjacent pair of atoms) containing from one to four heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein both rings of the heterocycle are fully unsaturated. The nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms atoms may be optionally oxidized. The bicyclic heterocycle may contain the heteroatoms in one or both rings. The bicyclic heterocycle may also contain substituents on any of the ring 10 carbon atoms, e.g., one to three substituents. Examples of suitable substituents include C 1

.

6 alkyl, C3 7 cycloalkyl, CI.

6 alkoxy, C 3

.

7 cycloalkoxy, halo-C- 6 alkyl, CF 3 , mono-or di- halo-CI.

6 alkoxy, cyano, halo, thioalkyl,. hydroxy, alkanoyl, NO 2 , SH, , amino, C 1

.

6 alkylamino, di (C- 6 ) alkylamino, di (Cr- 6 ) alkylamide, carboxyl, (C 1

-

6 ) carboxyester,

CI-

6 alkylsulfone, C 1

-

6 alkylsulfonarnide, CI-6 alkylsulfoxide, di (CI-6) 15 alkyl(alkoxy)amine, C6-10 aryl, C 7

.

14 alkylaryl, and a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle. When two substituents are attached to vicinal carbon atoms of the bicyclic heterocycle, they can join to form a ring, e.g., a five, six or seven membered ring svtp.m containing un to two hetroatoms qpecting fmm oxygen and nitrien. The bicyclic heterocycle may be attached to its pendant group, e.g. X in Formula I, at 20 any atom in the ring and preferably carbon. Examples of bicyclic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, the following ring systems: N N) N N N 0 Slm NN 25NNN N N 25N Preferred monocyclic heterocycles are 5-7membered saturated, partially saturated or fully unsaturated ring system (this latter subset herein referred to as 13 unsaturated heteroaromatic) containing in the ring from one to four heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein the sulfur and nitrogen heteroatoms may be optionally oxidized. The monocyclic heterocycle may also contain substituents on any of the ring atoms, e.g., one to three substituents. 5 Examples of suitable substituents include CI-6 alkyl, C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl, C.

6 alkoxy, C 3 .7 cycloalkoxy, halo-CI- 6 alkyl, CF 3 , mono-or di- halo-CI- 6 alkoxy, cyano, halo, thioalkyl, hydroxy, alkanoyl, NO 2 , SH,, amino, C,.6 alkylamino, di (CI- 6 ) alkylamino, di (CI- 6 ) alkylamide, carboxyl, (Ci- 6 ) carboxyester,

C-

6 alkylsulfone, Ci- 6 alkylsulfoxide, C,.

6 alkylsulfonamide, di (CI- 6 ) alkyl(alkoxy)amine,

C

6

-

1 0 aryl, 10 C 7

.

4 alkylaryl and 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle. The monocyclic heterocycle may be attached to its pendant group, e.g. X in Formula I, at any atom in the ring Examples of monocyclic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, the 15 following: N N N (N N S C) ( O0 0 \O0 /> CN N 1 N N 1 N N N Those skilled in the art will recognize that the heterocycles used in the 20 compounds of the present invention should be stable. Generally, stable compounds are those which can be synthesized, isolated and formulated using techniques known the those skilled in the art without degradation of the compound. Where used in naming compounds of the present invention, the designations 25 "Pl', P1, P2, P3 and P4", as used herein, map the relative positions of the amino acid residues of a protease inhibitor binding relative to tlie binding of the natural peptide cleavage substrate. Cleavage occurs in the natural substrate between P1 and Pl' 14 where the nonprime positions designate amino acids starting from the C-terminus end of the peptide natural cleavage site extending towards the N-terminus; whereas, the prime positions emanate from the N-terminus end of the cleavage site designation and extend towards the C-terminus. For example, P1' refers to the first position 5 away from the right hand end of the C-terminus of the cleavage site (ie. N-terminus first position); whereas P1 starts the numbering from the left hand side of the C-terminus cleavage site, P2: second position from the C-terminus, etc.)(see Berger A. & Schechter I., Transactions of the Royal Society London series (1970), B257, 249-264]. 10 Thus in the compounds of formula I, the "P1' to P4" portions of the molecule are indicated below: P1

-

R2 \

H

2 1 - B N(H)SOmRI IN -N . P4 P3 X P2 15 As used herein the term "1-aminocyclopropyl-carboxylic acid" (Acca) refers to a compound of formula: 0

H

2 N

OH

15 As used herein the term "tert-butylglycine" refers to a compound of the formula: 0

H

2 N OH 5 The term "residue" with reference to an amino acid or amino acid derivative means a radical derived from the corresponding a-amino acid by eliminating the hydroxyl of the carboxy group and one hydrogen of the a-amino acid group. For instance, the terms Gin, Ala, Gly, Ile, Arg, Asp, Phe, Ser, Leu, Cys, Asn, Sar and Tyr represent the "residues" of L-glutamine, L-alanine, glycine, L-isoleucine, L-arginine, 10 L-aspartic acid, L-phenylalanine, L-serine, L-leucine, L-cysteine, L-asparagine, sarcosine and L-tyrosine, respectively. The term "side chain" with reference to an amino acid or amino acid residue means a group attached to the cc-carbon atom of the a-amino acid. For example, the 15 R-group side chain for glycine is hydrogen, for alanine it is methyl, for valine it is isopropyl. For the specific R-groups or side chains of the a-amino acids reference is made to A.L. Lehninger's text on Biochemistry (see chapter 4). The compounds of the present invention have the structure of Formula I: 20

R

2 O f1H2)n 00 B N -N(H)SOmR1 Y =

R

X-R'

16 wherein: (a) RI is C 1

.

8 alkyl, C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl, or C.1 0 alkylcycloalkyl; (b) m is I or 2; (c) n is I or2; 5 (d) R 2 is H CI- 6 alkyl, C 2 .6 alkenyl or C 3

..

7 cycloalkyl, each optionally substituted with halogen; (e) R 3 is C.

8 alkyl optionally substituted with halo, cyano, amino, C,.

6 dialkylamino, C6.10 aryl, C 7 .1 4 alkylaryl, C.

6 alkoxy, carboxy, hydroxy, aryloxy, C 7 .1 4 alkylaryloxy, C 2

-

6 alkylester, Cs-1 5 10 alkylarylester; C3-12 alkenyl, C3.7 cycloalkyl, or C 4 .1o alkylcycloalkyl, wherein the cycloalkyl or alkylcycloalkyl are optionally substituted with hydroxy, C,.6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl or C.6 alkoxy; or R 3 together with the carbon atom to which it is attached forms a C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl group optionally substituted with C 2

.

6 alkenyl; 15 (f) Y is H, phenyl substituted with nitro, pyridyl substituted with nitro, or

C,.

6 alkyl optionally substituted with cyano, OH or C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl; provided that if R 4 or R 5 is H then Yis H; (g) B is 1, Cr. , alky, R-(C=n)-, R40(C,=)-, R.N(Rs)-C(=0)., R4-N(Rs)-C(=S)-,

R

4 S0 2 -, or R4-N(Rs)-S0 2 -; 20 (h) R 4 is (i) CI.,o alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl, carboxyl, C.

6 alkanoyl, 1-3 halogen, hydroxy, -OC(O)C.6alkyl, C.

6 alkoxy, amino optionally substituted with C 1

.

6 alkyl, amido, or (lower alkyl) amido; (ii) C3.7 cycloalkyl, C3.7 cycloalkoxy, or C4.-o alkylcycloalklyl, each optionally substituted with hydroxy, carboxyl, (C 1

.

6 alkoxy)carbonyl, 25 amino optionally substituted with CI.6 alkyl, amido, or (lower alkyl) amido; (iii) C6-10 aryl or C 7 .1 6 arylalkyl, each optionally substituted with C,- 6 alkyl, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, amido, (lower alkyl) amido, or amino optionally substituted with C1.

6 alkyl; (iv) Het; (v) bicyclo(1.1.1)pentane; or (vi) -C(O)OCI.6 alkyl, C 2

.

6 alkenyl or C 2 -6 30 alkynyl; (i) R 5 is H; CI-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens; or C1.

6 alkoxy provided R4 is CI.,o alkyl; 17 (j) X is 0, S, SO, SO 2 , OCH 2 , CH 2 0 or NH; (k) R' is Het; or C 6

.

10 aryl or C7.

1 4 alkylaryl, optionally substituted with R'; and (1) Rais C 1

.

6 alkyl, C3.7cycloalkyl, C 1

.

6 alkoxy, C 3

.

7 cycloalkoxy, halo-C 5 6 alkyl, CF 3 , mono-or di- halo-CI-6 alkoxy, cyano, halo, thioalkyl, hydroxy, alkanoyl, NO 2 , SH, , amino, C1.6 alkylamino, di (C- 6 ) alkylamino, di (CI- 6 ) alkylamide, carboxyl, (CI- 6 ) carboxyester, C.-6 alkylsulfone, C 1

-

6 alkylsulfonamide, di (CI- 6 ) alkyl(alkoxy)amine,

C

6 . to aryl, C 7

.

1 4 alkylaryl, or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle; 10 with the proviso that X- R' is not 7 5

OCH

3 0 N I -N or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof. 15 Preferably, R 2 is C 2 .6 alkenyl; R 3 is C 1

.

8 alkyl optionally substituted with Ci-6 alkoxy, or C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl; Y is H; B is R 4 -(C=O)-, R 4 0(C=O)-, or R 4 -N(Rs)-C(=O)-;

R

4 is Ci-1o alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halogen or C 1

.

6 alkoxy; or C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl or C4.Io alkylcycloalklyl;

R

5 is H; X is 0 or NH; and R' is Het. 20 The substituents from each grouping may be selected individually and combined in any combination which provides a stable compound in accordance with the present invention. Also, more than one substituent from each group may be substituted on the core group provided there are sufficient available binding sites. For example, each of the following Ra substituents, C1.6 alkoxy, C 6 aryl and a 5-7 25 membered monocyclic heterocycle, may be substituted on a bicyclic heterocycle R'. In a preferred aspect, the compounds of the present invention have the structure of Formula II: 18

R

2 B0 B N1 C N '-N(H)SO2R1 Y ? X--R' wherein: 5 (a) RI is C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl; (b) R 2 is C 1

.

6 alkyl, C 2

-

6 alkenyl or C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl; (c) R 3 is C 1 .s alkyl optionally substituted with C 6 aryl, CI-6 alkoxy, carboxy, hydroxy, aryloxy, C 7

.

14 alkylaryloxy, C 2 -6 alkylester, C 8

-

15 alkylarylester; C 3

.

12 alkenyl, C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl, or C 4 .Io alkylcycloalkyl; 10 (d) Y is H; (e) B is H, C,-6 alkyl, R 4 -(C=O)-, R40(C'=O)-,

R

4

-N(R

5 )-C(=O)-, R --N(RA-C(=Si-. R ASO,-. or R-N(R)-SOI-: (f) R 4 is (i) C 1

.

1 o alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl, carboxyl, C.

6 alkanoyl, 1-3 halogen, hydroxy, C 1 -6 alkoxy; (ii) C 3

.

7 cycloalkyl, C 3

.

7 15 cycloalkoxy, or C4.10 alkylcycloalklyl; or (iii) C 6 .-o aryl or C 7

.

16 arylalkyl; each optionally substituted with C 1

.

6 alkyl or halogen; (g) R 5 is H or C 1 .6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens; (h) X is O or NH; (i) R' is Het; or C6.

1 0 aryl optionally substituted with Ra; and 20 (j) Rais C 2

.

6 alkyl, C3.7cycloalkyl, C 2

-

6 alkoxy, halo-C.

6 alkyl, halo, amino, C 6 aryl, or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle; with the proviso that Xa- R' is not 19 0 I-N or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof. 5 In one preferred aspect of the invention, R' is a bicyclic heterocycle. Preferably, the bicyclic heterocycle contains I or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom in the ring. Preferably, the heterocycle is substituted with at least one of C.- 6 alkyl, C 1

-

6 alkoxy, halo, C 6 aryl, and a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle. More preferably, R' is a bicyclic heterocycle containing I 10 nitrogen atom and substituted with methoxy and at least one of a C 6 aryl and a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle. In another preferred aspect of the invention, R' is a monocyclic heterocycle. Preferably, the heterocycle contains I or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally a sulfur 15 atom or an oxygen atom in the ring. Preferably, the heterocycle is substituted with at least one of C1.

4 alkyl, C 1

-

6 alkoxy, halo, C6-10 aryl, C-.1 4 alkylaryl, or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle. More preferably, R' is a monoyclic heterocycle containing 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and substituted with methoxy and at least one of a C 6 aryl and a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle. 20 In a more preferred aspect of the invention, the compounds have the structure of Formula III 20 R2 9 0 B NN N(H)SO2R, / ~ ' Or Y N R3Y O-R' (Ill) wherein: (a) R, is C3.

7 cycloalkyl; 5 (b) R 2 is C 2 -6 alkenyl; (c) R3 is CI- 8 alkyl; (d) Y is H; (e) B is R 4 0(C=0)-, or R 4 -N(Rs)-C(=O)-; (f) R 4 is C 1

.

1 0 alkyl; l)(P') RCI~q14 (h) R' is a bicyclic heterocycle optionally substituted with R"; and (i) Ra is Ci-6 alkyl, C 1

.

6 alkoxy, halo, C 6 aryl, or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle; with the proviso that 0- R' is not OCH3 N 15 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof. Preferably, R, is cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl, R;. is vinyl, R 3 is t-butyl, R 4 is t butyl and R' is quinoline or isoquinoline optionally substituted with Ra. Preferably, 20 R" includes at least one of C1-6 alkoxy, C 6 aryl and a 5-7 membered monocyclic 21 heterocycle. In a preferred aspect of the invention. R, is cyclopropyl,

R

2 is vinyl, R 3 is t-butyl, R 4 is t-butyl, and R' is isoquinoline substituted with C1- 6 alkoxy and at least one of C 6 aryl or a 5-7 membered monocyclic heterocycle. 5 . The compounds of the present invention, by virtue of their basic moiety, can form salts by the addition of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid. The acid addition salts are formed from a compound of Formula I and a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic acid, including but not limited to hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, phosphoric, or organic acid such as p-toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, 10 acetic, benzoic, citric, malonic, fumaric, maleic, oxalic, succinic, sulfamic, or tartaric. Thus, examples of such pharmaceutically acceptable salts include chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, phosphate, methanesulfonate, citrate, acetate, malonate, fumarate, sulfamate, and tartrate. 15 Salts of an amine group may also comprise quaternary ammonium salts in which the amino nitrogen carries a suitable organic group such as an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or aralkyl moiety. Compounds of the present invention, which are substituted with an acidic 20 group, may exist as salts formed through base addition. Such base addition salts include those derived from inorganic bases which include, for example, alkali metal salts (e.g. sodium and potassium), alkaline earth metal salts (e.g. calcium and magnesium), aluminum salts and ammonium salts. In addition, suitable base addition salts include salts of physiologically acceptable organic bases such as *25 trimethylamine, triethylamine, morpholine, pyridine, piperidine, picoline, dicyclohexylamine, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, 2-hydroxyethylamine, bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, tri-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, procaine, di benzylpiperidine, N-benzyl-p-phenethylamine, dehydroabietylamine, N,N'-bishydroabietylamine, glucamine, N-methylglucamine, collidine, quinine, cluinoline, ethylenediamine, 30 ornithine, choline, N,N'-benzylphenethylamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolarmine, diethylamine, piperazine, tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane and tetramethylammonium hydroxide and basic amino acids such as lysine, arginine and 22 N-methylglutamine. These salts may be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art. Certain compounds of the present invention, and their salts, may also exist in 5 the form of solvates with water, for example hydrates, or with organic solvents such as methanol, ethanol or acetonitrile to form, respectively, a methanolate, ethanolate or acetonitrilate. The present invention includes each solvate and mixtures thereof. In addition, compounds of the present invention, or a salt or solvate thereof, 10 may exhibit polymorphism. The present invention also encompasses any such polymorphic form. The compounds of the present invention also contain two or more chiral centers. For example, the compounds may include P1 cyclopropyl element of 15 formula

R

2 c PI wherein C, and C 2 each represent an asymmetric carbon atom at positions I and 2 of the cyclopropyl ring. Not withstanding other possible- asymmetric centers at other 20 segments of the compounds, the presence of these two asymmetric centers means that the compounds can exist as racemic mixtures of diastereomers, such as the diastereomers wherein R 2 is configured either syn to the amide or syn to the carbonyl as shown below.

23 H _,,-R2 C 2 (R) 2 2 (S) (R) (S) H 0 H 0 (IR, 2S) (IS, 2R)

R

2 is syn to carbonyl

R

2 is Syn to carbonyl R ()

R

2 %,A (R)(S) 0 o (IR, 2R) (IS,2S)

R

2 is syn to aide

R

2 is syn to amide The present invention includes both enantiomers and mixtures of enantiomers such as racemic mixtures. 5 The enantiomers may be resolved by methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, by formation of diastereoisomeric salts which may be separated by crystallization, gas-liquid or liquid chromatography, selective reaction of one enantiomer with an enantiomer-specific reagent. It will be appreciated that where the 10 desired enantiomer is converted into another chemical entity by a separation technique, then an additional step is required to form the desired enantiomeric form. Alternatively, specific enantiomers may be synthesized by asymmetric synthesis using optically active reagents, substrates, catalysts or solvents, or by converting one enantiomer into the other by asymmetric transformation. 15 The compounds of the present invention may be in the form of a prodrug. Simple aliphatic or aromatic esters derived from, when present, acidic groups pendent on the compounds of this invention are preferred prodrugs. In some cases it 24 is desirable to prepare double ester type prodrugs such as (acyloxy) alkyl esters or (alkoxycarbonyl)oxy)alkyl esters. Certain compounds of the present invention may also exist in different stable 5 conformational forms which may be separable. Torsional asymmetry due to restricted rotation about an asymmetric single bond, for example because of steric hindrance or ring strain, may permit separation of different conformers. The present invention includes each conformational isomer of these compounds and mixtures thereof. 10 Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in zwitterionic form and the present invention includes each zwitterionic form of these compounds and mixtures thereof. 15 The starting materials useful to synthesize the compounds of the present invention are known to those skilled in the art and can be readily manufactured or are commercially available. The compounds of the present invention can be manufactured by methods 20 known to those skilled in the art, see e.p., US Patent No. 6,323,180 and US Patent Appl. 20020111313 Al. The following methods set forth below are provided for illustrative purposes and are not intended to limit the scope of the claimed invention. It will be recognized that it may be preferred or necessary to prepare such a compound in which a functional group is protected using a conventional protecting 25 group then to remove the protecting group to provide a compound of the present invention. The details concerning the use of protecting groups in accordance with the present invention are known to those skilled in the art. The compounds of the present invention may, for example, be synthesized 30 according to a general process as illustrated in Scheme I (wherein CPG is a carboxyl protecting group and APG is an amino protecting group): 25 Scheme I P1 -- P1-CPG + APG-P2 a APG-P2-P1-CPG b C APG-P3-P2-P1-CPG : P2-P1-CPG + APG-P3 d e B-P3-P2-P1 B-P3-P2-PI-Pl' Briefly, the PI, P2, and P3 can be linked by well known peptide coupling techniques. The P1, P2, and P3 groups may be linked together in any order as long 5 as the final compound corresponds to peptides of the invention. For example, P3 can be linked to P2-Pl; or P1 linked to P3-P2. Generally, peptides are elongated by deprotecting the a-amino group of the N-terminal residue and coupling the unprotected carboxyl group of the next suitably 10 N-protected amino acid through a peptide linkage using the methods described. This deprotection and coupling procedure is repeated until the desired sequence is obtained. This coupling can be performed with the constituent amino acids in stepwise fashion, as depicted in Scheme I. 15 Coupling between two amino acids, an amino acid and a peptide, or two peptide fragments can be carried out using standard coupling procedures such as the azide method, mixed carbonic-carboxylic acid anhydride (isobutyl chloroformate) method, carbodiimide (dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodii mide, or water-soluble carbodiimide) method, active ester (p.-nitrophenyl ester, 20 N-hydroxysuccinic imido ester) method, Woodward reagent K-method, 26 carbonyldiimidazole method, phosphorus reagents or oxidation-reduction methods. Some of these methods (especially the carbodiimide method) can be enhanced by adding 1-hydroxybenzotriazole or 4-DMAP. These coupling reactions can be performed in either solution (liquid phase) or solid phase. 5 More explicitly, the coupling step involves the dehydrative coupling of a free carboxyl of one reactant with the free amino group of the other reactant in the present of a coupling agent to form a linking amide bond. Descriptions of such coupling agents are found in general textbooks on peptide chemistry, for example, M. 10 Bodanszky, "Peptide Chemistry", 2 "d rev ed., Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Germany, (1993). Examples of suitable coupling agents are NN'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole in the presence of N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide or N-ethyl-N'-[(3-dimethylamino)propyllcarbodii mide. A practical and useful coupling agent is the commercially available 15 (benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tris-(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate, either by itself or in the present of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole or 4-DMAP. Another practical and useful coupling agent is commercially available 2-(1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)-N, N, N' N'-tetramethyl!uronium tetrafluomrhrate. Still Another prtical and useful coupling agent is commercially available 20 O-(7-azabenzotrizol-I-yl)-N,NN',N'-tetramethyluro nium hexafluorophosphate. The coupling reaction is conducted in an inert solvent, e.g. dichloromethane, acetonitrile or dimethylformamide. An excess of a tertiary amine, e.g. diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpyrrolidine or 4-DMAP is added to maintain the reaction mixture at a pH of about 8. The reaction temperature 25 usually ranges between 0 *C and 50 *C and the reaction time usually ranges between 15 min and 24 h. The functional groups of the constituent amino acids generally must be protected during the coupling reactions to avoid formation of undesired bonds. 30 Protecting groups that can be used are listed, for example, in Greene, "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", John Wiley & Sons, New York (1981) and "The 27 Peptides: Analysis, Synthesis, Biology", Vol. 3, Academic Press, New York (1981), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference. The a-amino group of each amino acid to be coupled to the growing peptide 5 chain must be protected (APG). Any protecting group known in the art can be used. Examples of such groups include: 1) acyl groups such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl; 2) aromatic carbarmate groups such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz or Z) and substituted bensyloxycarbonyls, and 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc); 3) aliphatic carbamate groups such as 10 tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), ethoxycarbonyl, diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, and allyloxycarbonyl; 4) cyclic alkyl carbamate groups such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl and adamantyloxycarbonyl; 5) alkyl groups such as, triphenylmethyl and benzyl; 6)trialkylsilyl such as trimethylsilyl; and 7) thiol containing groups such as phenylthiocarbonyl and dithiasuccinoyl. 15 The preferred a-amino protecting group is either Boc or Fmoc. Many amino acid derivatives suitably protected for peptide synthesis are commercially available. The a-amino protecting group of the newly added amino acid residue is cleaved prior to the coupling of the next amino acid. When the Boc group is used, the methods of choice are trifluoroacetic acid, neat or in dichloromethane, or HCI in dioxane or in 20 ethyl acetate. The resulting ammonium salt is then neutralized either prior to the coupling or in situ with basic solutions such as aqueous buffers, or tertiary amines in dichloromethane or acetonitrile or dimethylformamide. When the Fmoc group is used, the reagents of choice are piperidine or substituted piperidine in dimethylformamide, but any secondary amine can be used. The deprotection is 25 carried out at a temperature between 0*C and room temperature (rt or RT) usually 20-22 0 C. Any of the amino acids having side chain functionalities must be protected during the preparation of the peptide using any of the above-described groups. Those 30 skilled in the art will appreciate that the selection and use of appropriate protecting groups for these side chain functionalities depend upon the amino acid and presence of other protecting groups in the peptide. The selection of such protecting groups is 28 important in that the group must not be removed during the deprotection and coupling of the a-amino group. For example, when Boc is used as the a-amino protecting group, the 5 following side chain protecting group are suitable: p-toluenesulfonyl (tosyl) moieties can be used to protect the amino side chain of aminc acids such as Lys and Arg; acetaniidomethyl, benzyl (Bn), or tert-butylsulfonyl moieties can be used to protect the sulfide containing side chain of cysteine; bencyl (Bn) ethers can be used to protect the hydroxy containing side chains of serine, threonine or hydroxyproline; 10 and benzyl esters can be used to protect the carboxy containing side chains of aspartic acid and glutamic acid. When Fmoc is chosen for the a-amine protection, usually tert-butyl based protecting groups are acceptable. For instance, Boc can be used for lysine and 15 arginine, tert-butyl ether for serine, threonine and hydroxyproline, and tert-butyl ester for aspartic acid and glutarnic acid. Triphenylmethyl (Trityl) moiety can be used to protect the sulfide containing side chain of cysteine. Once the elongation of the peptide is completed all of the protecting groups 20 are removed. When a liquid phase synthesis is used, the protecting groups are removed in whatever manner is dictated by the choice of protecting groups. These procedures are well known to those skilled in the art. Further, the following guidance may be followed in the preparation of 25 compounds of the present invention. For example, to form a compound where

R

4 -C(O)-, R 4 -S(0) 2 ,, a protected P3 or the whole peptide or a peptide segment is coupled to an appropriate acyl chloride or sulfonyl chloride respectively, that is either commercially available or for which the synthesis is well known in the art. In preparing a compound where R 4 0-C(O)-, a protected P3 or the whole peptide or a 30 peptide segment is coupled to an appropriate chloroformate that is either commercially available or for which the synthesis is well known in the art. For Boc-derivatives (Boc) 2 0 is used.

29 For example: OH a)

-

l +

H

2 N-P3~-P 2 -P]-COOEt b)

HN-P-[P

2

-P

1 1 -CDOEt Cyclopentanol is treated with phosgene to furnish the corresponding 5 chloroformate. The chloroformate is treated with the desired NH 2 -tripeptide in the presence of a base such as triethylamine to afford the cyclopentylcarbamate. 10 In preparing a compound where R 4

-N(R

5 )-C(O)-, or R 4 -NH-C(S)-, a protected P3 or the whole peptide or a peptide segment is treated with phosgene followed by amine as described in SynLett. Feb 1995; (2); 142-144 or is reacted with the commercially available isocyanate and a suitable base such as triethylamine. 15 In preparing a compound where R 4 -N(Rs)-S(02), a protected P3 or the whole peptide or a peptide segment is treated with either a freshly prepared or commercially available sulfamyl chloride followed by amine as described in patent Ger. Offen.(1 998), 84 pp. DE 19802350 or WO 98/32748. 20 The a-carboxyl group of the C-terminal residue is usually protected as an ester (CPG) that can be cleaved to give the carboxylic acid. Protecting groups that can be used include: 1) alkyl esters such as methyl, trimethylsilylethyl and t-butyl, 2) aralkyl esters such as benzyl and substituted benzyl, or 3) esters that can be cleaved by mild base treatment or mild reductive means such as trichloroethyl and phenacyl 25 esters.

30 The resulting c-carboxylic acid (resulting from cleavage by mild acid, mild base treatment or mild reductive means) is coupled with a RISO 2

NH

2 [prepared by treatment of RISO 2 CI in ammonia saturated tetrahydrofuran solution] in the presence of peptide coupling agent such as CDI or EDAC in the presence of a base such as 5 4-dimethylaminopyridine (4-DMAP) and/or 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) to incorporate the P1' moiety, effectively assembling the tripeptide P1'-PI-P2-P3-APG. Typically, in this process, 1-5 equivalents of P1' coupling agents are used. 10 Furthermore, if the P3 protecting group APG is removed and replaced with a B moiety by the methods described above, and the resulting a-carboxylic acid resulting from cleavage (resulting from cleavage by mild acid, mild base treatment or mild reductive means) is coupled with a RIS0 2

NH

2 [prepared by treatment of

RISO

2 CI in ammonia saturated tetrahydrofuran solution or alternative methods 15 described herein] in the presence of peptide coupling agent such as CDI or EDAC in the presence of a base such as 4-dimethylaminopyridine (4-DMAP) and/or 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) to incorporate the PI' moiety, the tripeptide PI'-pi-P?-P3- is prepared. Typically, in this pm 1ens, I-5 eqiivalents of P1' coupling agents are used. 20 Compounds of the present invention can be prepared by many methods including those described in the examples, below, and as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,323,180 and U.S. Patent Application No. 10/001,850 filed on November 20, 2001. The teachings of U.S. Patent No. 6,323,180 and U.S. Patent Application No. 25 10/001,850 are incorporated herein, in their entirety, by reference. Scheme II further shows the general process wherein compounds of Formula I are constructed by the coupling of tripeptide carboxylic acid intermediate (1) with a P1' sulfonamide. (It should be noted that the groups R 6 , R7,Rg, R 9 .Ro. R as shown 30 below represent substituents of the heterocyclic system.) Said coupling reaction requires treatment of carboxylic acid (1) with a coupling reagent such as carbonyl diimidazole in a solvent such as THF, which can be heated to reflux, followed by the 31 addition of the formed derivative of (1), to the Pl' sulfonamide, in a solvent such as THF or methylene chloride in the presence of a base such as DBU. Scheme II Process P4-P3-P2-PI -1, P4-P3-P2-P1-Pl' R9 Re R R R 7 RIN (N fl, 1 Q RIO RnQ H 0 Y N 1. CDI, THF H O O o N OH ,N N 2. Base B 3 0 R22O ,. HN VR, R3 An alternative process for the construction of compounds of Formula I is shown in 5 Scheme III. Therein the Pl' sulfonamide element is coupled to the P1 element using the process employed in Scheme 1. The resulting PI-Pl' moiety can then be deprotected at it's amino terminus. In this general example a Boc protecting group is employed but one skilled in the art would recognize that a number of suitable amino protecting groups could be employed in this process. Said Boc protecting group can 10 be removed using acid such as trifluoroacetic acid in. a solvent such as dichloroethane to provide the deprotected amine as the TFA salt. Said TFA amine salt can be directly employed in the subsequent coupling reaction or as an alternative the TFA amine salt can be first converted to the HCI amine salt, and this HCI amine salt is used in said coupling reaction as shown in Scheme II. The coupling of said HC 15 amine salt (3) with the carboxyl terminus a P4-P3-P2 intermediate can be achieved using coupling reagents, such as HATU, in solvents such as dichloromethane to provide compounds of Formula I (4).

32 Scheme IlIl Process P1 P1 pl..py P4-P3-P2 P4-P3-P2-P1-P1' 'I N 0 00 Ha 0 00 Boc' oH 1. CDI, THF B N R, 1. Acid N s' Boc" 2Bae00Bc N ~ H' N 'R 2. Base 0 H 2. Acid H (1) HN R, (2) 2 (3) Re 7

R

9 ~ ~R 6 R1 1 Q Base H0 ,0 coupling agent B O P4-P3-P2 I ' y = R2 R3 (4) Compounds to Formula I An alternative process for the construction of compounds of Formula I is shown in Scheme IV. Herein the hydrochloride salt of the P1-P1' terminal amine (1) is coupled to the free carboxyl group of the P2 element using coupling agents such as 5 PyBOP, in the presence of a base such as diisopropyi amine, and in a solvent such as methylene chloride. The resulting P2-PI-PI' intermediate can be converted to compounds of Formula I in a two step process wherein the first step is deprotection of th! P2 amllincL er1inus using an aci u such as TA A in a solyLcn such as meth uy%1cncL. chloride. The resulting trifluoroacetic acid salt can be coupled with the carboxyl 10 terminus of the P4-P3 element using standard coupling agents such as PyBop in the presence of base such as diisopropyl amine, and using solvents such methylene chloride to provide compounds of Formula 1 (4).

33 Scheme IV Process P1-P1' P2 P2-PI-P1' P4-P3 P4-P3-P2-P1-P1' c- R 7

R

9 R6N CIH (- 11 Base H N -s Deprotection L .H coupling agent H o o (1)2 P2N N N R (2)

R

8

R

7 R's R7

H

9 ~R R6

A

0 R o Base H 0 Ril O coupling agent H 0 0 000 P4-P3 N N R, H0 0h0 0 H N R, N(4) X(~) (3) R2 Compounds fo Formula I The P4-P3-P2 intermediate utilized in the above schemes can be constructed as previously described with a further description of this process shown in general 5 Scheme V. Therein the free carboxyl terminus of the P4-P3 interrnediate (1), can be coupled to the amino terminus of the P2 element to provide the P4-P3-P2 dipeptide (2). The carboxyl terminus of the P4-P3-P2 intermediate can be deprotected by saponification of the ester group to provide P4-P3-P2 as the free carboxylic acid (3). Intermediates like (3) can be converted to compounds of Formula I using the methods 10 described herein. Scheme V Process P4-P3 P2 P4-P3-P2 RA

R

7 B R 9 R.~ 6 OH Base RN Ro .N, 1 - Ri saponification RI0 Y O coupling agent i R, Q - .R Q

R

3 P (1) B OH Bome o YN O 2 03 3) (2) k3 (3) 34 Compounds of Formula 1 can also be converted into other compounds of Fornula I as described herein. An example of such a process is shown in Scheme VI wherein a compound of Formula 1 (1) which bears a Boc group at the P4 position is converted in a compound of Formula 1 (3) wherein said compound bears a urea group at the P4 5 position. The conversion of (1) to (3) can be carried out in a two step process the first of which is the conversion of (1) to amine (2) by treatment of (1) with an acid such as TFA in a solvent such as methylene chloride. The resulting amine TFA salt can be treated with an isocyanate in the presence of one equivalent of base to provide a compound of Formula 1 (3) wherein the P3 moiety is capped with a urea. As 10 previously noted one skilled in the art will recognize that intermediate (2) can be used as starting materials for the preparation of compounds of Formula I wherein the P3 group is capped with an amide or a sulfonamide, or thiourea, or a sulfamide. The construction of said compounds of Formula I can be achieved using standard conditions for the formation of said P4 functionalities from amines. Scheme VI Process P4-P3-P2-P1-P' - P3-P2-P1-P' - P4-P3-P2-P1-P1' T IT T1 Ri M, RID N RIO'Y T Hit Q Hit Q H N N P4 removal N RI 0 KH 1- 2 N.~J H

A

3 R3 BocNo o (1 H2N o(2) compounds fo Formula I R 1 Q Coupling H 0 0 0 Ra 4 NcO H H N ' 4 N N O H o Rk (3) 15 Compounds fo Formula I In the construction of compounds of Formula I, the Pl' terminus is incorporated into the molecules using one of the general processes outlined above and described in more detail below. In some examples the PI' elements, that is the cycloalkyl- or 35. alkyl sulfonamides are commercially available or can be prepared from the corresponding alkyl- or cycloalkyl-sulfonyl chloride by treating said sulfonyl chloride with ammonia. Alternatively, these sulfonamides can be synthesized using the general process outline in Scheme VII. Therein commercially available 3-chloro 5 propylsulfonyl chloride (1) is converted to a suitable protected sulfonamide as for example by treatment with tert-butyl amine. The sulfonamide obtained (2) is then converted to the corresponding cycloalkylsulfonairde by treatment with two equivalents of a base such as butyl lithium in a solvent such as THF at low temperature. The resulting cycloalkylsulfonamide can be deprotected by treatment 10 with an acid to provide the desired unprotected cycloalkylsulfoamide. Scheme VII 0c0 0 0 Base V l (1)

NH

2 H (2) Acid 0 o followed by elogation 4 NH2N- - Compounds of Formula I (3) Pi. The P1 elements utilized in generating compounds of Formula I are in some cases commercially available, but are otherwise synthesized using the methods described 15 herein and subsequently incorporated into compounds of Formula I using the methods described herein. The substituted P1 cyclopropylamino acids can be synthesized following the general process outline in Scheme VIII. Treatment of commercially available or easily synthesized imine (1) with 1,4 20 dihalobutene (2) in presence of a base produces, provides the resulting imine (3). Acid hydrolysis of 3 then provides 4, which has an allyl substituent syn to the carboxyl group as a major product. The amine moiety of 4 can protected using a Boc group to provide the fully protected amino acid 5. This intermediate is a racemate which can be resolved by an enzymatic process wherein the ester moiety of 5 is 25 cleaved by a protease to provide the corresponding carboxylic acid. Without being bound to any particular theory, it is believed that this reaction is selective in that one of the enantiomers undergoes the reaction at a much greater rate than its mirror image 36 providing for a kinetic resolution of the intermediate racemate. In the examples cited herein, the more preferred stereoisomer for integration into compounds of Formula I is 5a which houses the (IR, 2S) stereochemistry. In the presence of the enzyme, this enantiomer does not undergo ester cleavage and thereby this enantiomer 5a is 5 recovered from the reaction mixture. However, the less preferred enantiomer ,5b with houses the (IS, 2R) stereochemistry undergoes ester cleavage, i.e., hydrolysis, to provide the free acid 6. Upon completion of this reaction, the ester 5a can be separated from the acid product 6 by routine methods such as, for example, aqueous extraction methods or chromotography. 10 Scheme VIII R Ph" 'N "-oR + halo (I) (2) 1) MOtBu/ R=H, alkyl. aryl toluene r-K" 21 TBME extract R 7/f 3) Aqueous HCI HCI H 2 N>:c02P N C0 2 R (4) (3) (Boc) 2 0, Base 'N c0 2 P H4 N CO 2 I Boc Boc Boc Roc 5 racematee) Separated 6 1:1 mixture of Sa ( IR, 2S) and 5b (A u o 2R ). Procedures for making P2 intermediates and compounds of Formula I are shown in 15 the Schemes below. It should be noted that in many cases reactions are depicted for only one position of an intermediate. However, it is to be understood that such reactions could be used to impart modifications to other positions within this 37 intermediate. Moreover, said intermediates, reaction conditions and methods given in the specific examples are broadly applicable to compounds with other substitution patterns. The general Schemes outlined below are followed with examples herein. Both general and specific examples are non-limiting, as for example the isoquinoline 5 nucleus is shown as part of the general scheme, Scheme IX, however, this pathway represents a viable process for the construction of alternate heterocycle substituents as replacements for the isoquinoline element, such as quinolines, or pyridines. Scheme IX HRe R7 HO, Step I Re Ro R~I NI O H Ri , Peptide elgation RI, Q SOH 0 ~ 0, 00 ( ) N OM N R RI, Ci A3 (5) Re Ra 7 halogen exdange Conpounds of Formula I R , (3) 10 Scheme IX shows the coupling of an N-protected C4-hydroxyproline moiety with a heterocycle to form intermediate (4) and the subsequent modification of said intermediate (4) to a compound of Formula I by the process of peptide elongation as described herein. It should be noted that in the first step, that is the coupling of the C4-hydroxy proline group with the heteroaryl element, a base is employed. One 15 skilled in the art would recognized that this coupling can be done using bases such as potassium tert-butoxide, or sodium hydride, in solvent such as DMF or DMSO or THF. This coupling to the isoquinoline ring system occurs at the C1 position (numbering for isoquinoline ring system shown in intermediate 2 of Scheme IX) and is directed by the chloro group which is displaced in this process. It should be noted 20 that the alternative leaving groups can be utilized at this position such as a fluoro as shown in the Scheme. Said fluoro intermediates (3) are available from the corresponding chloro compound using literature procedures described herein. It should also be noted that the position of the leaving group (chloro or fluoro) in a given ring system can vary as shown in Scheme X, wherein the leaving group (fluoro 38 in this example) is in the C6 position of the isoquinoline ring system of intermediate (2). Scheme X N R 6 N HO R7 R R 7 R 0 Base Ra RIO Peptide elogaiRon N OH 0>e Boc Re R., 0 H 0 00i' ()Re OH ONNR Ri N ~-N (3) Boc N O (2) RA A3 (5)

-

Final Compounds It should be further noted that the position of the ring heteroatom(s) in intermediates 5 like (2) of Scheme IX and Scheme X is also variable. as defined by the term heterocycle described herein. In Scheme X intermediate (2) can be coupled to a C4 hydroxy proline derivative to provide the P2 element (3). This C6-substituted isoquinoline derivative can be converted to compounds of Formula I using the methods described herein. 10 An alternative to the method described above for the coupling of the C4 hydroxyproline to aromatics and heteroaromatics, is provided in the Mitsunobu reaction as ciepictea in Scheme XI Htep M RR RN R HO I epi gra o R Peptide eloga Aon R N OR I Boc (Ph) 3 P. DEAD, THF 0 H o I ' Re A 6 t' R 2 AN R, RN R0B c A, OH Final Compound(s) step I of Scheme XI. In this general reaction Scheme a C4-hydroxy proline 15 derivative is coupled to a quinazoline ring system. This reaction makes use of reagents such as triphenylphosphine and DEAD (diethylazodicarboxylate) in aprotic solvents such as THF or dioxane and can be used for the formation of aryl and heteroaryl ethers. Note that in the course of this coupling reaction the stereochemistry of the C4 chiral center in the C4-hydroxyproline derivative is 39 inverted and thereby it is necessary to use the C4-hydroxyproline derivative housing the (S) stereochemistry at the C4 position as starting material. (as shown in Scheme XI). It should be noted that numerous modifications and improvements of the Mitsunobu reaction have been described in the literature, the teachings of which are 5 incorporated herein. In a subset of examples herein, isoquinolines are incorporated into the final compounds and specifically into the P2 region of said compounds. One skilled in the art would recognize that a number of general methods are available for the synthesis 10 of isoquinolines. Moreoever, said isoquinolines generated by these methods can be readily incorporated into final compounds of Formula I using the processes described herein. One general methodology for the synthesis of isoquinolines is shown in Scheme XII, wherein cinnamic acid derivatives, shown in general form as structure (2) are Scheme XII Re 8 Re R, 0 Ra R 7 0

R

9 H Step 1 Re OH Step 3 R e

N

3 Nl' Step 2 Rio 86 RI R, 1 2

R

11 3

R

8 R7 Re 1; 7 Step 4 R A Step 5 R 9 Re Ri R R,, 0

A

11 CI 4 5 15 Reference: N. Briet at al, Tetrahedron, 2002,5761 converted to 1-chloroisoquinolines in a four step process. Said chloroisoquinolines can be subsequently used in coupling reactions to C4-hydroxyproline derivatives as described herein. The conversion of cinnamic acids to chloroquinolines begins with the treatment of cinnamic acid with an alkylcholorformate in the presence of a base. 20 The resulting anhydride is then treated with sodium azide which results in the formation of an acylazide (3) as shown in the Scheme. Alternate methods are available for the formation of acylazides from carboxylic acids as for example said carboxylic acid can be treated with diphenylphosphorylazide (DPPA) in an aprotic 40 solvent such as methylene chloride in the presence of a base. In the next step of the reaction sequence the acylazide (3) is coverted to the: corresponding isoquinolone (4) as shown in the Scheme. In the event the acylazide is heated to a temperature of approximately 190 degress celcius in a high boiling solvent such a diphenylmethane. 5 This reaction is general and provides moderate to good yields of substituted isoquinolone from the corresponding cinnamic acid derivatives. It should noted that said cinnamic acid derivatives are available commercially or can be obtained from the corresponding benzaldehyde (1) derivative by direct condensation with malonic acid or derivatives thereof and also by employing a Wittig reaction. The intermediate 10 isoquinolones (4) of Scheme XII can be converted to the corresponding 1 chloroisoquinoline by treatment with phosphorous oxychloride. This reaction is general and can be applied to any of the isoquinolones, quinolones or additional heterocycles as shown herein to covert a hydroxy substituent to the corresponding chloro compound when said hydroxy is in conjugation with a nitrogen atom in said 15 heterocylic ring systems. An alternative method for the synthesis of the isoquinoline ring system is the Pomeranz-Fritsh procedure. This general method is outlined in Scheme XIl. The process begins with the conversion of a benzaldehyde derivative (1) to a 20 functionalized imine (2). Said imine is then converted to the isoquinoline ring system by treatment with acid at elevated Scheme XIII Re Re R 7 OMe Re R7 9 Step 1 R OMe Step 2 R3- Re Step 3,

R

10 ) A 0 ) ti NN NStp (1) R 11 0 R 11 (2) R 11 (3) RR Step Rs RA 10. 10R 1 0 N .

R

11 (4) 0 R, Cl (5) Pomeranz-Fritsch synthesis K. Hirao. R. Tsuchiya, Y. Yano, H. Tsue, Heterocycles 42(1) 1996, 415-422 temperature. This isoquinoline synthesis of Scheme XIII is general, and it should be noted that this process is particularly useful in procuring isoquinoline intermediates 41 that are substituted at the C8 position (note: in intermediate (3) of Scheme XIII the C8 position of the isoquinoline ring is substituted with substutuent R, 1). The intermediate isoquinolines (3) can be converted to the corresponding

I

chloroquinolines (5) in a two step process as shown. The first step in this sequence is 5 the formation of the isoquinoline N-oxide(4) by treatment of isoquinoline (3) with meta-chloroperbenzoic acid in an aprotic solvent such as dichloromethane. Intermediate (4) can be converted to the corresponding 1-chloroquinoline by treatment with phosphorous oxychloroide in refluxing chloroform. Note this two step process is general and can be employed to procure chloroisoquinolines and 10 chloroquinolines from the corresponding isoquinolines and quinolines respectively. Another method for the synthesis of the isoquinoline ring system is shown in Scheme XIV. In this process an ortho-alkylbenzamide derivative (1) is treated with a strong Scheme XIV

R

8

R

7 Ra R 7

R

9 Stepi1 R 9 l. R6 R NRR R 6 CN R 10 " R RI, 0 R 11 OH (1) (2) 15 base such as tert-butyl lithium in a solvent such as THF at low temperature. To this reaction mixture is then added a nitrile derivative, which undergoes an addition reaction with the anion derived from deprotonation of (1), resulting in the formation of (2). This reaction is general and can be used for the formation of substituted isoquinolines. Intermediate (2) of Scheme XIV can be converted to the corresponding 20 1-chloroquinoline by the methods described herein. An additional method for the synthesis of isoquinolines is shown in Scheme XV. The deprotonation of intermediate (1) using tert-butyl lithium is described above. In the present method however, said intermediate anion is trapped by an ester, resulting in the formation of intermediate (2) as shown below. In a subsequent reaction ketone 25 (2) is condensed with ammoniumn acetate at elevated temperature providing for the formation of quinolone (3). This reaction is general and can be applied for the construction of substituted isoquinolones which can then be converted to the corresponding 1-chloroisoquinolines as described herein.

42 Scheme XV Re R 7 Re R7 R 8 Re R 7

R

9 ~.Step I R 9 0 Step 2 Re~ Rio NRR NCHMe R Sp R H

R

11 0 A 11 R 11 0 (1) (2) (3) Yet an additional method for the construction of isoquinolines is found in Scheme XVI. In the first step of this process an ortho-alkylarylimine derivatives such as (1) 5 is subjected to deprotonation conditions (sec-butyl lithium, THF) and the resulting anion is quenched by Scheme XVI Re R7 Re R7 Re Re R 7 R 9R N SO Me)MeR Step 2 R .

Re

A

1 0 ~ 1 1 .. R 11 N RA 11 N R 11 L Flippin, J. Muchowski, JOC, 1993, 2631-2632 the addition of an activated carboxylic acid derivative such as a Weinreb amide. The 10 condensation with ammonium acetate at elevated temperatures. This method is general and can be used for the synthesis of substituted isoquinolines. Said isoquinolines can be converted to the. corresponding 1-chloroquinoline by the methods described herein. The heterocycles described herein, and which are incorporated into the compounds of 15 Formula I can be further functionalized. It is obvious to one skilled in the art that additional functionalization of said heterocycles can be done either before or after incorporation of these functionalities into compounds of Formula I. The following Schemes illustrate this point. For example Scheme XVII shows the conversion of a I-chloro- 43 Scheme XVII

R

8

R

7 R Ry F)* R 6 1. Nudeophile RO RS A RN eg NaOR RO N R, c

R,

1 1 (1) (2) R e R OR R " N

R

9 N 0 1 0 \\ " RSO N-R R 1 O N 0 NS-R, ni 11 , H..K HNO Rif 04,c H N~ B2 ROHo R, (eq. 2) RB N O ROHa R1 B N O e2) \N 0\N 0 R h(1)

A

3 (2) 6-fluoro-isoquinoline to the corresponding I -chloro-6-alkoxy-isoquinoline species, by treatment of (1) of (eq.1) with a sodium or potassium alkoxide species in the alcohol solvent from which the alkoxide is derived at room temperature. In some 5 cases it may be necessary to heat the reaction to drive it to completion. Said chloroquinoline can be incorporated into a compound of Formula I using the art described herein. Modifications of a P2 heterocyclic element can also be done after it's incorporation into compounds of Formula I as shown in (eq.2) of Scheme VXII. Specifically compounds such as (1) in (eq. 2) which contain a leaving group in the 10 pthalazine nucleus can be displaced by a nucleophile such as an alkoxide in solvents such as the corresponding alcohol from which the alkoxide is derived. These reaction scan be conducted at room temperature but in some cases it may be necessary to heat the reaction to drive it to completion. 15 Scheme XVIII provides a general example for the modification of heterocycles as defined herein by employing palladium mediated coupling reactions. Said couplings can be employed to functionalize a heterocycle at each position of the ring system providing said ring is suitably activated or functionalized, as for example with a chloride as shown in the Scheme. This sequence begins with I-chloroisoquinoline 20 (1) which upon treatment with metachloroperbenzoic acid can be converted to the corresponding N-oxide (2). Said intermediate (2) can be converted to the corresponding 1, 3 -dichloroisoquinoline (3) by treatment with phosphorous 44 oxychloride in refluxing chloroform. Intermediate (3) can be coupled with N-Boc-4 hydroxyproline by the methods described herein to provide intermediate (5) as shown in the Scheme. Intermediate (5) can undergo a Suzuki coupling with an aryl boronic acid, in the presence of a palladium reagent and base, and in a solvent such as THF or 5 toluene or DMF to provide the C3-arylisoquinoline intermediate (6). Heteroarylboronic acids can also be employed in this Pd mediated coupling process to provide C3-heteroarylisoquinoines. Intermediate (6) can be converted into final compounds of Formula I by the methods described herein. Scheme XVIII Re R, R a R 7 Re R,

R

9 ) -N step 1 RN' step 2 R -N ci Rio0 RID Rio R, C1

RI

1 C1 Rn C1 (1) (2) (3)

R

8

R

7 Re R 7

R

9 Ar step 9 N CI step4 HQ AD (BOH) 2 R, N N H OH RA Q PoPd, NaOBu A Q ()(5) 0,OH (6 HOH (4) N HN ~! 0 0 10. Palladium mediated couplings of heteroaryl systems with aryl or heteroaryl elements can also be employed at a later synthetic stage in the construction of compounds of Formula I as shown in Scheme IXX. Therein tripepti de acylsulfonamide intermediate (1) is coupled to a 1-chloro-3-bromoisoquinoline (2) using the 15 previously described process of alkoxide displacement of an heteroarylhalo moiety to provide intermediate (3). The coupling of (1) and (2) is most efficient in the presence of a catalyst such as lanthanum chloride as described herein. The isoquinoline ring system of intermediate (3) can be further functionalized by employing either Suzuki couplings (Process 1: subjecting (3) to heteroaryl or aryl boronic acids in the 20 presence of a palladium catalyst such as palladium telra(triphenylphosphine) and a base such as cesium carbonate in solvents such as DMEF) or Stille couplings (Process 2: subjecting (3) to heteraryl or aryl tin dervatives in the presence of palladium catalyst such as palladium tetra(triphenylphosphine in solvents such as toluene).

45 Scheme lXX HO, R 7 A R1 R9 Br R9 Br H R, R c N Ro S R, - Rn C (2) Ri , HN O

N

3 LaC1s. KOBu, DMF B N 0 R2 (1) ,N .. y O () (3) Y Process 1 RR 7 3 Suzuki Coupling

RA

9 Het Het-B(OH) R 0 Pd(PPh 3

)

4 Cs 2

CO

3 , DMF Ri N O NN R ,. H N- 0 or O R Process 2 B N Stite Coupling \ N O / (4) Het-Sn(Bu) 4 Y A Pd(PPh 3

)

4 Toluene Palladium reactions can also be employed to couple C4-amino proline elements with 5 functionalized heterocycles. Scheme XX shows intermediate (1) coupling with a functionalized isoquinoline in the presence of a palladium catalyst and a base in a solvent such as toluene. Intermediates like (3) can be converted to compounds of Formula I using the methods described herein. Scheme XX R e

R

7 Re R 7

H

2 N R 9 Re Re ' , N RN N I.)N N RA Cl (2) RiHN (1) Pd 2 dba 3 , BINAP H OH NaOBu, Toluene (3) N Boo 0 10 The construction of functionalized isoquinoline ring systems is also possible employing [4+2] cycloaddition reactions. For example (Scheme XXI) the use of vinyl isocyantes (1) in cycloaddition reactions with benzyne precusors (2) provides functionalized isoquinolones (3). Said isoquinolines can be incorporated into 15 compounds of Formula I using the methods described herein.

46 Scheme XXI R NH 2 X =0, CH 2

R

8 X I N R I 'N X (2) R.

R

i o i N N=C=O N - (N (3) RI Pb(OAc) 4

R

11 OH (1) The present invention also provides compositions comprising a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug 5 thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, e.g., excipient, or vehicle diluent. 10 The active ingredient, i.e., compound, in such compositions typically comprises from 0.1 weight percent to 99.9 percent by weight of the composition, and 15 The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be administered orally, parenterally or via an implanted reservoir. Oral administration or administration by injection are preferred. In some cases, the pH of the formulation may be adjusted with pharmaceutically acceptable acids, bases or buffers to enhance the stability of the formulated compound or its delivery form. The term parenteral as 20 used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra- articular, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, and intralesional injection or infusion techniques. The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable 25 preparation, for example, as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using 47 suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The details concerning the preparation of such compounds are known to those skilled in the art. When orally administered, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention 5 may be administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, and aqueous suspensions and solutions. In the case of tablets for oral use, carriers which are commonly used include lactose and corn starch. Lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added. For oral administration in a capsule form, useful diluents include lactose and dried corn 10 starch. When aqueous suspensions are administered orally, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening and/or flavoring and/or coloring agents may be added. Other suitable carriers for the above noted compositions can be found in 15 standard pharmaceutical texts, e.g. in "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 19 th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Penn., 1995. Further details concerning the design and preparation of suitable delivery forms of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are known to those skilled in the art. 20 Dosage levels of between about 0.01 and about 1000 milligram per kilogram ("mg/kg") body weight per day, preferably between about 0.5 and about 250 mg/kg body weight per day of the compounds of the invention are typical in a monotherapy for the prevention and treatment of HCV mediated disease. Typically, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention will be administered from about 1 to 25 about 5 times per day or alternatively, as a continuous infusion. Such administration can be used as a chronic or acute therapy. The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. 30 As the skilled artisan will appreciate, lower or higher doses than those recited above may be required. Specific dosage and treatment regimens for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific 48 compound employed, the age, body weight, general health status, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity and course of the infection, the patient's disposition to the infection and the judgment of the treating physician. Generally, treatment is initiated with small dosages substantially less than 5 the optimum dose of the peptide. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under the circumstances is reached. In general, the compound is most desirably administered at a concentration level that will generally afford antivirally effective results without causing any harmful or deleterious side effects. 10 When the compositions of this invention comprise a combination of a compound of the invention and one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agent, both the compound and the additional agent are usually present at dosage levels of between about 10 to 100%, and more preferably between about 10 and 80% 15 of the dosage normally administered in a monotherapy regimen. When these compounds or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or prodrugs are formulated together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, the resulting composition may be administered in vivo to mammals, such as man, to 20 inhibit HCV NS3 protease or to treat or prevent HCV virus infection. Such treatment may also-be achieved using the compounds of this invention in combination with agents which include, but are not limited to: immunomodulatory agents, such as interferons; other antiviral agents such as ribavirin, amantadine; other inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease; inhibitors of other targets in the HCV life cycle such as helicase, 25 polymerase, metalloprotease, or internal ribosome entry site; or combinations thereof. The additional agents may be combined with the compounds of this invention to create a single dosage form. Alternatively these additional agents may be separately administered to a mammal as part of a multiple dosage form. 30 Accordingly, another aspect of this invention provides methods of inhibiting HVC NS3 protease activity in patients by administering a compound of the present 49 invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the substituents are as defined above. In a preferred embodiment, these methods are useful in decreasing HCV NS3 5 protease activity in the patient. If the pharmaceutical composition comprises only a compound of this invention as the active component, such methods may additionally comprise the step of administering to said patient an agent selected from an immunomodulatory agent, an antiviral agent, a HC'V protease inhibitor, or an inhibitor of other targets in the HCV life cycle such as, for example, helicase, 10 polymerase, or metalloprotease. Such additional agent may be administered to the patient prior to, concurrently with, or following the administration of the compounds of this invention. In an alternate preferred aspect, these methods are useful for inhibiting viral 15 replication in a patient. Such methods can be useful in treating or preventing HCV disease. The compounds of the invention may also be used as laboratory reagents. Compounds may be instrumental in providing research tools for designing of viral 20 replication assays, validation of animal assay systems and structural biology studies to further enhance knowledge of the HCV disease mechanisms. The compounds of this invention may also be used to treat or prevent viral contamination of materials and therefore reduce the risk of viral infection of 25 laboratory or medical personnel or patients who come in contact with such materials, e.g., blood, tissue, surgical instruments and garments, laboratory instruments and garments, and blood collection or transfusion apparatuses and materials. 30 50 EXAMPLES The specific examples that follow illustrate the syntheses of the compounds of the instant invention, and are not to be construed as limiting the invention in sphere 5 or scope. The methods may be adapted to variations in order to produce compounds embraced by this invention but not specifically disclosed. Further, variations of the methods to produce the same compounds in somewhat different manner will also be evident to one skilled in the art. 10 Solution percentages express a weight to volume relationship, and solution ratios express a volume to volume relationship, unless stated otherwise. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectra were recorded either on a Bruker 300, 400 or 500 MHz spectrometer; the chemical shifts (8) are reported in parts per million. Flash chromatography was carried out on silica gel (SiO 2 ) according to Still's flash 15 chromatography technique (W.C. Still et al., J. Org. Chem., (1978), 43, 2923). All Liquid Chromatography (LC) data were recorded on a Shimadzu A.A.. A A J 1~ 1j.Aj .tCLW& UFO I U011 5 "A IJI A1 J L T 60J V - 71. *I0 Spectrometry (MS) data were determined with a Micromass Platform for LC in 20 electrospray mode (ES+). Unless otherwise noted, in the following examples each compound was analyzed by LC/MS, using one of seven methodologies, having the following conditions. 25 Columns: (Method A) - YMC ODS S7 C18 3.0x50 mm (Method B) - YMC ODS-A S7 C18 3.0x50 mm (Method C) - YMC.S7 C18 3.0x50 mm (Method D) - YMC Xterra ODS S7 3.0x50 mm (Method E) - YMC Xterra ODS S7 3.0x50 mm 30 (Method F) - YMC ODS-A S7 C18 3.0x50 mm (Method G) - YMC C18 S5 4.6x50 mnm] Gradient: 100% Solvent A/0% Solvent B to 51 0% Solvent A/100% Solvent B Gradient time: 2 min. (A, B, D, F, G); 8 min. (C, E.) Hold time: I min. (A, B, D, F, G); 2 min. (C, E) Flow rate: 5 mUmin 5 Detector Wavelength: 220 nm Solvent A: 10% MeOH / 90% H 2 0 / 0.1% TFA Solvent B: 10% H 2 0 / 90% MeOH / 0.1% TFA. The abbreviations used in the present application, including particularly in the 10 illustrative examples which follow, are well-known to those skilled in the art. Some of the abbreviations used are as follows: rt room temperature Boc tert-butyloxycarbonyl 15 DMSO dimethylsulfoxide EtOAc ethyl acetate t-BuOK potassium t-butoxide Et 2 0 diethyl ether TBMIE tert-butylmethyl ether 20 THF tetrahydrofuran CDI carbonyldiimidazole DBU 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.O]undec-7-ene TFA trifluoroacetic acid NMM N-methylmorpholine 25 HATU O-7-azabenzotriazol-1 -yl HBTU 0-( IH-benzotriazol- I -yl)-NN,N',N' tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate HOBT N-hydroxybenzotriazole PyBrop bromo-bis-pyrrolidine-phosphonium 30 hexafluorophosphate DMF dimethylformamide MeOH methanol 52 EDTA ethylenediaminetetraaczetic acid HRMS high resolution mass spectrometry DMAP 4 -dimethylaminopyridine DIPEA diisopropylethylamine 5 DCM dichloromethane DCE dichloroethane The compounds and chemical intermediates of the present invention, described in the following examples, were prepared according to the following 10 methods. It should be noted that the following exemplification section is presented in sections. The sections are titled Section A through K. Example numbers and compound numbers are not contiguous throughout the entire Examples portion of the application and hence, each section indicates a "break" in the numbering. The numbering within each section is generally contiguous. Section L describes the 15 biological activity of the compounds. Section M describes a subset of additional compounds that could be made using the methods described herein. Section A: Preparation of Intermediates: 20 Preparation of P1 Intermediates: The P1 intermediates described in this section can be used to prepare compounds of Formula I by the methods described herein. I P1 elements: 25 1. Preparation of racemic (1R, 2 S)/(1S, 2 R)-1-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester C1H 3 N CO 2 Et 53 Method A Step 1 CHO

H

3 C1N/C0 2 Et ~ I I N-" 0 2 Et Na 2

SO

4 /TBME Et 3 N 5 Glycine ethyl ester hydrochloride (303.8 g, 2.16 mole) was suspended in tert butylmethyl ether (1.6 L). Benzaldehyde (231 g, 2.16 mole) and anhydrous sodium sulfate (154.6 g, 1.09 mole) were added and the mixture cooled to 0 *C using an ice water bath. Triethylamine (455 mL, 3.26 mole) was added dropwise over 30 min and 10 the mixture stirred for 48 h at rt. The reaction was then quenched by addition of ice cold water (1 L) and the organic layer was separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with tert-butylmethyl ether (0.5 L) and the combined organic phases washed with a mixture of saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 (1 L) and brine (1 L). The solution was dried over MgSO 4 , concentrated in vacuo to afford 392.4 g of the N 15 benzyl imine product as a thick yellow oil that was used directly in the next step. 'H NMR (CDC 3 , 300 IHz) 8 1.32 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 4.24 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.41 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.47 (m, 31), 7.78-7.81 (m, 2H), 8.31 (s, 1H). Step 2 '" C0 2 Et Brs s's'Br BOC (H) N C 2 Et 1) LiOtBu toluene/RT 2) H 3 0+ 3) NaOH 20 4) (BOC) 2 () To a suspension of lithium tert-butoxide (84.06 g, 1.05 mol) in dry toluene (1.2 L), was added dropwise a mixture of the N-benzyl mine of glycine ethyl ester (100.4 g, 0.526 mol) and trans-1,4-dibromo-2-butene

(

10 7.0 g, 0.500 mol) in dry 54 toluene (0.6 L) over 60 min. After completion of the addition, the deep red mixture was quenched by addition of water (1 L) and tert-butylmethyl ether (TBME, I L). The aqueous phase was separated and extracted a second time with TBME (I L). The organic phases were combined, I N HCI (1 L) was added and the mixture stirred 5 at room temperature for 2 h. The organic phase was separated and extracted with water (0.8 L). The aqueous phases were then combined, saturated with salt (700 g), TBME (1 L) was added and the mixture cooled to 0 *C. The stirred mixture was then basified to pH 14 by the dropwise addition of 10 N NaOH, the organic layer separated, and the aqueous phase extracted with TBME (2 x 500 mL). The combined 10 organic extracts were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated to a volume of IL. To this solution of free amine, was added BOC 2 0 or di-tert--butyldicarbonate (131.0 g, 0.6 mol) and the mixture stirred 4 days at rt. Additional di-tert-butyldicarbonate (50 g, 0.23 mol) was added to the reaction, the mixture refluxed for 3 h, and was then allowed cool to room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was dried over 15 MgSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo to afford 80 g of crude material. This residue was purified by flash chromatography (2.5 Kg of SiO 2 , eluted with 1% to 2% MeOH/CH 2

C

2 ) to afford 57 g (53%) of racemic N-Boc-(1R,2S)/(IS,2R)-1-amino-2 vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester as a yellow oil which solidified while sitting in the refrigerator: 'H NMR (CDC 3 , 300 MEHz) 8 1.26 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.46 20 (s, 9H), 1.43-1.49 (m, 1H), 1.76-1.82 (br m, IH), 2.14 (q, J=8.6 Hz, IH), 4.18 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 5.12 (dd J=10.3, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (br s, 1H), 5.29 (dd, J=17.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.77 (ddd, J=17.6, 10.3, 8.9 Hz, 1H); MS m/z 254.16 (M-1) Step 3 Preparation of Racemic (1R,2S)/(IS,2R) l-amino- 2 -vinylcyclopropane 25 carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride BocN

CO

2 Et 4N HC C1H 3 N CO 2 Et N-Boc-(IR,2S)/(IS,2R)-1-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl 30 ester (9.39 g, 36.8 mmol) was dissolved in 4 N HCl/dioxane (90 ml, 360 mmol) and 55 was stirred for 2 h at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated to supply (IR,2S)/(IS,2R)-1-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride in quanitative yield (7 g, 100%). 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) 5 1.32 (t, J=7.1, 3H), 1.72 (dd, 1=10.2, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 1.81 (dd, J=8.3, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.38 (q, 5 J=8.3 Hz, IH), 4.26-4.34 (m, 2H), 5.24 (dd, 10.3, 1.3 Hz, IH) 5.40 (d, J=17.2, 1H), 5.69-5.81 (m, 1H). 10 15 Alternate route for the preparation of Racemic N-Boc-1-amino-2 vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride 1) KOtBu/Toluene -78 0 C to 0 0 C 2 Et BrBr C1H 3 N CO 2 Et 20 2) 4N HC1 To a solution of potassium tert-butoxide (11.55 g, 102.9 mmol) in THF (450 mL) at -78 *C was added the commercially available NN-dibenzyl imine of glycine ethyl ester (25.0 g, 93.53 mmol) in THF (112 mL). The reaction mixture was 25 warmed to 0 *C, stirred for 40 min, and was then cooled back to -78 *C. To this solution was added trans-1,4-dibromo-2-butene (20.0 g, 93.50 mmol), the mixture stirred for I h at 0*C and was cooled back to -78*C. Potassium tert-butoxide (11.55 56 g, 102.9 mmol) was added, the mixture immediately warmed to 0*C, and was stirred one more hour before concentrating in vacuo. The crude product was taken up in Et 2 0 (530 mL), IN aq. HCI solution (106 mL, 106 mmol) added and the resulting biphasic mixture stirred for 3.5 h at rt. The layers were separated and the aqueous 5 layer was washed with Et 2 0 (2x) and basified with a saturated aq. NaHCO 3 solution. The desired amine was extracted with Et 2 O (3x) and the combined organic extract was washed with brine, dried (MgSO 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo to obtain the free amine. This material was treated with a 4N HCI solution in dioxane (100 mL, 400 mmol) and concentrated to afford (IR,2S)/(1S,2R)-1--amino-2-vinylcyclopropane 10 carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride as a brown semisolid (5.3 g, 34% yield) identical to the material obtained from procedure A, except for the presence of a small unidentified aromatic impurity (8%). Resolution of N-Boc-(1R,2S)/(1S,2R)-1-amino-2-viinylcyclopropane carboxylic 15 acid ethyl ester 0 O0H Buffer/DMSO racemate: 1:1 mixture of J o _N., -OH -6/\ (1R, 2S) and (1S, 2R) \ .2 Resolution A 20 To an aqueous solution of sodium phosphate buffer (0.1 M, 4.25 liter ("L"), pH 8) housed in a 12 Liter jacked reactor, maintained at 39*C, and stirred at 300 rpm was added 511 grams of Acalase 2.4L (about 425 mL) (Novozymes North America Inc.). When the temperature of the mixture reached 39*C, the pH was adjusted to 8.0 by the addition of a 50% NaOH in water. A solution of the racemic N-Boc- 57 (1R,2S)/(1S,2R)-1-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester (85g) in 850 mL of DMSO was then added over a period of 40 min. The reaction temperature was then maintained at 40 0 C for 24.5h during which time the pH of the mixture was adjusted to 8.0 at the 1.5h and 19.5h time points using 50% NaOH in water. After 5 24.5h, the enantio-excess of the ester was determined to be 97.2%, and the reaction was cooled to room temperature (26"C) and stirred overnight (16h) after which the enantio-excess of the ester was determined to be 100%. The pH of the reaction mixture was then adjusted to 8.5 with 50% NaOH and the resulting mixture was extracted with MTBE (2 x 2 L). The combined MTBE extract was then washed with 10 5% NaHCO 3 (3 x 100 mL), water (3 x 100 mL), and evaporated in vacuo to give the enantiomerically pure N-Boc-(1R,2S)/-1-amino- 2 -vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester as light yellow solid (42.55 g; purity: 97% @ 210 nm, containing no acid; 100% enantiomeric excess ("ee"). The aqueous layer from the extraction process was then acidified to pH 2 with 50% 15 H 2

SO

4 and extracted with MTBE (2 x 2 L). The MTBE extract was washed with water (3 x 100 mL) and evaporated to give the acid as light yellow solid (42.74 g; purity: 99% @ 210 nm, containing no ester). H 10 H 3 6 1 R, 2S-ester 1 S,2R-acid ester acid High (+) ESI, C13H22NO4, [M+H], cal. (-) ESI, C11H16NO4,

[M

Resoluti 256.1549, found 256.1542 FJ, cal. 226.1079, found onMass 226.1089 Spec 58 NMR observed chemical shift Solvent: CDC 3 (proton S 7.24 ppm, C-13 8 77.0 ppm) Bruker DRX-500C: proton 500.032 MHz, carbon 125.746 MHz Position Proton (pattern) C-13 Proton (pattern) C-13 ppm ppm ppm ppm -- 40.9 -- 40.7 2 2.10 (q, J = 9.0 Hz) 34.1 2.17 (q, J= 9.0 35.0 Hz) 3a 1.76 (br) 23.2 1.79 (br) 23.4 3b 1.46 (br) 1.51, (br) 4 -- 170.8 -- 175.8 5 5.74 (ddd, J = 9.0, 133.7 5.75 (m) 133.4 10.0, 17.0 Hz) 6a 5.25 (d, J = 17.0 Hz) 117.6 5.28 (d, J= 17.0 118.1 Hz) 6 5.08 (dd, J= 5.12(d, J=- 10.5 1.5 Hz) Hz) 7 155.8 156.2 8 80.0 ---- 80.6 9 1.43 (s) 28.3 1.43 (s) 28.3 10 4.16 (m) 61.3 -- 11 1.23 (t, J =7.5 Hz) 14.2 --- Resolution B To 0.5 mL 100 mM HepseNa buffer (pH 8.5) in a well of a 24 well plate 5 (capacity: 10 mI/well), 0.1 mL of Savinase 16.OL (protease from Bacillus clausii) (Novozymes North America Inc.) and a solution of the racemic N-Boc (1R,2S)/(IS,2R)-1-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester (10 mg) in 59 0.1 mL of DMSO were added. The plate was sealed and incubated at 250 rpm at 40*C. After 18h, enantio-excess of the ester was determined to be 44.3% as following: 0.1 mL of the reaction mixture was removed and mixed well with 1 mL ethanol; after centrifugation, 10 microliter ("gl") of the supernatant was analyzed 5 with the chiral HPLC. To the remaining reaction mixture, 0.1 mL of DMSO was added, and the plate was incubated for additional 3 days at 250 rpm at 40*C, after which four mL of ethanol was added to the well. After centrifugation, 10 Al of the supernatant was analyzed with the chiral HPLC and enantio-excess of the ester was determined to be 100%. 10 Resolution C To 0.5 ml 100 mM HepseNa buffer (pH 8.5) in a well of a 24 well plate (capacity: 10 mIJwell), 0.1 ml of Esperase 8.OL, (protease from Bacillus 15 halodurans) (Novozymes North America Inc.) and a solution of the racemic N-Boc (IR,2S)/(IS,2R)-1-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester (10 mg) in 0.1 mL of DMSO were added. The plate was sealed and incubated at 250 rpm at 40*C. After 18 hour, enantio-excess of the ester was determined to be 39.6% as following: 0.1 mL of the reaction mixture was removed and mixed well with 1 mL 20 ethanol; after cenrifugation, 10 sl of the supernatant was analyzed with the chiral HPLC. To the remaining reaction mixture, 0.1 mL of DMSO was added, and the plate was incubated for additional 3 days at 250 rpm at 40*C, after which four mL of ethanol was added to the well. After centrifugation, 10 gl of the supernatant was analyzed with the chiral HPLC and enantio-excess of the ester was determined to be 25 100%. Samples analysis was carried out in the following manner: 1) Sample preparation: About 0.5 ml of the reaction mixture was mixed well with 10 30 volume of EtOH. After centrifugation, 10 p of the supernatant was injected onto HPLC column.

60 2) Conversion determination: Column: YMC ODS A, 4.6 x 50 mm, S-5 ptm Solvent: A, 1 mM HCI in water, B, MeCN 5 Gradient: 30% B for 1 min; 30% to 45% B over 0.5 min; 45% B for 1.5 min; 45% to 30% B over 0.5 min. Flow rate: 2 mI/min UV Detection: 210 nm Retention time: acid, 1.2 min; ester, 2.8 min. 10 3) Enantio-excess determination for the ester: Column: CHIRACEL OD-RH, 4.6 x 150 mm, S-5 pm Mobile phase: MeCN/50 mM HC1O 4 in water (67/33) Flow rate: 0.75 ml/min. 15 UV Detection: 210 nm. Retention time: (IS, 2R) isomer as acid: 5.2 min; Rcaemate: R min and200 min; (IR, 2S) isomer as ester: 18.5 min. 20 2. Preparation of N-Boc-(1R,2S)-1-amino-2-cyclopropylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester 0H O H O O N -OCH2N2 , O N -O O R7s Pd(OAc) 2 s 2 ether, rt (1) (2) 25 A solution of N-Boc-(IR,2S)-l-amino- 2 -vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid (255 mg, 1.0 mmol) in ether (10 mL) was treated with palladium acetate (5 mg, 0.022 mmol). The orange/red solution was placed under an atmosphere of N 2 . An excess of diazomethane in ether was added dropwise over the course of I h. The resulting solution was stirred at rt for 18 h. The excess diazomethane was removed using a 61 stream of nitrogen. The resulting solution was concentrated by rotary evaporation to give the crude product. Flash chromatography (10% EtOAc/hexane) provided 210 mg (78%) of N-Boc-(IR,2S)-1-amino- 2 -cyclopropylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester as a colorless oil. LC-MS (retention time: 2.13, similar to method A 5 except: gradient time 3 min, Xterra MS C18 S7 3.0 x 50mm column), MS m/e 270 (M*+1). 3. 1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-cyclopropane-carboxylic acid is commercially available 0H 0 O N O 10 4. Preparation of 1-aminocyclobutanecarboxylic acid methyl ester-hydrochloride MeO Cl 0 1-aminocyclobutanecarboxylic acid (100 mg, 0.869 mmol)(Tocris)-was dissolved in 15 10 mL of MeOH, HCI gas was bubbled in for 2h. The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h, and then concentrated in vacuo to give 144 mg of a yellow oil. Trituration with 10 mL of ether provided 100 mg of the titled product as a white solid. 'H NMR (CDC1 3 ) 8 2.10-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.42 (m, IH), 2.64-2.82 (m, 4H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 9.21 (br s, 3H). 20 5. Preparation of racemic (1R,2R)/(1S,2S) 1-Amiino-2 ethylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, shown below.

H

2 N CO 2 tBu ethyl syn to carboxy 62 . Step 1: Preparation of 2 -Ethylcyclopropane-I,1-dicarboxylic acid di-tert-butyl ester, shown below. But:02C CO 2 tBu 5 To a suspension of benzyltriethylammonium chloride (21.0 g, 92.2 mmol) in a 50% aqueous NaOH solution (92.4 g in 185 mL H 2 0) was added 1, 2 -dibromobutane (30.0 g, 138.9 mmol) and di-tert-butylmalonate (20.0 g, 92.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was vigorously stirred 18 h at rt, a mixture of ice and water was then added. The crude product was extracted with CH 2

CI

2 (3x) and sequentially washed with water 10 (3x), brine and the organic extracts combined. The organic layer was dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was flash chromatographed (100 g SiO 2 , 3% Et 2 0 in hexane) to afford the titled product (18.3 g, 67.8 mmol, 73% yield) which was used directly in the next reaction. Step 2: Preparation of racemic 2 -Ethylcyclopropane-1,1-dicarboxylic acid tert-butyl 15 ester, shown below.

HO

2 C CO 2 tBu The product of Step 1 (18.3 g, 67.8 mmol) was added to a suspension of potassium tert-butoxide (33.55 g, 299.0 mmol) in dry ether (500 mL) at 0 *C, followed by H 2 0 (1.35 mL, 75.0 mmol) and was vigorously stirred overnight at rt. The reaction 20 mixture was poured in a mixture of ice and water and washed with ether (3x). The aqueous layer was acidified with a 10% aq. citric acid solution at 0*C and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2x), brine, dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated in vacuo to afford the titled product as a pale yellow oil (10 g, 46.8 mmol, 69% yield).

63 Step 3: Preparation of (lR,2R)/(IS,2S) 2-Ethyl-1-(2 trimethylsilanylethoxycarbonylamino)cyclopropane-.carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, shown below. Me 3 i O NH

CO

2 tBu 5 To a suspension, of the product of Step 2 (10 g, 46.8 mmol) and 3 g of freshly activated 4A molecular sieves in dry benzene (160 rmL), was added Et 3 N (7.50 mL, 53.8 mmol) and DPPA (11 mL, 10.21 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 3.5 h, 2 -trimethylsilyl-ethanol (13.5 mL, 94.2 mmol) was then added, and the reaction mixture was refluxed overnite. The reaction mixture was filtered, diluted 10 with Et 2 0, washed with a 10% aqueous citric acid solution, water, saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 , water (2x), brine (2X), dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was suspended with 10g of Aldrich polyisocyanate scavenger resin in 120 .mL of CH 2

C

2 , stirred at rt overnite and filtered to afford the titled product (8 g, 24.3 mmol; 52%) as a pale yellow oil: 'H NMR (CDC 3 ) S 0.03 (s, 9H), 0.97 (in, 51), 15 1.20 (bm, 1H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.40-1.70 (in, 4H), 4.16 (m, 2H), 5.30 (bs, IH). Step 4: Preparation of racemic (IR,2R)/(1S,2S) 1-Amino-2 ethylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, shown below.

H

2 N CO 2 tBu ethyl syn to carboxy To the product of Step 3 (3 g, 9 mmol) was added a 1.0 M TBAF solution in THF 20 (9.3 mL, 9.3 mmol) and the mixture heated to reflux for 1.5 h, cooled to rt and then diluted with 500 ml of EtOAc. The solution was successively washed with water (2x100 mL), brine (2x100 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ), concentrated in vacuo to provide the title intermediate 25 II P1' elements: 64 The P1' elements prepared below can be used to preapre compounds of Formula I by using the methods described herein. 1. Preparation of cyclopropylsulfonamide: 0 H2N-S-< 5 0 Step 1: Preparation of N-tert-Butyl-(3-chloro)propylsulfonanide Ci H tert-Butylamine (3.0 mol, 315.3 mL) was dissolved in THF (2.5 L). The solution was cooled to - 20 0 C. 3 -Chloropropanesulfonyl chloride (1.5 mol, 182.4 mL) was added 10 slowly. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt and stirred for 24 h. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in CH 2

C

2 (2.0 L). The resulting solution was washed with I N HCl (1.0 L), water (1.0 L), brine (1.0 L) and dried over Na 2

SO

4 . It was filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a slightly yellow solid, which was crystallized from hexane to afford 'H NMR (CDC 3 ) S 1.38 (s, 9H), 2.30-2.27 (m, 2H), :3.22 (t, J = 7.35 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (t, J= 6.2 Hz, 2H), 4.35 (b, 1H). Step 2: preparation of Cyclopropanesulfonic acid tert-butylamide H O

N-S

0 20 To a solution of N-tert-butyl-(3-chloro)propylsulfonanide (2.14 g, 10.0 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane, 8.0 mL, 20.0 nmol) at -78 0 C. The reation mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature over period of I h. The volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between EtOAC and water (200 mL, 200 mL). The separated organic phase was washed with brine, 25 dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was recrystallized from hexane to yield the desired product as a white solid (1.0 g, 56%). 'H NMR (CDCI-> S 0.98-1.00 (m, 2H), 1.18-1.19 (mi, 2 1.39 (s, 9H), 2.48-2.51 (m, 1H). 4.19 (b. H).

65 Step 3: preparation of cyclopropyisulfonamide 0 H2N-S-< 0 A solution of cyclopropanesulfonic acid tert-butylamide (110.0 g, 0.62 mol) in TFA (500 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The volatile was removed in 5 vacuo. The residue was recrystallized from EtOAC/hexane (60 mIJ240 mL) to yield the desired product as a white solid (68.5 g, 91%). 'H NMR (DMSO-d,) 8 0.84-0.88 (m, 2H), 0.95-0.98 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.58 (m, 1H), 6.56 (b, 2H). 10 2. Alternate procedure for the preparation of cyclopropyl sulfonamide

NH

3 (sat) THF O SS-Cl N 2 0 0 C to rt To a solution of 100 mL of THF cooled to 0 *C was bubbled in gaseous ammonia until saturation was reached. To this solution was added a solution of 5 g (28.45 mmol) of cyclopropylsulfonyl chloride (purchased from Array Biopharma) in 50 mL 15 of THF, the solution warmed to rt overnite and stirred one additional day. The mixture was concentrated until 1-2 mL of solvent remained, applied onto 30 g plug of Si02 (eluted with 30% to 60% EtOAc/Hexanes) to afford 3.45g (100%) of cyclopropyl sulfonamide as a white solid. 'H NMR (Methanol-d 4 ) S 0.94-1.07 (m, 4H), 2.52-2.60 (m, IH); 3 C NMR (methanol-d 4 ) 8 5.92, 33.01. 20 3. Preparation of cyclobutyl sulfonamide 0 K3:>-S-NH 2 0 To a solution of 5.0 g (37.0 mmol) of cyclobutyl bromide in 30 mL of anhydrous diethyl ether (Et 2 0) cooled to -78 *C was added 44 mL (74.8 mmol) of 1.7M tert 25 butyl lithium in pentanes and the solution slowly wanted to -35 *C over 1.5 h. This mixture was cannulated slowly into a solution of 5.0 g (37.0 mmol) freshly distilled sulfuryl chloride in 100 mL of hexanes cooled to -40 *C, warmed to 0 *C over I h and carefully concentrated in vacuo. This mixture was redissolved in Et 2 0, washed 66 once with some ice-cold water, dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated carefully. This mixture was redissolved in 20 mL of THF, added dropwise to 500 mL of saturated

NH

3 in THE and was allowed to stir overnite. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to a crude yellow solid and was recrystallized from the minimum amount of 5 CH 2 C1 2 in hexanes with 1-2 drops of MeOH to afford 1.90 g (38%) of cyclobutylsulfonamide as a white solid. 'H NMR (CDC1 3 ) 8 1.95-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.30 2.54 (m, 4H), 3.86 (p, J=8 Hz, 1H), 4.75 (brs, 2H); 3 C NMR (CDCI 3 ) 8 16.43, 23.93, 56.29. HRMS m/z (M-H)~ calcd for C 4

H

8

NSO

2 : 134.0276, found 134.0282. 10 4 Preparation of cyclopentyl sulfonamide -NH2 0 A solution of 18.5 mL (37.0 mmol) of 2M cyclopentyl-magnesium chloride in ether was added dropwise to a solution of 3.0 mL (37.0 mrnol) freshly distilled sulfuryl chloride (obtained from Aldrich) in 100 mL of hexanes cooled to -78 "C. The 15 mixture was warmed to 0 *C over 1 h and was then carefully concentrated in vacuo. water (200 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated carefully. This mixture was redissolved in 35 mL of THF, added dropwise to 500 mL of saturated NH 3 in THF and was allowed to stir overnite. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to a crude 20 yellow solid, the residue filtered through 50g of silica gel using 70% EtOAc-hexanes as the eluent and the solution was then concentrated. The residue was recrystallized from the minimum amount of CH 2 C1 2 in hexanes with 1-2 drops of MeOH to afford 2.49 g (41%) of cyclopentylsulfonamide as a white solid. 'H NMR (CDCl 3 ) 8 1.58 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.94-2.14 (m, 4H), 3.48-3.59 (m, 1H), 4.80 (bs, 25 2H); "C NMR (CDC 3 ) & 25.90, 28.33, 63.54; MS ne 148 (M-H)-. 5. Preparation of cyclohexyl sulfonamide 0 0 2

O

67 A solution of 18.5 mL (37.0 mmol) of 2M cyclohexylmagnesium chloride (TCI Americas) in ether was added dropwise to a solution of 3.0 mL (37.0 mmol) freshly distilled sulfuryl chloride in 100 mL of hexanes cooled to -78 *C. The mixture was warmed to 0 *C over I h and was then carefully concentrated in vacuo. This mixture 5 was redissolved in Et 2 0 (200 mL), washed once with some ice-cold water (200 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated carefullyThis mixture was redissolved in 35 mL of THF, added dropwise to 500 mL of saturated NH 3 in THF and was allowed to stir overnite. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to a crude yellow solid, the residue filtered through 50g of silica gel using 70% EtOAc-hexanes as the eluent and was 10 concentrated. The residue was recrystallized from the minimum amount of CH 2

C

2 in hexanes with 1-2 drops of MeOH to afford 1.66 ,g (30%) of cyclohexyl sulfonamide as a white solid: 'H NMR (CDCI 3 ) 8 1.11-1.37 (m, 3H), 1.43-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.76 (m, IH), 1.86-1.96 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.91 (tt,J=12, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (bs, 2H); iscH NMR (CDC] 3 ) S 25.04, 25.04, 26.56, 62.74; MS m/e 162 15 (M-1). 6. Preparation of neopentylsulfonamide 0

S-NH

2 II 0 Following the procedure for the prep of cyclohexyl sulfonamide, 49 mL (37 mol) 20 of 0.75M neopentylmagnesium chloride (Alfa) in ether was converted to 1.52g (27%) of neopentylsulfonamide as a white solid. 'H NMR (CDC 3 ) 8 1.17 (s, 9H), 3.12 (s, 2H), 4.74 (brs, 2H); 1 3 C NMR (CDC 3 ) 5 29.46, 31.51, 67.38; MS m/e 150 (M-1)-. 7. Preparation of cyclobutylcarbinyl-sulfonamide -NH2 25 0 A solution of 12.3 g (83 mmol) of cyclobutylcarbiny.l bromide (Aldrich) and 1 3 .7g (91 mmol) of sodium iodide in 150 mL of acetone was refluxed overnite and then cooled to rt. The inorganic solids were filtered off and the acetone and 68 cyclopropylcarbinyl iodide ( 8 .41g, 46%) distilled off at ambient and 150 torr at 80 *C, respectively. A solution of 4.0 g (21.98 mmol) of cyclobutyl carbinyl iodide in 30 mL of anhydrous diethyl ether (Et 2 O) cooled to -78 *C was cannulated into a solution of 17 5 mL (21.98 mmol) of I.3M sec-butyl lithium in cyclchexanes and the solution was stirred for 5 min. To this mixture was cannulated a solution of 3.0 g (21.98 mmol) of freshly distilled sulfuryl chloride in 110 mL of hexanes cooled to -78 0 C, the mixture warmed to rt over I h and was then carefully conceniated in vacuo. This mixture was redissolved in Et 2 0, washed once with some ice-cold water, dried (MgSO 4 ) and 10 concentrated carefully. This mixture was redissolved in 30 mL of THF, added dropwise to 500 mL of saturated NH 3 in THF and was allowed to stir overnite. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to a crude yellow solid and was recrystallized from the minimum amount of CH 2 Cl 2 in hexanes with 1-2 drops of MeOH to afford 1.39 g (42%) of cyclobutyl carbinylsulfonamide as a white solid. 'H NMR (CDCl 3 ) 8 15 1.81-2.03 (m, 4H), 2.14-2.28 (in, 2H), 2.81-2.92 (m, 1H), 3.22 (d, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.74 (brs, 2H); 3C NMR (CDCl 3 ) 8 19.10, 28.21, 30.64, 60.93; MS m/e 148 (M-1)-. time: 1.73, method B), 818 (M*+H) 8: Preparation of cyclopropylcarbinyl-sulfonamide 20 Using the procedure employed for the preparation of cyclobutylcarbinyl-sulfonamide, cyclopropylcarbinyl sulfonamide was prepared from cyclopropylcarbinyl bromide (Aldrich) (see also JACS 1981, p.442-445). 'H NMR (CDCl 3 ) 8 0.39-0.44 (m, 2H), 0.67-0.76 (m, 2H), 1.13-1.27 (in, 11), 3.03 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 4.74 (brs, 2H); ' 3 C 25 NMR (CDCI 3 ) 8 4.33,5.61,59.93; MS m/e 134 (M-1) III Heterocycles to be used as starting material in the construction of P2 elements for subsequent incorporation into compounds of Formula I. 30 1. Isoquinolines 69 N -N Gilman, H et at JACS 1947, 69, 1946 (1) Br (2) OH Commercial material Method I using the chemnsitry desc 'ribed Method 1in the following sections HO alkoxide promoted Meod2 R coupling Mitsunobu N coupling Boc N Boc O* Elongation . Compounds of Formula I OR (3) OR Boc O Isoquinoline (1) and substituted analogues thereof, can be incorporated into P2 elements using the two methods outline above and described in detail herein. Said P2 elements (3) can then be converted into compounds of Formula I using procedures 5 analogous to those described herein for similar isoquinoline analogues. 2. Isoxazolepyridine and Oxazolepyridine(1) Me Me N'. step o -N N 2. step 2 C N nai compounds of Fornula I ( ) k(2) alkoxide promoted (1) is a known compound:N see: Organic Mag Resonance 0 (1982). 20(3), 141-4 H and: JCS PT 1 (organic and bio-organic chemsitry) N 1972-1999) (1975), (21). 2190-4 NP Me1 N Me Elongation 2. step 2 o - Compounds of Formula I (1) (2) Ca alkoxide promoted (1) is a known compound: coupling OR see: Organic Mag Resonance (1982), 20(3), 141-4 OH pc and JCS PT 1 (organic and bio-organic chemsitry) O 1972-1999) (1975), (21). 2190-4 Boc 70 Isoxazole and oxazole heterocycle (1) and analogues thereof can be prepared using know chemistry and incorporated into compounds of Formula I using the chemistry described herein for similar isoxazolepyridine intermediates as shown in section B. 5 Section B: In Section B the following conditions were used for LC/MS analysis. Columns: Method A: YMC ODS-A C18 S7 (4.6 x 33 mm) Method B: YMC Xterra ODS S7 (3.0 x 50mm) Method C: Xterra ms C18 (4.6 x 33mm) 10 Method D: YMC ODS-A C18 S3 (4.6 x 33 mm) Gradient: 100% solvent A/ 0% solvent B to 0% solvent A/ 100% solvent B Gradient time: 3 min. Hold Time: 1 min. Flow Rate: 5 mIJmin. 15 Detector Wavelength: 220 nm. Solvents: Solvent A: 10% MeOHI 90% water/ 0.1% TFA. Solvent B: 90% MeOH/ 10% water/ 0.1% TFA. The following conditions were used for prep-HPLC separation. Columns: Phenomenex-Luna 30X100 mm, S5 20 Gradient: 60% solvent A/ 40% solvent B to 0% solvent A/ 100% solvent B Gradient time: 15 min. Stop Time: 20 min. Flow Rate: 30 mlJmin. Detector Wavelength: 220 nm. 25 Solvents: Solvent A: 10% MeOHI 90% water/ 0.1% TFA. Solvent B: 90% MeOHI 10% water/ 0.1% TFA.

71 Example 1: Preparation of Compound 1. N o 0 o ' O N O N 0 Compound 1 Scheme 1

NO

2

,

Nte 1 Step 2 N N phenylace 'O N taidehyde PO:3 O CI 5 Step 1: A mixture of 3 ,5-dimethy-4-nitro-isoxazole (1.42 g, 10.0 mmol), phenylacetaldehyde (1.32 g, 11.0 mmol) in piperidine (1 mL) and ethanol (10 mL) was heated to reflux for 16 h. After cooling down to the ambient temperature, the product precipitated out was collected by filtration. The cake was washed with cold 10 ethanol thoroughly to afford 1.20 g (53%) of the desired product as a white solid. 'H NMR (CDC 3 ) 8 2.87 (s, 3H), 7.46-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.56 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.7-7.80 (m, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.19 min, method B), MS m/t 227 (M'+H). Step 2: 15 A solution of 3 -methyl-5-phenyl-isoxazolo[4,5-b]pyidine 4-oxide (1.00 g, 4.40 mmol) and POC1 3 (2.71 g, 17.7 mmol) in chloroform (10 mL) was heated to reflux for 1 h. After cooling down to the ambient temperature, the final solution was diluted with chloroform (50 mL) and washed with NaHCO 3 (aq.) (two 50 mL* portions) and brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified 20 by flash chromatography (4:1 hexane-EtOAc) to afford 790 mg (73%) of the desired product as a white solid.

72 'H NMR (CDC 3 ) 5 2.72 (s, 3H), 7.46-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.91 (s, IH), 8.00-8.03 (m, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.76 min, method B), MS m/z 245, 247 (M+H). Scheme 2 HO, H , HO0 -Step 3 0F\, Step 40 N-BOC-t -Bu- - OH H O' L-glycine H H OH N' N N. BOC'N -, 0. 0 N O StepS 0 N N , Step 5 OH 01 N Hh OH CN O N To a mixture of 4 -hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (H Hyp-OMe HCI) (1.81 g, 10.0 mmol), HATU (5.70 g, 15.0 mmol), and N-BOC-t butyl-L-glycine (2.42 g, 10.5 mmol) in CH 2

CI

2 (100 mL) was added DIPEA (3.47 g, 31.0 mmol) at 0 0 C. After stirring at the ambient temperature for 12 h, the formed 10 solution was diluted with CH 2

C

2 (100 mL), washed with iced 5% citric acid (aq). The organic layer was washed with 5% citric acid, IM NaOH, brine respectively, dried over MgSO 4 , and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to provide 3.55 g (99%) of the desired product as an off-white foam. This product was used for the next reaction as crude without further purification. 15 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) S 1.04 (s, 9H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.99-2.03 (m, IH), 2.20-2.30 (m, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.70-3.79 (m, 2H), 4.28 (b, 1H), 4.46 (b, IH), 4.74-4.80 (m, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.28 min, method B), MS m/z 359 (M+H).

73 Step 4: A mixture of the product of Step 3 (3.55 g, 9.9 mmol) in THF (50 mL), MeOH ( 50 mL) and LIOH monohydrate ( 0.83 g, 1 9.9 mmol in 50 mL H 2 0) was stirred at the ambient temperature over night. After removal of the volatiles in vacuo, 5 the residue was dissolved in 0.1 M NaOH (100 mL). This aqueous solution was washed with ether (50 mL), acidified by IM HCI to pH4. Extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with 5% citric acid and brine, dried over MgSO 4 , evaporated to dryness to give 3 .20g (95%) of the desired product as a white foam. This product was used as crude without further purification. 10 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.02 (s, 9H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 2.01-2.09 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.32 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.85 (m, 2H), 4.26-4.30 (m, IH), 4.464.51 (m, 2H), 6.37-6.41 (in, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.14 min, method B), MS n/z 345 (M*+H). 15 Step 5: To a solution of the product of Step 4 (1.01 g, 2.93 mmol) in DMSO (30 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (1.02 g, 9.08 mriol). The formed solution was stirred at the ambient temperature for I h before addition of 7 -chloro-3-methyl-5 phenyl-isoxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine (0.75 g, 3.08 mmol). The final solution was stirred 20 for 12 h. Then was quenched with iced water, acidified with IM HCI to pH 4, extracted with EtOAc (two 200 mL portions). The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by prep HPLC (60%B-100%B, 15 min gradient) to afford 305 ing (19%) of the desired product as a pale yellow solid. 25 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 6 1.02 (s, 9H), 1.17 (s, 9H), 2.37-2.47 (m, IH), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.85 2.93 (m, 1H), 4.00-4.08 (m, IH), 4.14 (b, 1H), 4.49-4.55 (m, IH), 4.62-4.71 (m, 1H), 5.70 (m, IH), 7.45-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 8.03-8.06 (m, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.89 min, method B), MS m/ 553 (M*+H).

74. Scheme 3 H 0 H 0 BOC'N2 O Step 6 BOC'N Step 7 a) Enzyme CDI/DBU/P1 b) LIOH mixture of 1 (R)-2(S) 1(R)-2-(S) and 1 (S)-2(R) H Step 8 N/' N O -TFA, H 2 N"- N O0 O d then HCI HCI O d N Nj Step 9 O HATU, O Step 5 H N 'NI.. H N0: N ,O H O O & Compound 1 As decribed in section A. Step 6b: 5 To a solution of 1(R)-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2(S)-vinyl cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester, the product of Step 6a (3.28 g, 13.2 mmol) in THF (7 mL) and methanol (7 mL) was added a suspension of LiOH (1.27 g, 53.0 mmol) in water (14 mL). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature and quenched with IN NaOH (15 mL) and water (20 mL). The resulting mixture was 10 washed with EtOAc (20 mL), and the organic phase was extracted with 20 mL O.5N NaOH. The combined aqueous phases were acidified with IN HCI until pH 4 and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 40mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 ) to yield the title compound as a white solid (2.62 g, 87%).

75 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) S 1.22-1.26 (m, 1H), 1.37 (s, 9H), 1.50-1.52 (m, 1H), 2.05 (q, J=9 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (d, J=10 Hz, IH), 5.22 (d, J=17 Hz, IH), 5.64-5.71 (in, 1H), 7.18, 7.53 (s, NH (rotamers), 12.4 (br s, 1H)); LC-MS (retention time: 1.67 min, method B), MS m/z 228 (M*+H). 5 Step 7: A solution of the product of Step 6 (2.62 g, 11.5 mmol) and CDI (2.43 g, 15.0 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was heated at reflux for 50 min under nitrogen. The solution was cooled to room temperature and transferred by cannula to a solution of 10 cyclopropylsulfonamide (1.82 g, 15.0 mmol) in THF (10 mL). To the resulting solution was added DBU (2.40 mL, 16.1 mnol) and stirring was continued for 20 h. The mixture was quenched with IN HCI to pH 1 and THF was evaporated in vacuo. The suspension was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL) and the combined organic extracts dried (Na2SO4). Purification by recystallization from hexanes-EtOAc (1:1) 15 afforded the title compound (2.4 g) as a white solid. The mother liquor was purified by a Biotage 40S column (eluted 9% acetone in DCM) to give a second batch of the title compound (1.1 g). Both batches were combined (total yield 92%). 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 0.96-1.10 (m, 4H), 1.22 (dd, J=5.5, 9.5 Hz, 1fH), 1.39 (s, 20 9H), 1.70 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.19-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.90 (in, 1H), 5.08 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (d, J=17 Hz, 1H), 5.45 (in, IH), 6.85, 7.22 (s, NH (rotamers); LC-MS (retention time: 1.70 min, method B), MS rn/z 331 (M*+H). Step 8: 25 A solution of the product of Step 7 (3.5 g, 10.6 mmol) in DCM (35 mL) and TFA (32 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue suspended in IN HCI in diethyl ether (20 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. This procedure was repeated once. The resulting mixture was triturated from pentane and filtered to give the title compound as a hygroscopic, off 30 white solid (2.60 g, 92%).

76 'H NMR: (DMSO-4) S 1.01-1.15 (m, 4H), 1.69-1.73 (m, IH), 1.99-2.02 (m, IH), 2.38 (q, J=9 Hz, IH), 2.92-2.97 (m, 1H), 5.20 (d, J=:1 1 Hz, IH), 5.33 (d, J=17 Hz, IH), 5.52-5.59 (m, 1H), 9.17 (br s, 3H); LC-MS (retention time: 0.24 min, method B), MS n/z 231 (M*+H). 5 Step 9: To an iced mixture of the product of Step 5 (70 mg, 0.13 mmol), (IR,2S) cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1-amino- 2 -vinyl-cyclopIopanecarbonyi)amide hydrochloride, the product of Step 8 (37 mg, 0.14 mmol) and HATU (72 mg, 0.19 10 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (50 mg, 0.39 mmol). The formed solution was allowed to warm up to the ambient temperature for 12 h and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (60%B-100%B, 15 min gradient) to afford 52 mg (54%) of Compound I as a grayish solid. 15 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.96-1.09 (m, 12H), 1.16-1.25 (m, IOH), 1.44-1.48 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.91 (m, IH), 2.20-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.65 (m, 4H), 2.89-2.98 (m, 1H), 4.08 4.20 (m, 2H), 4.44-4.65 (m, 2H), 5.13 (d, J=11.7 Hz, IH), 5.32 (d, J=15 Hz, I H), 5.72-5.85 (b, 2H). 6.62 (d. J=15.0 Hz. IH). 7.46-7.53 (m. 31-), 75 (. -5 I R.04 8.07 (m, 2H); 20 LC-MS (retention time: 1.92 min, method B), MS m/z 765 (M*+H). Example 2: Preparation of Compound 2. -,N NNZ N~O H N HNV H o 0 6'> Compound 2 77 Scheme i Step I N Step 2 N NH 2 00) NoN N Ph 2 0 C1 Step 3 H N Step 1: A mixture of 2 -amino-6-methylpyridine (1.08 g, 10.0 mmol), ethyl benzoylacetate (2.30 g, 12.0 mmol) and polyphosphoric acid (6.00 g, 61.2 mmol) was 5 heated to I 10 0 C for 5 h. After cooling to the ambient temperature, the mixture was poured into iced water (20 mL) and neutralized to pH 7 with 10 M NaOH. Extracted with CHCJ 3 . The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (1:1 hexane-EtOAc) to afford 510 mg (22%) of the desired product as a pale yellow solid. 10 'H NMR (CDCI 3 ) 8 3.08 (s, 3H), 6.64 (d, J=7.0 Hz, .[H), 6.71 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.52 (in, 5H), 8.04-8.06 (m, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.21 min, method B), MS n/z 237 (M*+H). 15 Step 2: A solution of 6-methyl-2-phenyl-pyrido[1, 2 a]pyriindin-4-one (489 mg, 2.07 mmol) in melted diphenyl ether (5 mL) was heated to gentle reflux for 5 h. After cooling to the ambient temperature, the formed suspension was diluted with diethyl ether (10 mL), filtered. The cake was washed with diethyl ether thoroughly to afford 20 450 mg (92%) of the desired product as a brownish solid. LC-MS (retention time: 1.25 min, method B), MS m/z 237 (M*+H). Step 3: A suspension of 7-methyl-2-phenyl-1H-[1,8]naphthyridin-4-one (450 mg, 25 1.91 mmol) in POCl 3 (10 mL) was heated to gentle reflux for 3 h. Evaporated in 78 vacuo. The residue was was poured into iced water (20 mL) and neutralized to pH 10 with 10 M NaOH. Extracted with CHC1 3 . The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (2:1 hexane-EtOAc) to afford 450 img (92%) of the desired product 5 as a pink solid. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 6 2.80 (s, 3H), 7.54-7.56 (m, 3H), 7.61 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 8.25 8.30 (m, 3H), 8.58 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.39 min, method B), MS m/z 255, 257 (M*+H). Scheme 2 HNO,N N H 0 Step 4 Step 5 O N O OH Example 2, O Example 1, \ Step3 r)StOp, O H NN HO _N N , 0 0 o Ocr 'T 10 Compound 2 Step 4: This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 5, except using 4-chloro-7-methyl-2-phenyl-[1, I8]naphthyridine from Example 2, Step 3 instead. 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.55 min, method B), MS mn/ 563 (M*+H). Step 5: Compound 2 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, 20 Step 9, except using the product of Example 2, Step 4 instead.

79 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.01-1.10 (m, 12H), 1.21-1.26 (m, 10H), 1.40-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.91 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.29 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.49 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.81 (m, IH), 2.92 2.95 (m, 4H), 4.10-4.16 (m, 2H), 4.55-4.65 (m, 2H), 5.14 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (d, 5 J=15.0 Hz, 1fH), 5.67-5.82 (m, 2H), 7.60-7.80 (m, :31), 7.78 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 111), 7.87 (s, 1H), 8.26-8.29 (m, 2H), 8.95 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.62 min, method B), MS m/z 775 (M*+H). Example 3: Preparation of Compound 3. 0--. N_ N_ 0~ H N N.' H O N O H N -V 0 "7 10 Compound 3 Scheme 1 / 0 11 0 H Nte 2 O Dess-Martin

NO

2 N' OH 0 b_0 Step 1: To a solution of 4-methoxyphenethyl alcohol (1.52 g, 10.0 mmol) in CH 2

CI

2 (50 mL) at 0 C was added Dess-Martin reagent (4.45 g, 10.5 mmol) in one portion. 15 The formed mixture was allowed to warm to the ambient temperature for I h. Washed with sat. Na 2

S

2 0 3 (aq) and IM NaOH, brine respectively. Dried over MgSO 4 , evaporated in vacuo to give 1.50 g (100%) of the desired aldehyde as a viscous oil. This product was used as crude without any further purification. 20 Step 2: 80 A solution of 3 ,5-dimethyl-4-nitro-isoxazole (142 mg, 1.0 mmol), 4-methoxy phenylacetaldehyde from Example 3, Step 1 (180 mg, 1.1 mmol) in piperidine (0.1 mL) and ethanol (2 mL) was heated to reflux for 12 h. After cooling down to the ambient temperature, the product precipitated out was collected by filtration. The 5 cake was washed with cold ethanol thoroughly to afford 130 mg (5 1%) of the desired product as a grayish solid. 'H NMR (CDC1 3 ) 8 2.88 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 7.02 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (d, J=9.0 Hz, lH), 7.57 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.24 min, method B), MS m/z 257 (M'+H). 10 Step 3: 0 N_ N | 0_~ C1 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 2, except using the product of Example 3, Step 2 instead. 1 '1 NMR (CDC,) 8 2.70 (.q 3-) 3 R7 (4 3) 7.00-7.03 (m, 2H), 7.84 (s. 11H). 7.96 7.98 (in, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.96 min, method B), MS m/z 275, 277 (M*+H). Step 4: N NJI 0_ 20 HQOH o 20 T This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 5, except using the product of Example 3, Step 3 instead.

81 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.02 (s, 9H), 1.18 (s, 9H), 2.39-2.43 (m, I H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 2.75 2.80 (m, 1 H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.00-4.08 (m, 1H), 4.17 (b, IH), 4.49-4.55 (m, 1H), 4.62 4.71 (m, 1H), 5.68 (b, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H); 5 LC-MS (retention time: 1.89 min, method B), MS mn/z 583 (M*+H). Step 5: Compound 3 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 9, except using the product of Example 3, Step 4 instead. 10 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.01-1.09 (m, 12H), 1.

17 -1.

2 6 (m, 10H), 1.

4 4 -1.47 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.91 (m, IH), 2.20-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.65 (m, 4H), 2.89-2.98 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.08-4.20 (m, 2H), 4.44-4.65 (m, 2H), 5.13 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.85 (m, 2H), 7.05 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H); 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.96 min, method B), MS n/z 795 (M*+H). Example 4: Preparation of Compound 4. F N

N

1 H N N, H H H > O rN O O-N, Compound 4 Step 1: 0

-

F: N '.'_ N 20 N This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 3, Step 1&2, except using 4 -fluorophenethyl alcohol instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.18 min, method B), MS m/z 245 (M*+H).

82 Step 2: F N / N N | C1 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 2, 5 except using the product of Example 4, Step I instead. 'H NMR (CDCI 3 ) S 2.71 (s, 3H), 7.17-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 8.00-8.02 (m, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.71 min, method B), MS m/z 263, 265 (M*+H). Step 3: NF N N' '0b~ 0 10 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 5, except using the product of Example 4, Step 2 instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.91 min, method B), MS m/z 571 (M*+H). 15 Step 4: Compound 4 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 9, except using the product of Example 4, Step 3 instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.01-1.09 (m, 12H), 1.17-1.26 (m, 10H), 1.44-1.47 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.91 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.65 (m, 4H), 2.89-2.98 (m, 1H), 4.08 20 4.20 (m, 211), 4.44-4.65 (m, 2H), 5.13 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.85 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 8.09-8.14 (m, 2H), 9.26 (b, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.91 min, method B), MS m/r 783 (M*+H).

83 Example 5: Preparation of Compound 5. N N H N oO Compound 5 5 Step 1: 0 0 N NO This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 3, Step 1&2, except using 3-methoxy-phenethyl alcohol instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.03 min, method B), MS m/z 257 (M*+H). 10 Step 2: /NN. N' N | CI This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 2, except using the product of Example 5, Step 1 instead. 15 'H NMR (CDC 3 ) 8 2.72 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 7.00-7.02 (in, IH), 7.41 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.59 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (s, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.89 min, method B), MS m/z 275, 277 (M*+H). Step 3: 84 N NZ N H H NOH O rN This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 5, except using the product of Example 5, Step 2 instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 5 1.02 (s, 9 H), 1.18 (s, 9H), 2.37-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 5 2.85-2.93 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.00-4.08 (m, 1H), 4.14 (b, IH), 4.49-4.55 (m, 1H), 4.62-4.71 (m, 1H), 5.71 (b, 1M), 7.02-7.04 (m, 1H), 7.40 (t, 1=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58-7.62 (m, 3H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.90 min, method B), MS m/z 583 (M*+H). 10 Step 4: '.umIpuuInu -J was pirepaeu Uy tit: sdii proeCuuLe as uescInueu iI milpie i, Step 9, except using the product of Example 5, Step 3 instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 5 1.01-1.09 (m, 12H), 1.17-1.29 (m, 10H), 1.44-1.47 (m, 11), 1.87-1.91 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.65 (m, 4H), 2.89-2.98 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 15 3H), 4.08-4.20 (m, 2H), 4.44-4.65 (m, 2H), 5.13 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.85 (m, 2H), 7.02-7.05 (m, 1H), 7.41 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.55-7.61 (m, 3H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.96 min, method B), MS m/z 795 (M*+H). 20 Example 6: Preparation of Compound 6.

85 N HN H N N0 . 0 0O Compound 6 Step 1: o0 NI 5 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 3, Step 1&2, except using 2-methoxy-phenethyl alcohol instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.10 min, method B), MS m/lz 257 (M*+H). Step 2: N N 10 C0 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 2, except using the product of Example 6, Step 1 instead. 'H NMR (CDCI 3 ) S 2.721 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 7.03 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1HI), 7.11 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.41-7.44 (in, 1H), 7.79-7.81 (mn, IH), 8.04 (s, 1H); 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.92 min, method B), MS m/z 275, 277 (M'+H). Step 3: 86 N 2 O N O '0 1~ 0-~ 0 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 5, except using the product of Example 6, Step 2 instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.02 (s, 9 H), 1.20 (s, 9H), 2.37-2.47 (m, IH), 2.63 (s, 3H), 5 2.85-2.93 (m, IH), 3.89 (s, 3H), 4.00-4.08 (m, 1H), 4.14 (b, 1H1), 4.49-4.55 (m, 1H), 4.62-4.71 (m, iH), 5.56 (b, IH), 7.09 (t, J=7.5 Hz, l1H), 7.15 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1IH), 7.41 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.52 (s, IH), 7.67 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.76 min, method B), MS m/z 583 (M*+H). 10 Step 4: Step 9, except using the product of Example 6, Step 3 instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.01-1.08 (m, 12H), 1.17-1.26 (m, 10H), 1.44-1.47 (m, IH), 1.87-1.91 (m, IH), 2.20-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.65 (m, 4H), 2.89-2.98 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 15 3H), 4.084.12 (m, IH), 4.19 (b, 1H), 4.44-4.65 (m, 2H), 5.13 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 5.59 (b, 1H), 5.72-5.80 (m, 1H), 7.09 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.15 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.67 (m, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.93 min, method B), MS mt 795 (M*+H). 20 Example 7: Preparation of Compound 7.

87 0N 0~ H N HNo, H > O N _ O rN,15, Compound 7 Step 1: N 0 H N 'OH 0+ 5 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 5, except using 2 -chloro-quinoline instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.73 min, method B), MS m/z 472 (M*+H). Step 2: 10 Compound 7 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 9, except using the product of Example 7, Step I instead. 'H NIvMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.01-1.08 (m, 12H), 1.17-1.26 (in, IOH), 1.44-1.47 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.91 (m, 1H), 2.23-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.98 (m, IfH), 4.10 4.14 (m, I H), 4.09-4.15 (m, 2H), 4.47-4.51 (m, 1 H), 5.13 (d, J=10.0 Hz, I H), 5.32 (d, 15 J=17.0 Hz, 1H), 5.73-5.78 (m, IH), 5.92 (b, 1H), 6.90--6.92 (m, IH), 7.42 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.78-7.82 (m, 2H), 8.13 (d, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 9.18 (d, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.75 min, method B), MS mn/z 684 (M'+H).

88 Example 8: Preparation of Compound 8.

F

3 C O 0 O f' Compound 8 Scheme 1 H 0 N O7 OStep 1 H 2 N O 'p 0 ~HCI 0 11 racemic mixture mixture of 1 (R)-2(S) of 1 (R)-2(S) and 1 (S)-2(R) and 1 (S)-2(R) 5 Step 1: TLhis product was prepared by the~ same procedAurec as descrIbed' in ExamnpIc 1, Step 6b through 8, without using Step 6a, an enzymatic resolution step. LC-MS (retention time: 0.24 min, method B), MS m/z 231 (M+H). Scheme 2 HQ HQ Step 3 r~XStep 20 OH Ste 2H TFA/DCM,

S

HATU N N then HCVether + -- O0 Step 1 H " HO- HQ 0 Step 4 ' N N H 0 Boc-ert-lucine N 'NH H H N HATU OO H O N" 0 0'O7 ro< 10 Step 2: To an iced mixture of N-BOC-4-trans-hydroxy-L-proline (1.58 g, 6.83 mmol), cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1-amino- 2 -vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide 89 hydrochloride (Example 8, Step 1) (2.00 g, 7.52 mmol) and HATU (3.89 g, 10.2 mmol) in CH 2

CI

2 (100 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (4.41 g, 34.2 mmol). The formed solution was allowed to warm up to the ambient temperature for 12 h. Diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), washed with 5% H3PO 4 and brine, dried over MgSO 4 , 5 filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (gradient, 2:1-1:1 hexane-acetone) to yield 1.25 g (41%) of the desired product. 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 1.00-1.08 (m, 4H), 1.34-1.40 (m, 1:2, 10H), 1.62-1.70 (in, 1H), 1.76-1.87 (in, 1H), 2.02-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.95 (m, IH), 3.20-3.45 (in, 2H), 4.04-4.09 (m, IH), 4.26 (b, IH), 5.08-5.12 (m, 1H), 5.26 (d, J=17.1 Hz, IH), 5.59 10 5.69 (m, 1H), 8.59, 8.87 (rotamers, 1:2, IH), 10.48.-11.15 (rotamers, 2:1, 1H1); LC-MS (retention time: 1.25 min, method B), MS m/e 444 (M*+H). Step 3: This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, 15 Step 8, except using the product of Example 8, Step 2 instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.02 min, method B), MS rn/e 344 (M*+H). Step 4:. To an iced mixture of N-BOC-4-trans-hydroxy-L-proline (1.58 g, 6.83 20 mmol), cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1-amino- 2 -vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride (Example 8, Step 3) (2.00 g, 7.52 mnol) and HATU (3.89 g, 10.2 mmol) in CH 2

CI

2 (100 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (4.41 g, 34.2 mmol). The formed solution was allowed to warm up to the ambient temperature for 12 h. Diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), washed with 5% H 3

PO

4 and brine, dried over MgSO 4 , 25 filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (gradient, 2:1-1:1 hexane-acetone) to yield 1.25 g (41%) of the desired product. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.99-1.07 (m, 11H), 1.35-1.44 (m, 13H), 1.75-1.87 (m, IH), 2.09-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.88-2.94 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.82 (m, 2H), 4.28-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.33 4.38 (in, IH), 4.48 (b, 1H), 5.11-5.13 (in, IH), 5.30 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 5.70-5.78 (m, 30 1H), 6.51-6.61 (in, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.26 min, method B), MS i/e 557 (M*+H).

90 Scheme 3

F

3 C. N. HO0 Step 5 C. ON N H O ~-1ll4 000 OZ~~0 0 K Compound 8 Step 5: To a solution of the product of Example 8, Step 4 (56 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMSO (2 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (49 mg, 0.44 mmol). The formed 5 solution was stirred at the ambient temperature for 1 h before addition of 4-chloro-7 methyl- 2 -trifluoromethyl-[1,8]naphthyridine (P. Ferrarini et al, J Heterocyclic Chem, 1983, p1053) (30 mg, 0.12 mmol). The final solution was stirred for 12 h. Quenched with iced water, acidified with IM HCI to pH 4, extracted with EtOAc (20 mL, X2). The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, 10 evaporated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to yield 16 mg (21%) of Compound 8 as a pink solid. I - ~ h %S I t.' rtT% W I r%, I ^A ~ . T I .- 'I'% I A C /.-. '%T X H NIvR (CD30) V092-ij.99 (n1)-, 1 ri), I JL-.01-. (lj1, IIH), .2- .45 (mil, 2Hi), 1.76-1.85 (m, IH), 2.18-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.86-2.97 (m, IH), 4.00-4.11 (m, 2H), 4.48-4.58 (m, 2H), 5.09-5.12 (m, 1H), 5.28-5.31 (m, IH), 5.59 (b, 1H), 5.69 15 5.78 (m, 1H), 6.39-6.48 (m, IH), 7.58-7.64 (m, 2H), 8.08 (s, IH), 8.64-8.68 (m, IH), 8.85-8.91 (m, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.89 min, method B), MS m/e 767 (M*+H). Example 9: Preparation of Compound 9.

91 NN N 0 H N O H Compound 9 Compound 9 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 8, Step 5, except using 7-chloro-5-ethyl-3-methyl-isoxazolo[,5-bjpyridine (R. Nesi et al, Synth Comm. 1992, 22(16), 2349) instead. 5 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 6 1.01-1.09 (m, 11H), 1.21-1.25 (m, 11H), 1.36 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 3H), 1.38-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.90 (m, lH), 2.20-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.90-3.00 (m, 3H), 4.01-4.18 (m, 2H), 4.41-4.51 (m, 2H), 5.11-5.15 (m, 1H), 5.27-5.32 (m, IH), 5.58 (b, 1H), 5.70-5.80 (m, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 7.72, 7.98 (1:1, 1H), 9.00,9.22 (1:1, IH); 10 LC-MS (retention time: 1.75 min, method B), MS m/e 717 (M*+H). Example 10: Preparation of Compound 10. O N 0 HO Om Compound 10 Compound 10 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 8, Step 15 5, except using 7 -chloro-5-phenyl-3-methyl-isoxazolo[4,5-bjpyridine (Example 1, Step 2) instead.

92 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) S 1.00-1.09 (M, 12H), 1.16-1.25 (m, 10H), 1.44-1.48 (n, 1H), 1.79-1.89 (m, IH), 2.20-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.66 (m, 4H), 2.89-2.98 (m, 1H), 4.08 4.20 (m, 2H), 4.44-4.55 (m, 2H), 5.11-5.16 (m, 1H), 5.27-5.31 (m, 1H), 5.72-5.74 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.55-7.68 (m, IH), 8.05-8.06 (m, 2H); 5 LC-MS (retention time: 1.97 min, method B), MS m/z 765 (M*+H). Example 11: Preparation of Compound 11. 0~ H N N H H Oo Of N ,O H O Compound 11 Scheme 1 0 CO 2 H Step 1 O NH~Step2 0) CI 10 Step 1: To a solution of 3-methoxy cinnamic acid (11.04 g, 62 mmol) and triethylamine (12.52 g, 124 mmol) in acetone (80 mL) was added ethyl chloroformate (approximately 1.5 equivalents) dropwise at 0 0 C. After stirring at this temperature for 15 1 h, aqueous NaN 3 (6.40 g, 100 mmol in 35 mL H 2 0) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at the ambient temperature. Water (100 mL) was added to the mixture and the volatile was removed in vacuo. The resulting slurry was extracted with toluene (3X50 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over MgSO 4 . This dried solution was added dropwise to a heated solution of 20 diphenylmethane (50 mL) and tributylamine (30 mL) at 190 0 C. The toluene was distilled off as added. After complete addition, the reaction temperature was raised to 210 0 C for 2 h. After cooling, the precipitated product was collected by filtration, 93 washed with hexane (2X50 mL), and dried to yield the desired product as a white solid (5.53 g, 51%) (Nicolas Briet at el, Tetrahedron, 2002, 5761-5766). LC-MS (retention time: 0.82 min, method B), MS n/z 176 (M*+H). 5 Step 2: 6-Methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1-one (5.0 g, 28.4 mmol) in POC 3 (10 mL) was heated to gentle reflux for 3 h the evaporated in vacuo (Nicolas Briet at el, Tetrahedron, 2002, 5761-5766). The residue was poured into iced water (20 mL) and neutralized to pH 10 with 10 M NaOH. Extracted with CHCl 3 . The organic layer was washed with 10 brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (1:1 hexane-EtOAc) to afford 4.41 g (80%) of the desired product as a white solid. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 3.98 (s, 3H), 7.34-7.38 (m, 2 B), 7.69 (d, J=5.5 Hz, IH), 8.10 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H); 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.42 min, method B), MS mIz 194 (M*+H).

94 Scheme 2 O 11N H 0, N Y N H! N Step4 N OCO2H 0 N CO Example 1, O boO Step 8 N w H No OH O-O -H O 0 "17 O .- N HCI Step 5 Q Step 6 TFA/DCM - N then HC(g) N NN-BOC-t-Bu H H N,tO L-glycine HCI O O 01 " Step 7 HCI salt of Compound 11 HCl in ether H N No, H O N O H ' N ,0 Step 8 Potassium salt of 0 O 6 " KOH aq Compound 11 Compound 11 Step 3: To a solution of N-BOC-3-(R)-hydroxy-L-proline (892 mg, 3.89 mmol) in DMSO (40 mL) at the ambient temperature was added potassium tert-butoxide (1.34 5 g, 12.0 mmol) in one portion. The formed suspension was stirred at this temperature for 30 min before being cooled to 10 0 C. 1-chloro- 6 -methoxy-isoquinoline (example 11, Step 2) (785 mg, 4.05 mmol) was added as solid in one portion and the final mixture was stirred at the ambient temperature for 12 h. Quenched with iced 5% citric acid (aq), extracted with EtOAC (100 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted 10 with EtOAC again. The combined organic layers were washed with 5% citric acid (aq) and brine respectively, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to dryness to yield 1.49 g (99%) of the desired product as an off-white foam. This material was used in the next step reaction as crude without further purification.

95 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.42, 1.44 (rotamers, 9H), 2.38-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.72 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.87 (m, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.44-4.52 (m, 111), 5.73 (b, 1H), 7.16-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.87-7.88 (m, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.62 min, method B), MS m'/z 389 (M*+H). 5 Step 4: To a mixture of the product of Example 11, Step 3 (1.49 g, 3.84 mmol), HATU (2.19 g, 5.76 mmol), and cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1-(R)-amino-2-(S) vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide HCI salt (Example 1, Step 8) (1.12 g, 4.22 10 nmol) in CH 2 C1 2 (50 mL) was added DIPEA (1.29 g, 11.5 mmol) at 0 0 C. After stirring at the ambient temperature for 12 h, the formed solution was diluted with

CH

2

C

2 (50 mL), washed with iced 5% citric acid (aq). The organic layer was washed with 5% citric acid (aq) and brine respectively, dried over MgSO 4 , and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was recrystallized from 15 methanol to yield 1.60 g (70%) of the desired product as a white solid. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 6 1.05-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.16-1.20 (m, 1H), 1.24-1.27 (m, IH), 1.42 1.45 (m, 10H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, IH), 2.24-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.53-2.57 (m, 11H), 2.94-2.98 (m, 11), 3.80 (d, 1=12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.86-3.89 (m, 11H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 4.40 4.42 (m, IH), 5.13 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.81 (m, 2H), 20 7.17-7.20 (m, 2 H), 7.26 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H ), 7.88 (d, J=6.0 Hz, IH), 8.07 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.74 min, method B), MS m/z 601 (M'+H). Step 5: 25 To an iced solution of the product of Example 11, Step 4 (1.50 g, 2.50 mmol) in CH 2

CI

2 (10 mL) was added TFA (10 mL). The formed solution was allowed to warm to the ambient temperature for 2 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was triturated with IM HCI in ether. Filtered, washed with ether to yield 1.43 g (99.8%) of the desired product as a hygroscopic white solid. 30 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.03-1.208 (m, 4H), 1.26-1.31 (m, 111), 1.37-1.40 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.97 (m, 1H), 2.32-2.37 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.99 (m, 1H), 3.88 (d, 1=12.5 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 4.40-4.42 (m, 1H), 5.1.6 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (d, 96 J=18.0 Hz, IH), 5.62-5.69 (in, 11H), 5.97 (b, IH), 7.30-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.47 (d,J=6.0 Hz, 1H ), 7.90 (d, J=6.5 Hz, IH), 8.34 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 9.14 (b, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.12 min, method B), MS m/z 501 (M*+H). 5 Step 6: To a mixture of the product of Example 11, Step 5 (1.49 g, 3.84 minol), HATU (2.19 g, 5.76 mmol), and N-BOC-t-butyl-L-glycine (1.12 g, 4.22 mmol) in

CH

2 Cl 2 (50 mL) was added DIPEA (1.29 g, 11.5 mmol) at 0 0 C. After stirring at the ambient temperature for 12 h, the formed solution was diluted with CH 2

C

2 (50 mL), 10 washed with iced 5% citric acid (aq). The organic layer was washed with 5% citric acid (aq) and brine respectively, dried over MgSO 4 , and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (40%B to 100%B, 15 min gradient time) to yield 1.60 g (70%) of Compound 11 as a white solid. 15 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.00-1.08 (m, 12H), 1.23-1.25 (m, IH), 1.27 (s, 9H), 1.40-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.88 (in, 1H), 2.20-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.55.-2.61 (in, 1H), 2.91-2.97 (m, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.02-4.06 (in, 1H), 4.21-4.24 (in, IH), 4.40-4.42 (m, IH), 4.49 4.51~~ ~~ (m-H,51 d =1. H, -1), 5.28 (,J18.0 ,1, 56-.4(, ) 5.81 (b, 1H), 6.60 (d, 1=10.0 Hz, IH), 7.08-7.10 (in, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=6.0 20 Hz, IH), 7.88 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (d, 1=9.0 Hz, 11); LC-MS (retention time: 1.75 min, method B), MS m/z 714 (M*+H); Anal. Calcd for C 3 5

H

47

N

5 0 9 S-0.5 H 2 0: C, 58.16; H, 6.69; N, 9.69, Found: C, 58.01; H, 6.46; N, 9.55. 25 Step 7: O N HCI 0O 00 H N Ni H O -N O H O-NIe 97 To a solution of Compound 11 (71 mg, 0.1 mmol) in CH 2

CI

2 (5 mL) at -78 0 C was added IM HCI in ether (0.2 mL, 0.2 mmol). After stirring at this temperature for 10 min, the volatile was removed in vacuo without heating bath. The residue was triturated with ether, filtered, washed with ether and dried to yield 61 mg (85%) of 5 the desired HC salt of Compound 11 as a very fine solid. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) S 1.00-1.08 (m, 12H), 1.19 (s, 9H), 1.23-1.25 (m, I H), 1.40-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.91 (in, 1H), 2.20-2.26 (m, 1H), 2

.

3 1

-

2 .42*(m, 1 H), 2.65-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.97 (in, 1N), 4.00 (s, 3H), 4.10-4.16 (n, 2H), 4.51-4.64 (m, 2H), 5.13 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.30 (d, J=18 Hz, 1H), 5.69-5.79 (m, 1H), 5.84 (b, 1H), 7.28 (d, 10 J=9.3 Hz, iH), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H ), 7.89-7.92 (m, 1IH), 8.29 (d, J=9.0 Hz, IH), 9.21 (b, 1 H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.75 min, methbd B), MS mn/z 714 (M'+H). Anal. Calcd for C 35

H

47

N

5 0 9 S-1.0 HC!: C, 56.02; H, 6.44; N, 9.33; Cl, 4.72: S, 4.27. Found: C, 55.80; H, 6.42; N, 9.15; Cl, 4.56: S, 4.09. 15 Step 8: To a 25 ml 2 neck flask was added a stir bar, septa and N 2 gas adapter. Compound 11 (99.7 mg, 0.140 mmol) was weighed out and added to the reaction flask. The reaction flask was purged and placed under a N 2 atmosphere. 850 ul of 20 acetone was added to the flask to provide a clear solution. To this solution at room temperature was added 780 ul of a .179 M solution of KOH (aq.) prepared by the dissolution of solid KOH (502.8 mg, 8.97 mmol) in 50 ml of H20. The solution warmed slightly upon addition of the KOH but remained clear. The clear solution was allowed to stir at RT for 2 hours. The product crystallized out of solution and 25 was isolated by filtration. The cake was washed with cold acetone to afford 42 mg (40% yield) of the desired product as fine white needles: 'H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 8 0.52 - 0.65 (in, 2H), 0.66 - 0.82 (in, 211), 0.96 (s, 9H), 1.21 - 1.24 (in, 10H), 1.44 - 1.63 (in, 1H), 1.72 - 1.92 (in, 1H), 2.30 - 2.42 (in, 1H), 2.46 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1H), 2.60 - 2.85 (in, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.93 - 4.05 (m, 1H), 4.07 - 4.24 (in, 1H), 30 4.41 (t, J=8.39 Hz, 1H), 4.79 - 4.95 (in, 1H), 4.97 - 5.17 (in, 1H), 5.71 (b, 1H), 5.80 - 6.10 (m, 1H), 6.64 (d, J=8.54 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1H), 7.24 - 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.90 - 7.96 (in, 1H), 7.99 - 8.04 ( b, 1H), 8.06 (d, J=9.15 Hz, 1H). Elemental analysis for C 35 H46KN 5 O9S-H 2 0; calc. C, 54.60; 1, 6.28; K, 5.08; N, 9.10 actual C, 54.88; H, 6.23; K, 5.05; N, 9.01; MS m/e 714 (MH 4

);

98 Example 12: Preparation of Compound 12. O N OIC9O H N Ni, H O N O H NeO Compound 12 Compound 12 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 5 6, except using N-BOC-L-valine instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.94-0.98 (m, 6H), 1.07-1.09 (m, 31H), 1.21-1.25 (m, IOH), 1.40-1.43 (in, 1H), 1.88-1.89 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.09 (m, IH), 2.22-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.57 2.61 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.97 (m, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.03-4.06 (m, 2H), 4.47-4.55 (m, 2H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.32 (d, J=18.1 Hz, 1H), 5.74-5.81 (m, 18), 5.86 (b, 1H), 10 7.10 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=6.0 H1z, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); TT.C-MS (retention time: 1.71 min methnd B). MS m/7 700 (M*+H). Example 13: Preparation of Compound 13. 0~ H N ~~ON, 0 0 15 Compound 13 Compound 13 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 6, except using N-BOC-L-alloisoleucine instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.89-0.96 (m, 6H), 1.07-1.18 (n, 5H), 1.28 (s, 9H), 1.42-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.54 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.89 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.61 (m, 99 1H), 2.92-2.95 (m, IH), 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.05-4.07 (m, IH), 4.22-4.24 (m, 1H), 4.37 4.40 (m, IH), 4.54-4.56 (m, 111), 5.13 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 111), 5.32 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 5.75-5.82 (m, IH), 5.86 (b, IH), 7.12 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (s, IH), 7.24 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 11H); 5 LC-MS (retention time: 1.77 min, method B), MS n/z 714 (M*+H). Example 14: Preparation of Compound 14. O N O, O H N Ni. H 0 N, O H N, 0< Compound 14 Scheme 1 Step N Cmpd 11 O + 0 Pd(OH) 2 H , , H -4 H HH H N Nil.N.O N O N ,N Compound 14 Compound 15 10 Step 1: A mixture of Compound 11 (150 mg, 0.21 mnol) and Pearlmann's catalyst (Pd(OH) 2 , 15 mg) in EtOAc (10 mL) was placed on Parr shaker for 20 min under 10 psi H 2 . Filtered through celite. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to provide 67 mg (45%) of Compound 14 as a white solid. 15 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 6 0.96-0.99 (m, 4H), 1.04 (s, 9H), 1.07-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.21-1.24 (m, 2H), 1.27 (s, 9H), 1.51-1.65 (m, 4H), 2.25-2.27 (in, IH), 2.55-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.94 2.98 (m, IH), 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.02-4.06 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.24 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.494.51 (m, 1H), 5.81 (b, IH), 6.59 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.10 (m, 1H), 7.18 (d, 100 J=1.5 Hz, 111), 7.24 (d, J=6.0 Hz, IH), 7.88 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.76 min, method B), MS m/z 716 (M*+H). 5 Example 15: Preparation of Compound 15. 01 O N_ QH H N Ni.. H O N,4O H Compound 15 Compound 15 was isolated form the same reaction of making Compound 14 with a slightly longer retention time as a by-product in 15% yield. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.92-L.10 (m, 17H), 1.26-1.36 (m, 13H), 1.64-1.72 (m, 1H), 10 1.90-1.96 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.40 (m, 111), 2.63-2.67 (m, [H), 2.96-3.00 (m, 1H), 3.92 (s, IM-fA 0 3 -4 0 7 (m iR) 4 24 (h. 1H).4.40-4.42 (m. !FT). 4.49-4.51 (in. lI._ 5.83 (b. 1H), 7.08-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=6.0 Hz, IH), 7.89 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=9.0 Hz, IH), 8.51 (b, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.83 min, method B), MS m/z 718 (M*+H). 15 Example 16: Preparation of Compound 16. O 'N C3_4

..-

N Q

O

H N NO1 H C0 Compound 16 101 Scheme 1 /ON N -N HCI Step 1 Step 2 Compound 11- t. TFA/DCM CC then HCI(g) HCI N N H HNN N , 0 O | 0~0

O

1 H H N . H' / O 1 - N, O O N O Compound 16 Step 1: To a solution of Compound 11 (420 mg, 0.59 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at 0 0 C was added TFA (5 mL). After stirring at this temperature for 2 h, the volatile was 5 removed in vacuo. The residue was triturated with IM HCI in ether( 5 mL), filtered, washed with ether and dried to yield 360 mg (89%) of the desired HCI salt as a very fine solid. LC-MS (retention time: 1.28 min, method B), MS nilz 614 (M*+H). 10 Step 2: To a suspension of the product of Example 16, Step 1 (39 mg, 0.06 mmol), and DIPEA (20 mg, 0.18 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) at ' 0 C was added methyl chloroformate (6.8 mg, 0.072 mmol). After stirring at this temperature for 2 h, the volatile was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to give 21 15 mg (58 %) of Compound 16 as a white crystal. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.05-1.09 (m, I1H), 1.22-1.25 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.44 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.89 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.63 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.93 (m, IH), 3.48 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.06-4.10 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.33 (m, 1fH), 4.38-4.40 (m, 1H), 4.50 4.52 (m, 1H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 5.71-5.80 (m, 1H), 102 5.85 (b, 1H), 6.95 (d, J=10.0 Hz, IH), 7.13-7.16 (m, IH), 7.19 (s, IH1), 7.25 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H ), 7.88 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 111), 8.09 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.54 min, method B), MS m/z 672 (M*+H). 5 Example 17: Preparation of Compound 17. O H N H N N11. H O N, O H NO Compound 17 Compound 17 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 16, Step 2, except using isopropyl chloroformate instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.00-1.09 (m, 15H), 1.13-1.16 (m, 2H), 1.24-1.26 (m, 2H), 10 1.40-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.89 (m, IH), 2.21-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.55-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.91 2.97 (m. 1 H). 3.92 (s. 3H). 4.04-4.08 (m. IH). 4.30 (b. 1H), 4.40 (d,I J=10 Hz, I H), 4.49-4.54 (m, 2H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, J=18.0 iz, I), 5.7 i-5.77 (m, 1H), 5.84 (b, 1H), 6.80 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, 1=9.0 Hz, I H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1fH), 7.88 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.74 min, method B), MS m/z 700 (M*+H). Example 18: Preparation of Compound 18. N.N H N. 0 N O H N V 0 18 Compound 18 103 Compound 18 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 16, Step 2, except using neopentyl chloroformate instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.61 (b, 1H), 0.84 (s, 8H), 1.05-1.09 (m, I1lH), 1.23-1.25 (n, 2H), 1.39-1.44 (m, IH), 1.85-1.88 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.56-2.62 (m, 1H), 5 2.91-2.97 (m, 1H), 3.38 (d, J=9.0 Hz, IH), 3.55 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.02 4.06 (m, 1H), 4.32 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.49-4.51 (m, 1H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.28 (d, J=18.0 Hz, IH), 5.69-5.74 (m, IH), 5.81 (b, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=10.0 Hz, .1H), 7.08-7.10 (m, I H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=6.0 Hz, IH), 7.88 (d, J=6.0 Hz, IH), 8.07 (d, 1=9.0 Hz, 1H); 10 LC-MS (retention time: 1.84 min, method B), MS r/z 728 (M*+H). Example 19: Preparation of Compound 19. O N H N OO rN ,O H

N

0cO 1 00> Compound 19 Compound 19 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 16, Step 15 2, except using (S)- 3 -furanochlorofornate (J. Campbell, A. Good, WO 20020808) instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.03-1.08 (m, 11H), 1.23-1.26 (m, 2H), 1.38-1.46 (m, IH), 1.64-1.71 (m, IH), 1.85-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.30 (m,. 2H), 2.55-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.91 2.97 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.72 (m, 4H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 4.05-4.09 (m, 1fH), 4.27-4.29 (m, 1H), 20 4.40-4.42 (m, IH), 4.55-4.59 (m, IH), 4.75-4.77 (m, 1H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (d, J=18 Hz, IH), 5.73-5.80 (m, 111), 5.85 (b, IH), 7.06 (d, 1=10.0 Hz, IH), 7.13 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (s, 11), 7.25 (d, J=6.0 Hz, iH ), 7.89 (d, 1=6.0 Hz, IH), 8.07 (d, 1=9.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.52 min, method B), MS m/z 728 (M*+H). 25 104 Example 20: Preparation of Compound 20. C01 1N O H N N".. H Of N O H N,< Compound 20 Step 1: C N CI 5 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 2, except using 6 -chloro-2H-isoquinolin-1-one ((Nicolas Briet at el, Tetrahedron, 2002, 5761-5766) instead. T C-M. fretentinn time- 1 07 min method B). MS m7/7 180 (M+H). 10 Step 2: CIW- N C1 01 H N 'OH O N This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 1, Step 5, except using the product of Example 20, Step 1 instead. 15 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.04 (s, 9H), 1.20 (s, 9H), 2.36-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.78 (m, 1H), 4.01-4.04 (m, 111), 4.19-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.474.49 (m, 1H), 4.67-4.70 (m, 1H), 5.84 (b, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H ), 7.84 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=6.0 Hz, IH), 8.20 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); 105 LC-MS (retention time: 1.88 rmin, method B), MS ,m/z 506 (M*+H). Step 3: Compound 20 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 5 1, Step 9, except using the product of Example 20, Step 2 instead. 'H NMR (CD30D) 8 0.99-1.11 (m, 12H), 1.20-1.26 (m, 10H), 1.43-1.46 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.64 (m, IH), 2.92-2.97 (m, IH), 4.06 4.08 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.23 (m, IH), 4.45-4.47 (m, 1H), 4.53-4.56 (m, IH), 5.13 (d, 1=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, 1=18.0 Hz, IH), 5.72-5.80 (m, 1H), 5.88 (b, 1H), 6.58 (d, 10 J=10.0 Hz, IH), 7.29(d, J=6.0 Hz, I H), 7.47 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (s, IH), 8.01 (d, J=6.0 Hz, IH), 8.18 (d, J=9.0 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.94 min, method B), MS n/z 718 (M*+H). Example 21: Preparation of Compound 21. N N 0, NN O N O" H 0 15 Compound 21 Scheme 1 HO, OHStep 1 Example 1, H N N, Step 8 O NO H N0 Step I: To a mixture of the product of Example 1, Step 4 (3.00 g, 8.72 mmol), HATU (4.97 g, 13.1 mmol), and product of Example 1, Step 8 (2.55 g, 9.59 mmol) in 20 CH 2

CI

2 (100 mL) was added DIPEA (3.02 g, 27.0 mmol) at 0 0 C. After stirring at the 106 ambient temperature for 12 h, the formed solution was diluted with CH 2 Cl 2 (100 mL), washed with iced 5% citric acid (aq). The organic layer was washed with 5% citric acid (aq) and brine respectively, dried over MgSO 4 , and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was purified by flash column (1:1 5 hexane:acetone ) to yield 3.64 g (75%) of the desired product as a foam. LC-MS (retention time: 1.41 min, method B), MS m7/z 557 (M*+H). Scheme 2 Br mC BEr N __pNO N Br ~ N Step 2 Br- Step 3 C .- Step 4 N CB N, -Npyrazole N. .N, 0 N N( \ N Step 5 N. N Example 21, Step 1 H N N,. Cl O N O H O N Step 2: To an iced solution of 6 -bromoisoquinoline (4.16 g, 20 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (100 10 mL) was added mCPBA (9.38 g, 77% pure, 42 mmol) as solid in one portion. After stirring at the ambient temperature for 12 h, diluted with CH 2 C1 2 (100 mL) and washed with IM NaOH (100 mL, X2) and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, evaporated to dryness to yield 3.83 g (86%) of the desired product as a white solid. This material was used as crude without further purification. 15 LC-MS (retention time: 0.77min, method B), MS m/z 224, 226(M*+H). Step 3: A mixture of 6-bromo-isoquinoline 2-oxide (88 mg, 0.2 mmol), pyrazole (68 mg, 1.0 mmol), CuBr (57 mg, 0.4 mmol) and cesium carbonate (130 mg, 0.4 mmol) 20 in DMF (2 mL) was heated to 140 0 C for 4 h in a sealed tube. After filtration, the 107 filtrated was purified by prep-HPLC to yield 41 mg (98%) of the desired product as an off-white solid. 'H NMR

(CDC

3 ) 5 6.58-6.59 (m, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=9.0 Hz, IH), 8.11 (d, J=2.5 Hz, IH), 8.18-8.22 (m, 2H), 8.29 (d, 5 J=7,.0 Hz, 1H), 9.07 (b, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 0.77 min, method B), MS ,/z 212 (M*+H). Step 4: This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 10 11, Step 2 as an off- white solid, except using 6 -pyrazol-isoquinoline 2-oxide instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 7.82-7.83 (m, 2H), 8.23-8.32 (m, 4H), 8.44-8.49 (m, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.35 min, method B), MS m/z 230, (M*+H). Step 5: 15 To a solution of product of Example 21, Step 1 (45 mg, 0.08 mmol) in DMSO (2 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (41 mg, 0.37 mmol). The formed solution was stirred at the ambient temperature for 30 min before addition of 1-chloro-6 pyrazol-1-yl-isoquinoline(17 mg, 0.07 mmol). The final solution was stirred for 12 h. Quenched with iced water, acidified with IM HCI to pH 4, extracted with EtOAc (20 20 mnL, X2). The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to yield 10 mg (16%) of Compound 21 as a pink solid. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.04-1.10 (M, 12H), 1.23-1.27 (m, 10H), 1.43-1.47 (m, IH), 1.87-1.91 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.98 (m, 1H), 4.07 25 4.11 (m, 1H), 4.24 (b, 1H), 4.464.60 (m, 2H), 5.13 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.29 (d, J=18 Hz, 1H), 5.70-5.83 (m, 1H), 5.89 (b, 1H), 6.59-6.61 (in, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 2H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 8.42 (d, J=4.5 Hz, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.77 min, method B), MS m! 750 (M*+H). 30 Example 22: Preparation of Compound 22.

108 Br N H N N. H OH ON Compound 22 Step 1: Br .. N 'N .-N Cl This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 2 5 as an off- white solid, except using 6 -bromo-isoquinoline 2-oxide instead. H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 7.73 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.85-7.91 (m, IH), 8.22-8.31 (in, 3H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.53 min, method B), MS m/z 241, 243, 245 (M'+H). Step 2: Comntmnd 22 was nrenared hv the same nroceduire as described in Fxamnle 21. Sten 10 5 as a white solid, except using 1-chloro-6-bromo-isocuinoline instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.99-1.09 (m, 12H), 1.22-1.27 (m, 10f), 1.40-1.47 (m, I), 1.86-1.91 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.97 (m, 1H), 4.05 4.09 (m, 1H), 4.21 (b 1H), 4.44-4.57 (m, 2H), 5.13 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 11), 5.70-5.82 (m, 1H), 5.88 (b, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=9.5 Hz, IH), 7.60-7.63 15 (m, IH), 8.00-8.12 (m, 3H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.90 min, method B), MS m/z '762, 764 (M++H). Example 23: Preparation of Compound 23. Step 1: 109 N 0>H N )H This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 3 as a white solid, except using 1-chloro-isoquinoline instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.42, 1.44 (rotamers, 9H), 2.39-2.44 (m, IH), 2.68-2.72 (m, 5 1H), 3.80-3.87 (m, 2H), 4.44-4.52 (m, IH), 5.78 (b, IH), 7.32-7.33 (m, IH), 7.58 (t, J=7.8 Hz, IH), ), 7.71 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 7.95 (d, J=6.0 Hz, IH), 8.19 (d,J=8.0 Hz, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.61 min, method B), MS m/z 359 (M'+H). 10 Step 2: N 0 H H This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 23, Step I instead. 'H NMR (DMSO-d6) 8 1.00-1.09 (m, 4H), 1.35-1.38 (m, 1OH), 1.69-1.84 (m, IH), 15 2.11-2.66 (m, 3H), 2.89-2.93 (m, IH), 3.62-3.89 (m, 2H), 4.31 (t, J=8.1 Hz, IH), 5.12 (d, J=10.8 Hz, IH), 5.27 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 1H), 5.58-5.70 (m, IH), 5.76 (b, IH), 7.43 (d, J=5.7 Hz, IH), 7.66 (t, J=7.4 Hz, IH), 7.79 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=8.1 Hz, IH), 8.02 (d, J=10.0 Hz, IH), 8.13 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 9.02 (b, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.72 min, method B), MS m/z 571 (M*+H). 20 Step 3: 110 N HCI 0' HCI N

N"

H H -N, This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 5, except using the product of Example 23, Step 2 instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.16 min, method B), MS m/z 471 (M*+H). 5 Step 4: Compound 23 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 6 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 23, Step 3 instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) S 1.00-1.09 (m, 12H), 1.25-1.27 (m, 10H), 1.42-1.46 (m, 1H), 10 1.86-1.90 (m, IH), 2.22-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.67 (m, I.H), 2.92-2.99 (m, 1H), 4.06 4.11 (m, 1H), 4.26 (b, IH), 4.45-4.57 (m, 2H), 5.12 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1H1), 5.27 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 111), 5.70-5.82 (m, 1H), 5.88 (b, I18), 7.32 (d, J=6.0 Hz, IH), 7.52 (t, [=7.4 Uz, 11), 7.70 (t, 1=7.5 Hz, 1M), 7.80 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=6 Hz, / I,- / 8.20 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 11), 9.18 (b, 1H); 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.80 min, method B), MS m/z 684 (M*+H). Example 24: Preparation of Compound 24. WN NCI H N Nit H4 O .N, O H O~ C n 2 0 Compound 24 111 Scheme 1 Cl HWeN1C StpStep :1'-- 0 N ------ 0 HO (Th CO 2 H N C BOO N4 Step 1: To a solution of N-BOC-3-(R)-hydroxy-L-proline (6.22 g, 26.9 mmol) in DMF (250 mL) at 0 0 C was added NaH (60%, 3.23 g, 80.8 mmol) by several portions. 5 The formed suspension was stirred at this temperature for 30 min. 1,3-dichloro isoquinoline (5.33 g, 26.9 mmol) was added as solid in one portion and the final mixture was stirred at the ambient temperature for 12 h. Quenched with iced 5% citric acid (aq), extracted with EtOAC (300 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAC again. The combined organic layers were washed with 5% citric acid 10 (aq) and brine respectively, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to dryness to yield 10.53 g (99.8%) of 4

-(

6 -me:thoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester as an off-white foam. This material was used in the next step reaction as crude without further purification. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.43, 1.44 (rotamers, 9H), 2.39-2.44 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.72 (m, 15 1H), 3.80-3.90 (m, 2H), 4.44-4.52 (m, IH), 5.77 (b, 1-H), 7.39 (s, IH), 7.58 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.71-7.78 (in, 2H), 8.16 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.80 min, method B), MS n/z 392 (M*+H) Step 2: N N NC . 01 0 H N ,0 20 0 112 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 24, Step I instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.02-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.18-1.26 (n, 2H), 1.44-1.48 (m, 101), 1.84-1.91 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.60 (m, IH), 2.95-2.99 (m, IH), 3.81 5 3.93 (m, 2H), 4.38-4.41 (m, 1H), 5.13 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 1H), 5.75-5.82 (m, 2H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.59 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 111), 7.74-7.79 (m, 2H), 8.16 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.82 min, method B), MS m/z 605 (M*+H). 10 Step 3: - ~CI HCI HCI N N H H H N,. 0 o d' This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 5, except ..uing the pdt ofExmpe 4,Stp istd LC-MS (retention time: 1.30 min, method B), MS m/: 505 (M*+H). 15 Step 4: Compound 24 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 6 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 24, Step 3 instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.99-1.09 (m, 12H), 1.22-1.29 (n, 10H), 1.42-1.46 (m, 1H), 20 1.86-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.66 (m, 1 H), 2.92-2.99 (m, 1H), 4.06 4.11 (m, IH), 4.26 (b, 1H), 4.46-4.56 (m, 2H), 5.13 (d., J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.79 (m, 1H), 5.89 (b, IH), 7.40 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.72-7.76 (m, 2H), 8.18 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.95 min, method B), MS m/z 718(M*+H). 25 Example 25, Compound 25.

113 CN 0 0~ O N H H Compound 25 Scheme 1 CN Step I -N Step 2 -( 0 Example 1, O - ArB(OH)2Stp8§ 7 O .. OH O Step 8 O N {> OH N OH Hj~ N. .N HCI Step 3 Q Step 4 TFA N-Boc-t-Bu then HCI H L-Glycine H N No. H H ., H A<o 1 N4 H yN,0 HCI O0 N Compound 25 Step 1: A mixture of Example 24, Step 1 (39 mg, 0.10 mmol), phenylboronic acid 5 (14.6 mg, 0.12 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (38 mg, 0.40 mmol) and ((t Bu) 2

POH)

2 PdCl 2 (POPd) (5 mg, 0.01 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was heated to reflux for 4 h. After cooling down, the formed mixture was quenched with 5% citric acid (aq) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to yield 10 36 mg (83%) of the desired product as an off-white foam. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) S 1.43, 1.45 (rotamers, 9H), 2.51-2.56 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.82 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.98-4.01 (m, 1H), 4.50-4.57 (M, 1H), 5.95 (b, 1H), 7.36- 114 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.55 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.84 7.89 (m, 2H), 8.14-8.17 (m, 3H), 9.05 (b, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.97 min, method B), MS m/z 435 (M*+H). 5 Step 2: This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 25, Step I instead. 'H NMR (DMSO-d6) 6 0.98-1.10 (m, 4H), 1.38-1.4A (m, 1OH), 1.74-1.81 (m, IH), 2.18-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.49 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.99 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.96 (m, 2H), 4.34 10 4.37 (m, 1H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.26 (d, J=17.8 Hz, 1H), 5.75-5.82 (m, IH), 5.95 (b, 1H), 7.41-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.51-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.61-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.78-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.98 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 8.13-8.14 (im, 1H), 8.18-8.20 (m, 2H), 9.05 (b, IH), 10.34 (b, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.99 min, method B), MS m/z 647 (M'+H). 15 Step 3: This product, was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 5 s whiteslid except using the prdut of Example 25, Rtep 2 insead LC-MS (retention time: 1.55 min, method B), MS m/z 547 (M*+H). 20 Step 4: Compound 25 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 6 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 25, Step 3 instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.92-1.09 (m, 12H), 1.26-1.30 (m, 1OH), 1.43-1.46 (m, 1H), 25 1.87-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.41 (m, LH), 2.70-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.93 2.97 (m, 1H), 4.184.30 (m, 2H), 4.46-4.48 (m, 1H), 4.55-4.58 (m, 1H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72 -5.79 (in, 1H), 6.10 (b, 1H), 7.37-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.49 (m, 3H), 7.70 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.85-7.89 (m, 2H), 8.16-8.20 (m, 3H); 30 LC-MS (retention time: 2.08 min, method B), MS m/: 760 (M*+H). Example 26: Preparation of Compound 26.

115 N 0~ H N O rN, H N -O 0 0 Compound 26 Step 1: -~0 N OH This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 25, Step 5 1, except using 4 -methoxyphenylboronic acid instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.40, 1.45 (rotamers, 9H), 2.50-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.81 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.89 (m, 4H), 3.98-4.01 (m, 1H), 4.50-4.57 (m, IH), 5.93 (b, 1H), 7.02 (d, 1=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (t, 1=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.15 (d, J=8.0 Hz, IH); 10 LC-MS (retention time: 2.00 min, method B), MS m/z 465 (M*+H). Step 2: 116 O N I H 00 c~

N--

O O HO This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 26, Step 1 instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.06-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.17-1.27 (in, 2H), 1.42-1.47 (m, IOH), 5 1.88-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.26 (m, IH), 2.33-2.39 (m, 1ff), 2.61-2.65 (m, I), 2.95 2.99 (m, IH), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.86-3.90 (m, IH), 3.99-4.00 (m, IH), 4.43-4.45 (m, IH), 5.13 (d, 1=10.8 Hz, IH), 5.31 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 5.77-5.80 (m, IH), 5.99 (b, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=8.5 Hz, IH), 8.09 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.15 (d, J=8.0 Hz, IH); 10 LC-MS (retention time: 2.02 min, method B), MS mn/z 677 (M*+H). Step 3: N HC 0~ N. H HCI H H N 0 e O dv -, This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 5 as 15 a white solid, except using the product of Example 26, Step 2 instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.53 min, method B), MS n/ 577 (M*+H). Step 4: 117 Compound 26 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 6, except using the product of Example 26, Step 3 instead. 'H NMR

(CD

3 0D) 8 0.93-1.09 (m, 12H), 1.26-1.30 (m, 10H), 1.

4 4 -1.46 (m, 1HF), 1.87-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.26 (m, IH), 2.36-2.41 (n, 1H), 2.70-2.75 (m, IH), 2.93 5 2.97 (m, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 4.18-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.30 (b, 1H), 4.46-4.48 (m, 1H), 4.55 4.58 (m, 1H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.29 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.79 (m, 11), 6.08 (b, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.15 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 2.03 min, method B), MS m/z 790 (M*+H). 10 Example 27: Preparation of Compound 27. N HNN N N H Compound 27 Step 1: "-. -N N O 15 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 25, Step 1, except using 4-pyridylboronic acid instead. 'H NMR

(CD

3 0D) 5 1.43, 1.46 (rotamers, 9H), 2.53-2.56 (m, IH), 2.80-2.89 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.93 (m, 1H), 4.00-4.05 (m, 1H), 4.504.57 (m, 1H), 6.00, 6 .05(rotamers, 118 1H), 7.80 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1fH), 7.87 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (d, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.84 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H)., 8.84 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.39 min, method B), MS m/z 436 (M'+H). 5 Step 2: N I N 0~ ON N 0 0 J,, H e 0 The product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 27, Step I instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) S 1.06-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.17-1.27 (n, 2H), 1.42-1.46 (m, 101), 10 1.88-1.90 (m, IH), 2.21-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.39 (m, 1H), 2.61-2.65 (m, 111), 2.95 J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 5.77-5.80 (m, 1H), 6.10 (b, 1H), 7.79 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 8.08 (d, J=8.5 Hz, IH), 8.31 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.47 (s, IH), 8.79 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 211), 8.86 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2H); 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.49 min, method B), MS m/z 648 (M*+H). Step 3: N HCI

N

1 N N1N N N HCl H H HCI 0 119 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 5 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 27, Step 2 instead. LC-MS (retention time: 0.96 min, method B), MS m,/z 548 (M*+H). 5 Step4: Compound 27 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 6, except using the product of Example 27, Step 3 instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.94-1.09 (m, 12H), 1.22-1.26 (m, IOH), 1.44-1.49 (m, 1H), 1.88-1.92 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.44 (m, IH), 2.70-2.75 (m, IH), 2.93 10 2.98 (m, IH), 4.18-4.21 (m, IH), 4.25 (b, 1H), 4.534.62 (m, 2H), 5.12 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, J=20.0 Hz, IH), 5.72-5.77 (m, IH), 6.12 (b, 1H), 7.67 (t, J=7.3 Hz, IN), 7.82 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (d, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 8.31 (s, IN), 8.55 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 8.76 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.49 min, method B), MS m/z 761 (M'+H). 15 Example 28: Preparation of Compound 28. N 0~ H N N- N O N O H Compound 28 Step 1: 120 N QOH N OH This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 25, Step 1, except using 4 -N,N-dimethylamino-phenylboronic acid instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.64 min, method B), MS m/z 478 (M*+H). 5 Step 2: 1- N 0 N' N.NN.H H N O This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 28, Step 1 instead. 10 LC-MS (retention time: 1.70 min, method B), MS n/z 690 (M*+H). Step 3: 121 HCI N HCI 00 N NI, H H H N O HCI < This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 5 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 28, Step 2 instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.20 min, method B), MS n/z 590 (M*+H). 5 Step 4: Compound 28 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 6, except using the product of Example 28, Step 3 instead. 'H NMR (d 6 -DMSO) 8 0.92-1.10 (in, 13H), 1. 30 (s, 9H), 1.35-1.38 (m, IH), 1.68 10 1.71 (m, 1H), 2.12-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.62 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.95 (m, 1H), 2.99 (s, 6H), 3.93-4.10 (m, 2H), 4.32-4.40 (in, 2H), 5.09 (d, J=11.5 Hz, IH), 5.23 (d, J=19.0 Hz, IH), 5.54-5.64 (in, IH), 5.92 (b, IH), 6.83 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (t, J=7.3 Hz, IH), 7.70 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1f), 7.87 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 8.15 (d, J=8.0 Hz, IH); 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.72min, method B), MS m/z 803 (M*+H). Example 29: Preparation of Compound 29. CN N Q H N HNo. H Of N,, O H O-N O C u Compound 29 122 Step 1: CN N O N OH This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 25, Step 1, except using 4-cyano-phenylboronic acid instead. 5 LC-MS (retention time: 1.87 min, method B), MS m/z 460 (M*+H). Step2: CN N O N This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 4, 10 except using the product of Example 29, Step 1 instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.88 min, method B), MS m/z 672 (M*+H). Step 3: 123 CN N HCI HCI H H N, 0 o d 'v This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 5 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 29, Step 2 instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.41 min, method B), MS m/z 572 (M*+H). 5 Step 4: Compound 29 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 6 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 29, Step 3 instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.92-1.09 (m, 12H), 1. 25-1.26 (m, 10H), 1.42-1.46 (m, IH), 10 1.86-1.89 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.34 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.93 2.95 (m, 1f), 4.13-4.28 (m, 2H), 4.49-4.60 (m, 2H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.28 (d, J=18.0 Hz, IH), 5.71-5.80 (m, 11-1), 6.09 (b, 1H), 7.56 (t, J=7.3 Hz, iH), 7.74 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.83 (d, 1=10.5 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (s, IH), 8.22 (d, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 8.37 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 2H); 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.87 min, method B), MS m/z 785 (M*+H). Example 30, Preparation of Compound 30. - N 'N 'A 0~ H NN- 0 NH ON, 0 Compound 30 Step 1: 124 N 0~ Q# OH This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 25, Step 1, except using 3-furanoboronic acid instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.85 min, method B), MS n/z 425 (M*+H). 5 Step 2: N N N N 'N 'N" O O H + . 0O '. This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 30, Step 1 instead. 10 LC-MS (retention time: 1.88 min, method B), MS m/z 637 (M*+H). Step 3: ~ 0

N

0~ H H N 0 HCI 0

)

125 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 5, except using the product of Example 30, Step 2 instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.38 min, method B), MS m/z 537 (M*+H). 5 Step 4: Compound 30 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 6 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 30, Step 3 instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.95-1.09 (m, 12H), 1. 23-1.30 (m, 10H), 1.43-1.46 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.23 (m, 111), 2.30-2.34 (i, 1H), 2.64-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.93 10 2.96 (m, 1H), 4.11-4.29 (m, 2H), 4.41-4.44 (m, I H), 4.54-4.56 (m, IH), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, J=17.5 Hz, 1H), 5.71-5.80 (m, 1H), 6.02 (b, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 7.44 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.66 (t, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 7.79 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.14-8.17 (m, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.93 min, method B), MS n/z 750 (M*+H). 15 Example 31: Preparation of Compound 31. N N N O H N Nll, H~ H Compound 31 126 Scheme 1 Br Step B Step 1 B Br 0 NmCPBA LNO OC3 CI Br Step 3 Step4 pyrazinetin 01 ON os O OH Step 1: This product was prepared by the same method as described in making of Example 21, Step 2 as a white solid, except using 3 -b:romo-isoquinoline (Atkins 5 et at, JOC, 1973, 400) instead. 'H NMR (CDCI 3 ) 8 7.60-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.71-7.73 (m, 2H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.99 (s, IH); A-ma (retenuon time: u. / 6 mm, metnoa 15o, m:z zz+, zzo kivi '-n. Step 2: 10 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 2 as white solid, except using 3 -bromo-isoquinoline 2-oxide instead. 'H NMR (CDC 3 ) 8 7.66-7.71 (m, IH), 7.74-7.76 (m,:2H), 7.83 (s, IH), 8.29 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.55 min, method B), MS m/z 242, 244 (M*+H). 15 Step 3: This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 3 as a foam, except using 3 -bromo-1-chloro-isoquinoline instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.43, 1.44 (rotamers, 9H), 2.41-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.72 (m, 20 IH), 3.80-3.84 (m, IH), 3.88-3.90 (m, IH), 4.46-4.52 (m, 1H), 5.76 (b, IH), 7.57 7.61 (m, 2H), 7.73-7.75 (m, 2H), 8.15 (d, 1=8.0 Hz, )ED; 127 LC-MS (retention time: 1.79 min, method B), MS m/z 437, 439 (M*+H). Step 4: A mixture of 2 -tributylstannanyl-pyrazine (44 mg, 0.12 mrnol), 5 tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (12 mg, 0.01 mmol) and the product of Example 31, Step 3 (44 mg, 0.1 mmol) in toluene (1 mL) was heated to reflux for 3 h. After removing the volatiles in vacuo, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC to yield 35 mg (80%) of the desired product as a yellow solid. LC-MS (retention time: 1.77 min, method B), MS m/z 437 (M*+H). 10 Step 5: """ N N 0~ NH N N11. H H e 0 C This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 31, Step 4 instead. 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.78 min, method B), MS m/t 649 (M*+H). Step 6: N N 0~ H N N .

N H7 HCI H H N ,O0 O 6'V 128 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 5 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 3J, Step 5 instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.26 min, method B), MS m/z 549 (M*+H). 5 Step 7: Compound 31 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 6, except using the product of Example 31, Step 6 instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) S 0.95-1.10 (m, 12H), 1.24-1.27 (m, 10H), 1.44-1.47 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.22 (m, 11), 2.38-2.44 (m, JLH), 2.71-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.93 10 2.96 (m, 1H), 4.18-4.28 (m, 2H), 4.50-4.61 (m, 2H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, J=17.5 Hz, 1H), 5.71-5.80 (m, IH), 6.12 (b, IH), 7.60 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1I), 7.77 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 8.70 (s, IH), 9.61 (s, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.84 min, method B), MS ,m/z 762 (M*+H). 15 Example 32: Preparation of Compound 32. CN IN H N Nil O N, O H O , O Compound 32 Step 1: CN 20 This product, 2 -oxy-isoquinoline-3-carbonitrile, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 21, Step 2 as a white solid, except using 3 cyano-isoquinoline instead. 'H NMR (DMSO-d )S 7.74 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=8.5 Hz, I H), 8.03 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 9.17 (s, 1H); 129 LC-MS (retention time: 0.48 min, method B), MS n/z 171 (M*+H). Step 2: 7N CN CI 5 This product, 1-chloro-isoquinoline-3-carbonitrile was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 2 as white solid, except using 3-cyano-isoquinoline 2-oxide instead. 'H NMR (CDCl 3 ) S 7.87-7.91 (m, 2H), 7.92-7.94 (in, 1H), 8.09 (s, IH), 8.42-8.44 (in, IH); 10 LC-MS (retention time: 1.22 min, method B), MS m/z 189 (M*+H). Step 3: O CN H N 'OH N, O This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1, Step 5, 15 except using 1-chloro-isoquinoline-3-carbonitrile instead. 'HNMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.05 (s, 9H), 1.17 (s, 9H), 2.34-.2.40 (in, IH), 2.71-2.78 (m, IH), 4.09-4.11 (in, 1H), 4.21 (b, IH), 4.48-4.52 (m, IH), 4.68-4.72 (m, 1H), 5.89 (b, IH), 7.74 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.94-7.97 (m, 2H), 8.31 (d, J=8.0 Hz, IH); 20 LC-MS (retention time: 1.66 min, method B), MS m/z 497 (M*+H). Step 4: Compound 32 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1, Step 9 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 32, Step 3 instead.

130 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.04-1.09 (m, 12H), 1.20-1.27 {m, 1OH), 1.39-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.88 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.71 (m, 11), 2.91-2.97 (m, 1H), 4.09 4.13 (m, 1H), 4.23 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.49-4.58 (m, 2H), 5.13 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.28 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 5.69-5.81 (m, 1H), 5.92 (b, 1H), 6.60 (d, J=10.0 Hz, IH), 5 7.72 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H ), 7.86 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.96-7.99 (m, 2H), 8.29 (d, 1=8.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.75 min, method B), MS m/z 714 (M'+H). Example 33: Preparation of Compound 33. O, 01 H N Ni,. H ON ON ON4N 10 Compound 33 This product, 3-methyl-isoquinoline 2-oxide, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 21, Step 2 as a white solid, except using 3-methyl 15 isoquinoline instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 2.64 (s, 3H), 7.64-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.88-7.95 (m, 2H), 9.05 (s, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 0.61 min, method B), MS m/z 160 (M*+H). 20 Step 2: CN

CI

131 This product, 1-chloro-3-methyl-isoquinoline was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 2 as white solid, except using 3-methyl-isoquinoline 2-oxide instead. 'H NMR (CDC 3 ) 5 2.65 (s, 3H), 7.25 (s, 1IH), 7.61 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1fH), 7.69 ( t, J=7.5 5 Hz, IH), 7.74 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1ff), 8.27 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1f); LC-MS (retention time: 1.47 min, method B), MS n/z 178 (M*+H). Step 3: HN OH 7 0 ~ 10 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1, Step 5 as a white solid, except using 1-chloro-3-methyl-isoquinoline instead. 'HNMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.05 (s, 9H), 1.23 (s, 9H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.34-2.40 (m, IH), 2.72 2.78 (m, IH), 4.05-4.12 (m, IH), 4.26 (b, 1H), 4.41 (d, J=10 Hz, 1ff), 4.62-4.67 (m, 1fH), 5.90 (b, 1fH), 7.14 (s, IH), 7.38 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.62 ( t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.68 15 (d, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 8.14 (d, J=8.0 Hz, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.84 min, method B), MS n/z 486 (M*+H). Step 4: Compound 33 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1, 20 Step 9 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 33, Step 3 instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.99-1.09 (m, 12H), 1.23-1.25 (m, 10H), 1.41-1.45 (m, I H), 1.86-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.58-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.97 (m, IH), 4.08-4.12 (m, 1H), 4.28 (b, IH), 4.40 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.50-4.55 (m, IH), 5.12 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (d, 1=18.0 Hz, 1H), 5.71-5.81 (m, IH), 5.93 (b, IH), 25 7.13 (s, IH), 7.38 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.62 ( t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.68 (d, 1=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.12(d, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 9.12 (b, 1f); 132 LC-MS (retention time: 1.85 min, method B), MS m/z 698 (M*+H). Example 34: Preparation or Compound 34. 'N H N N1,. H Compound 34 5 Step 1: This product, 3 -cyclopropyl-isoquinoline 2-oxide was prepared by the same method as described in Example 21, Step 2 as a white solid, except using 3 -cyclopropyl isoquinoline (L. Flippin, J. Muchowski, J. 0. C, 1993, 2631-2632) instead. 10 LC-MS (retention time: 0.95 min, method B), MS m/z 186 (M*+H). Step 2: k -N C1 This product, 1-chloro- 3 -cyclopropyl-isoquinoline was prepared by the same method 15 as described in Example 11, Step 2 as white solid, except using 3 -cyclopropyl isoquinoline 2-oxide instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.00-1.04 (m, 4H), 2.11-2.18 (m, IH), 7.55 (s, IH), 7.61 (t, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 7.72 ( t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J= 13.5 Hz, IH), 8.27 (d, J=14.5 Hz, IH); 20 LC-MS (retention time: 1.70 min, method B), MS m/, 204 (M*+H).

133 Step 3: N 0 HQ OH This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1, Step 5 as 5 a white solid, except using 1-chloro- 3 -cyclopropyl-isoquinoline instead. 'HNMR (CD 3 0D) 5 0.93-1.05 (m, 13H), 1.29 (s, 9H), 2.06-2.10 (m, IH), 2.39-2.44 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.76 (m, IH), 4.05-4.12 (m, IH), 4.27 (b, 1H), 4.35 (d, 1=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.62-4.67 (m, 1H), 5.78 (b, 1H), 7.18 (s, IH), 7.38 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.61 ( t, J=7.5 Hz, l1H), 7.66 (d, 1=8.0 Hz, IH), 8.09 (d, J=8.0 Hz, IH); 10 LC-MS (retention time: 1.96 min, method B), MS m/z 512 (M*+H). Step 4: Compound 34 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1, Step 9 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 34, Step 3 instead. 15 'HNMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.93-1.09 (m, 16H), 1.

2 4 -1.30 (m, 10H), 1.42-1.46 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.90 (m, IH), 2.06-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.56-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.92 2.97 (m, IH), 4.08-4.12 (m, IH), 4.28 (b, IH), 4.32 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H1), 4.48-4.53 (m, 1H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (d, J=17.5 Hz, IH), 5.72-5.77 (m, 1H), 5.82 (b, 1H), 7.18 (s, IH), 7.36 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.60 ( t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.67 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 20 1H), 8.07 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1fH); LC-MS (retention time: 2.00 mn, method B), MS m. 724 (M*+H). Example 35: Preparation of Compound 35.

134 0 0 O rN(O H ON ,0 H Compound 35 Scheme 1 OH Step 1 O MelN Step 1: A mixture of 3 -hydroxy-isoquinoline (725 mg, 5.0 mmol), cesium carbonate 5 (4.89 g, 15.0 mmol), Mel (781 mg, 5.5 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was stirred at the ambient temperature for 12 h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), filtered, washed with water (200 mL, X2) and IM NaOH (aq), brine respectively. The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, evaporated. The residue was nurified bv ren-HPL.C to vield 120 mg (15%) of the desired nroduct as a white snlid 10 'H NMR (CDC1 3 ) 6 4.03 (s, 3H), 6.99 (s, IH), 7.36 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 111), 7.56 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1N), 7.68 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (J=8.5 Hz, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 0.54 min, method B), MS m/z 160 (M*+H). Step 2: 15 -. This product, 3 -methoxy-isoquinoline 2-oxide, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 21, Step 2 as a white solid, except using 3-methoxy isoquinoline instead. LC-MS (retention time: 0.83 min, method B), MS m/z 176 (M*+H). 20 Step 3: 135 ~O. CI This product, 1-chloro- 3 -methoxy-isoquinoline wa; prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 2 as white solid, except using 3 -methoxy-isoquinoline 2-oxide instead. 5 LC-MS (retention time: 1.62 min, method B), MS n/z 194 (M+H). Step 4: O H N OH This product was prepared by the same method. as described in Example 1, Step 5 as 10 *a white solid, except using 1-chloro-3-methoxy-isoqinoline instead. 'HNMR

(CD

3 0D) 8 1.05 (s, 9H), 1.23 (s, 9H), 2.35-2.43 (in, 1H), 2.72-2.79 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 4.01-4.11 (m, JH), 4.26 (b, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.62-4.67 (m, 1 H), 5.83 (b, 1H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 7.25 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.54 ( t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H); 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.82 min, method B), MS nk 502 (MN+H). Step 5: Compound 35 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 1, Step 9 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 35, Step 4 instead. 20 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.04-1.08 (m, 12H), 1.24-1.27 (in, 10H), 1.43-1.45 (m, I H), 1.86-1.89 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.26 (in, 1H), 2.30-2.34 (m, IH), 2.62-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.91 2.97 (in, 1H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 4.09-4.12 (in, IH), 4.27-4.28 (in, 1H), 4.46 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.51-4.58 (in, IH), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (d, J=1 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.76 136 (m, 1H), 5.88 (b, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 7.26 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 8.06 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.85 min, method B), MS n/z 714 (M*+H). 5 Example 36: Preparation of Compound 36. N 0~ H N N1,. H O N O H .-N 0O Compound 36 Scheme 1 Step O- Step2 O NH N OH 1) SOC 2 1)BUN 2) NHEt 2 o p Step 3 O Step 4 N .N -Compound 36 POCl 3 C1 Example 21, Step 1 Step 1: A mixture of 4 -methoxy-2-methyl-benzoic acid ( 5 .00 g, 30.1 mmol) and 10 thionyl chloride (20.0 g, 0.17 mol) was heated to reflux for 30 min. Removed the volatile in vacuo. After pumping overnight, the viscous oily acid chloride was used as crude for the next reaction without any purification. To a solution of 4 -methoxy-2-methyl-benzoyl chloride in CH 2

C

2 (60 mL) at 15 0 0 C was added diethylamine dropwise. The formed mixture was allowed to warm up to the ambient temperature for 2 h with stirring. Removed the volatiles in vacuo. The residue was triturated with EtOAc (100 mL) and filtered. The filtrate was washed 137 with IM HCI , IM NaOH and brine, dried over MgSO 4 . Evaporation of the solvent yielded 6.51 g (98%) of the desired product as a viscous oil. LC-MS (retention time: 1.20 min, method B), MS nlz 222 (M*+H). 5 Step 2: To a solution of N,N-diethyl4-methoxy-2-nethyl-benzamide (221 mg, 1.0 mmol) in THF (2 mL) at -78 0 C was added n-BuLi (0.84 mL of 2.5 M in hexane, 2.10 mmol) dropwise. The formed orange solution was kept at this temperature for additional 30 min before dropwise addition of benzonitrile (103 mg, 1.0 mmol). The 10 final solution was allowed to warm up to the ambient temperature over night with stirring. Quenched with iced 5% citric acid. Filtered, washed with water, died. Trituration with 2:1 hexane-EtOAc (5 mL) yielded 205 mg (82%) of the desired product as a white solid. 'H NMR (d 6 -DMSO) 8 3.89 (s, 3H), 6.84 (s, IH), 7.05-7.07 (in, IH), 7.18 (d, J=2.5 15 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.51 (m, 3H), 7.78 (d,J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.20 min, method B), MS n/z 252 (M*+H). Step 3: This product, 1-chloro- 6 -methoxy-3-phenyl-.isoquinoline, was prepared by the 20 same method as described in Example 11, Step 2 as a white solid, except using 6 methoxy-3-phenyl-2H-isoquinolin- 1-one instead. 'H NMR (CDCl 3 ) S 3.97 (s, 3H), 7.12 (d, J=2.5 Hz, IH), 7.23-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.40 7.42 (m, II ), 7.46-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.89 (s, IH), 8.08 (d, 1=7.0 Hz, 2H), 8.21 (d, J=9.0 Hz, IH); 25 LC-MS (retention time: 1.90 min, method B), MS m/z 270, 271 (M*+H). Step 4: To a solution of the product of Example 21, Step 1 ( 3 20 mg, 0.57 mmol) in DMSO (5 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (321 mg, 2.87 mmol). The formed 30 solution was stirred at the ambient temperature for 30 min before addition of 1 chloro-6-methoxy-3-pheny-isoquinoline (Example 36, Step 3) (155 mg, 0.57 mmol). The final solution was stirred for 12 h. Quenched with iced water, acidified with IM 138 HCI to pH 4, extracted with EtOAc (20 mL, X2). The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, evaporated. The residue was purified by prep HPLC (40%B to 100%B, 15 min grdient) to yield 289 mg (64%) of Compound 36 as a white solid. 5 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 5 0.95-1.05 (m, 12H), 1.24-1.32 (m, 10H), 1.44-1.46 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.36 (m. 1H), 2.65-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.93 2.97 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 4.12-4.28 (m, 2H), 4.38-4.52 (m, 2H), 5.12 (d, J=10.0 Hz, IH), 5.28 (d, 1=17.0 Hz, 1H), 5.69-5.74 (m, 1H), 6.05 (b, 1H), 7.06-7.07 (m, IH), 7.26 (s, IH), 7.37-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.77 (s, IH), 8.07 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 10 1H), 8.15 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 2.02 min, method B), MS m/z 790 (M*+H). Example 37: Preparation of Compound 37. N ON -NN 0 H INN Compound 37 Scheme 1 O Step 1I/ S 0 Step 2 O K

CO

2 Et O

NH

4 0Ac zl z N-.-.-' 0 N N Step 3 S --- s------- Compound 37 N1 1 NH -b'NN'O ~xample2l, 15 0 POC3 CS Step 1 Step 1: 139 To a solution of N,N-diethyl-4-methoxy-2-nethyl-benzamde (633 mg, 2.9 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at -78 0 C was added n-BuLi (2.3 mL of 2.5 M in hexane, 5.74 mmol) dropwise. The formed red solution was kept at this temperature for additional 30 min before being cannulated to a solution of thiazole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester 5 (A. Medici et al, Tetrahedron Lett. 1983, p2901) (450 mg, 2.9 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at -780C. The final dark green solution was kept to this temperature for 2 h with stirring. Quenched with sat. NH 4 Cl (aq) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was washed with sat. NH 4 CI (aq) and brine, dried, purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with 2:1 EtOAc:hexane to provide 405 mg (45%) of 10 the desired product as an off-white viscous oil. 'H NMR (CDCl 3 ) 8 1.08 (t, 1=7.0 Hz, 6H), 3.22 (b,:2H), 3.44 (b, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 4.59 (s, 2H), 6.79-6.81 (m, I H), 6.86 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=3.0 Hz, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.30 min, method B), MS m/z 333 (M*+H). 15 Step 2: A mixture of N,N-diethyl-4-methoxy-2-(2-oxo-2-thiazol-2-yI -ethyl) benzamide (405 mg, 1.22 mmol) and NH 4 OAc (3.0 g, 38.9 mmol) was heated to 140 0 C in a sealed tube for I h. The melted solution was poured into iced water, 20 filtered, washed the cake thoroughly with water. The dried brownish solid (240 mg, 76%) was used as crude for the next reaction without further purification. LC-MS (retention time: 1.24 min, method B), MS n/z 259 (M*+H). Step 3: 25 This product, 1-chloro-6-methoxy-3-thiazol-2-y-isoquinoline, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 2 as a white solid, except using 6 -methoxy-3-thiazol-2-yl-2H-isoquinolin- 1-one instead. 'H NMR (CDC1 3 ) 8 3.97 (s, 3H), 7.16 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=5.0 Hz, IH), 7.93 (d, J=5.5 Hz, IH), 8.22 (d, J=15.5 Hz, IH), 8.39 (s, IH); 30 LC-MS (retention time: 1.66 min, method B), MS m/z 277 (M+H). Step 4: 140 Compound 37 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 36, Step 4, except using 1-chloro- 6 -methoxy-3-thiazol-2-yi-isoquinoline instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.97-1.09 (m, 12H), 1.24-1.29 (m, 1OH), 1.44-1.46 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.26 (m, IH), 2.30-2.36 (in. 1H), 2.65-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.93 5 2.96 (m, IH), 3.96 (s, 3H), 4.124.27 (m, 2H), 4.38-4.52 (m, 2H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.29 (d, J=17.5 Hz, 1H), 5.69-5.74 (in, IH), 5.9) (b, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=9.0 Hz, I H), 7.33 (s, IH), 7.66 (d, J=3.5 Hz, IH), 7.93 (d, J=13.0 Hz, 1fH), 8.05 (s, 1H), 8. 11 (d, J=9.0 Hz, IH), 9.14 (b, iH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.89 min, method B), MS nz 797 (M*+H). 10 Example 38: Preparation of Compound 38. N 'N ). - N 0 H N Ni- H O N N O Compound 38 Scheme 1 OH O O Step1 / 0 NMel -0 0 Step 1: 15 A mixture of 3 -hydroxy-isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (5.72 g, 0.04 mol), methyl iodide (6.82 g, 0.044 mol) and cesium carbonate ( 39.1 g, 0.12 mol) in DMF (200 mL) was stirred at the ambient temperature over night. Diluted with EtOAc (IL), filtered. The filtrate was washed with water (IL, X2), IMNaOH and brine respectively, dried over MgSO4, evaporated in vacuo to afford 4.80 g 20 (76%) of the desired product as a white solid. The product obtained here was used as crude without further purification.

141 'H NMR (CDC] 3 ) 8 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 6.51 (s, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 0.69 min, method B), MS m/z 158 (M*+H). Step 2: -0 N V/ 0 0 o.0 r I O N K/ 5 0 This product, N,N-diethyl-4-methoxy-2-[2-(3-meth-oxy-isoxazol-5-y)-2-oxo-ethyl] benzamide, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 37, Step 1, except using 3 -methoxy-isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.28 min, method B), MS n/z 347 (M*+H). 10 Step 3: ,01 NH 0 This product, 6-methoxy-3-(3-methoxy-isoxazol-5-yl)-2H-isoqui nol in-I-one, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 37, Step 2, except using NN 15 diethyl-4-methoxy-2-[2-(3-methoxy-i soxazol-5-y)-2-oxo-ethyl]-benzamide instead. 'H NMR (DMSO-4) 8 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 7.01 (s, IH), 7.14-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.43 (s, IH), 8.13 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.31 min, method B), MS m/z 273 (M*+H). 20 Step 4: -CN

CI

142 This product, 1-chloro-6-methoxy-3-(3-methoxy-isoxazol-5-yi)-isoquinoline, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 2 as a white solid, except using 6 -methoxy-3-(3-methoxy-isoxazole-5-yu)-2H-isoquinolin- -one instead. 'H NMR (CDCI 3 ) 8 3.97 (s, 3H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1=2.5 Hz, 1H), 5 7.31-7.33 (m, IH), 8.02 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J=9.0 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.73 min, method B), MS m/z 291, 293 (M*+H). Step 5: Compound 38 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 36, 10 Step 4, except using 1-chloro-6-methoxy-3-(3-methoxy-isoxazole-5-yl)-isoquinoline instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.99-1.09 (m, 12H), 1.23-1.28 (m, 1OH), 1.44-1.46 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.36 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.93 2.96 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 4.13-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.26 (m, 1H), 4.41 15 4.42 (m, 1H), 4.52-4.55 (m, IH), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, J=17.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.79 (m, 1H), 5.96 (b, 1H), 6.60 (s, IH), 7.15-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.95 min, method B). MS mA R I I (M+). 20 Example 39: Preparation of Compound 39. 1 O0 H N Nis H4 O1 N4 O O e Compound 39 Step 1: 143 _O -0 N- 0 0 This product, NN-diethyl-4-methoxy-2-[2-(5-methoxy-oxazol-2-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl) benzamide, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 37, Step 1, except using 5-methoxy-oxazole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester instead. 5 LC-MS (retention time: 1.24 min, method B), MS m/z 347 (M*+H). Step 2: N3 0 This product, 6 -methoxy-3-(5-methoxy-oxazol-2-yl)-2H-isoquinolin-1-one, was 10 prepared by the same method as described in Example 37, Step 2, except using NN diethyl-4-methoxy-2-[2-(5-methoxy-oxazol-2-yl)-2- oxo-ethyl]-benzamide instead. 'H NMR (DMSO-dt 6 ) 8 3.94 (s, 3H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 6.34 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 8.32 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.22 min, method B), MS m/z 274 (M*+H). 15 Step 3: N 0 -0 C1 This product, 1-chloro-6-methoxy-3-(5-methoxy-oxazol-2-yl)-isoquinoline, was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 2 as a white solid, 20 except using 6-methoxy-3-(5-methoxy-oxazole-2-yl)-2H-isoqu inn- 1-one instead. 'H NMR (CDCI 3 ) 8 3.96 (s, 3H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 6.34 (s, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.31 (m, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J=9.0 Hz, ILH); 144 LC-MS (retention time: 1.58 min, method B), MS n/z 291, 293 (M*+H). Step 4: Compound 39 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 36, 5 Step 4, except using 1-chloro- 6 -methoxy-3-(3-methxy-isoxazole-5-yi)-isoquinoline instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.99-1.09 (m, 12H), 1.23-1.28 (m, IOH), 1.44-1.46 (m, IH), 1.87-1.90 (m, IH), 2.20-2.26 (m, IH), 2.30-2.36 (m,. IH), 2.65-2.71 (m, IH), 2.93 2.96 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 4.134.14 (in, IH), 4.25 (b, IH), 4.41-4.42 10 (m, 111), 4.52-4.55 (m, IH), 5.12 (d, J=10.0 Hz, IH), 5.29 (d, J=17.0 Hz, IH), 5.72 5.79 (m, IH), 6.07 (b, IH), 6.45 (s, 1H), 7.15-7.16 (n, 1H), 7.29 (s, IH), 7.85 (s, IH), 8.10 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1fH), 9.11 (b, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.75 min, method B), MS m/z 811 (M*+H). 15 Example 40: Preparation of Compound 40. O ' C1 H H N 'N. H O N op H C.

Compound 40 145 Scheme 1 ON 1 ' N S t e 2 N O C l N. - mCPBA C1'0 F'oC 3 C. , C 1- CI Step 3 O N N CO 2 H BOC Step 1: This product, 1-chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline 2-oxide was prepared by the same method as described in Example 21, Step 2, except using 1-chloro-6 5 methoxy-isoquinoline (the product of Example 11, Step 2) instead. 'H NMR (CDCI 3 ) 8 4.00 (s, 3H), 7.14 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 8.15 (d, J=9.5 Hz, IH), 8.36 (d, J=7.0 Hz, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 0.85 min, method B), MS n/z 210 (M*+H). 10 Step 2: This product, 1, 3 -dichloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 2, except using 1-chloro-6 methoxy-isoquinoline 2-oxide instead. 'H NMR (CDCI 3 ) 8 3.94 (s, 3H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 7.25-7.26 (m, IH), 7.52 9s, 1H), 8.16 15 (d, J=9.5 Hz, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.54 min, method B), MS m/z 228, 230 (M*+H). Step 3: This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 24, 20 Step I as a foam, except using 1, 3 -dichloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 6 1.43, 1.44 (rotamers, 9H), 2.39-2.44 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.72 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 4.79-4.82 (m, 1 H), 5.71 (b, 1H), 7.10-7.14 (m, 2H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.99-8.01 (m, IH); 146 LC-MS (retention time: 1.79 min method B), MS nz 422 (M*+H). Step 4: N 'N1-. 00- -N 00& 5 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 4, except using the product of Example 40, Step 3 instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.83 min, method B), MS m/Z 635 (M*+H). Step 5: O HC 01 N N1. H HCI H H N, O 10 O( This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 5 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 40, Step 4 instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.36 min, method B), MS m/: 535 (M*+H). 15 Step 6: Compound 40 was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 6 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 40, Step 5 instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.07-1.11 (m, 12H), 1.26-1.30 (in, 10H), 1.46-1.48 (in, 1H), 1.87-1.91 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.99 (m, IH), 3.95 (s, 20 3H), 4.06-4.11 (m, 11), 4.26-4.28 (m, 1H), 4.46-4.56 (m, 211), 5.15 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, J=17.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.79 (m, IH), 5.89 (b, IH), 6.63 (d, J=9.0 Hz, IH), 7.08-7.09 (in, IH), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.34 (s, 11H), 8.08 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H); 147. LC-MS (retention time: 1.99 min, method B), MS m/z 748 (M*+H). Example 41: Preparation of Compound 41. 0 N ~O H N N". H 0 N H N, 0N Compound 41 5 Step 1: N 01~ 00 N OH This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 30, Step 1, except using the product of Example 40, Step 3 instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.85 min, method B), MS m/z 455 (M*+H). 10 Step 2: 00 N (.3-4

.

N N Nok H 0--

NO-

H 0 0s- 148 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 4 as a foam, except using the product of Example 41, Step 1 instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.88 min, method B), MS n/z 667 (M*+H). 5 Step 3: 0~ N HC 00 O HCI H H -N,O0 This product was prepared by the same method as described in Example 11, Step 5 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 41, Step 2 instead. LC-MS (retention time: 1.38 min, method B), MS m/k 567 (M*+H). 10 Step 4: uompouna 41 was prepared oy tne same metnoa as aescnoea in Ixample .i 1, Step 6 as a white solid, except using the product of Example 41, Step 3 instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.99-1.04 (m, 12H), 1.22-1.31 (rn, 10H), 1.43-1.45 (m, IH), 15 1.87-1.89 (m, IH), 2.22-2.24 (m, iN), 2.30-2.34 (m, lH), 2.65-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.93 2.96 (in, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.11-4.14 (m, IH), 4.28-4.30 (m, IH), 4.38-4.42 (m, I H), 4.53-4.55 (m, IH), 5.12 (d, J=10.0 Hz, IH), 5.29 (d, J=:18.0 Hz, IH), 5.72-5.77 (m, IH), 5.99 (b, iH), 6.61 (d, J=5.0 Hz, IH), 6.98 (s, 1H), 6.99-7.02 (m, IH), 7.17 (s, IH), 7.44 (s, IH), 7.57 (d, J=5.0 Hz, IH), 8.03 (d, J=10.0 Hz, IN), 8.14 (s, IH); 20 LC-MS (retention time: 1.92 min, method B), MS n/z 780 (M*+H). Example 42: Preparation of Compound 42. Prepared following the procedures used in the preparation of Example 11. Compound 11, except that 6-ethoxy cinnamic acid was used in place of 6-methoxy 25 cinnamic acid as starting material for the P2 element.

149 EtO- N H N Ns, H 0 o> Compound 42 'H NMR (500 MHz, CD 3 0D) & ppm 0.98-1.09 (m, 15H), 1.24-1.31 (m, IOH), 1.42 1.46 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.90 (m, IH), 2.19-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.63 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.97 (m, 1f), 4.03-4.09 (m, 1H), 4.17 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.42 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1H), 4.49-4.54 5 (m, IH), 5.12 (d, J=17.4Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.78 (m, IH), 5.83 (s, 1H), 7.07-7.10 (M, 1H), 7.15 (s, IH), 7.22 (d, 1=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=5.8 H14z, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H); MS: (M+H)* 728. Section C: 10 Example 45: Preparation of Compound 45 MeO 'N N BocHNL, 0 H (1R.2S) and (1S,2R), 1:1 Mixture at P1 Compound 45 15 150 Scheme 1 M e Or +O e S te p 2ON SOH + Boc O Cupowder FN 0NH 2

K

2 00 3 , DMF MN O - N I ~Meo" MeO N + OM e Step 2 e OH Boc60 DEAD, THF(7y e PPth 3 Boc O Step 1: To a solution of 2 -bromo-5-methoxybenzoic acid (1.68g, 7.27mmol) in DMF 5 (5OmL) in a medium pressure flask (Chemglass) was added benzamidine (1.25g, 8.00mmol), K 2

CO

3 (6.0g, 43.6mmol), and copper powder (336mg, 1.

4 5mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 180C* for Ih. Copper and excess K 2

CO

3 were txv',-m,mr filtrnt~vn nd mqz~hfA wyith MPfl14 Thp filtrnte vvpc ccr.ronr~t.d and the resulting crude was purified by flash column chromatography (SiO 2 , 5% 10 MeOH in DCI) to give a light green solid (1.55g, 84% yield): 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 3.84 (s, 3H), 7.26 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.46 (br s, 5H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 8.38 (br s, I H); MS n/z (MH*) 253. 15 Step 2: To a 0 *C slurry of Boc-cis-Hydroxyproline-OMe (2.0g, 8.15mmol) and the product from Example 45, Step 1 (2.26g, 8 .97mmol) in THF (82mL) was added Ph 3 P and diisopropyl azocarboxylate (1.98 g, 8.97mmol). After stirring at rt for 17h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (100mL) and washed with H 2 0 (50mL). 20 The aqueous layer was separated and back-extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give a viscous oil which was redissolved in minimal amount of EtOAc and 151 hexanes was added to effect the precipitation of most of the Ph 3 PO by-product. Ph 3 PO was removed by vacuum filtration and the liquid filtrate was concentrated. The resulting viscous oil was purified by a flash column chromatography (SiO 2 , 4:1 hex:EtOAc) to give a white solid product (1.76g, 45% yield): 'H NMR (60/40 5 rotomers, CDC 3 ) 6 1.47 (s, 9H), 2.49-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.83 (m, 1 H), 3.80 (s, 1.8H), 3.81 (s, 1.21H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 4.03-4.09 (m, 1H1), 4.54 (t, J = 8.0 Hz,0.6H), 4.66 (t, J = 7.8 Hz), 4.96-5.06 (m, IH), 5.97 (br s, 0.6H), 6.04 (br s, 0.4H), 7.33 (dd, J = 6.1, 2.7 Hz, 111), 7.46-7.51 (m, 4H), 7.91 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (t, J=8.5Hz, 2H); 1 3 C NMR (rotomers, CDC1 3 ) 8 21.7, 22.0,'28.3, 28.4, 35.8, 36.8, 52.3, 52.4, 52.6, 10 55.8, 55.9, 57.9, 58.3, 74.5, 74.9, 80.6, 101.2, 101.3. 115.7, 125.8, 126.0, 128.1, 128.5, 129.7, 130.2, 137.9, 147.8, 153.8, 157.7, 158.0, 158.0, 164.8, 173.1, 173.3; MS m/z (MH) 480.

152 Scheme 2 N7 r .-NSte 3ep3 N OA DCM 9Y N IH O Step 4 K N Bo-Tbg-COH or BOC-L-IBuGiy N~y OW ATU, DIPEA, CHCN N W TFA H O O O r~N K MeO ' Step 5 OW H, H THF O 8O OcHN 0 Step 3: The product from Example 45, Step 2 ( 7 6 0.Orng, 1.59mmol) was dissolved in 50% TFA in DCM and stirred at i for 2h. The solvent was concentrated and the 5 resulting brown viscous oil was dried in vacuo overnight. The product was used directly for the next reaction. Step 4: To a solution of the brown viscous oil product from Example 45, Step 3 10 (963mg, 1.59 mmol) and DIPEA (1.23g, 9.54mmol) in DCM (IlmL) were added N- 153, BOC L-tBuGly (440mg, 1.90mmole), HBTU (902Mg, 2.38mmole) and HOBt (364mg, 2.38mmole). After stirring at rt for 14h, the solvent and excess DIPEA was concentrated and the resulting brown viscous oil was purified by flash column (SiO 2 , 4:1'hex:EtOAc) to give a white solid (0.922mg, 98% yield for the two steps): 'H 5 NMR (CDC3/MeOD) S 0.94 (s, 9H), 1.15 (s, 9H), 2.38-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.73 (m, 1H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 4.084.17 (m, 2H), 4.25 (d, J = 11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.99 (br s, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 5H), 7.80 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H); ' 3 C NMR (CDC]3/MeOD) 5 29.6, 31.4, 31.6, 33.04, 38.2, 39.0, 55.8, 56.9, 59.2, 61.5, 62.1, 78.3, 83.1, 105.0, 119.0, 129.4, 131.5, 131.9, 132.6 10 , 133.8, 141.2, 151.0, 161.4, 161.6, 168.2, 175.2, 175.7; MS m/z (NH) 593. Step 5: To a solution of the product from Example 45, Step 4 (409mg, 0.69mmol) in THF (1OmL) was added IN NaOH (2mL). After stirring at rt for 19h, the reaction 15 was acidified with concentrated HCI to about pH 5 and extracted with DCM (3 x 50mL). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give a yellow solid product (370mg, 92% yield) which was used directly in the next reaction after drying in vacuo: 'H NMR (CDC 3 ) 8 1.05 (s, 9H), 1.25 (s, 9H), 2.76 2.83 (m, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 4.23-4.27 (m, 2H), 4.41 (d, J = 11.6 Hz, IH), 4.92 (t, J= 20 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.20 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.08 (br s, 11, 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.93 (d, J = 9.15 Hz, 1H), 8.51 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H); MS m/z (MH*) 579.

154 Scheme 3 0 0 00q" Stp 6 Step 7 NH2N cODI, M TFA, DCM H DBU, THF isoppysulfomde (1R,2S/1S/2R, 1.1) (1R,2S/1S/2R, 1:1) N . -, ~ .J Step 8 MeON , N H 000 H DPA H . HO H NA NN BW O 0 TFA H S(R,2S) and (1S,2R). 1:1 Mbxtur at P1 (1R,2S) and (1S2R), 1:1 Comipound 45 Step 6: To a solution N-Boc-vinylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid (IR, 2S/IS, 2R 1:1 mixture) (1.01g, 4.46mmol) in THF (20 mL) and DMSO (2mL) was added CDI 5 (1.08g, 6.69mmol) and DMAP (817mg, 6.69mmol). After stirring at 70 *C for 1h, UIC 1C41..IUII JILIALUIC wa42 d[IVWrU LU .VJ U it aiau wadZ L1C~aLCU WJUIJ isopropylsulfonamide (1.1g, 8.92mmol) and DBU (1.36g, 8.92mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 16h and it was concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography (SiO 2 , 5% MeOH in DCM) to give a brown viscous oil (1.4g, 98% 10 yield): 'H NMR (Methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.25 (in, 1H), 1.33 (d, J= 6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.36 (d, J= 6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.84 (dd, J= 7.6, 5.2 Hz, I H), 2.16 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.58 (br s, 1H), 5.08 (d, J = 11.6 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (d, J 15.6 Hz, lH), 5.58-5.66 (m, IH); MS m/z (MH) 332. 15 Step 7: The product from Example 45, Step 6 (113mg, 0.34mmol) was treated with a 50% solution of trifluoroacetic acid in DCM (IOmL) and stirred at rt for 1.4h. Solvent and excess trifluoroacetic acid were removed in vacuo. The resulting brown viscous oil was dried in vacuo (1.3g, 99% yield) and used without further 20 purification: 'H NMR (DMSO-d) 8 1.24 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (d, J =6.7 Hz, 155 3H), 1.54 (dd, J = 9.6, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 1.99 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.24 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 3

.

5 8

-

3

.

6 3 (m, IH), 5.18 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, IH), 5.33 (d, J= 17.1 Hz, IH), 5.61-5.69 (m, 1H), 8.83 (br s, 3H); "C NMR (DMSO-dl,) 8 15.2, 15.9, 16.5, 29.9, 41.6, 52.1, 116.0, 118.9, 132.0,158.2,167.3; MSm/z (IH*) 233. 5 Step 8: To a mixture of the product from Example 45, Step 5 (117mg, 0.338mmol) and DIPEA (174mg, 1.35mmol) in DCM (5mL) was added HBTU (128mg, 0.338mmole), HOBt (52mg, 0.338mmole) and the product from Example 45, Step 7 10 (130mg, 0.225mmol) After stirring at rt for 16h, the mixture was concentrated and the resulting brown viscous oil was purified by flash column chromatography (SiO 2 , 1:3 hex:EtOAc then 95:5 DCM:MeOH) to give an off white solid product (150mg, 84% yield) The final product, Compound 45, is a mixture of isomers; the variation occuring at the P1 vinylcyclopropyl portion of the molecule (IR, 2S/IS, 2R 1:1 15 mixture): 'H NMR (Methanol-d 4 ) 8 0.92 (br s, 2H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.17 (s, 91), 1.27 1.38 (m, 9H), 1.42-1.46 (m, IH), 1.83 (dd, J = 8.1, 5.3 Hz, 0.4H), 1.90 (dd, J = 7.9, 5.5 Hz, 0.6ff), 2.24-2.31 (in, 1H), 2.37-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.67-2.75 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 4.21 (dd, J = 9.3, 6.0 Hz, 2H), 4.48 (d, J =11.3 Hz, IH), 4.61 (q, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, IH), 5.33 (t,.1 = 17.9 Hz, 111), 5.70-5.76 (in, 20 1H), 6.06 (d, J= 11.9 Hz, 1H1), 6.61 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1fH), 7.49 (br s, 511), 7.87 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 8.46 (d, J= 4.3 Hz, 2H); "C NMR (Methanol-d 4 ) 8 15.7, 16.1, 16.5, 16.8, 23.9, 27.1, 28.6, 35.8, 36.0, 36.2, 36.3, 36.4, 42.6, 42.8, 54.7, 54.8, 55.5, 56.4, 61.1, 61.2, 80.5, 102.9, 117.0, 118.8, 118.9, 126.8, 129.4, 129.6, 130.2, 131.5, 134.4, 139.2, 148.8, 158.0, 159.3, 159.8, 166.3, 171.1, 25 175.1, 184.3; MS m/z (MHW) 793. Example 46: Preparation of Compound 46 156 MeO N I N MeON -Nly BocHN O H (1R,2S) and (1S,2R), 1:1 Mixture at P1 Compound 46 Compound 46 was prepared by following Steps I through 5 and Step 8 of Example 45 except that the following modifications were made: 5 Step1: Modifications: 2 -bromo-4,5-dimethoxybenzoic acid and cyclopropylcarbamidine hydrochloride were utilized as starting materials. Product: MeO) N MeO 10 OH Data: 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 0.97-1.01 (m, 2H), 1.03-1.06 (m, 2H), 1.90-1.94 (m, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 6.93 (s, IH), 7.37 (s, 3H), 12.28 (s, IH); "C NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 9.03, 13.17, 55.47, 55.73, 104.81, 107.27, 113.26, 145.16, 147.48, 15 154.44, 157.21, 160.89 ; MS m/z (Ml) 247. Step 2: Modifications: The product from Example 46, Step I was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 1. 20 Product: 157 MeON M N 0," MeC e Boc C) Data: 'H NMR (CDCl 3 ) 61.00-1.04 (m, 2H), 1.07-1.11 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 5.4H), 1.46 (s, 3.6H), 2.17-2.21 (m, IH), 2.37-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.6.2-2.69 (m, IH), 3.75 (s, 1.8H), 5 3.78 (s, 1.2H), 3.92 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3.6H), 4.01 (s, 2.4H), 4.48 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 0.6H), 4.59 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 0.4H), 5.7 (br s, 0.6H), 5.74 (br s, 0.4H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.20 (s, 11); 1 3 C NMR (CDCI 3 ) 8 9.6, 9.7, 18.1, 28.3, 28.4, 35.8, 36.7, 52.2, 52.4, 56.3, 57.8, 58.2, 74.0, 74.5, 80.5, 80.6, 101.0, 101.1, 106.3, 108.6, 148.8, 149.1, 153.8, 155.4, 164.4, 165.9, 172.9, 173.2; LC-MS n/z (MH*) 474. 10 Steps 3 and 4: The product from Example 46, Step 2 was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 2. Product: MeO N MeO ~ N 01,, .0Me N BocHN 0 15 Data: 'H NMR (Methanol-d4) & 1.04 (s, 9H), 1.08-1.21 (m, 4H), 1.14 (s, 9H), 2.17 2.21 (m, IH), 2.39-2.41 (m, IH), 2.74-2.77 (m, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.98 (m, 3H), 4.09 (dd, J= 11.4, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (d, J= 11.3 20 Hz, IH), 4.76 (t, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.81 (br s, 1H), 6.43 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.14 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J 5.8 Hz, 11H); 3 C NMR (Methanol-d 4 ) 8 10.0, 10.3, 18.6, 158 26.9, 28.5, 28.8, 35.8, 36.1, 38.9, 52.8, 54.9, 56.7, 59.6, 60.5, 76.6, 80.4, 102.7, 106.2, 109.9, 149.8, 150.7, 157.6, 166.0, 167.3, 173.5, 173.6; MS m/z (MH) 587. Step 5: 5 The product from Example 46, Step 4 was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 4. Product: MeO N MeO N -Y-OH BocHN 0 10 Data: 'H NMR (Methanol-d 4 ) S 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.13 (s, 9H), 1.20-1.23 (m, 4H), 2.15 2.19 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.45 (m, IH), 2.70-2.76 (m, IH), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 4.08 ,t ~ 7 1 ~ . n IT T' 11 ij = 7 TT I~V TT\ A4 n'II J 7 1 111 1y71,IT\ i,.4 -71 (UU, = 11.4, 3.0 ru, Il), 4.17 (U, J=.0 IL, Il), 4.37 (dJ -11.3 Hz, IH), 4In .1 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 5.77 (brs, IH), 7.09 (s, 1H), 7.20 (s, IH); "C NMR (Methanol d 4 ) S 10.2, 10.5, 18.6, 26.9, 28.5, 28.8, 36.0, 36.3, 54.9, 56.8, 59.7, 60.4, 76.8, 80.4, 15 102.6, 105.9, 109.9, 126.9, 127.9, 149.3, 150.8, 157.65, 157.8, 166.1, 167.3, 173.3, 175.1; MS m/z (MH*) 573. Step 8: The product from Example 46, Step 5 was used as starting material in place of the 20 product from Example 45, Step 5. The final product, Compound 46, is a mixture of isomers; the variation occuring at the PI vinylcyclopropyl portion of the molecule (1R, 2S/1S, 2R 1:1 mixture). Product: 159. MeO N MeO' N H0 00 BocHN 0 (1R,2S) and (1S,2R), 1:1 Mixture at P1 Compound 46 Data: H NMR (Methanol--d 4 ) 8 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.05-1.09 (m, 411), 1.16 (s, 4.5H), 1.17 (s, 4.5H), 1.1 9 -1.

2 2 (m, 1H), 1.31 (d, J= 6.7 Hz, 211), 1.33-1.38 (m, 7H), 1.18-1.89 5 (m, IH), 2.15-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.44 (m, IH), 3.23 (q, J= 7.4 Hz, 1H), 3.70-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 4.08-4.13 (m, 2H), 4.16 (dd, J = 8.9, 3.1 Hz, 11), 4.38 (t, J = 13.1 Hz, 1H), 4.58-4.62 (m, 1H), 4.06 (n, 111), 5.29 (t, J = 15.2 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (br s, 11), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 4.3 Hz, IB); MS m/z (MH*)787. Example 47: Preparation of Compound 47 10 N N N N BocHN, O -,, 0 Compound 47 Compound 47 was prepared by following analogous steps used to procure Compound 45 of Example 45.ortho-bromobenzoic acid used as starting material as was cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1R-amino-2S-vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide 15 hydrochloride salt. Compound 47: MH+=761 160 Example 48: Preparation of Compound 48 MeO A Y N JN BocHN O OH- Compound 48 5 Compound 48 was prepared by following Steps I through 5 and Step 8 of Example 45 except that the following modifications were made: Stepl: 161 Modifications: Acetamidine hydrochloride and 2 -bromo-5-methoxybenzoic acid were utilized as starting materials. Product: MeO OH 5 Data: 'H NMR (DMSO) 8 2.31 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 7.36 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (s, IH), 7.51 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 12.15 (s, IH); I:C NMR (DMSO) 8 21.11, 55.41, 105.57, 121.22, 123.59, 128.12, 143.34, 151.68, 157.00, 161.45; LC-MS m/e (MH*) 191. 10 Step 2: Modifications: The product from Example 48, Step 1 was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 1. Product: MeO 0,, -OMe N 15 Boc 0 Data: 'H NMR (CDC 3 ) 8 1.43 (s, 5.4H), 1.45 (s, 3.6H), 2.38-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.62 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.66 (s, 1.8H), 2.68 (s, 1.2H), 3.77 (1.8H), 3.79 (s, 1.21H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.93-3.98 (m, 2H), 4.49 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 0.61H), 4.61 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 0.4H), 5.82 (t, J = 20 2.1 Hz, 0.6H), 5.89 (t, J= 2.3 Hz, 0.4H), 7.26 (dd, J:= 4.7, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J = 6.3, 2.8 Hz, 1H1), 7.75 (d, J = 9.15 Hz, IH); 1 3 C NIR (CDCI 3 ) 5 26.1, 28.3, 28.4, 35.8, 36.7, 52.2, 52.2, 52.4, 52.5, 55.755.8, 57.9, 58.2, 74.1, 74.7, 80.6, 101.0, 101.2, 114.9, 125.6, 125.9, 128.6, 147.3, 153.8, 154.5, 157.6, 157.6, 161.2, 164.6, 173.0, 173.3; LC- MS m/e (MH) 418. 25 Steps 3 and 4: 162 Modifications: The product from Example 48, Step 2 was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 2. Product: MeO 0w,, OMe BocHN O 0 5 Data: 'HNMR (MeOD) 8 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.07 (s, 9H), 2.38-2.42 (m, IH), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.80 (q, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 4.07 (dd, J = 11.9, 3.4 Hz, IH), 4.13 (br s, 1H), 4.55 (d, J = 12.2 Hz, IH), 4.78 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 5.93 (s, IH), 7.37 10 (d, J = 2.75 Hz, 111), 7.48-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.70 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, IH); 1 3 C NMR (MeOD) 8 25.6, 26.9, 28.4, 28.8, 35.9, 52.8, 55.0, 56.4, 59.7, 60.6, 77.2, 80.4, 102.9, 111.6, Z r ,,, 7. C,' Z C.,~- irA?-~ .VEr trr ~ t Step 5: 15 Modifications: The product from Example 48, Step 4 was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 4. Product: MeO 0., NOO QH BocHN 0 Data: 'H NMR (MeOD) S 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.08 (s, 9H), 2.41-2.46 (m, 111), 2.68 (s, 3H), 20 2.81 (q, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 3.89 (s, 3H), 4.07 (dd, J = 11.8, 3.2 Hz, IH), 4.18 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 111), 4.52 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 1H), 4.74 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.93 (br s, 111), 7.37 (d, J 163 2,81 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, IH); "C NMR (MeOD) S 25.7, 26.9, 28.5, 36.1, 55.0, 56.4, 59.7, 60.5, 77.1, 80.4, 103.0, 116.5, 127.0, 128.5, 147.7, 157.8, 159.6, 162.7, 166.4, 173.5, 174.9; LC- MS m/e (MH*~) 517. 5 Example 48: Preparation of Compound 48 MeO 0". H 0 ON NN

H

2 N O O Compound 48 10 Step 8: To a solution of the product from Example 48, Step 5 (45.8 mg, 0.089 mmol), cyclopropanesulfonic acid (IR-amino-2S-vi nyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt (21.0 mg, 0.089 mmol) and DIEA (34.5 mg, 0.267 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added HATU (44.0 mg, 0.116 mmol). After stirring at rt overnight, the 15 reaction mixture was washed with 5% aqueous NaHCO 3 (1 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted was 2x2 mL DCM. The organic layer was washed with 5% aqueous citric acid (1 mL), brine, dried over MgSO4, concentrated and purified by reversed prep-HPLC. This purification step resulted in the loss of the N-BOC protecting group at the P3 tert-leucine portion of the molecule: 'H NMR (MeOD) 8 1.07-1.12 20 (m, 2 H) 1.14 (s, 2 H) 1.14-1.16 (m, 2 H) 1.17 (s, 9 H) 1.20-1.30 (m, 3 H) 1.45 (dd, 1=9.46, 5.49. Hz, 1 H) 1.56 (s, I H) 1.92 (dd, J=8.20, 5.60 Hz, I H) 2.25-2.31 (m, I H) 2.39-2.45 (m, I H) 2.73 (m, I H) 2.76 (s, 3 H) 2.93-2.97 (m, I H) 3.94 (s, I H) 3.96 (s, 3 H) 4.07 (s, 1 H) 4.21 (d, J=3.97 Hz, 0.4 H) 4.23 (d, 1=3.97 Hz, 0.6 H) 4.31 (m, I H) 4.73 (dd, J=10.38, 7.02 Hz, I H) 5.15 (dd, J=10.38, 1.52 Hz, I H) 5.32 (dd, 25 J=17.1, 1.52 Hz, I H), 5.71-5.78 (m, 1H) 6.11 (t, J=3.51 Hz, I H) 7.46 (d, J=2.75 Hz, 164 I H) 7.67 (d, 1=3.06 Hz, 0.4 H) 7.69 (d, J=3.05 Hz, 0.6 H) 7.82 (s, 0.6 H) 7.84 (s, 0.4 H). Example 49: Preparation of Compound 49 5 Me0. N MeO N H ' H2NN0 Compound 49 Compound 49 was prepared by the same method as described for the preparation of Compound 48, except the product from Example 46, Step 5 and 10 cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1R-amino-2S-vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-ami de d. de salt wee used assMin..g material. Te preparative LC. pur IifcaLoil step resulted in the loss of the N-BOC protecting group at the P3 tert-leucine portion of the molecule: 'H NMR (MeOD) 8 1.09 (m, 2 H) 1.14 (d, J=3.97 Hz, 2 H) 1.17 (s, 9 H) 1.25 (m, 3 H) 1.37 (m, 3 H) 1.44 (dd, J=9.31, 5.65 Hz, 2 H) 1.57 (s, 1 H) 1.92 15 (dd, J=8.09, 5.65 Hz, I H) 2.28 (dd, 1=17.70, 8.55 Hz, I H) 2.32 (m, 1 H) 2.68 (dd, J=14.19, 7.78 Hz, I H) 2.95 (m, 1 H) 3.98 (s, 3 H) 4.06 (s, 3 H) 4.08 (s, I H) 4.22 (d, J=2.75 Hz, 1 H) 4.70 (dd, J=9.77, 7.32 Hz, 1 H) 5.15 (dd, J=10.38, 1.53 Hz, I H) 5.32 (dd, J=17.40, 1.22 Hz, 1 H) 5.74 (m, I H) 6.04 (m, 1 H) 7.24 (s, I H) 7.37 (s, I H) 20 Example 50: Preparation of Compound 50 165 N. H N H

H

2 N 0H Compound 50 Compound 50 was prepared by the same method as described for the preparation of Compound 48, except the product from Example 45, Step 5 and 5 cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1R-amino-2S-vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt were used as starting material. The preparative HPLC purification step resulted in the loss of the N-BOC protecting group at the P3 tert-leucine portion of the molecule: 'H NMR (MeOD) S 1.10 (m, 2 H)i 1.14 (s, 1 H) 1.15 (d, J=3.36 Hz, 1 H) 1.17 (d, J=3.05 Hz, 9 H) 1.22 (m, I H) 1.27 (m, 2 H) 1.46 (dd, 1=9.46, 5.49 Hz, 10 1 H) 1.56 (s, 1 H) 1.93 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, 1 H) 2 29 (q, J=8.55 Hz, I H) 2.48 (m, I H) 2.78 (dd, J=13.89, 8.09 Hz, 1 H) 2.97 (m, I H) 3.96 (s, 2 H) 4.07 (s, I H) 4.32 (d, J=2.14 Hz, 2 H) 4.76 (d, J=7.02 Hz, I H) 4.78 (m, I H) 4.86 (d, J=3.05 Hz, 1 H) 5.32 (dd, J=17.09, 1.22 Hz, I H) 5.75 (m, I H) 6.24 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H) 7.45 (d, J=2.75 Hz, 1 H) 7.52 (m, 3 H) 7.61 (dd, J=9.16, 2.75 Hz, I H) 7.96 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H). 15 Example 51: Preparation of Compound 51 166 MeO- N rCF3 MeOK - N NN BocHN O H (1R,2S) and (1S,2R), 1:1 Mixture at P1 Compound 51 Compound 51 was prepared by following Steps I through 5 and Step 8 of Example 45 except that the following modifications were made: 5 Stepl:. Modifications: 2-bromo-4,5-dimethoxybenzoic acid and trifluoroamidine were utilized as starting materials. Product: M9O,. . N. -N-CF MeO N 10 OH Data: 'H NMR (DMSO) 8 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.50 (s, II), 13.40 (br s, IH); 3 C NMR (DMSO) S 55.8, 56.1, 104.9, 108.7, 150.2, 155.0; LC MS m/e (MH*) 275. 15 Step 2: Modifications: The product from Example 51, Step I was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 1.

167 Product: MeO N CF3 MeO " N 0, ,0oMe Boc C' Data: 'H NMR (CDCI 3 ) 8 1.42 (s, 3.6H), 1.44 (s, 5.4H), 2.42-2.49 (m, IH), 2.67 5 2.73 (m, IH), 3.37 (s, 1.2H), 3.78 (s, 1.8H), 3.97 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (s, 2.4H), 4.04 (s, 3.6H), 4.48 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 0.6H), 4.60 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 0.4H), 5.86 (br s, 0.6H), 5.90 (br s, 0.4H), 7.27-7.29 (m, 111), 7.38-7.44 (m, 1H); 3 C NMR (CDCl 3 ) 8 8.2, 28.3, 35.7, 36.7, 52.1, 52.2, 52.4, 56.5, 57.8, 58.2, 75.5, 76.0, 80.7, 100.8, 107.6, 111.0, 119.7, 148.2, 150.2, 151.4, 153.8, 154.5, 156.4, 165.1, 172.7, 173.0; LC-MS 10 m/e (MH*) 502. Steps 3 and 4: Modifications: The product from Example 51, Step 2 was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 2. 15 Product: MeO N N1'<CF 3 01, OMe BocHN 0 168 Data: 'H NMR (MeOD) 8 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.08 (s, 9H), 2.41-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.84 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 4.10-4.14 (m, 211), 4.52 (d, J = 11.6 Hz, 1H), 4.80 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.92 (br s, IH), 7.35 (br s, 2H); 13C NNMR (MeOD) 0 26.9, 28.4, 28.8, 35.7, 36.0, 52.8, 54.8, 56.9, 59.6, 60.7, 77.9, 80.3, 102.2, 5 107.9, 112.4, 120.3, 149.3, 153.2, 157.8, 158.3,173.5; LC- MS m/e (MH+)615. Step 5: Modifications: The product from Example 51, Step 4 was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 4. 10 Product: oN CF 3 Meo " .. N 01," OH BocHN O O Data: 'H NMR (MeOD) 8 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.09 (s, 9H), 2.44-2.49 (m, lH), 2.80-2.84 (m, IH), 3.97 (s, 3H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 4.10-4.24 (m, 3H), 4.50 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 1H), 4.76 15 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 5.93 (br s, 1H), 7.36 (br s, 2H); "C NMR (MeOD) 8 26.9, 28.4, 28.8, 36.0, 36.1, 54.8, 56.9, 57.0, 60.6, 77.9, 80.3, 102.3, 108.0, 112.5, 120.3, 149.3, 151.3, 153.2, 158.2, 158.3, 166.7, 173.5; LC- MS m/e (MH*) 601. Step 8: 20 Modifications: The product from Example 51, Step 5 was used as starting material in place of the product from Example 45, Step 5. The final product, Compound 51, is a mixture of isomers; the variation occuring at the P1 vinylcyclopropyl portion of the molecule (1R, 2S/IS, 2R 1:1 mixture).

169 Product: MeO N CF 3 MeO N BocHN O0 H (1R,2S) and (1S,2R), 1:1 Mixture at P1 Compound 51 Data: 'H NMR (DMSO) 8 0.23 (s, 4.5H), 0.23 (3, 4.5H), 0.35 (s, 4.5H), 0.36 (s, 5 4.5H), 0.45-0.59 (m, 8H), 0.63-0.66 (m, 1H), 1.04 (dd, J= 8.2, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 1.10 (dd, J = 8.2, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 1.47-1.53 (m, 111), 1.58-1.61 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.95 3.01 (m, 1H), 3.17 (s, 1.5H), 3.18 (s, 1.5H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.37 (br s, 2H), 3.68 (q, J = 5.9 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (q, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.33-4.37 (mn, 1H), 4.54 (t, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (q, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.17 (d, J = 15.9 Hz, IH), 6.53 (s, 1H), 6.58 (s,. 1H); 1 3 C 10 NMR (DMSO) 6 12.8, 13.2, 13.7, 13.9, 19.5, 20.6, 21.1, 24.3, 25.6, 32.9, 33.1, 33.4, 33.6, 36.1, 39.7, 39.9, 51.8, 51.9, 52.4, 54.0, 54.2, 57.7, 57.7, 58.1, 58.3, 75.1, 75.3, 77.5, 84.1,1'99.2, 105.2, 107.9, 109.5, 116.0, 116.1,118.7, 123.9, 127.4, 131.5, 146.5, 148.6, 150.3, 155.1, 155.5, 163.7, 164.7, 168.2, 16.8.3, 170.7, 172.2; LC-MS m/e (MHR) 815. 15 Example 52: Preparation of Compound 52 170 MeO NjCF3 MeO N 0H 0 N N -- r H2N O0 -, H Compound 52 Compound 52 was prepared by the same method as described for the preparation of Compound 48, except the product from Example 51, Step 5 and 5 cyclopropanesulfonic acid (IR-amino- 2 S-vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt were used as starting material. The preparative HPLC purification step resulted in the loss of the N-BOC protecting group at the P3 tert-leucine portion of the molecule: 'H NMR (MeOD) 8 1.11 (m, 3 H) 1.17 (s, 9 H) 1.25 (m, 3 H) 1.46 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I H) 1.92 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz., I H) 2.28 (q, J=8.95 Hz, I H) 10 2.42 (m, I H) 2.72 (dd, J=14.19, 7.17 Hz, I H) 2.96 (in, I H) 4.01 (s, 3 H) 4.04 (m, 5 H) 4.24 (m, 2 H) 4.73 (dd, 1=10.22,7.17 H. I 11) 5.15 (dd 1=10.53, 137 17. 1 H) 5.32 (d, J=17.09 Hz, 1 H) 5.75 (m, 1 H) 6.07 (s, 1 H) 7.41 (s, 1 H) 7.47 (s, 1 H). Example 53: Preparation of Compound 53 15 S H N HN N N BocHN O H Compound 53 171 Scheme 1 FmocHN FmocHN Step 1 H 0 00 OH DHN HATU N I Boc 0 .0 00 B3oc 0 H

H

2 N N (1R,2S/1S,2R) P1 Mixture of Diastereomers FmocHN FmocHN H O Step 2 O 00 Boc 0 H TFA, DCM H H TFA (1 R,2S/1S,2R) (1R,2S/1S,2R) P1 Mixture of Diastereomers P1 Mixture of Diastereomers Step 1: To a solution of (IR, 2S/1S, 2R 1:1 mixture) cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1 5 amino- 2 -vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide trifluoroacetic acid salt (626mg, 1.82mmol) in DCM (17mL) was added and DIEA ( 5 55mg, 4 .29mmol) in DCM (17mL), HATU (754mg, 1.98mmole), and (2S, 4 R)Fmoc-4-amino-1-boc-pyrrolidine 2-carboxylic acid (747mg, 1.65mmol). After stirring at rt for 24h, the mixture was washed with IN HCl (1OmL), 5% aqueous NaHCO 3 (4mL). Each aqueous layer was 10 extracted with DCM (25 mL). The combined DCM was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The resulting brown viscous oil was purified by flash column chromatography (SiO 2 , 95:5 DCM:MeOH) to give a yellow solid 822mg, 75% yield): 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) 5 1.04-1.09 (m, 3H), 1.15-1.27 (m, 4H), 1.38-1.44 (m, 7H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.84 (dd, J=8.2, 5.2 Hz, IH), 2.01-2.30 (m, 4H), 2.90-2.98 (m, IH), 15 3.64-3.71 (m, IH), 4.16-4.22 (m, 4H), 4.39 (bs, 2H), 5.13 (dd, J=10.7, 0.9 Hz, IH), 3.31 (d, J=17.1 Hz, IH), 5.72-5.79 (m, 1H), 7.31 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 7.38 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 7.64 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 3H), 7.79 (d, J=7.63 Hz, 3H); LC-MS m/e (Na+MI) 687.

172 Step 2: The product from Example 53, Step 1 (500mg, 0.752mmol) was treated with 50% TFA in DCM (10mL). After stirring at rt for 0.5h, the resulting brown reaction mixture was concentrated to give a brown solid ( 4 89mg, 84%yield): 'H NMR 5 (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 1.03-1.19 (m, 4H), 1.24-1.26 (m, 1H), 1.35 (dd, J=9.5, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 1.91-1.96 (m, IH), 2.22-2.30 (m, IH), 2.40 (bs, 1H), 2.93-2.98 (m, 1H), 3.60 (bs, 1H), 4.21 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 4.47 (bs, 3H), 5.17 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (d, J=17.1 Hz, IH), 5.64-5.67 (m, 1H), 7.31 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H1), 7.39 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 7.63 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.80 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H); (LC-MS m/e (MH*) 565. 10 Scheme 2 Fmoc FmcH Fn'~cHNFnmcHN ~7~ 00 H0 00 N ON Step3 .

'S H7H N-Boc-L-I-BuGly H TFA DIPEA HATU, DCM BoHN . O 0 (1 R,2S/IS,2R) (N.. P1 Mixture of Diastereomers i (1R2S1S,2R) P1fvxtre of Diastereomers FrmocHN H~KJ 0 00~,H 00 H O N SV Step 4 N N' BocHN &0 O O H 10/piperidine BOCHN O 0 H =0 DMF . (IR,2S/1S,2R) sgio P1 Mixture of single isorer Diastereomers separated Step 3: To a solution of the product from Example 53, Step 2 ( 2 60mg, 0.383mmol) in DCM (4 mL) was added DIPEA (218mg, 1.69mmol'), HATU (165mg, 15 0.422mmol), and N-BOC L-tBuGly (100mg, 0.

42 2mmol). After stirring at rt for 16h, the reaction mixture was diluted with H20 (3mL), acidified with IN HCJ to pH=1. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2x15mL). The combined organic layer was washed with 5% NaHCO 3 (3mL), brine (5mL), dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The resulting brown viscous oil was purified by flashed column 173 chromatography (SiO 2 , 95:5 DCM:MeOH) to give a brown foamy solid (281mg, 94% yield): 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 0.96-1.08 (m, 4H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 1.15-1.26 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.38 (m, 5H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.85 (dd, J=9.5, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.07 (bs, 1H), 2.22 (q, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 2.92-2.95 (m, 1H), 3.90 (bs, 1H), 4.20 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 5 4.29-4.39 (m, 5H), 5.13 (d, J=10.7, 1H), 5.31 (dd, J=18.0, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 5.70-5.77 (m, 1H), 7.30 (t, 1=7.3 Hz, 3H), 7.39 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 41), 7.63 (dd, J=6.7, 2.8 Hz, 3H), 8.80 (d, J=7.63 Hz, 3H); LC-MS n/z (MH*) 678. Step 4: 10 The product from Example 53, Step 3 was treated with 10% piperidine in DMF (3.3mL). After stirring at rt for 4hr, solvent was removed and the resulting brown viscous oil was purified by flash column chromatography (SiO 2 , 95:5 DCM:MeOH) to isolate the pure highest Rf IR,2S P1 diastereomer as a pale yellow solid (31mg). The other isomer was isolated in a mixture and was not used: LC-MS 15 m/z (MH) 556. Scheme 3 FmocHN )S H StepS HN NH O OO Oo DMF, polyvinylpyridine H0 0 N N 1) Fmoc-isothiocyanale N NN B 2) piperidine BocH O H

H

2 S HN N 0 Step 6 HN N N N'DFH O O BocHN .), O H O N N \ ' BocHN% O O BrV Compound 53 174 Steps 5 and 6: To a solution of the product from Example 53, Step 4 in DMF (2mL) was added polyvinylpyridine (13mg) and Fmoc-isothiocyanate. After stirring at rt for 5 14h, the reaction mixture was treated with piperidine (172mg, 2.02mmol). The reaction was stirred at rt for an additional 6h after which it was concentrated and dried under vacuo overnight. The crude residue was re-dissolved in DMLF (2mL) and treated with 2 -bromoacetophenone and stirred at rt for another 14h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the resulting residue was purified by flash column 10 chromatography (Si0 2 , 95:5 DCM:MeOH) to give Compound 53 as a light yellow solid (21.9mg, 50% yield): 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 0.87-0.92 (m, IH), 1.05 (bs, 13H), 1.16-1.25 (m, 4H), 1.34-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.87 (t, 1=6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.22-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.48 (t, J=10.7 Hz, IH), 2.93 (bs, 1H), 3.04 (q, J=7.3 Hz, IH) 3.30-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.43-3.49 (m, IH), 4.01 (d, J=10.4 Hz, IH), 4.07-4.12 (m, 1H), 15 4.27 (t, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.58 (bs, 1H), 5.11 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (dd, J=16.8, 9.6 Hz, IH), 5.73-5.78 (m, 11), 6.69 (d, J=8.2 Hz, IH), 6.86 (s, 1H), 7.25 (t, 1=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t, J=7.63 Hz, 2F), 7.82 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H); LC MS m/z- (MH*) 715.% 20 Reversed Phase Prep-HPLC conditions for Compound 55 through 155 as indicated: Waters Xterra Prep MS C18 column, 5 mm (this means 5 micron particle size), 30mm x 100mm Solvent A: 10% MeOH, 90% H 2 0, 10 mM N 1 4OAc 25 Solvent B: 90% MeOH, 10% H 2 0, 10 mM NH 4 OAc 50mUmin flow rate Gradient: 0%B to 100%B for 10 min, hold at 100%B for 4 min Example 55: Preparation of Compound 55 30 175 Scheme 1 NN 0NH/ S te p i 0,C , N "J H'S2HCI 2 H- 50% TFA, DCE N BocHN 0 IN HC1, Et 2 O H 2 N 0 DCM Compound 11 N C N N H 0 o Step 2 0" H 0 o"f0 -K 2t N "IV DIEA, DCM H N S 2HC-H 2 N N O 0 H AC 2 O ' Compound 55 Step 1: To a solution of Compound 11 (1.5 g, 2.10 mmol) in DCE (25 mL) was 5 added TFA (25 m.L). After stirring at rt for 15 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated. The resulting red viscous oil was re--dissolved in DCE (50 mL) and reconcentrated. It was then redissolved in DCM (15 mL) and treated with a solution of IN HCI in Et 2 0 (25 mL). The resulting suspension was chilled at 0 *C, vacuum filtrated, washed with Et 2 0 and dried in vacuum oven to give product of step 1 as a 10 white solid (1.4 g, 97% yield): 'HNMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 1.07-11.2 (m, 3 H) 1.14 (t, 1=4.12 Hz, I H) 1.17 (s, 9 H) 1.22 (dd, J=10.53, 4.43 Hz, 1 H) 1.21-1.27 (m, 2 H) 1.42 (dd, J=9.61, 5.34 Hz, I H) 1.91 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, 1 H) 2.27 (q, J=8.85 Hz, I H) 2.32-2.38 (m, 1 H) 2.70 (dd, J= 13.43, 6.7 Hz, I H), 2.93-2.98 (m, 1 H) 3.96 (s, 3 H) 4.09 (s, I H) 4.14 (dd, J=12.21, 3.66 Hz, I H) 4.32-4.35 (m, I H) 4.69 15 (dd, J=10.53, 6.87 Hz, I H) 5.14 (dd, 1=10.38, 1.53 Hz, I H) 5.31 (dd, 1=17.40, 1.22 Hz, 1 H) 5.70-5.77 (m, I H) 5.90 (t, J=3.51 Hz, I H) 7.24-7.27 (m, I H) 7.29 (d, J=4.27 Hz, I H) 7.39 (t, 1=4.88 Hz, I H) 7.90 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H) 8.19 (m, I H) 9.22 (s, I H).

176 Step 2: To a solution mixture of product from step I of Example 55 (70.0 mg, 0.108 mmol) and DIEA (41.8 mg, 0.323 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added acetic anhydride (33.0 mg, 0.323 mmol). After stirring at ri: for 14 h, solvent was removed 5 and product was purified by reversed phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 55 (39.1 mg, 14% yield): 'HNMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 5 1.00-1.03 (m, I H), 1.06 (s, 9 H), 1.07-1.10 (m, I H), 1.21-1.28 (m, 2 H), 1.43 (dd, J=9.46,5.19 Hz, 1 H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.55, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 2.23 (q, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 2.27-2.32 (m, I H), 2.59 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, I H), 2.92-2.97 (m, 1 H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 4.12 (dd, J=11.90,3.97 Hz, 10 1 H), 4.35 (d, J=11.60 Hz, I H), 4.51 (dd, J=10.38, 7.02 Hz, 1 H), 4.61 (dd, J=5.80, 3.05 Hz, 1 H), 4.80 (d, J=4.27 Hz, I H), 4.88 (d, 1=3.96 Hz, I H), 5.12 (dd, 1=10.38, 1.83 Hz, 1 H), 5.29 (dd, J=17.24, 1.37 Hz, I H), 5.73--5.78 (m, I H), 5.84 (t, J=3.66 Hz, I H), 7.15 (dd, J=8.85, 2.44 Hz, I H), 7.19 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.25 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 8.06 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 15 1.49 min.), MS m/z 656 (MH). Example 56: Preparation of Compound 56 9'N 0n/// N N O H H NO0 Compound 56 20 Compound 56 was prepared by the same method as Compound 55 with the following modifications: Modifications: Cyclopentanecarbonyl chloride was used as a starting material to give 25 Compound 5 6 (18.0 mg, 24% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 1.00-1.03 (m, 177 1 H), 1.05 (s, 9 H), 1.06-1.10 (m, 2 H), 1.24-1.27 (in, 2 H), 1.25-1.61 (m, 9 H), 1.80 1.83 (m, 1 H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 2.22-2.31 (m, 2 H), 2.58-2.65 (m, 2 H), 2.93-2.98 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.10 (dd, J=1 1.90, 3.66 Hz, 1 H), 4.35 (d, 1=11.91 Hz, I H), 4.52 (dd, J=10.38, 7.02 Hz, I H), 4.65 (d, J=9.46 Hz, I H), 4.80 5 (d, J=5.49 Hz, I H), 4.88 (d, J=5.19 Hz, 1 H), 5.13 (dd, J=10.37, 1.83 Hz, I H), 5.30 (dd, J=16.80, 1.22 Hz, I H), 5.73-5.78 (m, I H), 5.84 (t, J=4.27 Hz, I H), 7.11 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I H), 7.19 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.25 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 8.05 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 1 H) ); LC-MS (retention time: 1.71 min.), MS m/z 710 (MH*I). 10 Example 57: Preparation of Compound 57 0, HH 000 N O H NH N'jO 0 Compound 57 15 Compound 57 was prepared by the same method as Compound 55 with the following modifications: Modifications: 2-Ethylbutyryl chloride was used as a starting material to give Compound 57 (20.7 mg, 27% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 0.66 (t, J=7.32 20 Hz, 3 H), 0.85 (t, J=7.32 Hz, 3 H), 1.02-1.05 (m, I H), 1.07 (s, 9 H), 1.10-1.12 (m, I H), 1.24-1.33 (m, 4 H), 1.36-1.39 (m, I H), 1.43 (dd, .1=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I H), 1.48 1.51 (m, 1 H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.24, 5.19 Hz, I H), 2.12-2.14 (m, 1 H), 2.22 (q, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 2.26-2.30 (m, 1 H), 2.59 (dd, J=13.73, 6.71 Hz, I H), 2.94-2.97 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.11 (dd, J=1 1.90, 3.66 Hz, I H), 4.40 (d', 1=1 1.90 Hz, I H), 4.50 (dd, 25 J=10.68, 7.02 Hz, I H), 4.75 (d, J=9.46 Hz, 1 H), 4.81 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 4.89 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 5.12 (dd, J=10.38, 1.53 Hz, I H), 5.2.9 (dd, J=17.09, 1.22 Hz, I H), 178 5.72-5.79 (m, I H), 5.85 (t, J=3.66 Hz, I H), 7.08 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I H), 7.19 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.25 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=6.10 Hz, IH), 7.98 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 8.02 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.73 min.), MS m/z 712 (MH*). 5 Example 58: Preparation of Compound 58 o N1 N HATU, DIEA, DCM 1 00 2YNH H N 2HCI.HN.s ~ 0 . VA Product from step 1 0 of Example 5 Compound 58 To a solution mixture of product from step I of example 55 (70.0 mg, 0.108 mmol), 10 DIEA (41.8 mg, 0.323 mmol) and cyclopropaneacetic acid (16.2 mg, 0.162 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added HATU (61.6 mg, 0.162 mmol). After stirring the reaction mixture at rt overnight, it was washed with 5% aqueous NaHC0 3 (1 mL). The aqueous layer was exLatacU with. 2x L DM.. The combie ranIi ayer was washed with 5% aqueous citric acid (2 mL), brine, died over MgSO 4 and 15 concentrated. Product was purified by reversed phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 58 (21.9 mg, 29% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) S 0.11-0.14 (in, 2 H), 0.43-0.47 (i, 2 H), 0.87-0.09 (m, I H), 1.01-1.C4 (m, I H), 1.07 (s, 9 H), 1.09 1.12 (m, I H), 1.23-1.27 (m, 2 H), 1.45 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 2.03 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 2 H), 2.23 (q, J=8.*75 Hz, 1 H), 2.27-2.31 (m, I H), 20 2.59 (dd, J=13.73,7.02 Hz, 1 H), 2.92-2.96 (m, I H), 3.93 (m, 3 H), 4.13 (dd, J=11.90, 3.97 Hz, I H), 4.34 (d, J=11.90 Hz, I H), 4.53 (dd, J=10.38, 7.02 Hz, 1 H), 4.66 (d, J=9.46 Hz, I H), 4.81 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 4.89 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 1 H), 5.12 (dd, J=10.37, 1.52 Hz, 1 H), 5.30 (dd, J=17.09,1.22 Hz, I H), 5.75-5.81 (m, 1 H), 5.86 (s, I H), 7.12 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.19 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.81 (d, 25 J=9.46 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.06 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.63 min.), MS m/z 696 (MH).

179 Example 59: Preparation of Compound 59 0/\V/ ON Nkv H N Compound 59 5 Compound 59 was prepared by the same method as Compound 58 with the following modifications: Modifications: Methoxyacetic acid was used as a starting material to give Compound 59 (23.5 mg, 32% yield): 'HNMR(CD 3 CD, 500 MHz) 8 10.99-1.04 (m, 10 2 H), 1.06 (s, 9 H), 1.09-1.12 (m, I H), 1.22-1.27 (m, 2 H), 1.45 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd, 1=8.24, 5.49 Hz, I H), 2.22 (q, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 2.29-2.32 (m, 1 H), 2.60 (dd, J=13.89, 6.87 Hz, 1 H), 2.92-2.97 (m, I H), 3.35 (s, 3 H), 3.70 (d, J=15.26 Hz, I H), 3.84 (d, J=15.26 Hz, I H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 4.13 (dd, J=11.90, 3.97 Hz, 1 H), 4.32 (d, J=11.60 Hz, 1 H), 4.54 (dd, J=10.38, 7.02 Hz, I H), 4.65 (s, I H), 4.81 (d, 15 J=7.32 Hz, I H), 4.89 (d, J=7.32 Hz, I H), 5.12 (d, J=-10.38 Hz, 1 H), 5.30 (d, J=16.79 Hz, 1 H), 5.74-5.81 (in, 1 H), 5.86 (t, J=3.36 Hz, I H), 7.14 (dd,J=9.00, 2.59 Hz, I H), 7.19 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.26 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 7.89 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 8.04 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.54 min.), MS m/z 686 (MH*). 20 Example 60: Preparation of Compond 60 180 N 0 Compound 60 Compound 60 was prepared by the same method as Compound 58 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: (+)-Methoxyacetic acid was used as a starting material to give Compound 60 (23.8 mg, 27% yield): 'HNMR

(CD

3 0D, 500 MHz) 5 0.78 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 3 H), 0.83-0.88 (m, 2 H), 0.92 (t, J=7.17 Hz, 6 H), 0.94-0.98 (in, 1 H), 1.00-1.03 (m, 2 H), 1.06 (s, 9 H), 1.

0 7 -1.11(m, I H), 1.22-1.26 (m, 2 H), 1.31-1.36 10 (m, 2 H), 1.45 (dd, 1=9.46, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 1.63-1.68 (m, 2 H), 1.89 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, 1 H), 2.01-2.04 (m, 1 H), 2.17-2.21 (m, I H), 2.24 (q, 1=9.00 Hz, 2 H), 2.28-2.33 (m, I H), 2.60 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, 1 H), 2.93-2.98 (m, I H), 3.15-3.20 (in, I H), 3.77 (d, J=15.26 Hz, I H), 3.87 (d, J=15.26 Hz, I H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 4.12 (dd, J=11.90, 3.66 Hz, 1 H), 4.32 (d, J=11.90 Hz, 1 H), 4.56 (dd, J=10.38, 7.02 Hz, I H), 15 4.65 (d, J=9.77 Hz, I H), 4.81 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 4.89 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 5.13 (dd, J=10.22, 1.68 Hz, 1 H), 5.30 (dd, J=17.09, 1.53 Hz, I H), 5.75-5.79 (in, 1 H), 5.85 (t, J=3.66 Hz, 1 H), 7.14 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I H), 7.19 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.26 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.52 (d, J=9.77 Hz, I H), 7.89 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.03 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 1 H); LC-MS (retention time: 2.043 min.), MS m/z 810 (MIH'). 20 Example 61: Preparation of Compound 61 181 0 N H 0 H N OO Compound 61 Compound 61 was prepared by the same method as Compound 58 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: (-)-Methoxyacetic acid was used as a starting material to give Compound 61 ( 2 6.4mg, 30% yield): 'HNMR(CD30D, 500 MHz) 5 0.78 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 3 H), 0.82-084 (m, 1 H), 0.88 (dd, J=8.39, 3.81 Hz, I H), 0.91 (d, 1=7.01 Hz, 3 H), 0.92 (d, 1=6.41 Hz, 3 H), 0.94-0.99 (m, 2 H), 1.00-1.03 (m, 2 H), 1.06 (s, 9 H), 1.08-1.10 (m, I H), 1.23-1.26 (m, 2 H), 1.30-1.37 (in, 2 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.61, 5.34 10 Hz, 1 H), 1.62-1.68 (m, 2 H), 1.89 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 1.98-2.02 (in, 1 H), 2.13-2.16 (m, I H), 2.24 (q, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 2.28--2.32 (in, I H), 2.60 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, 1 H), 2.94-2.98 (i, 1 H), 3.08-3.13 (m, L H), 3.63 (d, J=15.56 Hz, 1 H), 3.93 (S, 3H), 4.11 (dd, J=12.05, 3.81 Hz, I H), 4.32 (d, J=11.90 Hz, I H), 4.56 (dd, J=10.38, 7.02 Hz, I H), 4.62 (d, J=9.46 Hz, 1 H), 4.81 (d, J=6.41 Hz, I H), 4.89 (d, 15 J=6.72 Hz, I H), 5.13 (dd, J=10.38, 1.83 Hz, I H), 5.30 (dd, J=17.09, 1.23 Hz, I H), 5.76-5.80 (m, I H), 5.85 (t, J=3.51 Hz, 1 H), 7.14 (d1d, J=9.00, 2.59 Hz, I H), 7.20 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.26 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.52 (d, J=9.77 Hz, I H), 7.89 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 1 H), 8.04 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 1 H); LC-MS (retention time: 2.05 min.), MS m/z 810 20 Example 62: Preparation of Compound 62 182 NN ,, N NJ H H Compound 62 Compound 62 was prepared by the same method as Compound 58 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: Bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane-2-carboxylic acid was used as a starting material to give Compound 62 (35.1, 45% yield): 'HNMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MfHz) 8 1.03 (d, J=5.49 Hz, I H), 1.06 (s, 9 H), 1.08-1.11 (m, 3 H), 1.23-1.29 (m, 3 H), 1.37 (dd, J=7.02, 3.36 Hz, 13 H), 1.46 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I H), 1.65 (dd, 1=9.77, 2.14 10 Hz, I H), 1.69 (d, J=2.14 Hz, I H), 1.72 (dd, J=7.32, 3.05 Hz, 1 H), 1.88 (dd, 1=8.09, D..4 iZ, I il), 1.14 (CGa, J=Y.//, 3.U) liz, I 11), L.L (a, J=5.5) 1-z, I ri), L.L /-..31 (I, 1 H), 2.60 (t, J=6.87 Hz, I H), 2.63 (d, J=1.83 Hz, 2 H), 2.68 (d, J=7.63 Hz, I H), 2.93-2.96 (in, I H), 3.23 (q, J=7.43 Hz, 2 H), 3.70-3.75 (m, 2 H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 4.11 (dd, 1=11.90, 3.66 Hz, 1 H), 4.35 (d, 1=11.90 Hz, 1 H), 4.53 (dd, J=10.53, 6.87 15 Hz, 1 H), 4.71 (d, J=9.46 Hz, 1 H), 4.79 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 2 H), 4.87 (d, J=5.49 Hz, 2 H), 5.13 (dd, J=10.38, 1.83 Hz, 1 H), 5.30 (dd, 1=17.24, 1.37 Hz, I H), 5.74-5.79 (m, 1 H), 5.86 (t, 1=3.20 Hz, I H), 7.12 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.19 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.25 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.72 (d, J=9.46 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.05 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.16 min.), MS m/z 708 (MH*). 20 Example 63: Preparation of Compound 63 183 0, N N N N "S' H N N O0O 0+ Compound 63 Compound 63 was prepared by the same method as Compound 58 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid was used as a starting material to give Compound 63 (42.3, 54% yield): 'HNMR (CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 1.00-1.04 (m, 3 H), 1.05-1.09 (in, 1 H), 1.10 (s, 9 H), 1.15 (s, I H), 1.18-1.22 (in, 2 H), 1.43 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, I H), 2.17 (q, J=8.65 Hz, 1 H), 2.37-2.42 10 (m, I H), 2.64 (dd, J=13.73, 7.32 Hz, I H), 2.91-2.95 (in, I H), 3.88 (s, 3 H), 3.93 (d, J=3.35 Hz, 1 H), 4.13 (dd, J=11.90, 3.36 Hz, I H), 4.46 (d,J=11.90 Hz, 1 H), 4.61 (dd, J=10.07, 7.32 Hz, I H), 4.76 (s, 1 H), 4.80 (d, J=7.63 Hz, I H), 4.88 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1 H), 5.09 (d, J=10.38 Hz, I H), 5.27 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.77-5.83 (in, 1 H), 5.85 (s, 1 H), 6.85 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I H), 7.08 (d, 1=2.14 Hz, 1 H), 7.23 (d, 15 J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 7.87 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 7.90 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 8.57 (d, J=1.53 Hz, 1 H), 8.73 (d, J=2.44 Hz, 1 H), 8.81 (s, I H). Example 64: Preparation of Compound 64 0', 0 00000 f\~ j~ ~I DIEA, DCM i o N N 2H N n H BnCO 2 CI 0 Product from Step I Compound 64 20 of example 55 184 To a solution mixture of product from step I of example 55 (70.0 mg, 0.108 mmol) and DIEA (41.8 mg, 0.323 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added benzyl chloroformate (55.1 mg, 0.323 mmol). After stirring at rt for 14 h, solvent was removed and 5 product was purified by reversed phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 64 (26.9 mg, 31% yield): 'HNMR (CD 3 0D, 500 MLHz) 8 1.00 (d, J=2.14 Hz, I H), 1.02 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 1.04 (s, 9 H), 1.08-1.14 (m, I H), 1.16 (d, 1=6.71 Hz, 1 H), 1.18-1.22 (m, 2 H), 1.43 (dd, 1=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.09., 5.34 Hz, I H), 2.17-2.22 (m, I H), 2.30-2.35 (m, 1 H), 2.62 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, I H), 2.90-2.95 (m, I H), 3.88 (s, 10 3 H), 4.08 (dd, 1=11.90, 3.66 Hz, I H), 4.31 (s, I H), 4.43 (d, J=11.60 Hz, 1 H), 4.55 (dd, J=10.07, 7.32 Hz, I H), 4.74 (d, J=12.21 Hz, I H), 4.81 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 4.89 (d, J=5.79 Hz, I H), 5.10 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 5.16 (s, I H), 5.28 (d, 1=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.75-5.81 (m, I H), 5.83 (s, I H), 7.07 (dd, .1=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I H), 7.17 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.20 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 2 H), 7.25 (t, J=5.65 Hz, 3 H), 7.30-7.33 (m, 1 15 H), 7.34-7.37 (m, 2 H), 7.89 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.07 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.79 min.), MS m/z 748 (MHT). Exaple65:Prearton o~~srf Co mpond 65 0 ~N - a- 01... 0/t, 0i 0 0 H H ] m OJ- N O O 0r O 20 Compound 65 Compound 65 was prepared by the same method as Compound 64 with the following modifications: 185 Modifications: (+)-Methyl chloroformate was used as a starting material to give Compound 65 (28.8 mg, 36% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 0.72 (d, J=6.71 Hz, 3 H), 0.80 (t, J=5.80 Hz, 6H), 0.87 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 4 H), 0.90-0.95 (in, 6 5 H), 0.98-1.02 (m, 5 H), 1.05 (s, 9 H), 1.07-1.12 (in, 2 H), 1.18-1.23 (m, 2 H), 1.32 1.38 (m, 3 H), 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 1 H), 1.46-1.48 (m, I H), 1.63-1.71 (i, 5 H), 1.85 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 1.89-1.93 (m, I H), 2.00-2.03 (m, 1 H), 2.15 (q, J=8.70 Hz, I H), 2.34-2.38 (m, 1 H), 2.61 (dd, J=13.73, 7.33 Hz, 1 H), 2.89-2.93 (m, 1 H), 3.73 (s, 2 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.10 (dd, J=1 1.60, 3.36 Hz, I H), 4.33 (s, I H), 4.41 10 (d, J=11.29 Hz, I H), 4.464.52 (m, 1 H), 4.54 (dd, J=9.76, 7.90 Hz, I H), 4.81 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 4.89 (m, I H), 5.08 (d, J=11.60 Hz, 1 H), 5.26 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.77-5.81 (m, I H), 5.83 (d, J=3.97 Hz, I H), 7.11 (dd, J=11.29, 1.83 Hz, I H), 7.18 (d, J=1.83 Hz, 1 H), 7.24 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.38 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 8.08 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1 H); LC-MS (retention time: 2.06 min.), MS m/z 796 (MW). 15 Example 66: Preparation of Compound 66 0/1/ H 00 0 H 2 H 1,&0 N 0 Compound 66 20 Compound 66 was prepared by the same method as Compound 64 with the following modifications: Modifications: (-)-Methyl chloroformate was used as a starting material to give Compound 66 (26.9 mg, 31% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) S 0.35 (d, 25 J=6.41 Hz, I H), 0.51 (d, J=6.71 Hz, 2 H), 0.68 (d, 1=6.71 Hz, I H), 0.73 (d, J=7.02 186 Hz, 2 H), 0.77-0.82 (m, 4 H), 0.88-0.98 (m, 10 H), 1.0-1.03 (m, 2H), 1.05 (s, 9 H), 1.09-1.18 (m, 3 H), 1.25-1.29 (m, 1 H), 1.3-1.41 (i, 3 H), 1.60-1.71 (m, 3 H), 1.82 1.89 (m, 3 H), 2.00-2.04 (m, J=2.14 Hz, 1 H), 2.10 (q, J=8.24 Hz, , I H), 2.39-2.43 (m, I H), 2.61 (dd, J=14.04, 7.32 Hz, I H), 2.87-2.91 (m, I H), 3.73 (s, I H), 3.92 (s, 5 3 H), 4.13 (dd, .1=11.75, 3.51 Hz, I H), 4.22-4.27 (m, 2 H), 4.30 (s, 1 H), 4.39 (d, J=11.90 Hz, I H), 4.484.55 (m, 1 H), 4.79 (d, J=5.19 Hz, I H), 4.87 (d, J=4.27 Hz, I H), 5.05 (d, J=10.07 Hz, 1 H), 5.22 (d, J=16.79 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.85 (m, 2 H), 7.09 (dd, J=9.16, 1.83 Hz, 1 H), 7.17 (d,J=1.83 Hz, I H), 7.23 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H) 8.09 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 1 H); LC-MS (retention time: 2.05 min.), MS 10 m/z 796 (MH*). Example 67: Preparation of Compound 67 0 'ON 0 Compound 67 15 Compound 67 was prepared by the same method as Compound 64 with the following modifications: Modifications: Di-tert-amyl dicarbonate was used as a starting material to give 20 Compound 67 (35.3 mg, 41% yield): 1H NM(CD30D, 500 MIHz) 8 0.78 (t, J=7.17 Hz, 3 H), 0.89-0.95 (m, 6 H), 1.04 (s, 9 H), 1.005-1.09 (m, 3 H), 1.15 (s, I H), 1.22 (d, J=12.51 Hz, 6 H), 1.40 (s, 2 H), 1.42-1.46 (m, I H), 1.48 (s, 3 H), 1.56-1.66 (m, 2 H), 1.78 (q, J=7.63 Hz, I H), 1.84 (q, J=7.53 Hz, I H), 1.88 (d, J=5.80 HIz, I H), 2.22 (d, J=8.55 Hz, I H), 2.27-2.31 (m, 1 H,2.61 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, I H), 2.91-2.96 25 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.08 (d, J=12.21 Hz, I H), 4.26 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 4.42 (d, 187 J=11.29 Hz, I H), 4.52 (t, J=7.93 Hz, 1 H), 5.12 (d, J=10.07 Hz, I H), 5.29 (d, 1=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.73-5.80 (m, I H), 5.84 (s, I H), 6.57 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 7.09 (d, J=8.54 Hz, I H), 7.18 (s, I H), 7.25 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.89 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.08 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.82 min.), MS m/z 728 (MH*). 5 Example 68: Preparation of Compound 68 0 .k N" CI oi H 00 Compound 68 10 Compound 68 was prepared by the same method as Compound 64 with the following modifications: Modifications: 2,2,2-Trichloro-I,1-dimethyl chloroformate was used as a starting material to give Compound 68 (30.5mg, 37% yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 15 S 0.99 (s, 9 H), 1.04 (s, 6 H), 1.08-1.09 (m, 3H), 1.23-1.26 (m, 3 H), 1.44 (s, 2 H), 1.46 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 1.71 (s, 2 H), 2.23-2.33 (m, 2 H), 2.60-2.64 (m, I H), 2.93 2.96 (m, I H), 3.70 (m, I H), 3.71 (s, 3 H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 4.04-4.06 (m, 2 H), 4.27 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 4.41 (d, 1=11.60 Hz, I H), 4.57 (d, J=10.98, 6.11 Hz, I H), 5.14 (d, J=12.21 Hz, 1 H), 5.32 (d, 1=17.70 Hz, 1 H), 5.75-5.80 (m, I H), 5.84 (s, I H), 7.10 20 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I H), 7.19 (d, 1=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.26 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 7.90 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.07 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H) ); LC--MS (retention time: 1.95 min.), MS m/z 816 (MH*). Example 69: Preparation of Compound 69 25 188 o N N H o o 0 1. DSC, DIEA, 0,, N N"'/ THF. MW N 0 2HCI4-H2N 0 2 NaHO TF H : 0 y 0 Product from step I of example 55 Compound 69 To a solution mixture of product from step 1 of example 55 (102 mg, 0.149 mmol) and DIEA (48.2, 0.373 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added N,N'-dissucinimidyl 5 carbonate (57.1 mg, 0.223 mmol). The resulting suspension was irradiated in a microwave to 80 *C for 15 min. Then was added a slurry solution of sodium 1 methyl cyclopentoxide which was prepared by treating a 0 *C solution of 1-methyl cyclopentanol (149.2 mg, 1.49 mmol) in THF (1 mL) with NaH (60% in oil, 59.6 mg, 1.49 mmol) for 15 min at rt. After stirring at rt 15 min, thee reaction was quenched 10 with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (3 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (10 mL). The organic layer was then passed through a celite hydromatrix column, cUILeudteLu auu PUIIiIVU UY IeVt;eU pAISte pIep--riLC LU give CmUIIpuuInu o ('*.V mg, 44%): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 6 0.95-0.98 (m, 3 H), 0.99-1.01 (m, J=12.51 Hz, 1 H), 1.03 (s, 9 H), 1.14-1.18 (m, 2 H), 1.30 (s, 3 H), 1.40-1.47 (m, 3 H), 15 1.50-1.56 (m, 3 H), 1.60-1.64 (m, I H), 1.76-1.81 (m, I H), 1.83-1.85 (m, I H), 2.10 2.19 (m, I H), 2.36-2.43 (m, I H), 2.63 (dd, J=14.50, 7.17 Hz, I H), 2.86-2.90 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.09 (d, J=12.51 Hz, 1 H), 4.25 (d, 1=1.53 Hz, I H), 4.43 (d, J=10.99 Hz, I H), 4.51-4.55 (m, I H), 5.06 (d, J=11.60 Hz, I H), 5.23 (d, J=16.78 Hz, I H), 5.80-5.85 (m, J=12.67, 12.67 Hz, 2 H), 7.09 (d, J=8.55 Hz, I H), 7.17 (s, 1 20 H), 7.24 (d, J=5.49 Hz, 1 H), 8.07 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H) ); LC-MS (retention time: 1.87 min.), MS n/z 740 (MW). Example 70: Preparation of Compound 70 189 0 N ay - O Compound 70 Compound 70 was prepared by the same method as Compound 69 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: Cyclopentanol was used as a starting material to give Compound 70 (85.1 mg, 40% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 0.98 (s, I H), 1.00 (d, J=4.88 Hz, I H), 1.03 (s, 9 H), 1.06-110 (m, 2 H), 1.24-1.29 (m, 3 H), 1.36-1.40 (m, 2 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.31, 5.04 Hz, 2 H), 1.57-1.62 (m, 5 H), 1.69-1.73 (m, 2 H), 1.88 (dd, 10 J=8.09, 5.65 Hz, I H), 2.22-29 (m, 2 H), 2.59-2.62 (n, I H), 2.92-2.96 (m, 1 H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 4.07 (dd, J=10.99, 2.44 Hz, I H), 4.29 (s, I H), 4.42 (dd, J=12.51, 1.53 Hz, I H), 4.55 (dd, 1=9.77, 7.93 Hz, I H), 4.68-4.71 (m, I H), 4.81 (d, J=8.55 Hz, I H), 4.89 (d, J=9.46 Hz, I H), 5.13 (d, J=10.68 Hz, 1 H), 5.30 (d, J=16.48 Hz, I H), 5.73 5.78 (m, 1 H), 5.84 (s, 1 H), 7.12 (dd, J=9.15, 1.83 Hz, I H), 7.20 (d, J=2.14 Hz, 1 15 H), 7.27 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H); LC MS (retention time: 1.81 min.), MS m/z 726 (MH*).

190 Example 71: Preparation of Compound 71 CN 0, O N NH O - Compound 71 5 Compound 71 was prepared by the same method as Compound 69 with the following modifications: Modifications: Cyclobutanol was used as a starting material to give Compound 71 10 (16.2 mg, 39% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MvIHz) 6 0.97 (s, 3 H), 1.03 (s, 9 H), i nt,;-i nq jry )T4' 1 17-1 1 b.n 1H-)h111111AAm Im.' 1 4 19-1 .I;(m IT! M)f1'0). 2.08 (m, I H), 2.15-2.21 (m, I H), 2.30-2.36 (m, 1 H), 2.49-2.54 (m, 0.4 H), 2.59 2.67 (m, 0.6 H), 2.90-2.94 (m, 1 H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 4.09 (dd, J=8.09, 4.73 Hz, I H), 4.20 (d, J=10.68 Hz, 0.4 H), 4.38 (d, J=10.68 Hz, 0.6 H), 4.46 (dd, J=10.22, 7.17 Hz, 15 0.4 H), 4.48-4.56 (m, I H), 5.07-5.11 (m, 1 H), 5.26 (d, J=17.24 Hz, 0.4 H), 5.28 (d, J=17.24 Hz, 0.6 H), 5.71-5.79 (m, 1 H),5.84 (s, 1H), 7.07 (dd, J=8.39, 2.90 Hz, I H), 7.14 (d, J=2.14 Hz, I H), 7.20 (d, J=2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 7.59 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.88 (m, I H), 8.00 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 0.4 H), 8.07 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 0.6 H) ); LC-MS (retention time: 1.25 min.), MS m/z 712 (MH*). 20 Example 72: Preparation of Compound 72 191 1 N 01, H0 -M o 0 / o N N Compound 72 Compound 72 was prepared by the same method as Compound 69 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: 2 -Phenyl-2-propanol was used as a starting material to give Compound 72 (19.0 mg, 42% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) S 0.97 (m, 1 H), 1.03 (s, 9 H), 1.06-1.09 (m, 3 H), 1.16-1.22 (m, 4 H), 1.41-1.44 (m, 1 H), 1.57 (s, 3 H), 1.86 (t, J=7.80 Hz, 1H), 2.14-2.18 (m, 1 H), 2.30-2.35 (m, I H), 2.57-2.61 (in, I 10 H), 2.90-2.94 (in, 1 H), 3.92 (d, J=4.27 Hz, 1 H), 3.94 (s, 3 H), 4.04 (dd, J=10.99, 3.66 Hz, I H), 4.18 (s, I H), 4.24 (d, J=10.99 Hz, I H), 4.52 (s, I H), 5.09 (d, J=10.07 Hz, 1 H), 5.26 (d, 1=14.95 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.82 (in, 2 H), 7.07-7.12 (m, 2 H), 7.16-7.20 (m, 3 H), 7.23 (d, J=5.19 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 2 H), 7.84 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.03 (d, J=9.46 Hz, 1 H) ); LC-MS (retention time: 1.84 min.), MS 15 m/z 776 (MH*). Example 73: Preparation of Compound 73 0 - 'N H H

F

3 C O N\\'k. 0 Compound 73 192 Compound 73 was prepared by the same method as Compound 69 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: 4 -(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl dimethyl carbinol was used as a starting material to give Compound 73 (22.1 mg, 45% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) S 0.91 (s, I H), 0.97-1.00 (m, J=15.56 Hz, 4 H), 1.04 (s, 9 H), 1.07-1.10 (in, 2 H), 1.16-1.20 (m, 3 H), 1.30-1.31 (m, 1 H), 1.41 (dd, .1=9.61, 5.34 Hz, I H), 1.55 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 6 H), 1.83-1.87 (in, I H), 2.11-2.14 (m, I H), 2.34-2.39 (m, I H), 2.57 10 2.62 (m, 1 H), 2.89-2.92 (in, J=1 1.60, 4.27 Hz, 1 H), 3.92 (s, 2 H), 3.94 (s, 3 H-), 4.02-4.05 (in, 1 H), 4.17 (s, I H), 4.26 (d, J=11.90 Hz, I H), 4.53 (t, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 5.07 (d, J=10.07 Hz, I H), 5.24 (d, 1=18.01 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.83 (m, 2 H), 7.08 (d, J=7.02 Hz, I H), 7.19 (s, I H), 7.22 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.45 (dd, J=13.74, 7.63 Hz, 3 H), 7.60 (d, J=6.41 Hz, I H), 7.67 (d, J=7.63 Hz, 1 H), 7.84 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 15 8.02 (d, J=8.54 Hz, I H) ); LC-MS (retention time: 1.92 min.), MS m/z 844 (MH*). Example 74: Preparation of Compound 74 oN _'YN o N s 2HlHN OH t-BuN=C-- H H 00 Product from step I of example ~ Compound 74 20 To a solution mixture of the product from step I of example 55 (70.0 mg, 0.108 mmol) and DIEA (41.8 mg, 0.323 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added t butylisocyanate (32.0, 0.323 mmol). After stirring at rt overnight, the reaction was concentrated and purified by reversed-phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 74 (42.3 25 mg, 55% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) S 0.96-1.00 (m, I H) 1.04 (s, 9 H) 1.08-1.10 (m, 3 H) 1.19 (s, 9 H) 1.22-1.31 (m, 2 H) 1.30 (m, I H) 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 193 5.49 Hz, I H) 1.87 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, I H) 2.20-2.29 (m, 2 H) 2.61 (dd, J=14.04, 6.72 Hz, I H) 2.92-2.97 (m, I H) 3.92 (s, 3 H) 4.08 (dd, J=11.60, 3.97 Hz, I H) 4.36 (s, 1 H) 4.47-4.52 (m, 2 H) 4.81 (d, J=3.36 Hz, I H) 4.88 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.22, 1.68 Hz, 1 H) 5.28 (dd, J=17.09, 1.53 Hz, I H) 5.72-5.76 (m, I H) 5.85 5 (s, I H) 7.08 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I H) 7.18 (d, J=:2.14 Hz, I H) 7.24 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H) 7.88 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H) 8.12 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.70 min.), MS m/z 713 (MU*). Example 75: Preparation of Compound 75 10 00 -NH 15A 0/1.I H D00 N H~ AHV N N 0 Compound 75 Compound 75 was prepared by the same method as Compound 74 with the following modifications: 15 Modifications: Cyclopentyl isocyanate was used as a starting material to give Compound 75 (38.5 mg, 49%): 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) S 0.92 (d, J=7.63 Hz, I H) 0.96 (s, 9 H) 0.98-1.02 (m, 1 H) 1.05 (s, 9 H) 1.07-1.10 (m, 2 H) 1.21-1.25 (m, 3 H) 1.28-1.34 (in, 1H) 1.36-1.55 (m, 8 H) 1.58-1.65 (in, 13 H) 1.81 (m, I H) 1.88 (m, 20 6 H) 2.23 (dd, J=18.01, 8.85 Hz, 1 H) 2.29 (m, I H) 2.59 (dd, 1=13.73, 7.02 Hz, I H) 2.94 (m, 1 H) 3.27 (d, J=1.83 Hz, 1 H) 3.35 (d, 1=1.53 Hz, I H) 3.75 (m, I H) 3.92 (s, 3 H) 3.95 (d, J=6.41 Hz, I H) 3.97 (s, I H) 4.09 (m, 2 H) 4.40 (s, I H) 4.45 (d, 1=11.90 Hz, 1 H) 4.52 (dd, J=10.07, 7.02 Hz, I H) 4.81 (d, 1=7.02 Hz, I H) 4.89 (d, J=7.02 Hz, I H) 5.11 (m, 1 H) 5.29 (d, J=17.40 Hz, I H) 5.75 (m, I H) 5.85 (s, 1 H) 25 7.11 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I H) 7.18 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H) 7.25 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H) 194 7.88 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 1 H) 7.95 (m, I H) 8.12 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H) ); LC-MS (retention time: 1.67 min.), MS m/z 725 (MIH). Example 76: Preparation of Compound 76 5 ~N. 0, 00o DSC, DIEA, THF, MW 00 2HC-H 2 N O , THF H Product from step 1 Compound 76 of example 55 To a solution mixture of the product from step 1 of example 55 (70 mg, 0.102 mmol) and DIEA (33.0 mg, 0.255 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added N,N'-dissucinimidyl 10 carbonate (39.2 mg, 0.153 mmol). The resulting suspension was irradiated in a microwave to 80 *C for 15 min. Then it was treated with tert-amylamine (88.9 mg, reversed phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 76 (51 mg, 69%): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) & 0.76 (t, J=7.48 Hz, 4 H), 0.97 (s, I H), 1.04 (s, 9 H), 1.13 (s, 6 H), 1.22 15 1.25 (m, 2 H), 1.41 (dd, J=9.61, 5.34 Hz, I H), 1.53 (dd, J=13.89, 7.48 Hz, 1 H), 1.58-1.62 (m, 1 H), 1.87 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, I H), 2.20 (q, 1=8.65 Hz, 1 H), 2.27 2.31 (m, I H), 2.60 (dd, J=13.73, 7.32 Hz, I H), 2.92-2.96 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.08 (dd, J=11.75, 3.81 Hz, I H), 4.36 (s, I H), 4.46 (d, J=11.90 Hz, I H), 4.50 (dd, 1=10.22, 7.17 Hz, 1 H), 5.10 (dd, J=10.22, 1.37 Hz, I H), 5.27 (dd, J=16.94, 1.07 20 Hz, I H), 5.73-5.77 (m, 1 H), 5.84 (t, J=3.51 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (dd, 1=9.16, 2.44 Hz, i M), 7.18 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.24 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I ff), 7.88 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 8.11 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.753 min.), MS m/z 727 (MH*). Example 77: Preparation of Compound 77 25 195 ON N ~~0 N. N O 0lz -T Compound 77 Compound 77 was prepared by the same method as Compound 76 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: tert-Butyl methylamine was used as a starting material to give Compound 7 7 (160.7 mg, 74% yield): 'HNMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 0.96-1.10 (m, I H), 1.06 (s, 9 H), 1.08-1.12 (m, J=5.80 Hz, 3 H), 1.26 (s, 9 H), 1.46 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 1 H), 1.87 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 2.21 (q, J=8.75 Hz, I H), 2.26-2.31 10 (m, 1 H), 2.57-2.62 (m, I H), 2.86 (s, 3 H), 2.91-2.95 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.09 (dd, 1=11.90, 3.66 Hz, I H), 4.43 (s, I H), 4.46 (d, J=1 1.90 Hz, I H), 4.52 (dd, 1=10.68, 7.02 Hz, I H), 5.11 (dd, J=10.22, 1.37 Hz, I H), 5.29 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.75-5.82 (m, 1 H), 5.86 (s, 1 H), 7.09 (dd, J=9.16, 2.14 Hz, I H), 7.18 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.24 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.09 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1 H)); 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.76 min.), MS m/z 727 (MH). Example 78: Preparation of Compound 78 196 O' N 0 HH)0 Compound 78 Compound 78 was prepared by the same method as Compound 76 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: NO-Dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride was used as a starting material to give Compound 78 (62.1 mg, 60% yield):: 'HNMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 0.99 (t, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 1.07 (s, I IH), 1.22-1.26 (m, J=3.97 Hz, 2 H), 1.47 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, I H), 2.22 (d, J=8.54 Hz, 1 H), 2.3 10 30-2.33 (m, 1 H), 2.60 (dd, J=13.43, 7.02 Hz, I H), 2.92 (s, 3 H), 2.93-2.96 (m, I H), 3.6 (A , 3 , 39 (M, 3 1), A 12 (df I-11.9 3A zA W, I T-1) 4.3 (d, 12.1 1H, I H), 4.44 (d, J=9.46 Hz, I H), 4.54 (dd, J=10.53,.6.87 Hz, 1 H), 5.12 (d, J=10.38 Hz, 1 H), 5.30 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.75-5.83 (m, 1 H), 5.86 (t, J=3.97 Hz, I H), 6.70 (d, J=9.77 Hz, I H), 7.13 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I H), 7.19 (d, J=2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 (d, 15 J=6.10 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, 1=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.07 (d, 1=9.16 Hz, 1 H) ); LC-MS (retention time: 1.59 min.), MS m/z 701 (MH*). Example 79: Preparation of Compound 79 197 0~, H 00 0 N H N ~T 0 Compound 79 Compound 79 was prepared by the same method as Compound 76 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: Diethylamine was used as a starting material to give Compound 79 (56.5 mg, 54% yield): 'HNMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 1.03 (q, J=15.6 Hz, 4 H), 1.06 (d, J=1.53 Hz, 9 H), 1.05-1.10 (m, 3 H), 1.13-1.23 (m, 4 H), 1.46 (dd,J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 1 H), 1.86 (dd, J=7.93, 5.30 Hz, I H), 2.17 (q, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 2.32-2.36 (m, I 10 H), 2.60 (dd, J=14.04, 7.32 Hz, I H), 2.89-2.93 (m, I H), 3.16-3.24 (m, 4 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.14 (dd, J=11.90, 3.66 Hz, 1 H), 4.37 (d, J=:11.60 Hz, 1 H), 4.51-4.55 (m, 2 H), 5.09 (d, J=10.07 Hz, I H), 5.27 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.55 (d, J=9.46 Hz, 1 H), 5.79-5.84 (m, 1 H), 5.86 (s, I H), 7.11 (dd, J=8.85, 2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.18 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.24 (d, 1=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.08 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 1 H)); 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.68 min.), MS m/z 713 (MH*). Example 80: Preparation of Compound 80 198 N N H 0N

H

2 N N 0 O s H 0 ~ Compound 80 Compound 80 was prepared by the same method as Compound 76 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride was used as a starting material to give Compound 7 6 (12.2 mg, 32% yield): 'HNMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 1.00-1.03 (in, 3 H), 1.06 (s, 9 H), 1.20-1.25 (m, 2 H), 1.42 (dd, J=9.31, 5.34 Hz, I H), 2.22 (d, 1=9.77 Hz, I H), 2.29-2.35 (m, I H), 2.59 (dd, J=13.28, 6.87 Hz, I H), 2.92 10 2.96 (m, 1 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.14 (dd, J=11.75. 4.12 Hz, 1 H), 4.38-4.43 (in, 1 H), 4.51 (dd, J=9.92, 6.87 Hz, I H), 5.11 (d, J=11.90 Hz, I H), 5.28 (d, J=17.

70 Hz, I H), 5.72-5.79 (in, I H), 5.84 (s, 1 H), 7.15 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.17 (d, J=2.75 Hz, I H), 7.23 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=7.87 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I) ); LC MS (retention time: 1.43 min.), MS m/z 657 (MH). 15 Example 81: Preparation of Compound 81 199 1-10S ' N 0, H H NN N N0 Compound 81 Compound 81 was prepared by the same method as Compound 76 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: tert-Octylamine was used as a starting material to give Compound 81 (16.1 mg, 48% yield): 'HNMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 0.88 (s, 9 H), 1.00 (d, J=9.77 Hz, 5 H), 1.04 (s, 9 H), 1.17 (s, 3 H), 1.18-1.20 (m, 1 H), 1.21 (s, 3 H), 1.35 (d, 1=2.44 Hz, 1 H), 1.40-1.43 (m, I H), 1.57 (d, J=14.95 Hz, I H), 1.67 (d, J=14.65 10 Hz, 1 H), 1.85 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, I H), 2.15 (d, J=8.24 Hz, I H), 2.34-2.43 (m, I H), 2.60 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, 1 H), 2.89-2.93 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.13 (dd, J=11.60, 3.97 Hz, 1 H), 4.38 (s, I H), 4.43 (d, J=11.90 Hz, I H), 4.50 (dd, J=9.77, 7.32 Hz, I H), 5.07 (d, J=10.38 Hz, I H), 5.24 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.75-5.81 (m, I H), 5.84 (s, 1 H), 7.09 (dd, J=9.16,2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.17 (d, J=2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.23 (d, 15 J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.10 (d, 1=9.16 Hz, I H) ); LC-MS (retention time: 1.92 min.), MS m/z 769 (vH*). Example 82: Preparation of Compound 82 200 CN 0\"/ H H N kN NN 0 00 Compound 82 Compound 82 was prepared by the same method as Compound 76 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: 1-( 4 -fluorophenyI)-2-methyl-2-prop/lamine was used as a starting material to give Compound 82 (14.8 mg, 42% yield): 'HNMR

(CD

3 OD, 500 MTIz) 8 0.88 (s, 9 H), 1.00 (d, J=9.46 Hz, 6 H), 1.04 (s, 9 Fl), 1.17 (s, 3 H), 1.21 (s, 3 H), 1.32-1.37 (m, 2 H), 1.39-1.43 (m, I H), 1.57 (d, J=14.65 Hz, I H), 1.67 (d, J=14.96 10 Hz, 1 H), 1.82-1.86 (in, I H), 2.15 (t, 1=9.46 Hz, I H), 2.33-2.43 (m, 2 H), 2.58-2.62 kUU, J=1't.~~j,' 1. 10 flL, I Fl), 4.7L7 kill, I rl), .J.7L kbi j 1-1, +t.IZ- kuu, J. -- 7V.', 3.97 Hz, 1 H), 4.38 (s, 1 H), 4.43 (d, J=12.82 Hz, 1 H), 4.49-4.52 (m, 1 H), 5.24 (d, J=16.48 Hz, 1 H), 5.76-5.82 (m, I H), 5.83-5.85 (m, 1 H), 7.09 (dd, J=9.00, 2.59 Hz, 1 H), 7.17 (d, J=2.14 Hz, I H), 7.23 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1. H), 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 15 8.10 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H) ); LC-MS (retention time: 1.40 min.), MS m/z 807 (MH*). Example 83: Preparation of Compound 83 201 0 , N N s H H V o Compound 83 Compound 83 was prepared by the same method as Compound 76 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: Cumylamine was used as a starting material to give Compound 83 (64.6 mg, 57% yield): 'HNMR

(CD

3 OD, 500 MHz;) 8 0.87-0.91 (m, I H), 0.98 (d, J=9.46 Hz, 2 H), 1.01 (s, 9 H), 1.02-1.05 (m, I H), 11.17-1.21 (m, 3 H), 1.29 (s, 2 H), 1.40 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I H), 1.51 (d, J=3.05 Hz, 5 H), 1.85 (dd, 1=8.09, 5.34 Hz, 10 1 H), 2.17 (q, J=8.85 Hz, 1 H), 2.30-2.33 (m, I H), 2.58 (dd, J=13.58, 7.48 Hz, I H), 2.91-2.94 (m, I H), 3.92 (d, J=2.14 Hz, I H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 4.05 (dd, J=11.60, 3.66 Hz, I H), 4.32 (d, J=9.77 Hz, I H), 4.51 (dd, J=9.92, 7.17 Hz, I H), 5.09 (dd, J=11.59, 1.52 Hz, I H), 5.27 (dd, J=16.71, 1.22 Hz, 1 H), 5.74-5.78 (m, 1 H), 5.82 (s, 1 H), 7.05-7.09 (m, I H), 7.18 (d, J=2.44 Hz, IH), 7.19 (d, J=7.33 Hz, Il), 7.22 (d, 15 J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.33 (d, J=7.63 Hz, I H), 7.84 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.76 min.), MS m/z 775 (MH). Example 84: Preparation of Compound 84 'N -N oHI N yo HATU, DIEA, DCM 2H1C H N H Boc-NMele-OH H Product of step S 20 of example 11 Compound 84 202 To a solution of the product of step 5 of example 11 (77.0 mg, 0.136 mmol), DIEA (70.4 mg, 0.544 mmol) and HATU (77.5 mg, 0.204 inmol) was added Boc-Melle-OH (43.4 mg, 0.177 mmol). After stirring at rt for IA hr, the reaction mixture was washed with 5% aqueous NaHCO 3 (1 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with 5 2 x2 mL DCM. The combined organic layer was washed with 5% aqueous citric acid (2 mL), brine, dried over MgO 4 , concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography (SiO 2 , 97:3 DCM:MeOH) to give Compound 84 (68.4 mg, 69% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) S 0.89 (t, J=7.32 Hz, 3 H) 0.94 (dd, J=5.95, 4.43 Hz, 3 H) 1.07 (d, J=7,.63 Hz, 3 H) 1.13 (s, 5 H) 1.16-1.20 (in, J=4.88 Hz, 2 Hl) 10 1.23 (s, 3 H) 1.28 (m, I H) 1.34-1.38 (in, 1 H) 1.41-1.47 (in, I H) 1.55-1.60 (rn, J=7.63 Hz, I H) 1.87-1.91 (m, 1 H) 2.22-2.26 (in, 2 H) 2.36-2.38 (m, 1 H) 2.56-2.62 (m, I H) 2.81 (d, J=11.30 Hz, 2 H) 2.94-2.99 (m, 1 H) 3.92 (s, 3 H) 4.05-4.12(m, 2 H) 4.48-4.57 (m, 2 H) 5.12 (d, J=10.07 Hz, I H) 5.32 (in, I H) 5.75-5.82 (m, 1 H) 5.84-5.88 (m, I H) 7.09-7.13 (m, I H) 7.16-7.20 (n, 1 H) 7.23-7.27 (m, I H).7.88 15 (dd, J=5.95, 2.29 Hz, I H) 8.04 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 0.6 H) 8.09 (d, 1=9.46 Hz, 0.4 H); LC MS (retention time: 1.83 min.), MS m/z 728 (MH). Example 85: Preparation of Example 85 O N OH 00 N M NN O N 20 Compound 85 203 Compound 85 was prepared by the same method as Compound 84 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: Boc-MeVal-OH was used as a starting material to give Compound 84 (72.1 mg, 74% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 0.84 (t, J=5.80 Hz, 3 H), 0.96 (d, J=6.41 Hz, 3 H), 1.08 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 2 H), 1.13 (s, 6 H), 1.16 (s, 4 H), 1.18 1.21 (m, I H), 1.23-1.29 (m, I H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.61, 5.34 Hz, I H), 1.88-1.92 (m, I H), 2.24 (d, J=10.07 Hz, I H), 2.32-2.39 (m, 2 H), 2.58 (dd, J=13.89, 6.26 Hz, I H), 10 2.80 (s, 3 H), 2.93-2.98 (m, I H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 4.01 (dd, J=11.90, 3.36 Hz, 0.6 H), 4.12 (dd, J=11.90, 3.66 Hz, 0.4 H), 4.16 (d, 1=11.29 Hz, 0.6 H), 4.38 (d, J=10.99 Hz, 0.4 H), 4.45 (d, J=10.68 Hz, I H), 4.47 (d, J=10.69 Hz, 0.6 H), 4.53 (dd, J=10.38, 7.02 Hz, 0.4 H), 4.58 (dd, 1=10.07, 7.02 Hz, I H), 5.12 (d, J=4.28, 0.6 H), 5.14 (d, J=4.27 Hz, 0.4 H), 5.30 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 0.6 H), 5.34 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 0.4 H), 5.78-5.85 15 (m, 1 H), 5.88 (t, J=3.05 Hz, 0.6 H), 5.96 (t, J=3.97 Hz, 0.4 H), 7.13 (dd, J=9.00, 2.29 Hz, 0.6 H), 7.16 (dd, J=9.46, 2.44 Hz, 0.4 H), 7.19 (m, I H), 7.24 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 0.6 H), 7.26 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 0.4 H), 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.02 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 0.6 H) 8.05 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 0.4 H). 20 Example 86: Preparation of Compound 86 O N 0, Compound 86 204 Compound 86 was prepared by the same method as Compound 84 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: Boc-MeLeu-OH was used as a starting material to give Compound 85 (56.5 mg, 57% yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 0.94-0.96 (m, 6 H), 1.04 1.13 (m, 2 H), 1.17 (s,4.5 H), 1.18 (s, 4.5 H), 1.26-1.31 (in, I H), 1.42 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I H), 1.46-1.51 (m, 2 H), 1.56-1.60 (m, 0.5 H), 1.69-1.72 (m, 0.5 H), 1.75 1.81 (m, 0.5 H), 1.90 (q, J=7.50 Hz, I H), 2.27 (dd, J:13.89, 7.78 Hz, 1 H), 2.32-2.38 10 (m, I H), 2.58 (dd, J=14.80, 7.48 Hz, 1 H), 2.75 (s, 3 H), 2.95-2.99 (m, 1 H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 4.03 (d, J=12.21 Hz, 1 H), 4.11-15 (m, 0.5 H), 4.28 (d, J=12.21 Hz, I H), 4.53 (t, J=8.50 Hz, 0.5 H), 4.59 (t, J=8.55 Hz, 0.5 H), 4.334.87 (m, J=6.41 Hz, 0.5 H), 4.96 (m, 0.5 H), 5.14 (dd, J=11.14, 4.73 Hz, I H), 5.32 (dd, J=17.70, 6.41 Hz, I H), 5.75-5.82 (m, I H), 5.90 (s, 0.5 H), 5.92 (s, 0.5 H), 7.13-7.18 m, I H), 7.20 (s, 1 I), 15 7.25-7.27 (m, 1 H), 7.87 (t, J=4.40 Hz, I H) 8.05 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1 H). Example 87: Preparation of Compound 87 N H O N O Compound 87 20 Compound 87 was prepared by the same method as Compound 84 with the following modifications: Modifications: Boc-MeNle-OH was used as a starting material to give Compound 25 87 (82.3 mg, 83% yield): 'H NMIR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) S 0.90-0.96 (q, J=7.63 Hz, 3 205 H) 1.05-1.10 (m, 2 H) 1.18 (s, 4.5 H) 1.20 (s, 4.5 H) 1.24-1.30 (m, 3 ) 1.31-1.38 (m, I H) 1.42 (dd, 1=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 2 H) 1.72-1.81 (m, 2 H) 1.88-1.92 (m, I H) 2.22-2.29 (m, I H) 2.32-2.38 (m, I H) 2.58 (dd, 1= 13.89, 7.17 Hz, 1 H) 2.72 (s, 3 H) 2.94-2.99 (m, I H) 3.93 (s, 3 H) 4.02 (dd, J=9.77, 4.27 Hz, I H) 4.12 (dd, J= 11.90, 3.35 Hz, 0.5 5 H) 4.24 (dd, 1=11.90, 0.6 Hz, 0.5 H) 4.51-4.60 (m, I H) 5.14 (d, J=10.38 Hz, 1 H) 5.33 (dd, J=17.24, 4.73 Hz, I H) 5.75-5.82 (m, I H) 5.91 (s, I H) 7.15 (dd, J=14.34, 7.63 Hz, I H) 7.20 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H) 7.25 (d, 1=5.80 Hz, I H) 7.87 (t, J=4.37 Hz, 1 H) 8.05 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H). 10 Example 88: Preparative of Compound 88 0~ 0~ N o, N S S N N H0 0 Compound 88 Compound 88 was prepared by the same method as Compound 84 with the 15 following modifications: Modifications: Boc-N-Me-NVa-OH was used as a starting material to give Compound 88 (70.5 mg, 73% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 0.96 (d, J=6.41 Hz, 3 H) 1.06-1.10 (m, 2 H) 1.18 (s, 9 H) 1.27-1.30 (m, 4 H) 1.42 (dd, 20 J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I H) 1.66-1.80 (m, 2 H) 1.88-1.92 (m, I H) 2.23-2.29 (m, I H) 2.30-2.37 (m, I H) 2.58 (dd, J=13.58, 7.17 Hz, I H) 2.73 (s, 3 H) 2.94-2.98 (m, I H) 3.93 (s, 3 H) 4.00-4.04 (m, I H) 4.12 (d, J= 12.82 Hz, 0.5 H) 4.25 (d, J=12.21 Hz, 0.5 H) 4.51-4.60 (m, I H) 5.13 (d, J=10.68 Hz, I H) 5.32 (d, 1=17.09 Hz, I H) 5.75-5.81 (m, I H) 5.90 (s, 1 H) 7.13-7.18 (m, I H) 7.20 (d, J=:2.14 Hz, I H) 7.25 (d, J=5.80 25 Hz, I H) 7.87 (s, I H) 8.05 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 1 H).

206 Example 89: Preparation of Compound 89 N N 0", H00o0, HC N S' HATU, DIEA, DCM N N 2HC

-

* eocs O - H Product from step 5 HOI of example 11 Compound 89 5 To a solution of the product from step 5 of example 11 (66.0 mg, 0.123 mmol), DIEA (63.7 mg, 0.492 mmol) and HATU (70.0, 0.184 mmol) was added 2S-tert butoxycarbonylamino-3-hydroxy-3-methyl-butyric acid (34.0 mg, 0.147 mmol). After stirring at rt for 14 hr, the reaction mixture was washed with 5% aqueous 10 NaHCO 3 (1 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with 2x2 mL DCM. The combined organic layer was washed with 5% aqueous citric acid (2 mL), brine, dried over MgO 4 , concentrated and purified by reversed phase prep-HPLC to give 7-RN"' MI %.l k-. L XA,5 I 1 1' I f rA!ftV ,f J=7.93 Hz, 2 H), 1.18 (s, I H), 1.20 (s, 9 H), 1.24-1.:27 (m, J=11.60 Hz, 3 H), 1.30 15 (s, 3 H), 1.43-1.48 (m, 10 H), 1.59 (s, I H), 1.65 (s, I H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.24, 5.19 iz, I H), 2.24 (q, J=9.16 Hz, 1 H), 2.33-2.36 (m, I H), 2.63 (dd, J=12.97, 6.56 Hz, I H), 2.94-2.99 (m, 1 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 3.93 (s, 1 H), 4.12 (dd, J=11.60, 3.05 Hz, 1 H), 4.27-4.31 (m, 1 H), 4.54 (t, J=9.77 Hz, I H), 5.12 (dd, J=10.53, 1.37 Hz, I H), 5.30 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.79-5.83 (m, 1 H), 5.85 (s, I H), 7.11 (dd, J=8.55, 1.83 Hz, I 20 H), 7.18 (d, J=2.24 Hz, 1 H), 7.24 (d, J=5.49 Hz, 1 H), 7.88 (m, I H), 8.10 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H) ); LC-MS (retention time: 1.637 min.), MS m/z 716 (MH*). Example 91: Preparation of Compound 91 207 NN 0", H 0 0/0 NS H N N N ' 0 O 0 HO!: Compound 91 Compound 91 was prepared by the same method as Compound 89 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: Boc-L-Thr-OH was used as a starting material to give Compound 91 (80.5 mg, 66% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MI-z) 8 0.93 (dd, J=8.24, 2.14 Hz, 2 H), 1.08-1.18 (m, 4 H), 1.20 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 3 H), 1.29 (s, 9 H), 1.32 (dd, J=9.61, 5.04 Hz, I H), 1.45 (d, J=4.27 Hz, I H), 1.84 (dd, J=7.63, 5.19 Hz, I H), 2.15 (q, 10 J=8.85 Hz, I H), 2.42-2.48 (m, I H), 2.64 (dd, 1= 14.04, 7.63 Hz, I H), 2.85-2.89 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.1-4.14 (m, 2 H), 4.30 (d, J=4.88 Hz, I H), 4.38 (d, J=11.60 Hz, 1 H), 4.60 (t, 1=8.55 Hz, I H), 5.04 (dd, J=10.22, 1.68 Hz, I H), 5.80-5.84 (m, 2 H), 7.11 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 7.17 (d, J=1.83 Hz, I H), 7.23 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.87 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.10 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.560 min.), MS 15 m/z 702 (MH'). Example 92: Preparation of Compound 92 MeO N NN \\S HH 000 HH o N N C om oun 9 0 0 I Compound 912 208 Compound 92 was prepared by the same method as Compound 89 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: Boc-L-Thr(Me)-OH was used as a starting material to give Compound 92 (47.1 mg, 69% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 0.95 (d, J=4.27 Hz, 2 H), 1.11-1.16 (m, 3 H), 1.18 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 6 H), 1.32 (s, 9 H), 1.38 (dd, J=9.31, 5.04 Hz, I H), 1.45 (s, I H), 1.85 (dd, J=7.78, 5.04 Hz, 1 H), 2.13 (d, J=9.15 Hz, I H), 2.46-2.51 (in, 1 H), 2.63 (dd, J=14.19, 7.78 Hz, 1 H), 2.81-2.91 (m, 10 I H), 3.68-3.73 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 4 H), 4.14 (d, J=12.21 Hz, I H), 4.35 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 4.42 (d, J=11.29 Hz, I H), 4.60 (t, J=8.70 Hz, I H), 5.05 (d, J=10.68 Hz, I H), 5.24 (dd, J=16.79, 0.92 Hz, I H), 5.81-5.85 (m, 2 H), 7.11 (dd, J=9.16,0.92 Hz, I H), 7.17 (s, I H), 7.24 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.11 (d, J=8.55 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.660 min.), MS m/z 716 (MH*). 15 Example 93: Preparation of Compound 93 MeO -,, (sJ- ~N H/; 0 0 H 0 0 Compound 93 20 Compound 93 was prepared by the same method as Compound 89 with the following modifications: Modifications: Boc-L-Thr(tBu)-OH was used as a starting material to give Compound 93 (52.7 mg, 53% yield): 'H NMR(CD3OD, 500 MHz) 5 1.09 (dd, 25 J=8.24, 2.44 Hz, 2 H), 1.

2 01.

2 4.(m, 3 H), 1.28 (s, 9 H), 1.45 (s, 9 H), 1.89 (dd, 209 J=7.93, 5.19 Hz, I H), 2.25 (q, J=8.34 Hz, I H), 2.32-2.36 (m, I H), 2.59 (dd, J=12.82, 6.41 Hz, I H), 2.95-3.00 (m, I H), 3.71 (s, 2 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 3.93-3.99 (in, I H), 4.10 (d; J=7.02 Hz, I H), 4.15 (d, J=11.90 Iz, 1 H), 4.22 (dd, 1=6.10, 2.44 Hz, 2 H), 4.40 (d, J=11.60 Hz, I H), 4.54 (dd, J=10.01, 6.71 Hz, I H), 5.13 (d, J=10.38 5 Hz, 1 H), 5.31 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.76-5.83 (m, I H), 5.87 (s, I H), 6.06 (d, J=9.46 Hz, 1 H), 6.36 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H), 7.11 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1 H), 7.18 (s, I H), 7.24 (d, J=5.49 Hz, I H), 7.88 (m, I H), 8.08 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H). Example 94: Preparation of Compound 94 10 MeO 0//I H 00 0 N H N N ' N S H H '0 N, 0 o 0 Compound 94 Compound 94 was prepared by the same method as Compound 89 with the following modifications: 15 Modifications: Boc-( 2

S,

3 S)-2-amino-3-methoxybutanoic acid was used as a starting material to give Compound 94 (150.2 mg, 80% yieldd: 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 1.04-1.13 (m, 3 H), 1.17 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 3 H), 1.20-1.24 (m, 2 H), 1.27 (s, 9 f), 1.44-1.48 (m, 2 H), 1.86 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 2.24 (q, J=8.65 Hz, 1 H), 2.34 20 2.37 (in, 1 H), 2.61 (dd, J=14.19, 7.17 Hz, I H), 2.94-2.99 (m, I H), 3.66 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.13 (dd, J=12.36, 3.81 Hz, I H), 4.37 (dd, J=22.58, 10.99 Hz, 2 H), 4.54 (dd, 1=10.38, 7.63 Hz, I H), 5.12 (d, J=10.68 liz, 1 H), 5.31 (d, J=17.40 Hz, I H), 5.77-5.82 (m, I H), 5.85 (s, I H), 7.12 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 7.18 (s, I H), 7.25 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 7.89 (d, 1=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.10 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H); LC-MS 25 (retention time: 1.673 min.), MS m/z 716 (MH*).

210 Example 95: Preparation of Compound 95 Scheme 1. OH D I ON H2~r O N HH 1 (800)20, DIEA Poduct DCM step\ Compound 95 5 Step O To a mixture of H-allo-THr-OH (5.0 g, 41.98 mmol) and DIEA (10.9 g, 83.96 mmol) in DCM (150 mL) was added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (13.7 g, 62.97 mmol). After stirring at rt for 14h, the reaction mixture was washed with3x 100 mL DCM. .. tine comomnea organme layer was cineci over MgSO 4 and conentrated. LC/MS indicated most product stayed in the H 2 0 layer. Thus the water layer was concentrated. The product was purified by a flash column chromatography (SiO2, 90:10 DCM:MeOH) to give Boc-allo-THr-H ; LC-MS (retention time: 0.727 mini.), MS m/z 242 (MNa*). 15 Step 2 To a solution of the product from step 5 of example 11(100.0 mg, 0.174 mmol), DIEA (67.6 mg, 0.522 mnmol) and HATU (106.0 nmg, 0.278 mmol) was added the product from step w above (57.3 mg, 0.262 mmol). After stirring at rt for 3 hr, the 20 reaction mixture was washed with 5% aqueous NaHCO 3 (I mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with 2x2 mL DCM. The combined organic layer was washed with 5% aqueous citric acid (2 mL), brine, dried over MgO 4 , concentrated and purified by reversed phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 95 (39.1 mg, 32% yield): 'H

NMR(CD

3 o D, 500 MHz) S 1.02 (d, J=8.55 Hz, 1 H), 1.18-1.23 (i, 3 H), 1.25 (s, 9 211 H), 1.38 (dd, J=9.15, 6.30 Hzl H), 1.84 (dd, 1=7.93, 5.19 Hz, 1 H), 2.19-2.24 (m, 1 H), 2.38-2.43 (m, I H), 2.65 (dd, J=14.19, 6.87 Hz, I H), 2.92-2.96 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 3.93 (s, 2 H), 4.16-4.19 (m, 1 H), 4.23 (d, 1=8.24 Hz, 1 H), 4.44 (d, J=12.21 Hz, I H), 4.57-5.81 (m, 1 H), 5.09 (d, J=10.68 Hz, 1 H), 5.29 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5 5.75-5.81 (m, 1 H), 5.83-5.85 (m, 1 H), 7.11 (d, J:=10.38 Hz, I H), 7.18 (d, J=1.83 Hz, I H), 7.24 (d, J=6.41 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.11 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.583 min.), MS m/z 702 (MI*). Example 96: Preparation of Compound 96 10 Scheme l. HCO OH Setp1 H OH (BOC)70, DIEA >~r'r 0DCM 0 ~M eO , , , 0N HH OH Step2 H 00N,,, 0/. 00 0 2H~~t~ o\'< ATU, DIEA, N N '' 0 H 0 )C CV I Product of step 5 0 of example 11 Compound %6 Compound 96 was prepared by the same method as Compound 95 with the following modifications: 15 Modifications: 212 Step 1 (2S,3S)-2-Amino-3-ethoxybutanoic acid hydrochloride was used as a starting material in step I to give Boc-(2S,3S)-2-Amino-3-ethoxybutanoic acid; LC-MS (retention time: 1.067 min.), MS m/z 270 (M+Na*). 5 Step 2 The product from step 1 was then coupled the same way with the product from step 5 of example 11 to give Compound 96 (55.3 mg, 44% yield): 'H

NMR(CD

3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 0.94 (t, J=6.87 Hz, I H), 0.97-1.03 (m, 2 H), 1.08-1.11 10 (m, 2 H), 1.13-1.15 (m, 2 H), 1.17 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 6 H), 1.29 (s, 9 H), 1.41-1.45 (m, 3 H), 1.85 (dd, J=7.48, 5.34 Hz, I H), 2.12-2.19 (m, 1 1H), 2.43-2.49 (m, 1 H), 2.60 (dd, 1=13.73, 6.80 Hz, I H), 2.89-2.93 (in, 1 H), 3.50-3.57 (m, 2 H), 3.73-3.78 (m, 1 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.18 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1 H), 4.35 (d, J=12.21 Hz, I H), 4.39 (d, J=8.55 Hz, I H), 4.53 (t, J=7.78 Hz, I H), 5.07 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 5.25 (d, J=18.01 Hz, 1 15 H), 5.82 (t, J=9.85 Hz, 1 H), 5.88 (t, J=9.80 Hz, IH), 7.11 (d, J=5.19 Hz, I H), 7.18 (d, J=2.14 Hz, I H), 7.24 (d, J=5.49 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 8.10 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1 H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.743 min.), MS m/z 730 (MH*). Example 97: Preparation of Compound 97 20 Scheme 1. OH Selp1 H ON

H

2 N, I-" O (Boc)2O, DIEA DCM N oH MeoN NOH Step 2 1

,

00 + 0..N 0//A. 0I 0 2 H 0 0 Product of step 5 0 w of example I I+ compound 97 Compound 97 was prepared by the same method as Compound 95 with the following modifications: 213 Modifications: Step 1 5 H-allo-Thr(t-Bu)-OH was used as a starting material in step I to give Boc (2S,3S)-2-Amino-3-ethoxybutanoic acid; LC-MS (retention time: 1.363 min.), MS m/z 298 (M+Na*). Step 2 10 The product from step I was then coupled the same way with the product from step 5 of example 11 to give Compound 97 (48.2 mg, 37% yield): LC-MS (retention time: 1.820 min.), MS m/z 758 (MH*). Example 99: Preparation of Compound 99 15 N N N HNH 2HCl- HN O Compound 99 Compound 99 was prepared by the same method as step I of Example 55 with the following modifications: 20 Modifications: Compound 84 was used as a starting material to give Compound 99 (60.3 mg, 98% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 1.00 (q, J=7.12 Hz, 3 H) 1.10-113 (m, 5 H) 1.20-1.31 (m, 3 H) 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I H) 1.61-1.68 (m, I H) 1.92 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, I H) 2.04-2.09 (m, I B) 2.28 (q, J=8.55 Hz, I H) 2.34 25 2.39 (m, 1 H) 2.57 (s, 3 H) 2.64-2.70 (m, I H) 2.94-2.97 (m, I H) 3.93 (s, 3 H) 4.07 4.14 (dd, J=12.05, 3.81 Hz, I H) 4.13 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H) 4.18 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H) 214 4.25 (d, J=12.21 Hz, 1 H) 4.66-4.73 (m, I H) 5.1.5 (d, J=10.68 Hz, 1 H) 5.32 (d, 1=17.09 Hz, I H) 5.70-5.79 (m, I H) 5.92 (t, J=3.66 Hz, 0.4 H) 5.95 (t, J=3.66 Hz, 0.6 H) 7.17 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 H) 7.22 (d, J=2.14 Hz, I H) 7.28 (dd, J=5.80, 3.36 Hz, 1 H) 7.91 (dd, J=5.80, 4.27 Hz, I H) 8.03 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 0.6 H) 8.07 (d, 5 J=9.16 Hz, 0.4 H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.33 min.), MS m/z 6.28 (MH*). Example 100: Preparation of Compound 100 MeO MeO N N 0/,, 0 00 0//1 00 0 N _S- 50% TFA, DCE N '' 0 1N HC1, E 2 o 2HCI-H 2 N Compound 94 o' Compound 100 10 To a solution of Compound 94 (0.600 g, 0.838 mminol) in DCE (3 mL) was added TFA (3 mL). After stirring at rt for 15 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated. then redissolved in DCM (2 mL) and treated with a solution of IN HC in Et2O (10 15 mL). The resulting suspension was chilled at 0 *C, vacuum filtrated, washed with Et 2 0 and dried in vacuum oven to give the product as a bis-hydrochloride salt as a white solid (527.1 g, 91% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, :500 MHz) 8 1.08-1.15 (m, 2 H), 1.21 (d, J=6.71 Hz, 4 H), 1.28-1.33 (m, I H), 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 1.91 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, I H), 2.28 (q, J=8.65 Hz, 1 1), 2.34-2.37 (m, 1 H), 2.68 (dd, 20 J=13.12, 7.02 Hz, I H), 2.81 (s, 3 H), 2.93-2.98 (m, I H), 3.45 (s, 3 H), 3.94 (s, 3 H), 3.96-4.00 (m, 1 H), 4.16 (dd, .1=11.90, 3.66 Hz, I H), 4.27 (d, J=11.60 Hz, I H), 4.59 (d, J=4.58 Hz, I H), 4.69 (dd, J=10.07, 7.02 Hz, I H), 5.14 (dd, J=10.53, 1.37 Hz, 1 H), 5.32 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.70-5.77 (m, I H), 5.94 (t, J=3.66 Hz, I H), 7.19 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 7.24 (s, 1 H), 7.32 (s, I H), 7.91. (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.09 (d, 25 J=9.16 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.213 min.), MS m/z 616 (MH).

215 Example 101: Preparation of Compound 101 MeO MeO, N NN N , 00 /H 00 DSC, THF, MW then H H N f7 '7 2HCIW 2 N, 0 0 2l-2N/ O tBuNH2 N N O/ O 0 / 1~F 2 o\\ 0 Compound 100 1 Compound 101 To a solution mixture of Compound 100 (80 mg, 0.116 mnol) and DIEA (31.5 mg, 5 0.244 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added N,N'-dissucinimidyl carbonate (44.6 mg, 0.174 mmol). The resulting suspension was irradiated in a microwave to 80 *C for 15 min. Then it was treated with tert-amylamine (84.8 mg, 1.16 mmol). After stirring at rt 15 min, the reaction was concentrated and purified by reversed phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 101 (65.1 mg, 79%): 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MIHz) 8 10 1.03-1.08 (m, 3 H), 1.16 (d, J=6.41 Hz, 3 H), 1.19 (s, 9 H), 1.21-1.25 (m, 2 H), 1.27 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 1.45 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I H), 1.85 (dd, J=8.24, 5.19 Hz, I H), 2.23 (q, J=9.46 Hz, I H), 2.34-2.41. (m, 1 H), 2.61 (dd, J=14.34, 7.32 Hz, 1 H), 2.94 2.97 (m, 1 H), 3.58-3.63 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.15 (dd, J=12.05, 3.81 Hz, I H), 4.39 (d, J=11.60 Hz, I H), 4.55 (dd, J=9.92, 7.48 Hz, I H), 5.11 (d, J=10.68 Hz, 1 15 H), 5.29 (d, J=17.40 Hz, 1 H), 5.77-5.83 (m, I H), 5.86 (s, I H), 7.12 (dd, J=9.00, 2.29 Hz, I H), 7.18 (d,-J=2.14 Hz, I H), 7.24 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.10 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.617 min.), MS m/z 715 (Eml). 20 Example 102: Preparation of Compound 102 216 MeO A N 0// H 0 0 0 H H N N' N O\O Compound 102 Compound 102 was prepared by the same method as Compound 101 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: tert-amylamine was used as a starting material to give Compound 102 (62.5 mg, 74% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) S 0.77 (t, J=7.48 Hz, 2 H), 0.84 (t, J=7.48 Hz, 1 H), 1.04-1.08 (m, 2 H), 1.13 (d,J=1.22 Hz, 9 H), 1.16 (d, J=6.41 Hz, 3 H), 1.21 (s, 1 H), 1.22-1.28 (m, 2 H), 1.44 (dd, 1=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I H), 10 1.52-1.57 (m, 1 H), 1.58-1.62 (m, I H), 1.85 (dd, J=7.93, 5.19 Hz, I H), 2.21-2.25 3.59-3.64 (m, 1 H), 4.15 (dd, j=11.75, 3.81 Hz, I H), 4.38 (d, J=12.51 Hz, I H), 4.50 (d, J=7.63 Hz, I H), 4.55 (dd, J=9.92, 7.78 Hz, 1 H), 5.11 (d, J=9.77 Hz, I H), 5.29 (d, J=16.79 Hz, I H), 5.77-5.83 (m, I H), 5.86 (t, J=4.73 Hz, I H), 7.12 (dd, J=8.85, 15 2.44 Hz, I H), 7.18 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.24 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 1 H), 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.10 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.690 min.), MS m/z 729 (MH). Example 103: Preparation of Compound 103 20 217 MeO SNN H H H Y0 0 0 O Compound 103 Compound 103 was prepared by the same method as Compound 101 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: cyclopentylamine was used as a starting material to give Compound 103 (56.4 mg, 67% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) 8 1.01-1.08 (m, 2 H), 1.07 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 1.16 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 3 H), 1.21-1.25 (m, 3 H), 1.30-1.33 (m, 1 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.77, 5.19 Hz, 1 H), 1.51-1.56 (m, 2 H:), 1.60-1.65 (m, 2 H), 1.71-1.75 10 (m, 1 H), 1.80-1.84 (m, I H), 1.86 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, 1 H), 2.20-2.25 (m, I H), 2.37-2.41 (m, I H), 2.61 (dd, J=14.04, 7.32 Hz, I H), 2.93-2.98 (m, I H), 3.60-3.65 (m, 1 H), 3.75-3.80 (m, 1 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.17 (dd, J=12.05, 3.81 Hz, I H), 4.37 (d, J=11.90 Hz, I H), 4.55-4.59 (m, 2 H), 5.10 (d, J=11.60 Hz, 1 H), 5.29 (d, J=16.48 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.83 (m, 1 H), 5.85 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.13 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 15 H), 7.18 (d, 1=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.24 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.09 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 1 H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.607 min.), MS m/z 727 (MH'). Example 104: Preparation of Compound 104 0N 0// H 0 00 H 00 0 NH DSC, THF, MWN N YI. H CN&l 2HCI-H 2 N,, NaH, 0 o H 20 I cjo 20 Copound 100 Cmon 0 218 To a solution mixture of Compound 100 (80 mg, 0.1 16 mmol) and DIEA (31.5 mg, 0.244 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added NN'-dissucinimidyl carbonate (44.6 mg, 0.174 mmol). The resulting suspension was irradiated in a microwave to 80 *C for 5 15 min. Then was added a slurry solution of sodium cyclopentoxide which was prepared by treating a 0 *C solution of cyclopentanol (110 mg, 1.28 mmol) in THF (1 mL) with NaH (60% in oil, 46.4 mg, 1.16 mmol) for 15 min at it. After stirring at rt 15 min, thee reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (1 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (5 mL). The organic layer was then passed through a 10 celite hydromatrix column, concentrated and purified by reversed phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 104 (38.2 mg, 45%): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 1.03-1.09 (m, 3 H), 1.16 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 3 H), 1.201.25 (m, I H), 1.25-1.30 (m, J=10.22, 5.34 Hz, I H), 1.40-1.45 (m, J=10.83, 3.81 Hz, I H), 1.46 (dd, J=9.61, 5.34 Hz, 1 H), 1.58-1.63 (m, 3 H), 1.70-1.75 (m, 2 H), 1.86 (dd, J=:7.63, 5.49 Hz, I H), 2.22-2.26 15 (m, 1 H), 2.34-2.39 (m, I H), 2.59-2.64 (m, I H), 2.94-2.98 (m, 1 H), 3.67 (dd, J=7.78, 6.56 Hz, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.13 (dd, J=10.83, 4.12 Hz, 1 H), 4.374.42 (m, 1 14), 4.56 (dd, J=10.07, 7.32 H4z, I H), 4.71-4.76 (m, 1 H), 5.12 (d, .1=10.68 Hz, I H), 5.31 (d, j=16.79 Hz, I H), 5.80 (m, i H), 5.85 (s, I H), 7.13 (d, J=i0.68 Hz, i H), 7.19 (d, J=1.83 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 7.89 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.09 (d, 20 J=9.16 Hz, 1 H),; LC-MS (retention time: 1.697 min.), MS m/z 728 (MH'). Example 105: Preparation of Compound 105 M N N 0/,' 00 0H000 Qy:~ j~\ '&2K DIEA, DCMH 2HCI-H 2 N,,, 0 0 0 0 0 0\ Compound 100 Compound 105 25 To a solution mixture of Compound 100 (80.0 mg, 0.116 mmol) and DIEA (31.5 mg, 0.244 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added di-tert-amyl dicarbonate (57.1mg, 219 0.232 mmol). After stirring at rt for 14 h, solvent was removed and product was purified by reversed phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 105 (62.5 mg, 74% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) 8 0.79 (t, J=7.48 Hz, 3 H), 1.04-1.08 (m, 3 H), 1.17 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 3 H), 1.19-1.23 (s, 3 H), 1.24 (s, 3 H), 1.39-1.43 (m, 1 H), 1.46 (dd, 5 J=9.61, 5.34 Hz, I H), 1.60-1.65 (m, 2 H), 1.86 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 2.22 (q, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 2.35-2.40 (m, I H), 2.61 (dd, J=14.04, 7.15 Hz, I H), 2.94-3.00 (m, I H), 3.644.00 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 4 H), 4.14 (dd, J=1 1.90, 3.05 Hz, I H), 4.35 (d, J=7.93 Hz, I H), 4.40 (d, J=11.90 Hz, I H), 4.55 (dd, J=9.31, 7.78 Hz, I H), 5.11 (d, J=10.68 Hz, I H), 5.30 (d, J=16.79 Hz, I H), 5.79-5.83 (m, I H), 5.85 (s, 1 H), 7.12 10 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 7.18 (s, I H), 7.25 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 7.86-7.90 (m, I H), 8.09 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.740 min.), MS m/z 730 (MH*). Example 106: Preparation of Compound 106 MeO 0//, H 0 00 N NN F3C 0 15 Compound 106 Compound 106 was prepared by the same method as Compound 105 with the following modifications: 20 Modifications: Carbonic acid pyridin-2-yl ester 2

,

2

,

2 -trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester was used as a starting material to give Compound 106 (58.1 mg, 65% yield): 'H

NMR(CD

3 OD, 500 MIHz) 8 1.04-1.08 (m, 3 H), 1.17 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 3 H), 1.19.1.23 (m, I H), 1.23-1.27 (m, 1 H), 1.28 (s, 3 H), 1.46 (dd, 1=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 2 H), 1.49 (s, 2 H), 1.86 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, I H), 2.21 (q, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 2.36-2.40 (m, I H), 25 2.62 (dd, J=13.74, 7.32 Hz, I H), 2.93-2.98 (m, I H), 3.65-3.70 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 220 H), 4.12 (dd, J=11.90, 3.66 Hz, 1 H), 4.31 (d, J=8.24 Hz, I H), 4.42 (d, J=11.90 Hz, I H), 4.57 (dd, 1=10.07, 7.32 Hz, I H), 5.11 (d, J=.10.38 Hz, I H), 5.30 (d, J=16.79 Hz, I H), 5.78-5.83 (m, I H), 5.84 (s, 1 H), 7.12 (dd, J=9.00, 2.29 Hz, I H), 7.19 (d, J=2.14 Hz, I H), 7.25 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 7.89 (d, 1=6.10 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (d, 1=8.85 5 Hz, 1 H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.770 min.), MS n/z 770 (MH*). Example 107: Preparation of Compound 107 N N N HATU, DIEA, DCM 2HCIW HH BOQ-AIlo-Thr OH 0OH/ Product from s' 3 1 of Example 25 Ho Compound 107 10 To a solution of the product from step 3 of Example 25 (100.0 mg, 0.116 mmol), allo-Thr-OH (43.5 mg, 0.177 mmol). After stirring at rt for 3 hr, the reaction mixture was washed with 5% aqueous NaHCO 3 (1 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted 15 with 2x2 mL DCM. The combined organic layer was washed with 5% aqueous citric acid (1 mL), brine, dried over MgO 4 , concentrated and purified by reversed phase prep-HPLC to give Compound 107 (62.5 mg, 52% yield): 'HNMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 0.8-1.02 (m, 1 H), 1.04-1.08 (m, 2 H), 1.23-1.27 (m, 12 H), 1.42 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I H), 1.86 (t, J=6.26 Hz, I H), 2.23-2.27 (m, 1 H), 2.46-2.50 (m, 1 H), 2.76 20 (dd, J=14.04, 6.71 Hz, 1 H), 2.95-2.99 (m, I H), 3.94--3.98 (m, I H), 4.28 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 2 H), 4.52 (d, J=12.51 Hz, 1 H), 4.63 (t, J=9.00 Hz, I H), 5.12 (d, 1=10.07 Hz, I H), 5.31 (d, J=16.79 Hz, I H), 5.77-5.83 (m, I H), 6.09 (s, I H), 7.36-7-41 (m, I H), 7.47 (t, J=7.17 Hz, 3 H), 7.52 (d, J=7.63 Hz, I H), 7.70 (t, J=7.17 Hz, I H), 7.85 (s, I H), 7.88 (d, 1=8.24 Hz, I H), 8.17 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 2 H), 8.22 (d, J=7.63 Hz, I H); LC 25 MS (retention time: 1.937 min.), MS m/z 748 (MH*).

221. Example 108: Preparation of Compound 108 NI N H 00 0 BocHN//, 0 H Compound 108 5 Compound 108 was prepared by the same method as Compound 107 with the following modifications: Modifications: Boc-(2S, 3 S)-Amino-3-methoxybutanoic acid was used as a starting material to give Compound 108 (75.1 mg, 51% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 10 S 0.80-1.02 (m, 4 H), 1.18 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 3 H), 1.28 (s, 9 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.77, 1.30 Hz, 1 H), 1.45-1.50 (m, I H), 1.85-1.90 (m, 1 H), 2.14-2.18 (m, I H), 2.55-2.59 (m, I H), 2.72-2.76 (m, 1 H), 2.91-2.95 (m, 1 H), 3.34 (s, 3 H), 3.65-3.69 (m, I H), 4.32 (d, J=10.68 Hz, I H), 4.40 (d, J=7.93 Hz, I H), 4.46 (d, J=13.12 Hz, I H), 4.60 (t, 1=8.24 Hz, I H), 5.07 (d, J=9.46 Hz, 1 H), 5.26 (d, J=17.40 Hz, I H), 5.82-5.86 (m, 1 15 H), 6.08 (s, I H), 7.38 (dd, J=7.32, 6.10 Hz, I H), 7.47 (t, J=7.02 Hz, 3 H), 7.51 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.69 (t, J=6.56 Hz, I H), 7.69 (t, .1=6.56 Hz, I H), 7.85 (s, I H), 7.88 (d, J=7.63 Hz, 1 H), 8.18 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 3 H), 8.21 (d, 1=9.16 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.973 min.), MS m/z 762 (MH*). 20 Example 109: Preparation of Compound 109 222 N BocHN/ 0 Compound 109 Compound 109 was prepared by the same method as Compound 107 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: Boc-(2S, 3 S)-Amino-3-ethoxybutanoic acid was used as a starting material to give Compound 109 (57.2 mg, 47% yield): 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MZHz) 8 1.02-1.08 (m, 4 H), 1.17 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 6 H), 1.19 (s, I H), 1.19-1.24 (in, I H), 1.23-1.27 (m, J=3.97 Hz, 1 H), 1.30 (s, 9 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.77, 5.50 Hz, I H), 1.46 (s, 10 1 H), 1.88 (dd, J=7.78, 5.95 Hz, I H), 2.20-1.25 (m, 1 H), 2.49-2.54 (m, I H), 2.69 2.73 (m, i H), 2.93-2.97 (m, i H), 3.53-3.57 (m, 2 H), 3.75-3.80 (iii, i H), 4.34 (dd, J=11.75, 3.20 Hz, I H), 4.42 (t, J=8.30 Hz, 2 H), 4.57 (t, J=8.09 Hz, 1 H), 5.11 (d, J=10.38 Hz, 1 H), 5.29 (d, J=17.40 Hz, I H), 5.78-5.83 (in, I H), 6.09 (s, I H), 7.38 (t, J=7.32 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (t, J=7.63 Hz, 2 H), 7.52 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H), 7.70 (t, J=7.93 15 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (s, I H), 7.88 (d, J=7.93 Hz, I H), 8.18 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 2 H), 8.22 (d, J=8.24 Hz, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 2.030 min.), MS m/z 776 (MH*). Example 110: Preparation of Compound 110 223 MeO H H NO 0 0 BnO Compound 110 Compound 110 was prepared by the same method as Compound 89 with the following modifications: 5 Modifications: Boc-L-Thr(Bn)-OH was used as a starting material to give Compound 110 (49.8 mg, 48% yield) ); LC-MS (retention time: 1.857 min.), MS m/z 792 (MH*). 10 Section D: Example 120: Preparation of Compound 120 0gN NH H 0 0 N N 0 D"VN Compound 120 15 224 Scheme 1 0 N Step 1 N TFA, DCM 2 TFA H2S N -\ O O O H 0 Compound 23 0 N 2 TFA HStep 2 p-tolyl chloroformate H O 0 N N DCE, DIPEA NH N -7 Step 1: A solution of Compound 23 (see Example 23) (1.50g, 2.19 mmol) in DCM 5 (50 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (50 mL) was stirred for 3 h at rt. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to a viscous residue, and was then dissolved in 1,2 dichloroethane and again concentrated in vacuo to give the desired bis-trifluoroacetic acid salt product as an off-white glassy solid (quantitative). The material was used directly in the next step without purification. 10 Step 2: To a solution of the product from Example 120, Step 1 (118 mg, 0.146 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (3 mL) was added p-tolyl chloroformate (32.4 mg, 0.190 mmol) and NN-diisopropylethylamine (94.5 mg, 0.731 mmol). The mixture was 15 agitated at t for 72 h. The reaction mixture was washed with pH = 4 buffer solution 225 (3 x 3 mL), and the washes were back-extracted with 1,2-dichloroethane (3 mL). The organic phases were combined and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was then dissolved in MeOH and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give the title compound (Compound 120) as a yellow glassy solid (64.2 mg, 61.1% yield): 5 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.06-1.10 (m, 3 H), 1.12 (s, 9 1-1), 1.24-1.28 (m, 2 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.31, 5.34 Hz, 1 H), 1.89 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 2.21-2.28 (m, 2 H), 2.31 (s, 3 H), 2.62-2.66 (m, I H), 2.93-2.99 (m, 1 H), 4.12 (dd, 1=11.90, 3.66 Hz, 1 H), 4.42 (d, J=11.60 Hz, 1 H), 4.57 (dd, J=10.22, 7.17 Hz, I H), 5.13 (d, J=10.38 Hz, I H), 5.30 (d, J= 17.09 Hz, I H), 5.76 (ddd, J=17.09, 9.77, 9.46 Hz, I H), 5.87 (s, 1 H), 6.79 (d, 10 J=8.24 Hz, 2 H), 7.07 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 2 H), 7.30 (d, 1=6.10 Hz, 1 H), 7.40 (t, J=7.63 Hz, I H), 7.68 (t, 1=7.63 Hz, I H), 7.79 (d, 1=8.24 Hz, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.17 (d, J=8.24 Hz, I H); MS m/z 718 (MH*). Example 121: Preparation of Compound 121 15 0 -NHN H O O _, O O &1 N ' Compound 121 Compound 121 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 120 except that phenyl chloroformate was used in place of p-tolyl chloroformate in step 2. 20 Step 2: Modifications: 30 mg (0.19 mmol) phenyl chloroformate used, 89.0 mg product obtained as a yellow glassy solid (50% yield): MS n/z 704 (MH*). 25 Example 122: Preparation of Compound 122 226 F-aO F N HO 0 0 0 0\~~\ OH Compound 122 Compound 122 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 120 except that 4 5 fluorophenyl chloroformate was used in place of p-tolyl chloroformate in step 2. Step 2: Modifications: 33 mg (0.19 mmol) 4-fluorophenyl chloroformate used, 83.1 mg product obtained as a sticky yellow oil (78.8% yield): MS n/z 722 (MH*). .L U Example 123: Preparation of Compound 123 0 N 0 ~ NH N H N \kO O1H Compound 123 15 227 Compound 123 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 120 except that 4 methoxyphenyl chloroformate was used in place of p-tolyl chlorofornate in step 2. Step 2: 5 Modifications: 35 mg (0.19 mmol) 4-methoxyphenyl chloroformate used, 70.2 mg product obtained as a yellow glassy solid (65.4% yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.06 1.10 (m, 3 11), 1.11 (s, 9 H), 1.

24 -1.28 (m, 2 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 1.89 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, I H), 2.24 (q, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 2.31 (ddd, J=13.81, 10.30, 3.97 Hz, 1 H), 2.62-2.66 (m, 1 H), 2.94-2.98 (m, 1 H), 3.77 (s, 3 H), 4.12 (dd, J=11.60, 10 3.66 Hz, I H), 4.42 (d, J=11.60 Hz, 1 H), 4.57 (dd, J=10.07, 7.32 Hz, 1 H), 5.13 (d, J=10.68 Hz, I H), 5.30 (d, J=16.79 Hz, I H), 5.72-5.80 (in, 1 H), 5.87 (s, I H), 6.80 (d, J=2.44 Hz, 4 H), 7.30 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 7.42 (t, J=7.48 Hz, I H), 7.69 (t, J=7.63 Hz, I H), 7.80 (d, J=7.93 Hz, I H), 7.93 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.18 (d, J=8.24 Hz, I H); MS m/z 734 (MH*). 15 Example 124: Preparation of Compound 124 0 N /p-NH N 00 Compound 124 20 Compound 124 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 120 except that chloroformic acid 2-methoxyethyl ester was used in place of p-tolyl chloroformate in step 2. Step 2: 228 Modifications: 26 mg (0.19 mmol) chloroformic acid 2-methoxyethyl ester used, 87.4 mg product obtained as a sticky yellow oil (87.2% yield): 'H NVR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.96-1.02 (m, 3 H), 1.05 (s, 9 H), 1.16-1.18 (m, 2 H). 1.40 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 1 H), 1.85 (dd, J=7.93, 5.19 Hz, I H), 2.15 (q, J=8.75 Hz, I H), 2.40 (ddd, J=13.89, 10.07, 5 4.12 Hz, I H), 2.65 (dd, J=13.58, 7.17 Hz, 1 H), 2.90 (ddd, J=12.89, 8.16,4.88 Hz, 1 H), 3.27 (s, 3 H), 3.36-3.44 (m, 2 H), 3.81-3.84 (m, 1 H), 3.92-3.96 (m, 1 H), 4.12 (dd, J=1 1.60, 3.36 Hz, 1 H), 4.44 (d, J=11.60 Hz, 1 H), 4.57 (dd, J=9.46, 7.93 Hz, 1 H), 5.07 (d, J=10.38 Hz, 1 H), 5.25 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.80 (ddd, J=17.32, 9.77, 9.54 Hz, I H), 5.87 (s, I H), 7.32 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.55 (t, J=7.32 Hz, I H), 7.70 10 (t, J=7.48 Hz, 1 H), 7.80 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1 H), 7.96 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.19 (d, J=8.24 Hz, I H); MS m/z 686 (MW). Example 125: Preparation of Compound 125 ON H 0 0 / NH N N | 1 0 0 N'1" 15 Compound 125 Compound 125 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 120 except that neopentyl chloroformate was used in place of p-tolyl chloroformate in step 2. 20 Step 2: Modifications: 29 mg (0.19 mmol) neopentyl chloroformate used, 57.4 mg product obtained as a yellow glassy solid (56.2% yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) S 0.83 (s, 9 H), 1.05 (d, J=2.44 Hz, 9 H), 1.07-1.09 (m, 2 H), 1.23-1.27 (m, 2 H), 1.43-1.46 (m, 1 H), 1.87-1.90 (m, I H), 2.21-2.25 (m, I H), 2.29-2.33 (m, I H), 2.61-2.65 (m, 1 H), 2.92- 229 2.96 (in, 1 H), 3.42 (d, J=10.07 Hz, 1 H), 3.56 (d, J=10.07 Hz, 1 H), 4.09-4.11 (in, I H), 4.33 (d, 1=9.16 Hz, I H), 4.43 (d, J=11.29 Hz, I H), 4.54-4.57 (m, I H), 5.12 (d, J=10.07 Hz, I H), 5.30 (d, J=17.40 Hz, I H), 5.73-5.80 (in, I H), 5.88 (s, I H), 7.33 (d, J=5.49 Hz, I H), 7.53 (m, I H), 7.71 (t, J=6.87 Hz, I H), 7.81 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1 5 H), 7.97 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.19 (d, J=7.63 Hz, 1 H); MS m/z 698 (MH). Example 126: Preparation of Compound 126 FH 0 0 r-NH N N O O 0 N ~0 Il Compound 126 10 Compound 126 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 120 except that 2 fluoroethyl chloroformate was used in place of p-tolyl chloroformate in step 2. Step 2: 15 Modifications: 24 mg (0.19 mmol) 2-fluoroethyl chloroformate used, 58.9 mg product obtained as a yellow glassy solid (59.8% yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.05 (d, J=2.14 Hz, 9 H), 1.07-1.09 (m, 2 H), 1.22-1.27 (in, 2 H), 1.42-1.45 (in, I H), 1.87-1.90 (m, 1 H), 2.24 (q, J=8.75 Hz, 1 H), 2.28-2.33 (in, I H), 2.63 (dd, J=13.43, 6.41 Hz, 1 H), 2.92-2.96 (in, I H), 3.92-4.10 (in, 3 H), 4.31-4.37 (m, 2 H), 4.42-4.46 20 (in, 2 H), 4.54-4.57 (m, I H), 5.12 (d, J=10.38 Hz, 1 H), 5.29 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.71-5.79 (m, I H), 5.88 (s, I H), 7.33 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.55 (t, J=7.17 Hz, 1 H), 7.71 (in, I H), 7.81 (d,J=7.93 Hz, 1 H), 7.96 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.19 (d, J=7.63 Hz, 1 H); MS m/z 674 (MH*).

230 Example 127: Preparation of Compound 127 0 0 H 0 O -- NHN N N" ~-NHH Compound 127 5 Compound 127 was prepared by following Scheme R of Example 120 except that 2 methoxyphenyl chloroformate was used in place of p--tolyl chloroformate in step 2. Step 2: Modifications: 35 mg (0.19 mmol) 2-methoxyphenyl chloroformate used, 97.6 mg 10 product obtained as a sticky yellow oil (91.0 % yield): MS m/z 734 (MH'). Example 128: Preparation of Compound 128 0 'N .1110 H C 0 O~-N ON N Compound 128 15 231 Compound 128 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 120 except that 2 (-)-(1R)-menthyl chloroformate was used in place ofp-tolyl chloroformate in step 2. Step 2: 5 Modifications: 42 mg (0.19 mmol) (-)-(IR)-menthyl chloroformate used, 69.1 mg product obtained as a white glassy solid (61.7 % yield): MS m/z 766 (MV). Example 129: Preparation of Compound 129 00 NH N H 0 10 Compound 129 Compound 129 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 120 except that hexyl chloroformate was used in place of p-tolyl chloroformate in step 2. 15 Step 2: Modifications: 31 mg (0.19 mmol) hexyl chloroformate used, 66.7 mg product obtained as a yellow glassy solid (64.1 % yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.87-0.99 (in, 5 H), 1.05 (s, 9 H), 1.07-1.09 (in, 2 H), 1.22-1.28 (m, 6 H), 1.43-1.48 (i, 3 H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, I H), 2.24 (q, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 2.28-2.33 (m, I H), 2.63 (dd, 20 J=14.34, 7.63 Hz, I H), 2.92-2.97 (i, I H), 3.72 (dt, J=10.61, 6.60 Hz, I H), 3.81 3.86 (m, 1 H), 4.10 (dd, 1=11.60, 3.36 Hz, I H), 4.32 (d, 1=8.85 Hz, I H), 4.43 (d, 1=11.90 Hz, 1 H), 4.55 (dd, J=9.77, 7.32 Hz, I H), 5.13 (d, J=10.38 Hz, I H), 5.30 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.76 (ddd, J=17.09, 10.07, 9.16 Hz, I H), 5.89 (s, 1 H), 7.33 (d, 232 J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 7.54 (t, J=7.48 Hz, I H), 7.69-7.72 (m, I H), 7.81 (d, 1=8.24 Hz, 1 H), 7.97 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 8.20 (d, J=8.24 Hz, I H); MS m/z 712 (MH*). Example 130: Preparation of Compound 130 5 0 N H 0 0 NH N H Compound 130 Scheme 1 O N ,1-N -r Step 1 0 TFA, DCM 2 TFA 0 NHN

H

2 1N (N H0 0 H O" 0 N'O Compound 23 Step 2 2 TFA H O O t-butyl acetic acid -NH N H 0 O

H

2 N N N \HATU, NMM, DCE N O N N - N S0 0C o ou 130/ Compound 130 233. Step 1: A solution of Compound 23 (see Example 23) (1.50g, 2.19 mmol)in DCM (50 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (50 mL) was stirred for 3 h at rt. The mixture was 5 concentrated in vacuo to a viscous residue, and was then dissolved in 1,2 dichloroethane and again concentrated in vacuo to give the desired bis-trifluoroacetic acid salt product as an off-white glassy solid (quantitative). The material was used directly in the next step without purification. 10 Step 2: A mixture of the product from step 1 (118 mg, 0.146 mmol), tert-butyl acetic acid (22 mg, 0.19 mmol), HATU (72 mg, 0.19 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (59 mg, 0.58 mmol) in 1, 2 -dichloroethane was stirred for 24 h at rt. The reaction mixture was washed with pH = 4 buffer solution (3 x 3 mL), and the washes were back 15 extracted with 1, 2 -dichloroethane (3 mL). The organic phases were combined and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was then dissolved in MeOH and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give the title compound (Compound 130) as a slightly yellow glassy solid (43.4 mg, 43.5% yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) S 0.82 (d, J=1.83 Hz, 9 H), 1.06 (d, J=2.14 Hz, 9 H), 1.07-1.10 (m, 2 H), 1.22-1.28 (m, 2 H), 20 1.43-1.46 (m, I H), 1.87-1.90 (m, I H), 1.99 (d, J=1.83 Hz, 2 H), 2.20-2.26 (m, I H), 2.27-2.33 (m, I H), 2.59-2.64 (m, I H), 2.93-2.97 (m, I H), 4.12-4.14 (m, I H), 4.42 (d, J=11.60 Hz, I H), 4.51-4.55 (m, I H), 4.67 (dd, J=9.31, 1.98 Hz, 1 H), 5.11-5.14 (m, 1 H), 5.29 (d, J=17.40 Hz, I H), 5.72-5.80 (m, I H), 5.89 (d, J=1.83 Hz, 1 H), 7.32 (dd, 1=5.80, 2.14 Hz, I H), 7.52-7.55 (m, I H), 7.69-7.72 (m, I H), 7.81 (d, 25 J=8.24 Hz, I H), 7.96 (dd, J=5.80, 1.83 Hz, 1 H), 8.17 (d, J=8.24 Hz, I H); MS m/z 682 (MH*). Example 131: Preparation of Compound 131 234 \0 N 16I sNH N HO 0 Compound 131 Compound 131 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 130 except that methoxyacetic acid was used in place of tert-butyl acetic acid in step 2. 5 Step 2: Modifications: 17 mg (0.19 mmol) methoxyacetic acid used, 49.9 mg product obtained as a slightly yellow glassy solid (52.0 % yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 5 1.05 1.08 (m, I1 H), 1.24-1.26 (in, 2 H), 1.45 (ddd, J=9.31, 5.34, 3.66 Hz, I H), 1.88 (ddd, Ti R rJ Q I QO I R I T47 I M4 917 (m 1 fI-i')') Q ' 4 (m I tlT A-,4f. " (-.n I H), 2.91-2.97 (m, 1 H), 3.34 (d, J=3.66 Hz, 3 H), 3.69 (dd, J=15.26, 3.66 Hz, I H), 3.81-3.85 (m, 1 H), 4.15 (dt, .1=11.67, 3.62 Hz, 1 H), 4.35 (d, J=I 1.90 Hz, 1 H), 4.55 (ddd, J=10.30, 6.94, 3.20 Hz, I H), 4.66 (dd, J=9.61, 3.51 Hz, 1 H), 5.11-5.14 (m, I H), 5.28-5.32 (m, I H), 5.73-5.81 (m, I H), 5.90 (d, J=3.36 Hz, I H), 7.33 (dd, 15 J=5.65, 3.20 Hz, I H), 7.54-7.58 (m, I H), 7.69-7.73 (m, 1 H), 7.80-7.82 (in, I H), 7.95-7.97 (m, I H), 8.15 (dd, J=8.39, 2.59 Hz, I H); MS m/z 656 (MH*). Example 132: Preparation of Compound 132 235 O O N N H H 0 0 O O ON N 0 NN Compound 132 Compound 132 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 130 except that methoxypropionic acid was used in place of tert-butyl acetic acid in step 2. 5 Step 2: Modifications: 20 mg (0.19 mmol) methoxypropionic acid used, 50.0 mg product obtained as a yellow glassy solid (51.1 % yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.06 (d, J=1.83 Hz, 9 H), 1.07-1.09 (m, 2 H), 1.23-1.27 (m, 2 H), 1.44 (ddd, J=9.38, 5.26, 10 1.83 Hz, I H), 1.87-1.90 (m, I H), 2.21-2.27 (m, 1 H), 2.29-2.33 (m, 2 H), 2.40-2.46 (I, I H), 2.59-2.64 (m, I H), 2.92-2.97 (m, I H), 3.25 (d, J=1.83 Hz, 3 H), 3.45-3.54 (m, 2 H), 4.12-4.16 (m, 1 H), 4.37 (d, J=1 1.60 Hz, I H), 4.52-4.55 (m, 1 H), 4.65 (dd, J=9.16, 1.83 Hz, 1 H), 5.12 (d, J=10.38 Hz, I H), 5.30 (d, J=17.40 Hz, I H), 5.72 5.80 (m, 1 H), 5.89 (s, 1 H), 7.33 (dd, J=5.65, 1.98 Hz, 1 H), 7.54-7.58 (m, I H), 15 7.69-7.73 (m, 1 H), 7.81 (d, J=8.24 Hz, I H), 7.96 (dd, J=6.10, 1.83 Hz, 1 H), 8.18 (d, J=8.24 Hz, I H); MS mn/z 670 (MH*). Example 133: Preparation of Compound 133 236 0 0N O 0 NH H 0 0 0 ' Compound 133 Compound 133 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 130 except that (S)-1,4-benzodioxane-2-carboxylic acid was used in place of tert-butyl acetic acid in 5 step 2. Step 2: Modifications: 35 mg (0.19 mmol)(S)-1, 4 -benzodioxane-2-carboxylic acid used, 54.0 mg product obtained as a slightly yellow glassy solid (49.5 % yield): 'H NMR 1.31 (m, I H), 1.45-1.49 (m; I H), 1.86-1.90 (m, 1 H), 2.21-2.25 (m, I H), 2.28-2.34 (m, I H), 2.59-2.65 (m, I H), 2.90-2.94 (m, 1 H), 4.12-4.17 (m, 2 H), 4.32 (d, J=11.90 Hz, I H), 4.35-4.39 (m, 1 H), 4.55-4.61 (m, 3 H), 5.11-5.14 (m, 1 H), 5.28 5.32 (m, I H), 5.75-5.83 (m, 1 H), 5.90 (d, J=3.66 Hz, I H), 6.80-6.89 (m, 3 H), 7.03 15 7.07 (m, I H), 7.32-7.34 (m, 1 H), 7.55-7.58 (m, I H), 7.68-7.72 (m, I H), 7.80-7.82 (m, 1 H), 7.96-7.98 (m, 1 H), 8.15-8.18 (m, I H); MS n/z 746 (MH*). Example 134: Preparation of Compound 134 237 0 >LON 0-H H 0 0 'H 0 H 0 d 14 Compound 134 Scheme 1 0. OJ Step 1 N 0AU 0N N H 0k0 H O BOC-Phg-OH - NH 00: 2 HOI 0 HATU NMM, DMF 0 O Product of Example 11, Step 5 Compound 134 5 Step 1: A mixture of the product from Example 11, Step 5 (100 mg, 0.172 mmol), N a-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-phenylglycine (45.3 mg, 0.180 mmol), HATU (84.9 mg, 0.223 mol), and N-methylmorpholine (87.0 mg, 0.859 mrol) in DMF (1.0 mL) was 10 stirred at rt for 18 h. The mixture was purified directly by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give 29.7 mg (23.6% yield) of Compound 134 as a white powder: 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.97-1.07 (m, 2 H), 1.12-1.17 (m, I JH), 1.22-1.32 (m, 2 H), 1.38 (s, 9 H), 1.90 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, 1 H), 2.20-2.28 (Mi, 2 H), 2.54 (dd, J=13.58, 6.56 Hz, I H), 2.85-2.89 (m, J=8.24 Hz, I H), 3.50 (d, J=10.99 Hz, I H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 4.11 238 (d, J=11.60 Hz, 1 H), 4.63 (dd, J=9.46,7.32 Hz, 1 H1, 5.13 (dd, J=10.38, 1.53 Hz, I H), 5.32 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.47 (s, I H), 5.74-5.84 (m, 2 H), 7.16-7.19 (m, I H), 7.25 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.32-7.43 (m, 6 H), 7.86 (d.. J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.13 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 1 H); MS m/z 734 (MH). 5 Example 135: Preparation of Compound 135 ON 0 :7 0 H 0 0 N _N Compound 135 10 Compound 135 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 134 except that N a-tert-butoxycarbony-erythro-DL--methylphenylal nine was used in place of N-a tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-phenylglycine in step 1. Compound 135 was prepared from a mixture of N-a-tert-butoxycarbonyl-erythro DL P-methylphenylalanine and the 15 resulting two diastereomers were separated by reverse phase preparative HPLC. This compound is the single isomer which eluted first from the preparative HPLC column. The exact stereochemistry at the P-methyl phenylalanine portion of the molecule is unknown. 20 Step 1: Modifications: 50.4 mg (0.180 mmol) N-a-tert-butoxycarbonyl-erythro-DL-$ methylphenylalanine used, 29.7 mg product obtained as a white powder (22.7 % 239 yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) S 1.11 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 2 H), 1.15 (d, J=6.10 Hz,3 H), 1.24-1.32 (m, 11 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.16, 5.19 Hz, 1 H), 1.

90 -1.

9 4 (m, 1 H), 2.25-2.29 (m, I H), 2.36 (t, J=13.28 Hz, I H), 2.62 (dd, J=13.58, 7.17 Hz, I H), 2.98-3.02 (m, I H), 3.20-3.24 (m, I H), 3.91 (s, 3 H), 4.11 (dd, J=l 1.60, 3.05 Hz, I H), 4.51 (d, 5 J=10.68 Hz, I H), 4.57 (dd, J=10.07, 7.32 Hz, I H), 4.63 (d, J=12.21 Hz, I H), 5.14 (d, J=10.07 Hz, I H), 5.32 (d, 1=16.79 Hz, I H), 5.7.6-5.84 (m, 1 H), 5.88 (s, I H), 7.08 (dd, J=8.70, 1.68 Hz, I H), 7.16-7.18 (m, 2 H), 7.23-7.27 (m, 5 H), 7.89 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (d, J=9.46 Hz, I H); MS n/z 762 (MH). 10 Example 136: Preparation of Compound 136 0 O N NN 0 H 0 Compound 136 Compound 136 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 134 except that N a-tert-butoxycarbonyl-erythro-DL-p-methylphenylalanine was used in place of N-a 15 tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-phenylglycine in step 1. Compound 136 was prepared from a mixture of N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-erythro DL $-methylphenylalanine and the resulting two diastereomers were separated by reverse phase preparative HPLC. This compound is the single isomer which eluted second from the preparative HPLC column. The exact stereochemistry at the $-methyl phenylalanine portion of the 20 molecule is unknown. Step 1: 240 Modifications: 50.4 mg (0.180 mmol) N-a-tert-butoxKycarbony-erythro-DL-0 methylphenylalanine used, 26.3 mg product obtained as a white powder (20.1 % yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.04 (s, I H), 1.13 (d, J=6.71 Hz, 3 H), 1.12-1.17 (m, 2 H), 1.30 (s, 9 H), 1.33-1.36 (m, 1 H), 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I H), 1.87 (dd, 5 J=7.78, 5.34 Hz, I H), 2.29 (q, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 2.36 (ddd, J=13.81, 9.99, 4.27 Hz, I H), 2.54 (dd, J=13.58, 7.17 Hz, 1 H), 3.00-3.04 (m, 1 H), 3.05-3.08 (m, 1 H), 3.80 (d, J=l 1.90 Hz, I H), 3.94 (s, 3 H), 4.10 (dd, J=12.05, 3.81 Hz, I H), 4.53-4.57 (m, I H), 4.59 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 1 H), 5.14 (d, J=10.38 Hz, I H), 5.34 (d, J=17.09 Hz, 1 H), 5.7 8 5.85 (m, 2 H), 6.75 (t, J=7.32 Hz, 1 H), 7.03 (t, J=7.48 Hz, 2 H), 7.12 (s, I H), 7.14 10 (s, I H), 7.19 (dd, J=9.31, 1.68 Hz, I H), 7.22 (s, I H), 7.28 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 1 H), 7.89 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.03 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H); MS m/z 762 (MI). Example 137: Preparation of Compound 137 O NH N 0 N H O 1oO 15 Compound 137 241 Scheme 1 0' O OI O N O0 Step 1 HO 0 BOC-Asp (OBzl)-OH NH HO S HATU, NMM, DCM O- O N N 2HC H 0 0 H.0 Product of Example 11, Step 5 Compound 137 Step 1: 5 A mixture of the product from Example 11, Step 5 (100 mg, 0.172 mmol), N a-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4-benzyl ester (59.5 mg, 0.180 mmol), HATU (84.9 mg, 0.223 mmol), and N-methyl morpholine (87.0 mg, 0.859 mmol) in DCM (3.0 mL) was stirred at rt for 18 h. The reaction mixture was washed with pH = 4 buffer solution (3 x 3 mL), and the washes were back-extracted with DCM (3 niL). 10 The organic phases were combined and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was then dissolved in MeOH and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give Compound 137 as a slightly off-white glassy solid (26.0 mg, 18.8% yield): 'H NMR

(CD

3 0D) 8 0.95-1.01 (m, 2 H), 1.16 (s, 9 H), 1.22-1.29 (m, 2 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I H), 1.86 (dd, J=7.93, 5.19 Hz, 1 H), 2.26 (q, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 2.32-2.37 15 (m, 1 H), 2.61 (dd, J=13.73, 7.32 Hz, 1 H), 2.66 (dd,.1=16.48, 6.10 Hz, 1 H), 2.89 (ddd, J=12.67, 8.09, 4.88 Hz, I H), 3.05 (dd, J=16.63, 8.39 Hz, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.04-4.07 (m, I H), 4.47 (d, 1=11.90 Hz, I H), 4.52-4.56 (m, I H), 4.75 (dd, J=8.24, 6.41 Hz, 1 H), 5.12-5.14 (m, I H), 5.14 (s, 2 H), 5.31 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.75-5.82 (m, 2 H), 7.12 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 7.18 (d, J=2.14 Hz, I H), 7.24 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 20 H), 7.31-7.33 (m, 1 H), 7.36 (t, J=7.32 Hz, 2 H), 7.39 (s, I H), 7.41 (s, I H), 7.88 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 8.10 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); MS m/z 806 (MW).

242 Example 138: Preparation of Compound 138 0 0 N >N N Compound 138 5 Compound 138 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 137 except that N tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4-methyl ester was used in place of N-aX-tert butoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4-benzyl ester in step 1. Step 1: 10 Modifications: 45.5 mg (0.180 mmol) N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4 methyl ester used, 93.5 mg product obtained as an off-white glassy solid (74.6 % yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.07-1.09 (m, 2 H), 1.17 (s, 9 H), 1.20-1.29 (m, 2 H), 1.41-1.44 (m, I H), 1.84-1.86 (m, 1 H), 2.26 (q, J=8.85 Hz, 1 H), 2.33-2.38 (m, I H), 2.58-2.64 (m, 2 H), 2.92-3.02 (m, 2 H), 3.69 (s, 3 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.15 (dd, 15 J=11.44, 2.29 Hz, 1 H), 4.494.56 (m, 2 H), 4.724.76 (m, I H), 5.13 (d, J=10.38 Hz, I H), 5.32 (d, 1=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.74-5.82 (m, I H), 5.87 (s, I H), 7.12 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 7.18 (s, I H), 7.24 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.88 (dd, J=5.80, 0.92 Hz, I H), 8.10 (d, 1=8.85 Hz, I H); MS m/z 730 (MH*). 20 Example 139: Preparation of Compound 139 243 0 N NHN H 00 0 Compound 139 Compound 139 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 137 except that N tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4-tert-butyl ester was used in place of N-cX-tert 5 butoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4-benzyl ester in step 1. Step 1: Modifications: 52.2 mg (0.180 mmol) N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4 -tert butyl ester used, 125 mg product obtained as an off-white glassy solid (99.8 % yield): 10 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.08-1.10 (m, 2 H), 1.17 (s, 9 H), 1.21-1.29 (m, 2 H), 1.46 (s, 10 H), 1.82 (dd, J=7.78, 5.34 Hz, I H), 2.26 (q, J=8.75 Hz, I H), 2.32-2.38 (m, 1 H), 2.51 (dd, J=16.33, 7.17 Hz, I H), 2.63 (dd, J=14.04, 7.02 Hz, I H), 2.89 (dd, J=16.48, 7.63 Hz, I H), 2.92-2.98 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.15 (dd, J=11.60, 3.05 Hz, 1 H), 4.50-4.57 (m, 2 H), 4.70-4.75 (m, 1 H), 5.13 (dd, J=10.38, 1.53 Hz, I H), 5.32 15 (d, J.=17.40 Hz, I H), 5.76-5.83 (m, I H), 5.87 (s, 1 H), 7.13 (dd, J=8.85, 1.53 Hz, 1 H), 7.18 (d, J=2.14 Hz, I H), 7.25 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.10 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); MS m/z 772 (MIH*). Example 140: Preparation of Compound 140 20 244 0 N HO Compound 140 Schem-e 1 00 oN N Ste 1 H N o H -o HO Compound 138 Compound 140 5 Compound 138 (50.0 mg, 0.0685 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF (I mL), MeOH (I mL), and 1.M aqueous NaOH (0.137 mL, 0.137 mmol). After 3 h, the reaction mixture was neutralized by the addition of L.M aqueous HCI (0.137 mL, 0. 137 mmol). The crude mixture was concentrated in vacuo, then pH = 4 buffer solution (3 mL) and DCM (3 mL) were added and the mixture was shaken. The 10 layers were separated and the aqueous layer was further extracted with DCM (2 x I mL). The organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give 48.0 mg (97.9% yield) of Compound 140 as an off white glassy solid: 'H NMR (CD30D) S 1.04-1.07 (m, 2 H), 1.17 (s, 9 H), 1.22-1.25 (m, 2 H), 1.38 (dd, J=9.31, 5.34 Hz, I H), 1.78 (dd, J=7.78, 5.34 Hz, I H), 2.30 (q, 245 J=8.75 Hz, 1 H), 2.37-2.42 (m, I H), 2.48 (dd, 1=1:5.87, 4.58 Hz, 1 H), 2.72 (dd, J=13.12, 7.63 Hz, I H), 2.88 (dd, J=15.72, 10.53 Hz, I H), 2.90-2.95 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.21 (dd, J=11.44, 2.90 Hz, I H), 4.57 (t, 1=8.70 Hz, I H), 4.62-4.65 (m, 2 H), 5.10 (d, J=10.68 Hz, I H), 5.34 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.69-5.76 (m, I H), 5.83 (s, 5 1 H), 7.10 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 7.17 (s, I H), 7.23 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, 1=6.10 Hz, I H), 8.12 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H); MS m/z 716 (MH'). Example 141: Preparation of Compound 141 0-, 0 o N HN H 0 0 o0 N 10 Compound 141 246 Scheme 1 o 0O O N O OJ 2 HCI 0 N Step 1 N H 0 0 N,N-disuccinimidyl 0

H

2 N N N carbonate NH N H 0 0 Product of Example 550te, 0" e THF, DIPEA H 0 0 O H O ON ThProduct of Example 55, Step 6 g .94mo) ,' 0N Step 2 2 0--<NAL-Val-OMe The roudrecto mixtue fro step 1was trete withmm) amxur'f- -aln 5 tdsterd cronate (41. mg, 0.142 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (30.6 mg, 0.27 mmol) weecmindwt anhydrous TIF (1 mL).andThe resultingmitrwasire sfspns18 has Soheat was 80move in acoade reoe foras take Up cing CM 10 (2 m) a w m These hyrochloridape (55, 0.947 (6 m094mmol) an A'disoylta-un (1226 mg, 0.47 mmol) inecmidwt anhydrous TI-F (2 mL). Tn he resultingmxtrwasire fors1pheaiSoln was rmoved' in acuowande residue was takein. Up cing CM 151(2 mg, and4 washed wihydr4ouffe ltin (3 x 2h resun biue wasestwre 247. combined and back-extracted with DCM (2 mL). The combined DCM phases were concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was dissolved in MeOH and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give 38.1 mg (52.2% yield) of Compound 141 as a white powder- 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) S0.83 (dd,J=6.87, 3.81 Hz, 6 H), 1.06 (s, 11 5 H), 1.21-1.26 (m, 2 H), 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, 1 H), 1.95-2.02 (m, 1 H), 2.21 (q, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 2.29 (ddd, J=13.89, 9.92, 4.27 Hz, I H), 2.60 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, 1 H), 2.91-2.97 (m, 1. H), 3.67 (s, 3 H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 4.00 (d, J=5.49 Hz, I H), 4.09 (dd, J=1 1.90, 3.97 Hz, I H), 4.40-4.43 (m, 2 H), 4.52 (dd, J=10.07, 7.02 Hz, I H), 5.11 (dd,J=10.38, 1.53 Hz, 1 H), 5.28 (dd,J=17.09, 10 1.22 Hz, 1 H), 5.75 (ddd, J1=7.17, 10.15, 9.00 Hz, I H), 5.83 (s, 1 H), 7.11 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.18 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.24 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.87 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 1 H), 8.10 (d, 1=8.85 Hz, 1 H); MS n/z 771 (MvH*). Example 142: Preparation of Compound 142 15 0~ 31 0 o N =KNHH 0 0 N~ 0 0H0 Compound 142 Compound 142 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 141 except that D valine methyl ester hydrochloride was used in place of L-valine methyl ester 20 hydrochloride in step 2. Step 2: 248 Modifications: 159 mg (0.947 mmol) D-valine methyl ester hydrochloride used, 23.0 mg product obtained as a white powder (31.5 % yield): 'HNMR (CD 3 0D) 60.88 (dd, J=13.89, 6.87 Hz, 6 H), 1.06 (s, 9 H), 1.07-1.09 (in, 2 H), 1.23-1.27 (in, 2 H), 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, I H), 2.01-2.07 (m, I H), 5 2.23 (q, J=9.05 Hz, 1 H), 2.31 (ddd, J=14.11, 9.99, 4.27 Hz, I H), 2.63 (dd, J=13.89, 7.17 Hz, I H), 2.93-2.98 (m, I H), 3.62 (s, 3 H), 3.96 (s, 3 H), 4.03 (d, J=5.19 Hz, 1 H), 4.09 (dd, J=1 1.75, 3.81 Hz, 1 H), 4.38 (s, I H), 4.48-4.54 (m, 2 H), 5.12 (dd, J=10.38, 1.22 Hz, 1 H), 5.29 (dd, J=17.24, 1.07 Hz, I H), 5.70-5.77 (m, I H), 5.83 (s, I H), 7.22 (dd, J=9.00, 2.59 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 (d, 1=2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.35 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I 10 H), 7.87 (d, 1=6.10 Hz, I H), 8.16 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); MS m/z 771 (MIH). Example 143: Preparation of Compound 143 0O O N 0~~ 0 Compound 143 15 Compound 143 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 137 except that N tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-cyclohexylglycine was used in place of N-c-tert butoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4-benzyl ester in step 1. 20 Step 1: Modifications: 46.2 ing (0.180 mmol) N-tert-butoxycaibonyl-L-cyclohexylglycine used, 93.9 mg product obtained as a white powder (73.8 % yield): 'H NMR

(CD

3 0D) 5 1.04-1.08 (dd, 1=7.78, 2.29 Hz, 4 H), 1.19- .26 (m, 4 H), 1.25 (s, 9 H), 249 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 1 H), 1.63-1.82 (m, 7 H), 1.88 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 2.22 (q, J=9.05 Hz, I H), 2.32-2.37 (m, 1 H), 2.59 (dd, J=13.58, 6.87 Hz, I H), 2.91 2.96 (m, 1 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.05 (dd, J=11.75, 3.20 Hz, I H), 4.09 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1 H), 4.47 (d,J=11.90 Hz, 1 H), 4.53 (dd, J=10.22, 7.T7 Hz, I H), 5.11 (d,J=10.38 Hz, 5 1 H), 5.29 (d, J=16.79 Hz, 1 H), 5.79 (ddd, J=16.86, 9.92, 9.54 Hz, 1 H), 5.84 (s, I H), 7.10 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1 H), 7.17 (d, J=1.53 Hz, 1 H), 7.24 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 7.88 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 8.09 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1 H); MS n/z 740 (MH*). Example 144: Preparation of Compound 144 10 0~~ 0J ON O O N HN H 0 0 ,rNH N Compound 144 Compound 144 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 141 except that the 15 scale was increased and that glycine methyl ester hydrochloride was used in place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2. Step 1: Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 mmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 6 2

.

2 mg 20 (0.219 mmol) NN'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 mg (0.364 mmol) NN diisopropylethylamine used. Step 2: 250 Modifications: 183 mg (1.46 mmol) glycine methyl ester hydrochloride, 188 mg (1.46 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylanine used, 56.3 mg product obtained as a white powder (52.9 % yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 1.01-1.04 (m, 2 H), 1.05 (s, 9 H), 1.17 1.21 (m, 2 H), 1.40 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, I H), 1.85 (dd, J=7.78, 5.34 Hz, I H), 2.18 5 (q, J=8.55 Hz, I H), 2.33 (ddd, J=13.89, 9.92, 4.27 Hz, 1 H), 2.61 (dd, J=13.73, 7.32 Hz, I H), 2.89-2.94 (m, 1 H), 3.65 (s, 3 H), 3.69-3.77 (m, 2 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.10 (dd, J=1 1.75, 3.81 Hz, I H), 4.40-4.42 (m, 2 H), 4.53 (dd, J=9.92, 7.17 Hz, I H), 5.08 (d, J=10.38 Hz, 1 H), 5.26 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.77 (ddd, J=17.09, 10.22, 9.00 Hz, I H), 5.83 (s, 1 H), 7.13 (dd, J=8.85, 2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.17 (s, 1 H), 7.23 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 10 1 H), 7.87 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H); MS m/z 729 (MH*). Example 145: Preparation of Compound 145 0 0 _ 0-ON HN H 0 O0 NH N 00I Compound 145 15 Compound 145 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 141 except that the scale was increased and that L-alanine methyl ester hydrochloride was used in place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2. 20 Step 1: Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 mmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 62.2 mg (0.219 mmol) NN'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 mg (0.364 mmol) NN diisopropylethylamine used.

251 Step 2: Modifications: 203 mg (1.46 mmol) L-alanine methyl ester hydrochloride, 188 mg (1.46 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylamine used, 64.3 mg product obtained as a white 5 powder (59.3 % yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 5 0.97-L02 (m, 2 H), 1.05 (s, 9 H), 1.19 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 3 H), 1.18-1.22 (m, 2 H), 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 5.19 Hz, 1 H), 1.86 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, I H), 2.19 (q, J=8.85 Hz, 1 H), 2.32 (ddd, J=13.81, 9.84,4.43 Hz, I H), 2.61 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, I H), 2.93 (ddd, J=12.82, 8.09, 4.73 Hz, I H), 3.65 (s, 3 H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 3.99 (q, J=7.22 Hz, 1 H), 4.08 (dd, 1=11.75, 3.81 Hz, I H), 10 4.38 (s, 1 H), 4.42 (d, J=11.60 Hz, I H), 4.53 (dd, J=:10.07, 7.32 Hz, 1 H), 5.09 (dd, J=10.38, 1.53 Hz, I H), 5.27 (dd, J=17.09, 1.22 Hz, 1 H), 5.77 (ddd, J=17.09, 10.07, 9.16 Hz, I H), 5.82 (s, I H), 7.13 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.18 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.24 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.87 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.10 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 1 H); MS n/z 743 (MH*). 15 Example 146: Preparation of Compound 146 0 0 0=<) 0 N HN H 0 0 ~NH N0 Compound 146 20 Compound 147 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 141 except that the scale was increased and that L-tert-leucine methyl ester hydrochloride was used in place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2.

252 Step 1: Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 mmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 62.2 mg (0.219 mmol) NN'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 mg (0.364 mmol) NN diisopropylethylamine used. 5 Step 2: Modifications: 265 mg (1.46 mmol) L-tert-leucine methyl ester hydrochloride, 188 mg (1.46 rnmol) NN-diisopropylethylamine used, 68.3 mg product obtained as a white powder (59.6 % yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.38 (s, 9 H), 0.97-1.03 (m, 2 H), 10 1.06 (s, 9 H), L.

18 -1.24 (m, 2 H), 1.41 (dd, J=9.46, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 1.86 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, I H), 2.19 (q, J=8.75 Hz, I H), 2.30 (ddd, J=1i3.89, 10.07, 4.43 Hz, I H), 2.60 (dd, J=13.73, 7.32 Hz, I H), 2.91-2.96 (m, I H), 3.65 (s, 3 H), 3.91 (s, I H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 4.09 (dd, 1=11.60, 3.97 Hz, I H), 4.38 (s, I H), 4.43 (d, 1=11.60 Hz, I H), 4.51 (dd, 1=10.07, 7.32 Hz, 1 H), 5.10 (dd, J=10.38, 1.53 Hz, 1 H), 5.27 (dd, 15 J=17.24, 1.37 Hz, 1 H), 5.76 (ddd, J=17.09, 10.07, 9.16 Hz, I H), 5.82 (s, I H), 7.12 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I H), 7.18 (d, J=2.14 Hz, I H), 7.24 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 7.87 (d,J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.11 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); MS m/z 785 (IW). Example 147: Preparation of Compound 147 20 01" 0 NY NH o- 0 N HN H 0 0 Compound 147 253 Compound 147 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 141 except that the scale was increased and that L-histidine methyl ester hydrochloride was used in place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2, and the amount of N,N diisopropylethylamine used in step 2 was doubled. 5 Step 1: Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 mmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 6 2.2 mg (0.219 mrnol) NN'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 mg (0.364 mmol) NN diisopropylethylamine used. 10 Step 2: Modifications: 352 mg (1.46 mmol) L-histidine methyl ester hydrochloride, 377 mg (2.91 mmol) N,N-diisopropylethylamine used, 51.0 mg product obtained as a white powder (43.2 % yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.04 (s, 11 H), 1.20-1.22 (m, 2 H), 1.41 15 (ddd, J=9.46, 5.34, 1.07 Hz, I H), 1.86-1.88 (m, I H), 2.23 (q, J=8.75 Hz, 1 H), 2.28 2.33 (m, 1 H), 2.60 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, I H), 2.92 (d, J=6.41 Hz, 2 H), 2.92-2.96 (m, I H), 3.64 (s, 3 H), 3.91 (d, J=1.53 Hz, 3 H), 4.04 (dd, J=1 1.90, 3.66 Hz, 1 H), 4.35 (s, 1 H), 4.36-4.41 (m, 2 H), 4.53 (dd, J=9.77, 7.63 Hz, I H), 5.10 (d, 1=10.38 Hz, I H), 5.28 (d, J=17.40 Hz, 1 H), 5.73-5.78 (in, I H), 5.81 (s, I H), 6.82 (s, I H), 20 7.06-7.09 (m, I H), 7.15 (s, I H), 7.23 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.63 (s, 1 H), 7.87 (dd, J=5.80, 1.22 Hz, 1 H), 8.08 (d, 1=9.16 Hz, I H); MS m/z 809 (MH+). Example 148: Preparation of Compound 148 254 0 J0 0 0 N HN H 0 0 0 0 N Compound 148 Compound 148 was prepared by following Scheme 'I of Example 141 except that the scale was increased and that L-valine ethyl ester hydrochloride was used in place of 5 L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2. Step 1: Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 rmmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 62.2 mg ............- 2.-r -. 10 diisopropylethylamine used. Step 2: Modifications: 265 mg (1.46 mmol) L-valine ethyl ester hydrochloride, 188 mg (1.46 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylamine used, 69.2 m g product obtained as a white 15 powder (60.4 % yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 50.83 (dd, J=6.71, 5.19 Hz, 6 H), 1.01 1.03 (m, 2 H), 1.06 (s, 9 H), 1.17-1.22 (m, 2 H), 1.23 (t, J=7.17 Hz, 3 H), 1.40 (dd, 1=9.46, 5.19 Hz, I H), 1.86 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, I H), 1.95-2.02 (m, I H), 2.18 (q, J=9.05 Hz, I H), 2.33 (ddd, J=13.89, 9.92, 4.27 Hz, I H), 2.60 (dd, J=13.89, 7.17 Hz, 1 H), 2.92 (ddd, J=12.82, 8.09, 4.73 Hz, I H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 3.98 (d, J=5.19 Hz, I H), 20 4.08-4.17 (m, 3 H), 4.41 (s, 1 H), 4.41-4.43 (m, I H), 4.52 (dd, J=10.07, 7.32 Hz, I H), 5.09 (dd, 1=10.38, 1.53 Hz, I H), 5.26 (dd, J=17.09, 1.22 Hz, 1 H), 5.77 (ddd, J=17.09, 10.07, 9.16 Hz, 1 H), 5.82 (s, I H), 7.12 (dd, 1=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I H), 7.18 (d, 255 J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.23 (d, 1=6.10 Hz, I H), 7.87 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 8.10 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); MS nVz 785 (MH*). Example 149: Preparation of Compound 149 5 0' ON N H 0 0 0 0 0 NNk. O0 9 0 N ' Compound 149 Compound 149 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 137 except that N tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-cyclopentylglycine dicyclohexylamine salt was used in place 10 of N-a-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 4-benzyl ester in step 1. Step 1: Modifications: 76.2 mg (0.180 mmol) N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-cyc I opentylglycine dicyclohexylamine salt used, 111 mg product obtained as a white powder (89.3 % 15 yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 5 0.98 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 2 H), 1.15-1.18 (m, 2 1), 1.24 (s, 9 H), 1.29-1.32 (m, J=18.01 Hz, 2 H), 1.38-1.40 (m, I H), 1.44 (dd, J=4.88, 1.53 Hz, I H), 1.49-1.55 (m, 2 H), 1.62-1.67 (in, 2 H), 1.74-1.80 (m, I H), 1.85-1.88 (m, 1 H), 2.16 (q, J=8.75 Hz, I H), 2.21-2.26 (m, 1 H), 2.42 (t, J=11.90 Hz, 1 H), 2.60-2.64 (m, I H), 2.89-2.93 (m, 1 H), 3.92 (d, J=1.53 Hz, 3 H), 4.06-4.11 (m, 2 H), 4.51-4.57 (m, 20 2 H), 5.07 (d, J=10.38 Hz, I H), 5.25 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.78-5.85 (m, 2 H), 7.10 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1 H), 7.17 (s, I H), 7.23 (d, J=4.27 Hz, 1 H), 7.88 (dd, J=5.95, 1.68 Hz, I H), 8.10 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); MS nVz 726 (MH).

256 Example 150: Preparation of Compound 150 0 0 O Jj O N HN H 0 0 N S Compound 150 5 Compound 150 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 141 except that the scale was increased and that L-valine benzyl ester hydrochloride was used in place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2. 10 Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 mmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 62.2 mg (0.219 mmol) NN'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 mg (0.364 mmol) NN diisopropylethylamine used. Step 2: 15 Modifications: 356 mg (1.46 mmol) L-valine benzyl ester hydrochloride, 188 mg (1.46 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylamine used, 41.0 mg product obtained as a white powder (33.2 % yield): MS m/z 848 (MH*). Example 151: Preparation of Compound 151 20 257 0 0 0 N H H 0 0 / -NHN N , 11 0 0 N' Compound 151 Compound 151 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 141 except that the scale was increased and that L-isoleucine methyl ester hydrochloride was used in 5 place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2. Step 1: Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 mmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 62.2 mg (0.219 mmol) NN'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 mg (0.364 mmol) NN 10 diisopropylethylamine used. Step 2: Modifications: 265 mg (1.46 mmol) L-isoleucine methyl ester hydrochloride, 188 mg (1.46 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylamine used, 75.5 mg product obtained as a 15 white powder (65.9 % yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.78-0.80 (m, 3 H), 0.83-0.84 (m, 3 H), 0.90-0.95 (m, I H), 1.01-1.03 (m, 2 H), 1.06 (d, J=3.05 Hz, 9 H), 1.17-1.21 (m, 2 H), 1.32-1.42 (m, 2 H), 1.68-1.72 (m, I H), 1.84-1.87 (m, I H), 2.14-2.20 (m, 1 H), 2.30-2.36 (m, I H), 2.57-2.62 (m, I H), 2.90-2.95 (m, I H), 3.66 (d, J=2.75 Hz, 3 H), 3.92 (d, J=2.75 Hz, 3 H), 4.05-4.12 (in, 2 H), 4.394.42 (in, 2 H), 4.50-4.53 (m, I H), 20 5.07-5.10 (m, I H), 5.23-5.28 (m, I H), 5.73-5.79 (m, I H), 5.81-5.83 (m, I H), 7.10 7.13 (m, I H), 7.17 (t, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.22-7.24 (m, I H), 7.85-7.87 (m, 1 H), 8.10 (dd, J=9.16, 2.75 Hz, I H); MS m/z 785 (M 4

).

258 Example 152: Preparation of Compound 152 0 0' /O O O='jj 0 N HN H H 0 0 0 0 0 0AHO Compound 152 5 Compound 152 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 141 except that the scale was increased and that L-valine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride was used in place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2. 10 Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 mmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 62.2 mg (0.219 mmol) NN'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 mg (0.364 mmol) N,N diisopropylethylamine used. Step 2: 15 Modifications: 306 mg (1.46 mmol) L-valine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride, 188 mg (1.46 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylamine used, 93.5 mg product obtained as a white powder (78.8 % yield): MS m/z 814 (MIH*). Example 153: Preparation of Compound 153 20 259 0 { O N HN -NH N -A 0 0 Compound 153 Compound 153 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 141 except that the scale was increased and that (S)-(+)-l-methoxy-2-propylamine was used in place of 5 L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2. Step 1: Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 mmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 6 2 .2 mg (0.219 mmol) NN'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 m (0.364 mmol) NN 10 diisopropylethylamine used. Step 2: Modifications: 130 mg (1.46 mmol) (S)-(+)-l-methoxy-2-propylamine, 188 mg (1.46 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylamine used, 50.3 mg product obtained as a white 15 powder (47.3 % yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.96 (d, 1=7.02 Hz, 3 H), 0.99-1.01 (m, 2 H), 1.04 (s, 9 H), 1.15-1.18 (m, 2 H), 1.39 (dd, J=9.61, 5.34 Hz, I H), 1.84 (dd, 1=7.93, 5.19 Hz, I H), 1.93 (s, 3 H), 2.15 (q, J=9.05 Hz, I H), 2.37 (ddd, J=13.96, 9.84, 4.58 Hz, I H), 2.61 (dd, J=14.04, 7.32 Hz, I H), 2.90 (ddd, J=12.89, 8.16, 4.88 Hz, I H), 3.19-3.28 (in, 2 H), 3.64-3.67 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.12 (dd, J=11.60, 20 3.97 Hz, I H), 4.40 (s, I H), 4.44 (d, J=11.90 Hz, I H), 4.53 (dd, J=9.77, 7.32 Hz, I H), 5.07 (dd, J=10.22, 1.68 Hz, I H), 5.24 (dd, J=17.24, 1.37 Hz, I H), 5.76-5.81 (m, I H), 5.83 (s, I H), 7.10 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I H), 7.17 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.23 (d, 260 J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.87 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.10 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 1 H); MS nz 729 (MH*). Example 154: Preparation of Compound 154 5 0 0 O 'j O N -N0 HN -NH H 0H 00 Compound 154 Compound 154 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 141 except that the 10 in place of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 2. Step 1: Modifications: 100 mg (0.146 mmol) of the product of Example 55, Step 1; 62.2 rng (0.219 mmol) N,N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, 47.0 mg (0.364 mmol) NN 15 diisopropylethylamine used. Step 2: Modifications: 265 mg (1.46 mmol) N-methyl L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride, 188 mg (1.46 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylamine used, 68.2 mg product obtained as a 20 white powder (59.5 % yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 0.70 (dd, J=6.71, 2.14 Hz, 3 H), 0.89 (dd, J=6.41, 2.44 Hz, 3 H), 0.96-0.98 (m, I H), 1.02-1.04 (m, 2 H), 1.07 (d, J=2.14 Hz, 9 H), 1.18-1.22 (m, 2 H), 1.43-1.47 (m, I H), 1.84-1.87 (m, I H), 2.11 2.19 (m, 2 H), 2.31-2.37 (m, I H), 2.58-2.63 (m, 1 H), 2.87 (d, J=2.44 Hz, 3 H), 2.90- 261 2.94 (m, 1 H), 3.65 (d, J=2.14 Hz, 3 H), 3.92 (d, J=2.14 Hz, 3 H), 4.10-4.14 (m, I H), 4.25 (dd, J=10.07, 1.22 Hz, I H), 4.48 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 4.504.54 (m, I H), 5.08 5.10 (m, I H), 5.25-5.28 (dd, J=17.09, 1.53 Hz, I H), 5.78-5.85 (m, 2 H), 7.10-7.13 (m, I H), 7.18-7.19 (m, I H), 7.24 (dd, J=5.95, 2.59 Hz, I H), 7.87-7.89 (m, 1 H), 5 8.10 (dd, J=9.00, 2.59 Hz, I H); MS m/z 785 (IH*). Example 155: Preparation of Compound 155 0 F F I F N 0 H 0 0 -NH N N& Iz Compound155 10 Sd Cr F 0 Nk~ 2 0Z Step Step 0 N 0 + IQO H 0 0 H 2 NN N k -N NMM,TF NN N 0 N\ 4O> Product of Example 55, Step I Compound 155 Step 1: To a solution of the product of Example 55, Step 1 (100 mg, 0.146 mmol) in 15 anhydrous THF (2 m.L) was added carbonic acid pyridin-2-yl ester 2

,

2 ,2-trifluoro- 262 1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (44.0 mg, 0.175 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (59 mg, 0.58 mmol). The mixture was agitated at It for 24 h. The reaction mixture was washed concentrated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in DCM (2 mL). The solution was washed with pH =4 buffer solution (3 x 3 mL), and the washes were 5 back-extracted with DCM (3 mL). The organic phases were combined and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was then dissolved in MeOH and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give Compound 155 as a white powder (38.5 mg, 34.3% yield): 'H NMR (CD 3 0D) 8 1.04 (s, 11 H), 1.1 9 -1.

2 2 (m, 2 H), 1.23 (s, 3 H), 1.43 (dd, J=9.31, 5.34 Hz, I H), 1.46 (s, 3 H), 1.87 (dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 10 2.19 (q, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 2.34 (m, I H), 2.62 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, 1 H), 2.92 (ddd, 1=12.67, 8.09, 4.88 Hz, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.06 (dd, .1=11.90, 3.36 Hz, 1 H), 4.23 (s, I H), 4.43 (d, J=1 1.60 Hz, I H), 4.56 (dd, J=10.38, 7.32 Hz, I H), 5.10 (d, J=10.38 Hz, I H), 5.27 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.75-5.80 (m, I H), 5.82 (s, I H), 7.10 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I H), 7.18 (d, J=2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 7.89 (d, 15 1=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.07 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H); MS m/z 768 (MH'). Section E: LC-MS conditions for section E 20 "method A" is 3.OX50mm Xterra @4min gradient and 4 mUmin flow "method B" is 3 .OX50mm Xterra @3min gradient and 4 mlJmin flow "method C" is 4.6X50mm Xterra @4min gradient and 4 mUmin flow "method D" is 4.6X50mm Xterra @3min gradient and 4 mIJmin flow 263 Example 180: Preparation of Compound 180 General Synthetic Scheme F 0 0 N F F IF N HOH

HO/,

1 HOH IH NKOtBu In DMVF Exapl H8OH o o Example180~c @ Room Temp. ~ N HATU, Et 3 N in CH 2

CI

2 Example 180a 4 - O 0 @ Room Temperature Example 180b F N F F F~ 0 F 0 F N1 : 3 v/v mix Of H N N O TFA: CH 2

CI

2 TFA 'H HoH Example 180d HO F Example 180e F -~'- F o O %1 H N E 52-98% HN 0 HATU, H~nlgs Base in CH 2

CI

2 at Room Temp. I J 5 Example 180 Compound 180 to 183 were prepared by the general synthetic scheme as depicted above. These individual reactions were described in detail elsewhere. With the exception of the first alkylation step for which potassium tert-butoxide in THF (as 10 supplied by Aldrich Chemicals) in DMF offered a more convenient work up procedure: most of the DMF solvent was washed away with water once the alkylation was complete.

264 F N F F 0 N H 7 Thus Compound 180: BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-.(2-.trifluoromethyl quinoli n- 4 -oxo)-S-proline]-P1 ( R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CO)NHSO 2 -Cyclopropane: the 5 material was obtained as a white foam in 61% yield. LC/MS R 1 -min (MNa*) [method A]: 3.35 (774). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.05 (in, 13 H) 1.21 (s, 9 H) 1.42 (dd, J=9.17, 5.26 Hz, I H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38; Hz, I H) 2.21 (in, 1 H) 2.33 (mn, I H) 2.64 (dd, J=13.94, 6.60 Hz, I H) 2.93 (in, I H) 4.09 (dd, J=11.49, 2.69 Hz, 1 H) 4.21 (s, 1 H) 4.52 (mn, I H) 4.56 (d, J=12.23 Hz, I H) 5.10 (dd, J=10.39, 1.59 Hz, 10 1 H) 5.27 (d, J=16.87 Hz, I H) 5.58 (s, I H) 5.72 (mn, I H) 7.36 (s, 1 H) 7.61 (t, J=7.70 Hz, 1 H) 7.83 (t. 1=7.34 Hz, I H) 8.07 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H) 8.26 (d, J=8.56 Hz. Ski). Example 181: Preparation of Compound 181 15 F FF F - N F 0N O H N O NO N 0 ThusComp und 80: O HP ( -e -B l)-,[4 -2trfu om hy 265 BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(2,8-bistrifluoromethyl quinolin-4-oxo)-S proline]-P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -Cyclop-opane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 52% yield. LC/MS R-min (MNa') [method A]: 3.60 (843). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.05 (m, 11 H) 1.16 (s, 9 H) 1.22 (m, 2 H) 1.42 5 (dd, J=9.29, 5.38 Hz, I H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, I H) 2.21 (q, J=8.97 Hz, I H) 2.33 (m, 1 H) 2.65 (dd, J=13.94, 6.85 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, I H) 4.07 (dd, J=1 1.98, 2.69 Hz, I H) 4.17 (s, I H) 4.52 (dd, J=10.52, 6.85 Hz, 1 H) 4.58 (d, J=11.98 Hz, I H) 5.10 (d, J=10.27 Hz, I H) 5.27 (d, J=17.12 Hz, 1 H) 5.60 (s, I H) 5.72 (m, 1 H) 7.46 (s, I H) 7.69 (t, J=7.83 Hz, I H) 8.18 (d, J=7.34 Hz, I H) 8.50 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H). 10 Example 182: Preparation of Compound 182 F F 0 F F N F -6 N1 F 0 0 it Hi N/ I o H, N % o 0/O1 H H'N 0 IN O 15 BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(2-tifluoromethyl, 8-nifluoromethoxy quinolin 4 -oxo)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO2-Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 99% yield. LC/MS Rmin (MNa*) [method A]: 3.62 (858). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.

0 5 (m, I I H) 1.21 (m, 11 H) 1.42 (dd, J=9.05, 5.14 Hz, I H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 1 H) 2.21 (q, J=8.64 Hz, I H) 2.33 20 (m, I H) 2.64 (dd, J=13.94, 6.60 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, I H) 4.08 (dd, J=11.98, 2.69 Hz, I H) 4.18 (s, 1 H) 4.51 (dd, J=10.52, 6.85 Hz, I H) 4.57 (d, J=12.23 Hz, I H) 5.10 (dd, J=10.52, 1.22 Hz, 1 H) 5.27 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.59 (s, I H) 5.72 (m, 1 H) 7.44 (s, 1 H) 7.63 (t, J=8.07 Hz, I H) 7.78 (d, J=7.58 Hz, I H) 8.24 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H).

266 Example 183: Preparation of Compound 183 CI F N F F 0 0 t N H O H N 1 0 HH N 0 5 BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(2-trifluoromethyl, 8-chloro quinolin-4-oxo)-S proline]-PI(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHS0 2 -Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 64% yield. LC/MS R,-min (MINa 4 ) [method A]: 3.52 (808). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 ppm 1.04 (m, 11 H) 1.21 (m, 11 H) 1.41 (dd, J=9.41, 5.50 Hz, 1 H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, 1 H) 2.20 (q, J=8.80 Hz, 1 H) 2.32 (m, I-) 10 2.63 (dd, J=13.82, 6.72 Hz, I H) 2.92 (m, I H) 4.07 (dd, J=12.10, 2.81 Hz, I H) 4.19 (s, I H) 4.50 (dd, J=10.52, 6.85 Hz. I H) 4.56 (d. J=11.98 Hz. 1 H) 5.10 (dd, J=10.27, 1.47 Hz, i H) 5.26 (d, J=i7.12 Hz, lii) 5.57 (s, i H) 5.72 (m, i if) 7.41 (s, i i) 7.52 (t, J=8.07 Hz, 1 H) 7.93 (d, J=7.58 Hz, I H) 8.19 (d, J=:8.56 Hz, 1 H). 15 Example 184: General procedure for alkylation with the tripeptide (Compound 184) and P2* General Scheme - Preparation of Example 184 (Compound 184) 20 The preparation of the tripeptide component, Example 184 was achieved by a sequential amide coupling using HATU as the coupling agent. It is understood that many standard coupling agents could be employed for the following scheme.

267 HOH 0 base oH + HC H AT eUH 0 0 Example 180a Example 180c H OH Example 184a HO,. 0r r H 19.. 0 HO 0 H( H H o I Example 180f 0 00 HATU, HOnig's base 0 OTH Example 184b Example 184 Preparation of intermediate Example 184a: To a mixture of HATU (820 mg, 2.2 mmol), Example 180a (Boc-4R 5 hydroxyproline, 417 mg, 1.8 mmol) and Example 180c (cyclopropanesulfonic acid (I (R)-amino-2(S)-vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide- hydroch ]or de salt, 490 mg, 1.8 mmol) in a flame dried flask at room temperature was added dry CH 2

CI

2 (8 mL). The mixture was kept under dry N 2 before it was chilled to -78 "C. Hunig's base (diisopropylethylamine, 625 pL, 3.6 mmol) was added slowly over a period 5 min 10 and the mixture turned into a pale orange suspension. Stirring was continued for an hour while temperature was allow to raise to ambient. LC/MS showed complete conversion into the desired product 184a. The crude reaction was worked up as usual, washed with three portions (5 mL) of water, organic residues were extracted into ethyl acetate (3 X 5 mL). The crude product was obtained by removal of organic 15 solvents in vacuo. The material was used in the next step without further purification. Preparation of intermediate Example 184b: The dried solid from the previous step was taken into 9 mL of CH 2

CI

2 at room 20 temperature. To this solution was added 3 mL of trifluoroacetic acid forming a pale yellowish solution. Stirring was continued for 2 hours ait room temperature. LC/MS showed no starting material 184a while the desired product 184b was the major signal along with a signal correponding to a side product carried over from HATU in 268 the step earlier. The solvents were evaporated and the solid residue was used in the next step immediately without further purification. Preparation of the tripeptide, Compound 184: 5 H H o N 1 0 Y BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-hydroxy-S-prolirie]-Pl(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)

CONHSO

2 -Cyclopropane [Notebook 46877-128] 10 The crude product from the previous step (Example 184b, 1.8 mmol) was mixed with HATU (700 mg, 1.8 mmol) and BOC-L- tert-leucine (Example 180f, Fluka Chemicals, 420 mg, 1.8 mmol) in CH 2

C

2 (10 rL) at room temperature. To this suspension was treated HUnig's base (1 mL, excess) forming a somewhat thinner, orange suspension. LC/MS showed some conversion into compound 184. Complete 15 conversion into the desired product 184 was observed after stirring was continued for two days at room temperature. Crude reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness. The residue was taken into ethyl acetate. Most of HATU residue was removed by extractions with half saturated, freshly prepared sodium bicarbonate solution. The last traces of HATU residue (1-hydroxy 7 -azabenzotriazole) was removed by washing 20 with deionized water. Evaporation of solvents gave 990 mg (98%) of the desired product as white foam. This material is suitable for the subsequent alkylation with electrophiles such as quinolines and isoquinolines directly without further purification. LC/MS R-min (MNa) [method A]: 2.65 (579). 'H NMR (400 MHz,

CD

3 0D) 8 ppm 0.95 (s, 2 H) 0.99 (s, 9 H) 1.05 (m, 2 H) 1.21 (m, I H) 1.39 (in, 9 H) 25 1.84 (dd, J=8.31, 5.38 Hz, 1 H) 1.96 (in, I H) 2.11 (m, I H) 2.20 (m, I H) 2.91 (m, 1 H) 3.80 (m, 2 H) 4.28 (d, J=9.78 Hz, 1 H) 4.35 (dd, J=9.90, 6.97 Hz, I H) 4.47 (s, I H) 5.11 (m, I H) 5.29 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.75 (m, I H).

269 Alkylation of the tripeptide (compound 184) with electrophiles: To a flame-dried 25 mL round bottom flask was charged with Compound 184, (0.5 - 1.0 mmol), substituted 4 -chloroquinoline (1.0 equivalent) and lanthanum 5 chloride (LaC 3 anhydrous beads, used as supplied by Aldrich, M.W. 245 g/mol; 1.0 equivalent. Note: the inclusion of such additive was found to be helpful in some cases especially with those less reactive electrophiles. This reagent can, at times, be omitted if the electrophiles are sufficiently reactive towards anionic alkylation) in 2 mL dry DMF. The inorganic salt was only sparingly soluble in DMF at room 10 temperature. The mixture was chilled to -78 *C (dry-ice/acetone bath) with stirring under nitrogen. To this chilled mixture was added a THF solution of potassium tert butoxide (1.0 M, used as supplied by Aldrich, 5.5 equivalents) and the color of mixture changed from colorless to pale yellowish or greenish. It was stirred at -78 *C for a period dependent upon the 4 -chloroquinoline reactivity (a few hrs. at -78 *C to 15 overnight at room temperature). The inorganic salt was also found to change into a fine emulsion at the end. It was quenched with a half saturated N1H 4 CI aqueous solution (2 mL). Organic materials were extracted into ethyl acetate (10 mL X 3). Organic layers were combined, back washed with deionized water (10 mL X 2). Evaporation of the organic fraction gave a crude mixture rich in the desired product 20 as determined-by LC/MS. The desired product was isolated by preparative HPLC using standard separation parameters (typically: 3.0X50m Xterra column @4min gradient and 4 mI/min flow rate) to give the analytically pure desired product. The alkylation of 1-halo isoquinoline series was carried out in exactly the same way. 25 Example 185: Preparation of Compound 185 270 FF N_ F 57 'I 0 7% o/ H N % 6 OH H N 0 o/~ Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure as described in Example 184, BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(7-trifluoromethyl quinolin-4-oxo)-S-proline] 5 PJ(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -Cyclopropane was obtained as a white foam in 50% yield. LC/MS Rt-min (MIf) [method B]: 2.32 (752). 'H NMR (400 MHz,

CD

3 OD) 8 ppm 1.02 (s, 9 H) 1.06 (m, I1 H) 1.22 (m, 2 H) 1.43 (dd, J=9.41, 5.26 Hz, 1 H) 1.88 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, 1 H) 2.23 (q, J=8.80 Hz, I H) 2.42 (m, 1 H) 2.75 (dd, J=14.06, 6.48 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, I H) 4.10 (m, 2 H) 4.61 (m, 2 H) 5.12 (dd, J=10.39, 10 1.59 Hz, 1 H) 5.29 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.72 (m, 2 H) 7.61 (d, J=6.36 Hz, I H) 7.96 Id. J=8.80 Hz. I H) 8.38 (s. I H) 8.59 (d. J=8.56 H7, I H 9.14 (d, J=6.36 Hz, I H). Example 186: Preparation of Compound 186 F F F N o H N % H N 0 15 Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure as described in Example 184, BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(8-trifluoromethyl quinolin-4- 271 oxo)-S-proline]-PI(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -Cyclopropane: the desired product was obtained as a white foam in 50% yield. LC/MS R-min (MiH*) [method B]: 2.48 (752). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.02 (s, 9 H) 1.05 (m, 2 H) 1.13 (s, 9 H) 1.23 (m, 2 H) 1.42 (dd, J=8.68, 5.50 Hz, I H) 1.87 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, I H) 2.21 (q, 5 J=8.80 Hz, 1 H) 2.36 (m, 1 H) 2.69 (dd, J=14.06, 6.97 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, I H) 4.08 (dd, J=11.9 8 , 2.93 Hz, I H) 4.15 (s, I H) 4.54 (dd, J:=10.52, 7.09 Hz, 1 H) 4.60 (d, J=12.47 Hz, I H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.52, 1.71 Hz, I H) 5.28 (d, J=15.90 Hz, I H) 5.58 (s, I H) 5.72 (m, 1 H) 7.32 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H) 7.69 (t, J=7.95 Hz, 1 H) 8.22 (d, J=7.09 Hz, I H) 8.55 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H) 8.88 (d, J=5.62 Hz, 1 H). 10 Preparation of isoquinoline intermediates for 6-F, 6-Ethyl, 6 -isopropyl and 6 tert-butyl isoquinoline P2* building blocks. In general, the 6-fluoro and 6-alkyl isoquinolines used in the following 15 experiments were prepared via a Pomeranz-Fritsch synthesis (Typical procedure: Preparation of optically active 8 ,8-disubstituted 1,1-bi.isoquinoline, K. Hirao, R. Tsuchiya, Y. Yano, H. Tsue, Heterocycles 42(1) 1996, 415-422) as outlined below. The products were converted into the 1-chloro derivatives via N-oxide intermediates as described elsewhere. 20 General Synthetic Scheme R OMe CHO + a2N RMe b R C RR c R d ci 25 Reagents and reaction conditions: (a) reflux in benzene, azeotropic removal of water; (b) first step: ethyl chloroformate, trimethyl phosphite in THF, second step: titanium tetrachloride in chloroform; (c) MCPBA in CH 2 Cl 2 ; (d) POCl 3 in benzene 272 R Isoquinoline, Yield 1-Chloride, combined yield F 20 43 Et 76 65 i-Pr 14 18 t-Bu 47 55 Example 187: Preparation of Compound 187 F N 01, H N 0 HH HN 0 IN 0 5 BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(6-fluoro isoquinclin-1-oxo)-S-proline] white foam in 12% yield. LC/MS R-min (MNa+) [method C]: 3.81 (724). 'H NMR (400 MiHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.05 (m, 13 H) 1.22 (s, 9 H) 1.42 (m, I H) 1.86 (m, I H) 10 2.21 (m, 2 H) 2.61 (dd, J=13.69, 6.60 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, 1 H) 4.05 (d, J=13.69 Hz, 1 H) 4.21 (s, 1 H) 4.49 (m, 2 H) 5.11 (d, J=10.03 Hz, I H) 5.28 (d, 1=17.61 Hz, I H) 5.72 (m, I H) 5.86 (d, J=4.40 Hz, I H) 7.31 (m, 2 H) 7.48 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H) 7.97 (d, J=6.36 Hz, I H) 8.26 (d, J=6.11 Hz, I H). 15 Example 188: Preparation of Compound 188 273 N CI 0 %% N HH /H N 0 N JO 0> The alkylation described above gave the 1-chloroisoquinoline as the major product: BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(1-chloro isoqui.nolin-6-oxo)-S-proline] 5 P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 40.2% yield. LC/MS R-min (MIHW) [method C]: 3.81 (718). 'H NMR

(

4 0 0 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.00 (s, 9 H) 1.06 (m, 2 H) 1.25 (s, 11 H) 1.41 (m, I H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, I H) 2.25 (m, 2 H) 2.54 (cd, J=12.96, 6.60 Hz, I H) 2.92 (m, I H) 4.06 (dd, J=11.98, 2.69 Hz, I H) 4.20 (s, 11H) 4.31 (d, J=11.74 Hz, 1 H) 10 4.45 (dd, J=9.78, 7.58 Hz, I H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.71 Hz, 1 H) 5.28 (dd, J=17.36, 1.47 Hz, I H) 5.36 (s, I H) 5.74 (m, 1 H) 7.35 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H) 7.40 (s, 1 H) 7.70 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H) 8.13 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H) 8.25 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H). Example 189: Preparation of Compound 189 15 'N N HH oH N IN 0 0k, BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGIy)-P2[(4R)-(6-ethyl isoquinolin-I-oxo)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 20 4.6 mg of yellow solid was obtained (4.2%).LC/MS rt-nin (MH*) [method B]: 2.70 274 (712). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) S ppm 1.01 (s,9 H) 1.07 (m, 2 H) 1.22(m, 11 H) 1.28 (t, J=7.91 Hz, 3 H) 1.41 (m, I H) 1.85 (m, I H) 2.25 (m, 2 H) 2.60 (dd, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, I H) 2.80 (q, J=7.66 Hz, 2 H) 2.93 (m, 1 H) 4.02 (d, J=31.06 Hz, 1 H) 4.23 (s, 1 H) 4.42 (m, I H) 4.54 (m, I H) 5.10 (d,.1= 10.27 Hz, 1 H) 5.28 (d, 5 J=17.12 Hz, 1 H) 5.74 (m, I H) 5.84 (s, I H) 7.25 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H) 7.38 (d, 1=8.56 Hz, 1 H) 7.59 (s, 1 H) 7.90 (d, J=6.24 Hz, I H) 8.09 (d, J=8.56 Hz, 1 H). Example 190: Preparation of Compound 190 N O H ,, H N % 0kH H N IO, 10 BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2I(4R)-(6-isopropyl isoquinolin-1-oxo)-S-prolinel P1(iR,2S Vinyi Acca)-CONHSO2-Cyciopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 69% yield. LC/MS R-min (MNa*) [method BJ: 2.76 (749). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.05 (m, 13 H) 1.20 (m, 9 .H) 1.31 (d, 1=6.85 Hz, 6 H) 15 1.42 (m, 1 H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, I H) 2.26 (m, 2 H) 2.62 (dd, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 (m, I H) 3.07 (m, 1 H) 4.06 (m, I H) 4.21 (s, I H) 4.52 (m, 2 H) 5.11 (d, J=10.27 Hz, I H) 5.28 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.74 (m, 1 H) 5.84 (s, I H) 7.32 (d, J=6.11 Hz, 1 H) 7.46 (d, 1=8.56 Hz, I H) 7.64 (s, I H) 7.90 (d, J=6.11 Hz, I H) 8.13 (d, 1=8.56 Hz, I H). 20 Example 191: Preparation of Compound 191 275 0,,0 H N'S 0/, N N 0 BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(6-tert-buty isoquinolin-1-oxo)-S-proline] PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -CYClopropane: the material was obtained as a 5 white foam in 81% yield. LC/MS R-min (MH*) [method BJ: 2.84 (740). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.01 (s, 9 H) 1.06 (m, 2 H) 1.18 (s, 9 H) 1.22 (m, 2 H) 1.39 (s, 9 H) 1.43 (m, 1 H) 1.87 (dd, 1=8.19, 5.50 Hz, I H) 2.27 (m, 2 H) 2.63 (dd, J=13.57, 6.97 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 (in, I H) 4.06 (in, 1 H) 4.20 (s, I H) 4.52 (m, 2 H) 5.10 (d, J=11.49 Hz, I H) 5.28 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.73 (m, I H) 5.84 (s, I H) 7.36 (d, 10 J=6.11 Hz, 1 H) 7.66 (dd, J=8.80, 1.22 Hz, I H) 7.78 (s, 1 H) 7.91 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 1 H) 8.15 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1 H). Preparation of 6 -isopropoxyl and 6-tert-butoxyl isoquinoline intermediates: 15 Some 6-alkoxy-1-chloro isoquinolines were prepared by a direct, ipso displacement of the 6 -fluoro-1-chloroisoquinoline with the corresponding alkoxide metal ions such as potassium tert-butoxide (53%) and sodium isopropoxide (54%). General Synthetic Scheme 20 FN RONa RO N C1 CI R = alkoxide anions such as tert-Bu, iso-Pr 276 The 6-fluoro-1-chloroisoquinoline was subjected to an aromatic nucleophilic displacement with sodium isopropoxide and potassium tert-butoxide in DMF to give the corresponding 6- isopropoxyl (54%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) 8 ppm 1.43 (d, 5 J=6.11 Hz, 6 H) 4.76 (m, J=6. 11 Hz, 1 H) 7.08 (d, J=2.45 Hz, I H) 7.29 (dd, J=9.29, 2.45 Hz, 1 H) 7.50 (d, J=5.62 Hz, I H) 8.18 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 1 H) 8.24 (d, J=9.29 Hz, 1 H) and 6-lert-butoxyl-]-chloro isoquinolines (55%): 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) 8 ppm 1.48 (s, 9 H) 7.31 (m, 2 H) 7.47 (d, J=5.62 Hz, I H) 8.18 (d, J=5.62 Hz, I H) 8.21 (d, J=9.78 Hz, 1 H) as the major product respectively. These 10 6-alkoxyl-1-chloro isoquinolines were alkylated with the tripeptide as described in Example 184 to give the desired products shown below. Example 192: Preparation of Compound 192 N U N 15 N BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(6-isopropoxy isoquinolin-1I-oxo)-S-proline] P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSOr-Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 59% yield. LC/MS Re-min (MHW) [method C]: 3.87 (742). 'H NMvR 20 (400 MiHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 0.99 (s, II H) 1.06 (in, 2 H) 1.21 (s, 9 H) 1.37 (d, 1=5.87 Hz, 6 H) 1.42 (mn, 1 H) 1.86 (did, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 11-H) 2.25 (mn, 2 H) 2.61 (dd, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, I H) 2.92 (in, I H) 4.04 (ddi, J=11.86S,-3.30 Hz, I H) 4.21 (br. s, 1H) 4.49 (in, 2 H) 4.78 (h, 1=5.87 Hz, I H) 5.10 (dd, 1=10.39, 1.35 Hz, I H) 5.28 (d, J1=16.87 Hz, I H) 5.73 (in, I H) 5.79 (d, 1=11.25 Hz, I H) 7.07 (ddi, 1=9.05, 1.96 Hz, 25 1 H) 7.18 (di, J=2.20 Hz, I H) 7.26 (d, J=6.11 Hz, I H) 7.85 (d, 1=6.11 Hz, I H) 8.10 (d, 1=9.0I5 Hz, I H).

277 Example 193: Preparation of Compound 193 ~II 0 0 H % N NN H N N 0 5 BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGy)-P2[(4R)-(6-tert -butoxy isoquinolin-1-oxo)-S-proline] P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 39% yield. LC/MS R,-min (M*i) [method C]: 3.99 (756). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.03 (br s, 13 H) 1.19 (s, 9 H) 1.42 (m, 10 H) 1.86 (dd, 10 J=7.83, 5.62 Hz, I H) 2.24 (m, 2 H) 2.60 (dd, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 (m, I H) 4.04 (dd, J=1 1.49,2.93 Hz, I H) 4.23 (s, 1 H) 4.49 (m, 2 H) 5.10 (d, J=1 1.25 Hz, I H) 5.27 (d, J=16.87 Hz, I H) 5.73 (m, I H) 5.81 (s, I H) 7.13 (dd, J=8.80, 1.47 Hz, I H) 7.25 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H) 7.33 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1 H) 7.87 (d, J=6.11 Hz, I H) 8.10 (d, J=9.05 Hz, 1 H). 15 Preparation of phthalazine P2* derivatives: In general, both 1-chlorophthalazine and 1, 4 -dichlorophthalazine undergo alkylation smoothly to give the desired products. However, the commercially available 1 20 chlorophthalazine and 1,4-dichlorophthalazine are often contaminated with some hydrolyzed materials. A pre-treatment with POC1 3 followed by alkylation immediately afterward furnished more consistent results. General Synthetic Scheme 278 CI N OH CI O 0 N b oN H .- N N _N OH CI H N R N N N " N N 0 N H C 0/4 H II H N H0 INo Reaction Conditions: (a) POCib in DCE; (>) /ikylaion with tripeptide; (c) sdio 5 derivatives of imidazole (R = CH), tiazole (R = N) Example 194: Preparation Compound 194 N 0 C. NN HA H N H o N 0 H No 10 BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(phthalazine-l-oxo)I-S-proline]-Pl(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 41% 279 yield. LC/MS R-min (MNa*) [method B]: 2.07 (707). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.03 (m, 9 H) 1.06 (m, 4 H) 1.14 (s, 9 H) 1.20 (m, 1 H) 1.43 (m, I H) 1.87 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, 1 H) 2.24 (q, J=8.80 Hz, I H) 2.38 (m, I H) 2.76 (dd, J=14.18, 7.09 Hz, 1 H) 2.92 (m, 1 H) 4.11 (m, 2 H) 4.62 (m, 1 H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.71 Hz, I H) 5 5.29 (dd, J=17.12, 1.22 Hz, I H) 5.72 (m, 1 H) 5.96 (s, I H) 8.26 (m, 2 H) 8.46 (m, 2 H) 9.84 (s, 1 ). Example 195: Preparation of Compound 195 CI N0 N N o/ H N 1 HH HN 0 10 10 BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(4-chloro phthalazine-1-oxo)-S-proline] P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 23% yield. LC/MS R-min (MNa') [method C]: 3.52 (742). 'H NMR 15 (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.01 (s, I1 H) 1.06 (m, 2 H) 1.14 (s, 9 H) 1.22 (m, I H) 1.43 (m, I H) 1.87 (m, 1 H) 2.21 (m, I H) 2.35 (m, J=10.27 Hz, I H) 2.70 (m, I H) 2.93 (m, I H) 4.05 (d, J=3.42 Hz, I H) 4.58 (m, 2 H) :5.11 (dd, J=10.39, 1.10 Hz, 1 H) 5.28 (d, J=17.36 Hz, I H) 5.73 (m, I H) 5.93 (s, I [) 7.99 (m, I H) 8.07 (t, J=7.70 Hz, I H) 8.26 (dd, J=8.19, 2.32 Hz, 2 H). 20 Preparation of 4 -(imidazo-1-yl)phthalazine and 4-(1,2,4-triazo-1-yl)phthalazine P2* derivatives: The product, compound 195 from above, BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly) 25 P2[(4R)-(4-chloro phthalazine-1-oxo)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHS0 2

-

280 Cyclopropane, was subjected to displacement by the anions of typical azoles such as imidazole and triazole to give 4-azole substituted phthalazine derivatives shown below: 5 Example 196: Preparation of Compound 196 This was made by displacing the 4-chloro phthalazine (Compound 195) with the sodium salt of imidazole in DMF at 55-65 *C. -N N HH N 0 N 0 11) BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(4-(imidazo-i-yl)phthalazine-1-oxo)-S-proline] P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in 23% yield. LC/MS R,-min (MNa') [method B]: 1.94 (773). 'H NMR 15 (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.03 (s, 9 H) 1.07 (in, 2 H) 1.20 (m, 9 H) 1.24 (m, 1 H) 1.41 (m, 2 H) 1.88 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, 1 H) 2.23 (m, I H) 2.41 (m, I H) 2.75 (m, J=14.92 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 (m, I H) 4.14 (m, 2 H) 4.60 (dd, J=10.15, 6.97 Hz, 2 H) 5.12 (dd, J=10.27, 1.47 Hz, 1 H) 5.29 (dd, J=17.24, 1.35 Hz, I H) 5.74 (m, 1 H) 6.09 (s, I H) 7.85 (s, I H) 7.94 (m, 1 H) 8.10 (m, 2 H) 8.43 (m, I H) 9.17 (s, I H) 9.46 (s, I H). 20 During the displacement reaction, small amount of de-BOC by-product (Compound 197) was also isolated: 281 N ~~H' 'N H N 0 NN HH NH2-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(4-(imidazo-1-yl)phthalazine-1-oxo)-S-proline]-. P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a 5 white foam in 17% yield. LC/MS R-min (MH*) [method B]: 1.22 (651). 'H NMR (400 MI-Iz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.16 (s, 9 H) 1.23 (m, 2 H) 1.42 (dd, J=9.41, 5.50 Hz, I H) 1.89 (m, I H) 2.26 (q, J=8.97 Hz, I H) 2.43 (m, I H) 2.78 (dd, J=14.06, 7.21 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 (m, 1 H) 3.74 (m, I H) 4.11 (s, I H) 4.22 (dd, J=12.23, 3.91 Hz, I H) 4.47 (m, 2 H) 4.71 (dd, J=10.27, 7.09 Hz, 1 H) 5.12 (m, I H) 5.29 (d, J=I 7.36 Hz, I H) 10 5.71 (m, 1 H) 6.13 (t, J=3.67 Hz, 1 H) 7.87 (s, I H) 7.97 (m, 1 H) 8.14 (m, 3 H) 8.41 (m, 1 H) 9.47 (s, I H). Example 198: Preparation Compound 198 15 This was made by displacing the 4-chloro phthalazine (Compound 195) with the sodium salt of 1, 2 ,4-triazole in DMF at 55-65 *C.

282 II-N N HN N O H S H H N 0 N 0 BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-( 4-(1,2,4-triazo-1-yl)phthalazine-1-oxo)-S proline]-P1(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 -Cyclopropane: the material was obtained 5 as a white foam in 62% yield. LC/MS Re-min (MNa') Imethod C]: 3.35 (774). 'H NMR (500 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 0.97 (s, 9 H) 1.01 (m, 2 H) 1.10 (s, 9 H) 1.16 (m, 1 H) 1.37 (m, 2 H) 1.82 (m, 1 H) 2.18 (d, J=8.55 Hz, 1 H) 2.32 (m, I H) 2.69 (dd, J=13.58, 6.87 Hz, 1 H) 2.88 (br s, I H) 4.06 (d, J=11.60 Hz, I H) 4.13 (s, 1 H) 4.53 (m, J=9.16 Hz, I H) 4.61 (d, J=1 1.90 Hz, I H) 5.06 (d, J=10.07 Hz, I H) 5.23 (d, I? AA I -4AT I WN :z rQ4 ITJ\C4Z. lT-7'7 07(. MN Q !Af-T)IIo j H) 8.44 (d, J=7.63 Hz, I H) 9.14 (s, 1 H). Preparation of 4-hydroxy and 4-alkoxy phthalazine P2* derivatives CI OR H N N 0 H k ;/H N' N Ov HNa 01 H NO7v H- H H N 0 15 0 283 Reaction Conditions: (a) sodium alkoxides such as methoxide, ethoxide and isopropoxide Example 199: Preparation of Compound 199 5 CI 0 -~~ N 0 N 0 1% 1 0 0% H N NIK %N H NS H N %PrONa H N N - H 0//,,K~~ H H reflux In 'PrOhi . H H N 0 U" H/-0N J 0 The 4-chloro phthalazine (Example 195) was dissoved in dry isopropyl alcohol at 10 room temperature and 1.0 eq of sodium isoproxide was added, the resulted suspension was brought to reflux. The desired product, 4.5 mg of yellow solid was obtained (20.0%).LC/MS rt-min (IH): 2.68 (743) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MI-Iz, CD30D) S ppm 1.02 (m; 11 H) 1.20 (m, 11 H) 1.42 (n, I H) 1.49 (d, J=6 Hz, 6 H) 1.87 (dd, J=7.95, 5.50 Hz, 1 H) 2.21 (m, 1 H) 2.23 (m, I H) 2.66 (m, I H) 2.93 (m, I 15 H) 4.08 (q, J=7.09 Hz, I H) 4.19 (s, 1 H) 4.55 (m, 2 H) 5.11 (d, J=10.27 Hz, I H) 5.28 (d, J=17.61 Hz, I H) 5.48 (m, I H) 5.70 (d, J=10.03 Hz, I H) 5.81 (m, I H) 7.90 (m, 2 H) 8.16 (m, 2 H). Example 200: Preparation of Compound 200 20 Likewise, the 4-ethoxy derivative was prepared: BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly) P2[(4R)-( 4-ethoxyphthalazine -1-oxo)-S-proline]-P1(1R,2S VinylAcca)

CONHSO

2 Cyclopropane.

284 o o A N 0 N 0 N / H N 0 H N 0 4.0 mg of yellow solid was obtained (16.0%).LC/MS rt-min (M*): 2.52 (729) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) S ppm 1 .0'1 (s, 9 ) 1.06 (m, 2 H) 1.16 (s, 5 9 H) 1.24 (m, 2 H) 1.43 (dd, 1=9.78,5.14 Hz, I H) 1.53 (t, J=6.97 Hz, 3 H) 1.87 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, I H) 2.22 (q, 1=8.97 Hz, I H) 2.32 (m, I H) 2.67 (m, I H) 2.93 (m, I H) 4.06 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H) 4.19 (s, I H) 4.56 (m, 4 H) 5.10 (m, I H) 5.30 (m, 1 H) 5.74 (m, 1 H) 5.82 (s, I H) 7.94 (m, 2 H) 8.16 (d, J=7.83 Hz, 1 H) 8.21 (m, I H). 10 Example 201: Preparation of Compound 201 N N 0 H N) H N 0 H N 0 BOCNH-P3 (L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(4-methoxyphthalazine- I -oxo)-S-proli ne]-PI (1R,2S 15 VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane was prepared in 30.2% yield. LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.42 (715) [method B] 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) S ppm 0.96 (s, 9 H) 1.07 (m, 2 H) 1.20 (m, 11 H) 1.43 (dd, J=9.29, 5.38 Hz, 1 H) 1.87 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, I H) 2.22 (q, J=8.80 Hz, I H) 2.31 (m, I H) 2.66 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, I 285 H) 4.06 (dd, J=1 1.98, 3.18 Hz, I H) 4.19 (d, J=3.42 Hz, 4 H) 4.54 (m, 2 H) 5.11 (m, I H) 5.28 (d, J=17.36 Hz, I H) 5.73 (m, 1 H) 5.83 (s, I H) 7.95 (m, 2 H) 8.19 (m, 2 H). 5 Example 202: Preparation of Compound 202 An attempt was made to displace BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(4 chloro phthalazine-I-oxo)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane (Example 195) with the sodium salt of tetrazole gave mostly the 4 10 hydroxy, hydrolyzed material. OH N 0 0 % H S H NX HH N 0 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-( 4-hydroxyphthalazine -1-oxo)-S-proline] 15 P1(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane was obtained (44.2%) as a pale creamy solid. LC/MS rt-min (Ml): 2.18 (701) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 Mz, CD30D) 5 ppm 1.01 (s, 9 H) 1.05 (m, 2 H) 1.23 (m, I1 H) 1.42 (dd, J=9.29, 5.38 Hz, 1 H) 1.87 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 1 H) 2.21 (m, 2 H) 2.63 (m, 1 H) 2.93 (m, I H) 4.00 (s, I H) 4.20 (s, I H) 4.50 (m, 2 H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.47 Hz, 1 H) 5.29 (d, J=16.87 20 Hz, I H) 5.59 (s, I H) 5.73 (m, I H) 7.86 (dd, J=5.75, 3.30 Hz, 2 H) 8.01 (dd, J=5.87, 3.42 Hz, I H) 8.29 (dd, J=5.87, 3.42 Hz, I H). Preparation of 5,6-disubstituted isoquinoline P2* derivatives via an alkylation protocol. 25 286 General Synthetic Scheme

SSR

1

SR

1 F jF N b F

R

2 0 _ N.- r I CI C1 CI Cl Example 203 Example 205 di R, = n-Propyl R1 = n-Propyf

R

2 = Ethyl HO 0 0 F C R 2 0 N N N CC:I Cl Example 208 R2 = Methyl 5 Reaction Conditions: (a) LDA in THF; (b) Alkyl disulfide such as (n-PrS) 2 ; (c) Sodium alkoxide such as MeONa; (d) Thiophene 2-carboxaldehyde; (e) MnO 2 in benzene Example 203: Preparation of 1-chloro-5-propylthio-6-fluoro isoquinoline: 1 F N C1 To a chilled (-78 *C) solution of 1-chloro-6-fluoro isoquinoline (59mg, 0.32 mmol) in 2 mL of THF was added LDA solution in cyclohexane (1.5 Molar, 0.23 mL, 0.35 15 mmol). The orange solution was stirred for 2 hrs before it was treated with n-propyl disulfide (60 jiL, neat material, excess). The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over 30 min. It was quenched with a solution of half saturated NILCI, the organic residues were extracted into ethyl acetate. LC-MS analysis indicated 287 about 50% conversion into the desired product along with mainly starting material. The desired product was purified by a short column (4 cm X 2 cm, silica gel type-H) eluted with 5% ether in hexanes, 29mg (36% yield) of the desired product was obtained. LC/MS R-min (MH*) [method C]: 3.79 (256). 'H NMR (400 MHz, 5 CHLOROFORM-D) 8 ppm 0.96 (t, J=7.34 Hz, 3 H) 1.52 (m, 2 H) 2.86 (in, 2 H) 7.45 (dd, J=9.29, 8.56 Hz, 1 H) 8.34 (d, J=0.73 Hz, 2 H) 8.37 (m, I H). This compound was alkylated with the tripeptide by way of the procedure described in Example 184 to give the following compound: 10 Example 204: Preparation of Compound 204 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-( I-Chloro-5-propy.Ithio-isoquinolin-6-oxo)-S prolinel-PI(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropa-tne, Shown below N C| N. C S Hr ' H NO o/ H N 0 HN 0 15 Following the general procedure, 4.6 mg of yellow solid was obtained (3.2%).LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.73 (792) (method B). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 0.93 (t, J=7.34 Hz, 3 H) 0.97 (s, 9 H) 1.08 (m, 2 H) 1.24 (in, I1 H) 1.43 (m, 3 H) 1.86 (m, 1 20 H) 2.24 (m, 2 H) 2.56 (m, 1 H) 2.78 (q, 1=7.09 Hz, 2 H) 2.92 (m, I H) 4.01 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H) 4.22 (s, I H) 4.29 (s, I H) 4.59 (d, J=6.85 Hz, 1 H) 5.11 (d, J=10.76 Hz, I H) 5.28 (d, J=17.36 Hz, I H) 5.49 (s, I H) 5.74 (m, I H) 7.66 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H) 8.18 (d, J=6.11 Hz, 1 H) 8.41 (m, 2 H).

288 Example 205: Preparation of 5-propylthio-6-ethoxy isoquinoline P2* derivatives. N CI 5 The following procedure is equally applicable to other 5-alkylthio-6-alkoxy isoquinolines by changing the reagents shown here. To a solution of 1-chloro-6 fluoro isoquinoline (88mg, 0.48 mmol) in 2.0 mL THF under nitrogen at -78 *C was added LDA (1.5 Molar in cyclohexane, 0.42 mL, 0.63 mmol) forming a dark 10 brownish solution. Neat n-propyl disulfide (85 pL, excess) was introduced after it was stirred at -78 *C for 30 min. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over a period of 30 min. It was quenched with a solution of half saturated

NH

4 CI, the organic residues were extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and dried under vacuum to 50 microns(Hg). The crude product was 15 tak.n into 2 mT. of THF. cooled to -78 O*C added with excess potassium ethoxide (60mg). The isoquinoline intermediate was finally purified by a silica gel column (type-H, Merck) eluted with ether-hexanes mixture, 32.2mg (24%) of the pure compound was obtained. LC-MS showed 1-chloro-5-propylthio-6-ethoxyl isoquinoline at rt-min (M1H*) [method C]: 3.77 (282). 'H NMR (400 MHz, 20 CHLOROFORM-D) 5 ppm 0.94 (t, J=7.34 Hz, 3 H) 1.46 (m, 2 H) 1.55 (t, J=6.97 Hz, 3 H) 2.83 (t, J=7.21 Hz, 2 H) 4.32 (q, J=6.85 Hz, 2 H) 7.36 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H) 8.22 (d, 1=6.11 Hz, I H) 8.32 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H) 8.35 (d, 1=6.11 Hz, 1 H). Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure (Example 184), this 1-chloro 5-propylthio-6-ethoxy isoquinoline was alkylated with the tripeptide (compound 25 184) to give 40.7 mg (44.8%) of the desired product shown below. Example 206: Preparation of Compound 206 289 N. N of H N H H N 0 o BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-( 6 -ethoxy-5-propylthio-isoquinoline- I-oxo)-S prolinel-PI(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane. LC/MS rt-min (MH): 2.93 5 (803) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MiHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 0.93 (t, J=7.34 Hz, 3 H) 1.01 (s, 9 H) 1.07 (m, 2 H) 1.21 (m, 11 H) 1.41 (m, 3 H) 1.48 (t, J=6.85 Hz, 3 H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, I H) 2.25 (m, 2 H) 2.60 (dd, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, I H) 2.81 (q, J=6.97 Hz, 2 H) 2.93 (m, 1 H) 4.05 (m, 1 H) 4.21 (s, I H) 4.27 (q, J=7.09 Hz, 2 H) 4.43 (d, J=11.74 Hz, 1 H) 4.52 (m, I H) 5.10 (d, J=10.76 Hz, I H) 5.28 (d, 1=17.12 Hz, I H) 10 5.74 (m, I H) 5.82 (s, I H) 7.30 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H) 7.92 (d, J=6.36 Hz, I H) 7.97 (m, I H) 8.22 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H). Example 207: Preparation of Compound 207 15 Likewise the same procedure was applied to the preparation of BOCNH-P3(L-t BuGly)-P2[(4R)-( 6 -methoxy-5-methylthi o-i soquinolin- I -oxo)-S -proline]-PI(I(R,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane. s 00 N H N of H N 0 doH IN J - 290 To the solution of 100 mg l-Chloro-6-fluoro-isoquinoline (0.55 mmole) in 2 ml dry THF at -78 *C was added LDA in THF (1.3 eq). Dark brown solution was formed, then disulfide was added and the color of solution changed to greenish, then light 5 brown. The reaction was quenched with 2 mL of water and 2 mL of N1}LCI, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum and the resulted residue was used as crude. LC/MS rt-min (MH'): 2.23 (228) [method B]. The crude material was redissolved in 2 ml of dry THF at -78*C and 1.3 eq. of KOMe was added then the reaction mixture was allowed to warmed up to RT, 10 stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate. 104 mg was obtained (79%). LC/MS rt-min (Mf): 2.04 (240) [method B]. The intermediate, 1-chloro-5-methylthio-6-methoxy isoquinoline was subjected to the tripeptide alkylation protocol described previously. Following the general procedure, 70.0 mg of yellow solid was obtained (42.7%). 15 LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.65 (760) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 8 ppm 0.94 (m, I1 H) 1.17 (s, 9 H) 1.26 (m, 2 H) 1.39 (m, 1 H) 1.83 (dd, 1=8.07, 5.62 Hz, I H-) 2.01 (m, 2 H) 2.23 (s, 3 H) 2.45 (m, I H) 2.79 (m, I I) 3.94 (rs, J H) 3.'I (U, J=3.. zIL, I I) 4r.1J (s, 1 Ii) 4.25 (U, J=1 .7 Hz, I L) 4A.6JU (dd, J=9.66, 7.21 Hz, I H) 4.99 (d, J=10.27 Hz, I H) 5.12 (d, J=16.87 Hz, I H) 5.69 20 (m, I H) 5.74 (s, I H) 7.08 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H) 7.83 (m, 2 H) 8.06 (d, 1=9.05 Hz, 1 H). Example 208: Preparation of 1-chloro-6-methoxy-lisoquinolin-5-yl-thiophen-2 yl-methanone 25 s 0 -. 0 N C1 291 Following the same LDA deprotonation protocol (preparation of Example 203) of 1 chloro-6-fluoro isoquinoline described previously, the initial anion was quenched with 2 -thiophenecarboxaldehyde instead, to give 1-chloro-6-fluoro isoquinolin-5-yl thiophen-2-yl-methanol. The material was oxidized to the 1-chloro-6-fluoro 5 isoquinolin-5-yl-thiophen-2-yl-methanone using MnO 2 in benzene in 49.6% overall yield after chromatographic purification. LC/MS rt-rmin (MH) [method C]: 2.98 (292). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) S ppm 7.12 (dd, J=4.89, 3.91 Hz, 1 H) 7.40 (m, I H) 7.53 (m, I H) 7.56 (dd, J=5.87, 0.73 Hz, 1 H) 7.82 (dd, J=5.01, 1.10 Hz, I H) 8.27 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H) 8.54 (ddd, J=9.29, 5.38, 0.73 Hz, I H). Ipso 10 nucleophilic aromatic displacement of the fluorine ar.om was accomplished in a solution of excess of potassium methoxide to give, mainly 1-chloro-6-methoxy isoquinolin-5-yl-thiophen-2-yl-methanone along with 25-33% of 1,6-dimethoxy isoquinolin-5-yl-thiophen-2-yl-methanone. The crude material (77mg) was used in the alkylation step with the tripeptide without further purification. 15 Example 209: Preparation of Compound 209 0 5 N 0 0 0 I 0 N 0 o/ H N N H~H H N N 0 20 Following the general procedure of tripeptide alkylation (Example 184), 35.3 mg of BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[( 4 R)-6-methoxy-5-(thioplene-2-carbonyl)-isoquinoline 1-oxo)-S-proline]-PI(1R,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane was obtained as pale solid (26.5%).LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.54 (825) [method B). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) S ppm 1.02 (s, 9 H) 1.06 (m, 2 H) 1.22 (m, 2 H) 1.26 (s, 9 H) 1.43 292 (m, I H) 1.87 (dd, 1=7.95, 5.50 Hz, I H) 2.28 (m, 2 H) 2.62 (dd, J=13.82, 6.97 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, I H) 3.90 (s, 3 H) 4.07 (dd, J=11.62, 3.06 Hz, I H) 4.23 (s, I H) 4.43 (m, I H) 4.55 (dd, J=9.78, 7.34 Hz, 1 H) 5.09 (m, 1 H) 5.29 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.74 (m, I H) 5.86 (s, 1 H) 6.93 (d, J=6.11 Hz, I H) 7.11 (m, I H) 7.32 (dd, J=3.91, 0.98 5 Hz, I H) 7.46 (d, J=9.29 Hz, 1 H) 7.86 (t, J=6.72 Hz, I H) 7.91 (dd, 1=4.89, 1.22 Hz, I H) 8.39 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H). Preparation of P2* by way of cinnamic acid derivatives. The general procedure depicted below has been described extensively elsewhere. 10 General Synthetic Scheme 0RRI R2 OH Et N R2 N3 (Ph) 2

CH

2 R2 SEt 3 N, Benzene reflux N R2 POCl 3 , reflux R2

R

1 , IR2 = H, Methyl for Example 210 N / .- N R,2 = OCH 2 0 for Example 211 ON Cl Example 210: Preparation of Compound 210 15 10.0 g of meta-tolyl-acrylic acid (61.7 mole) was suspended in 50 ml of benzene, 12.6 mL of DPPA (0.95 eq) was added followed by 10.3 ml of triethylamine (1.2 eq). The resulted solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The volatile was removed under vacuum and the meta-tolyl-acryloyl azide was purified by flash 20 chromatograph to yield 11.5 g of pure compound (quantitative). This material, in 100 mL of diphenylmethane, was introduced dropwise into 100 ml of diphenylmethane previously heated up to 200 *C over a period of an hr. The resulted solution was kept at this temperature for another 4 hour then cooled down to room temp.. White precipitate was formed, it was filtered off. The solid was washed with hexanes three 25 times and dried. The filtrate was diluted with 200 ml of hexanes, the solution was left 293 standing overnight to allow for separation of the second crop. The materials were combined to give 4.2 g of 6 -methyl-isoquinolin-1-ol (50%). LC/MS rt-min (MH): 1.31 (160) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 2.49 (s, 3 H) 6.61 (d, J=7.32 Hz, I H) 7.13 (d, J=7.02 Hz, I H) 7.36 (d, J=8.24 Hz, I H) 7.45 (s, I H) 8.18 5 (d, J=8.24 Hz, I H). The material was suspended in 15 ml of POC1 3 and brought to reflux for 3 hours. After removal of the POC1 3 in vacuo, the residue was partitioned between EtOAc (IL), and cold aqueous NaOH (generated from 1.ON 200 mL NaOH and 20 mL 10.0 N NaOH) and stirred for 15 min. The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 200 mL), brine (200 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo to 10 supply 1-chloro- 6 -methyl-isoquinoline (67.4%). LC/MS rt-min (Ml): 1.92 (178) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 8 ppm 2.53 (s, 3 H) 7.47 (d, J=6.11 Hz, 2 H) 7.56 (s, I H) 8.18 (m, 2 H). The final alkylation of 1-chloro-6 methyl-isoquinoline with the tripeptide was carried out using the protocol described previously (Example 184). 15 0 0 0 H N N N N H~ 0/, N LaC, KO'Bu N 0O N 0 BOCNH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(6-methy isoquinolin-1-oxo)-S-proline] PL(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane: the material was obtained as a white foam in .18% yield. LC/MS R-rmin (MNa') [method B]: 2.64 (720). 'H NMR 20 (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.05 (m, 13 H) 1.23 (m, 9 H) 1.42 (m, I H) 1.86 (dd, J=7.95, 5.50 Hz, I H) 2.25 (m, 2 H) 2.49 (s, 3 H) 2.61 (dd, J=13.82, 6.48 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, I H) 4.05 (dd, J=11.86, 3.30 Hz, I H) 4.23 (s, I H) 4.43 (d, J=11.49 Hz, I H) 4.52 (m, 1 H) 5.10 (d, J=11.49 Hz, 1 H) 5.28 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.74 (m, I H) 5.83 (s, I H) 7.24 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H) 7.35 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H) 7.58 (s, I H) 7.89 (d, 25 J=5.87 Hz, I H) 8.07 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H).

294 Example 211: Preparation of Compound 211 /-0 0 N 0 % /_ .S 0/ H N H N 0 5 Following the general procedure described previously, BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly) P2[(4R)-( 1, 3 -Dioxa-7-aza-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-6-ol)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane, 51.0 mg was obtained as a pale solid (64.9%).LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.57 (728) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) S ppm 0.99 (s, 9 H) 1.07 (m, 2 H) 1.18 ( m, 11 H) 1.42 (m, I H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 10 5.62 Hz, 1 H) 2.23 (m, 2 H) 2.59 (dd, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, I H) 4.04 (dd, J=11.74- 2.20 Hz. I H) 4.22 (s. 1H) 4.43 (d. 1=1.741Hz. 1 H) 4.51 (m. 1 H) S.410 (d. J=I0.27 Hz, 1 H) 5.28 (d, J=17.12 liz, I H) 5.73 (m, I H) 5.82 (s, 1 H) 6.18 (s, 2 H) 7.13 (d, J=8.56 Hz, 1 H) 7.19 (d, J=6.11 Hz, 1 H) 7.81 (d, J=8.56 Hz, 1 H) 7.85 (d, J=6.11 Hz, 1 H). 15 Preparation of 5,6,7-trisubstituted isoquinoline P2* derivatives: -o /- o -o 0 a 0 b 0N N N R N N CI CI CI 20 Reaction Conditions: (a) LDA in THF; (b) N-fluorobenzenesulfonimide (NFSI) for R = F, or dimethyl sulfide (MeS) 2 , for R = SMe.

295 The 5,6-methylenedioxy-1-chloroisoquinoline prepared above was deprotonated directly in the presence of strong base such as LDA to provide the corresponding 7 anion without interferring with the 1-chloro functionality. The 7-anion was quenched with electrophiles such as NFSI (N-fluorobenzenesulfonimide) and dimethylsulfide 5 to produce the corresponding 7-substituted isoquinoline ring system. Example 212: Preparation of Compound 212 Step 1: 10 Preparation of 5,6-methylenedioxy-7-fluoro-1-chloro isoquinoline.To a solution of 5, 6 -methylenedioxy-1-chloro isoquinoline (126mg, 0.61 mmol) in 4 mL of THF under nitrogen at -78 *C was added LDA solution in cyclohexane (1.5 Molar, 0.65 mL, 0.98 mmol). The light brownish solution was stirred for 15 min before it was treated with N-fluorobenzenesulfonimiide (NFSI, 0.3g, 1.5 equivalents). 15 TLC analysis showed the formation of a new spot, in addition of the unchanged starting material. Aqueous work up followed by extractions with ethyl acetate furnished an oily crude product which was purified by preparative HPLC to give 52mg (38%). LC/MS rt-min (Mfl) [method C]: 3.09 (226). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 8 ppm 6.33 (s, 2 H) 7.52 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H) 7.71 (d, J=10.51 20 Hz, I H) 8.16 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H). Step 2: The alkylation of 5,6-methylenedioxy-7 fluoro-1-chloro isoquinoline with the tripeptide was carried out as described previously (Example 184) to provide the major product as a result of fluorine displacement. 25 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(6-Chloro-1,3-dioxa-7-aza cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-4-oxo)-S-prol ine]-PI (IR,2S VinylAcca)

CONHSO

2 Cyclopropane, Shown below 296 N 0C N CI 0 < 1 0 % HN 0 H N 10 Following the general procedure, 24.3 mg of yellow solid was obtained (24.3%).LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.54 (763) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 5 8 ppm 1.00 (s, 9 H) 1.06 (m, 2 H) 1.20 (m, 2 H) 1.29 (s, 9 H) 1.42 (dd, J=9.41, 5.26 Hz, I H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, I H) 2.24 (m, 2 H) 2.54 (dd, J=13.57, 6.48 Hz, 1 H) 2.92 (m, 1 H) 4.04 (dd, J=12.10,2.81 Hz, I H) 4.20 (d, J=7.34 Hz, I H) 4.33 (d, J=12.23 Hz, I H) 4.47 (dd, J=10.52, 6.85 Hz, 1 H) 5.1) (dd, J=10.39, 1.59 Hz, I H) 5.28 (dd, J=17.12, 1.22 Hz, I H) 5.46 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H) 5.74 (m, I H) 6.29 (m, 2 10 H) 7.40 (s, I H) 7.56 (m, 1 H) 8.01 (d, J=5.62 Hz, I H). Example 213: Preparation of Compound 213 To a solution of 5, 6 -methylenedioxy-l-chloro isoquinoline (84mg, 0.41 mmol) in 4 15 mL of THF under nitrogen at -78 *C was added LDA solution in cyclohexane (1.5 Molar, 0.60 mL, 0.9 mmol). The light brownish solution was stirred for 15 min at 78 "C before it was treated with methyl disulfide (50 pL of neat reagent, 1.4 equivalents). TLC analysis showed the formation of a new spot, in addition of the unchanged starting material. Aqueous work up followed by extractions with ethyl 20 acetate furnished an oily crude product which was purified by preparative HPLC to give 51mg (49%). LC/MS rt-min (MH) [method C]: 3.39 (254). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 8 ppm 2.64 (s, 3 H) 6.29 (s, 2 H) 7.49 (d, J=4.89 Hz, I H) 7.71 (s, I H) 8.11 (d, 1=5.87 Hz, I H). The alkylation of 5, 6 -methylenedioxy-7 methylthio-1-chloro isoquinoline with the tripeptide was carried out as described 25 previously (Example 184) to provide the desired product shown below: 297 BOCNH-P3(L-tBuGly)-P2[(4R)-(4-methylthio- 1,3-dioxa-7-aza cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-6-yloxy)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S VinylAcca)

CONHSO

2 Cyclopropane 5 /-0 0 CI 0 N ~ '., N C ' S H N s/ N H% N HH H NN N 0 Following the general procedure, 59.6 mg of yellow solid was obtained (42.2%).LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.70 (774) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MHz, 10 CHLOROFORM-D) 8 ppm 1.02 (m, 11 H) 1.16 (s, 9 H) 1.32 (s, 2 H) 1.45 (m, 1 H) 1.94 (m, 1 H) 2.12 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H) 2.56 (s, 3 H) 2.62 (m, 2 H) 2.90 (d, J=4.40 Hz, I H) 4.15 (d, J=7.83 Hz, 2 H) 4.48 (d, J=12.47 Hz, I H) 4.62 (t, J=7.83 Hz, I H) 5.13 (d, J=10.52 Hz, I H) 5.26 (d, 1=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.74 (d, J=16.38 Hz, I H) 5.95 (s, I H) 6.28 (s, 2 H) 7.41 (s, 1 H) 7.59 (s, 1 H) 7.85 (d, J=6.11 Hz, I H). 15 Preparation of 3,4-disubstituted isouinoline P2* derivatives Example 215: Preparation of Compound 215 298 0 S N N HH H N O ZI Example 215 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(1R)-( 2,3-dihydro- H-4--aza-cyclopenta[anaphthalen-5 yloxy)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane, shown below was 5 prepared as depicted in the following scheme: General Synthetic Scheme of the isoquinoline component compound 214 K DPPA, Et3 r Tol., reflux Pb(OAc) 4 N. N. oenzene, n /OH N 3 1 ,N21 N0OH POCi 3 , reflux fluorination N N N OH C1 F compound 214a compound 214 10 Notes: The synthesis of the novel 1-fluoro P2* was made successful by the technologies cited below: 299 (1) Rigby, James H.; Holsworth, Daniel D.; James, Kelly. Vinyl Isocyanates In Synthesis. [4 + 2] Cycloaddition Reactions With Benzyne Addends. 5 Journal Of Organic Chemistry (1989), 54(17), 4019-20 (2) Uchibori, Y.; Umeno, M.; Yoshiokai, H.; Heterocycles, 1992, 34 (8), 1507-1510 10 Example 214: Preparation of Compounds 214, 5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-1H-4-aza cyclopenta[a]naphthalene, and Compound 215 of Example 215 o N0N N N H o NN H R H LaC 3 , KOtBu 0 DMF, O'C to RT R =Cl, Example 214 or~ Fo, Example 184 Example 215 2,3-Dihydro-1H-4-aza-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5-ol was prepared in accordance to 15 the method of Rigby described in (reference 1) cited above. Using POC 3 as described elsewhere, Compound 214, was synthesized in 59.8% (430mg). LC/MS rt min (MH*): 2.29 (204) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 0 ppm 2.28 (m, 2 H) 3.19 (q, J=7.74 Hz, 4 H) 7.58 (m, 1 H) 7.71 (m, 2 H) 8.32 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H). The chloride is sufficiently reactive to be alkylated with the tripeptide 20 according to the procedure of Example 184, to give the desired product Compound 215. However the overall yield could be doubled if the chloride was exchanged into the fluoride by the method of Uchibori described in (reference 2). Thus 17.0 mg of Compound 215, isolated as a pale yellow solid (23.6%). LC/MS rt-min (MH): 2.80 (724) [method B]. 'H NMR (500 MIHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.03 (s, 9 H) 1.09 (m, 2 H) 25 1.24 (m, 11 H) 1.44 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, I H) 1.88-(dd, J=7.93, 5.49 Hz, I H) 2.25 (m, 4 H) 2.63 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, 1 H) 2.94 (m, I H) 3.05 (m, 2 H) 3.10 (m, 2 H) 300 4.08 (dd, J=11.60, 2.75 Hz, 1 H) 4.24 (d, J=20.45 Hz, 1 H) 4.45 (d, J=11.90 Hz, 1 H) 4.54 (dd, J=9.46, 7.63 Hz, 1 H) 5.11 (m, 1 H) 5.30 (d, J=17.09 Hz, 1 H) 5.75 (m, 1 H) 5.87 (s, 1 H) 7.44 (t, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H) 7.69 (m, 2 H) 8.18 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 1 H). 5 Preparation of 3,4-dihydrofuranyl and furanyl isoquinoline P2* components, Examples 217 and 218, General Synthetic Scheme 10 0 TFAA, Pyr. KOH, Benzene, reflux 0 DPPA, Et3N

CHC

3 , RT C 2 drops of H 2 0 benzene, rt

CF

3 OH 0 0 Toluene Pb(OAc) 4

N

3 @reflux NH 2 N +N O N =CN O H O H Oniv Example 217 was \converted into 1-fluoro POCIc Bu 4

PHF

2 denvative for aixylation. Ib +Example 218 was reflux N N Microwave N reactive enough to be @ 120C alkylated directly without Cl Cl F Fluoride activation Example 217 Example 218 Example 217: Preparation of Compound 217, 5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-1-oxa-4-aza cyclopenta[a]naphthalene and Compound 218, 5-chloro-1-oxa-4-aza 15 cyclopenta[alnaphthalene. This synthesis made use of the technologies described, in part, in the following references: 20 (1) Hojo, Masaru; Masuda, Ryoichi; Sakaguchi, Syuhei; Takagawa, Makoto, Synthesis (1986), (12), 1016-17 301 (2) Rigby, James H.; Holsworth, Daniel D.; James, Kelly. Vinyl Isocyanates In Synthesis. [4 + 2] Cycloaddition Reactions With Benzyne Addends. Journal Of Organic Chemistry (1989), 54(17), 4019-20 5 (3) Uchibori, Y.; Umeno, M.; Yoshiokai, H., Heterocycles, 1992, 34 (8), 1507-1510 Both 2,3--dihydro-1-oxa-4-aza-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5-ol and I-oxa-4-aza cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5-ol were produced together when the procedures 10 (references 1 and 2) cited above were followed. Conversion of the pair into their chloro derivatives was accomplished by POC1 3 as usual: The crude hydroxy products (about 2g, pale yellow oil) was treated with 15 mL of POC1 3 and the mixture was brought to reflux for 3 hours. After removal of the POC1 3 in vacuo, the residue was stirred with EtOAc (IL), and cold aqueous NaOH (220 mL, 1.0 N) for 15 min. The 15 organic layer was separated, washed with water (2 x 200 mL), brine (200 mL), and dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated in vacuo to supply 300 mg of Example 217, 5 chloro- 2

,

3 -dihydro-1-oxa-4-aza-cyclopenta[a]naphthalene (13.2%) and 100 mg of Example 218, 5-chloro-1-oxa-4-aza cyclopenta[a]naphthalene (4.4%) as light brown solids after silica gel chromatographic separation. Compound 217: LC/MS rt-min 20 (MH*): 2.05 (206) [method B1. 'H NMR (400 iHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 8 ppm 3.46 (t, J=9.05 Hz, 2 H) 4.82 (t, J=9.17 Hz, 2 H) 7.58 (m, I H).7.66 (m, I H) 7.85 (d, J=8.31 Hz, 1 H) 8.21 (d, 1=8.56 Hz, I H). Compound 218: LC/MS rt-min (IH*): 2.16 (204) [method B1. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 0 ppm 7.15 (d, J=2.20 Hz, I H) 7.70 (m, 1 H) 7.89 (m, 2 H) 8.27 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H) 8.44 (d, J=8.80 25 Hz, 1 H). Preparation of 5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-1-oxa-4-aza-cyclopenta[a]naphthalene, and final P2* coupling products. 30 The chloride/fluoride exchange was achieved by the method (reference 3) cited above. Thus 90 mg of 5-chloro- 2

,

3 -dihydro--oxa-4-aza-cyclopenta[a]naphthalene (Example 217) was suspended in 1.5 mL of Bu 4

PHF

2 and was irradaited under 302 microwave (Smith Reactor) to about 120 *C for 2 hours. After aqueous work up and column purification, 22 mg of fluoride product was obtained (26.9%). LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 1.91 (190) [method B]. The furan derivative (Example 218), 5-chloro-1-oxa 4-aza-cyclopenta[a]naphthalene was sufficiently reactive to be alkylated with the 5 tripeptide directly without fluoride activation. Example 219: Preparation of Compound 219 0 0 H O/ H N 0% F 0, z jN H N 0 LaCl 3 , KOtBu H N 0 DMF, 0*C to RT 10 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGiy)-P2[(4R)-(2,3-dihydro-I-oxa-4-aza-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen 5-yloxy)-S-proline]-Pl(1R,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane. Following the rt-min (MHI): 2.65 (726) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 0.99 (s, 9 H) 1.07 (m, 2 H) 1.20 (m, 11 H) 1.40 (m, 1 H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, I H) 2.21 15 (dd, J=17.48, 8.93 Hz, 2 H) 2.60 (dd, J=13.45, 6.85 Hz, 1 H) 2.93 (m, 1 H) 3.34 (m, 2 H) 4.04 (dd, J=1 1.74, 3.18 Hz, 1 H) 4.24 (s, I H) 4.4X (d, J=11.49 Hz, I H) 4.51 (m, I H) 4.74 (t, J=9.05 Hz, 2 H) 5.11 (d, J=10.27 Hz, I H) 5.28 (d, J=17.36 Hz, 1 H) 5.73 (m, I H) 5.78 (s, I H) 7.43 (m, I H) 7.65 (t, J=7.46 Hz, I H) 7.74 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H) 8.12 (d, J=8.56 Hz, 1 H). 20 Example 220: Preparation of Compound 220 303 00 Ho/, H N N, H Hs N 0 -~H LaCl 3 , KO'u N O DMF, O*C to RT BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGI y)-P 2

[(

4 R)-(1-oxa-4-aza-cyclopenta[ajnaphtha]en-5-ylox y)-S 5 proline]-P1(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopro-pane. Following the general alkylation procedure, 13.0 mg of yellow solid was obtained (20%).LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.70 (724) [method B]. 'H NMR (500 MHz, CD30D) 8 ppm 1.01 (S, , 9 H) 1.09 (m, 2 H) 1.22 (s, 9 H) 1.27 (m, 2 H) 1.46 (m, I H) 1.89 (dd, J=7.78, 5.65 Hz, I H) 2.24 (d, J=8.55 Hz, I H) 2.33 (t, J=9.92 Hz, I H) 2.68 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, I H) 10 2.95 (m, I H) 4.14 (m, I H) 4.26 (s, I H) 4.50 (d, J=1 1.90 Hz, 1 H) 4.57 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H) 5.12 (d, J=10.07 Hz, 1 H) 5.30 (d, J=17.40 Hz, I H) 5.75 (m, 1 H) 5.93 (s, I H) 6.97 (d, 1=2.14 Hz, I H) 7.51 (t, J=7.32 Hz, I H) 7.81 (t, J=7.48 Hz, I H) 7.92 (s, I H) 8.13 (d, J=7.94 Hz, 1 H) 8.28 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 1 H). 15 Preparation of 3-halo and 3-heteroaryl 4-alkoxy and 4-hydroxy isoquinoline P2* derivatives General Synthetic Scheme 304 Br OMe OMe 1N 2 Br 3 Example 222a Example 222b OMe OMe OH Br 4 Br 5 N N Br / N / N Example 222c Example 222d Example 222e 0 6 Br / -, N C1 Example 222 Reaction conditions: (1) MeOK in DMPU; (2) NBS in dichloroethane; (3) MCPBA in CH 2

CI

2 ; (4) POC1 3 in dichloroethane; (5) BBr 3 in CH 2

CI

2 ; (6) SEM-Chloride and Hunig's Base in CH 2

CI

2 5 by a novel and convenient procedure using ordinary laboratory equipments and reagents. A regioselective NBS bromination gave 3 -bromo-4-methoxy isoquinoline (Example 222b) in good yields. MCPBA oxidation proceeded uneventfully to 10 furnish the corresponding N-oxide (Example 222c), which was isomerized into 1 chloro-3-bromo-4-methoxy isoquinoline (Example 222d) using the usual POC 3 procedure. The 4-methoxy isoquinoline was alkylated with the tripeptide to give the corresponding 3-bromo-4-methoxy P2* derivative suitable for Stille and Suzuki coupling. Alternatively the 4-methoxy isoquinoline was de-methylated in BBr 3 to 15 give the 4 -hydroxy-3-bromo-1-chloro isoquinoline (Example 222e). The 4-hydroxy group was re-protected with SEM-chloride to give the 4-SEM protected intermediate Example 222. The 4-hydroxy compound was re-generated once the coupling was achieved by either an acid induced, or a fluoride induced deprotection protocol.

305 Example 222d: Preparation of 1-chloro-3-bromo-4-methoxy isoquinoline Step 1: A solution of 4-bromo isoquinoline (15g, 73 mmol, commercial material) in 5 200 mL dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2(H)-pyrimidinone (DMPU, Aldrich) was added solid potassium methoxide (5.6gm, 80 mmol). The reaction vessel was immersed in an oil bath at 105 *C for 20 min. The color of mixture changed rapidly from its initial very pale to dark greenish brown immediately after warming. The reaction vessel was removed from the oil bath and was diluted with water, the 10 organic residues were partitioned into ether by multiple extraction with portions of ether. TLC analysis showed two new, spots (1:1 v/v mixture of hexanes and ethyl acetate as eluent) of roughly equal size. These were separated on silica-gel (Merck, type-H) column eluted with straight hexanes, followed by gradual addition of ether into the mobil phase. The desired product, 4-methoxy isoquinoline (4.1gm, 35.3%) 15 was isolated after evaporation of solvents. The other product was also isolated as the reduction by-product isoquinoline. The identity of the by-product was confirmed by NMR comparison with authentic material. Example 222a: LC/MS R-min (MT) [method C]: 1.16 (160). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 6 4.07 (s, 3 H) 7.61 (m, 1 H) 7.69 (m, 1 H) 7.93 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H) 8.08 (s, 1 H) 8.19 (d, J=8.56 20 Hz, I H) 8.89 (s, I H). [Note: this compound was previously prepared in Zoltewicz, John A.; Oestreich, Terence M.; Sale, Alan A, Journal of the American Chemical Society (1975), 97(20), 5889-96 in a "Monel Bomb", and later by a "focused microwave" initiated procedure in Cherng, Yie-Jia, Tetrahedron (2002), 58(6), 1125 1129. The present procedure required neither special high pressure apparatus nor 25 preparative scale microwave equipment]. Step 2: The material (Example 222a) was subjected to NBS bromination, thus 4 methoxy isoquinoline (Example 222a, 2.1gm, 13.2 mmol) in 1, 2 -dichloroethane 30 (DCE, 150 mL) was treated with N-bromosuccinimide (NBS, 1.5gm, 8.4 mmol, 0.6X) at 70"C for an hr followed by addition of second portion of 1.5gm NBS. The dark brownish mixture was stirred for another hr before the addition of third portion 306 of 1.0gm NBS. The bromination was monitored by L.C-MS until there was no starting material left. The crude mixture was evaporated to dryness and the desired product was filtered over a short bed of silica-gel (Type-H, Merck, 3cm diameter by 1.5cm height) eluted with straight hexanes first followed by gradually increasing the amount 5 of ether. The desired product, (Example 222b), was isolated as an oily material (1.7gm, 54%). LC/MS Rt-min (MIH*) [method C]: 2.65 (238). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) 5 ppm 4.04 (s, 3 H) 7.64 (t, J=7.58 Hz, I H) 7.76 (t, J=7.09 Hz, I H) 7.99 (d, J=8.31 Hz, 1 H) 8.11 (d, J=8.31 Hz, 1 H) 8.85 (s, I H). [3-Bromo-4 methoxy isoquinoline was previously prepared by a different procedure: Finkentey, 10 Christel; Langhals, Elke; Langhals, Heinz. Chemische Berichte (1983), 116(6), 2394 7. NMR of the product was identical to that reported]. Step 3: The product from NBS bromination was subjected to MCPBA oxidation in 15 methylene chloride at room temperature. Thus MCPBA (1.80gm, 77% pure, 8.0 mmol) was added into a solution of 3-bromo-4-methox y isoquinoline (Example 222b, 1.65gm, 6.9 mmol) in 35 mL of CH 2

CI

2 . The solution was stirred for 4 hrs forming a white suspension. Sodium bicarbonate solution (5%. freshly prepared. 20 mL) was added into the mixture, organic residues were extracted into CH 2

C

2 (10 X 20 25 mL). Multiple extraction in organic solvent was necessary to recover the somewhat water solution N-oxide product. The crude material obtained after evaporation of solvents was further purified by a filtration over silica-gel to give 1.36gm (5.4 mmol, 78%) of the N-oxide (Example 222c) as a ceraceous solid. LCIMS R-min (MH*) [method C]: 1.79 (254). 'H NMR (400 MHz, 25 CHLOROFORM-D) S ppm 4.07 (s, 3 H) 7.63 (m, 2 H) 7.72 (m, I H) 8.00 (in, I H) 8.86 (s, I H). Step 4: The final N-oxide rearrangement was done as usual in POCl 3 using procedure 30 described elsewhere. Yield of Example 222d was essentially quantitative. LC/MS Rt-min (MH) [method D]: 2.69 (272). 'H NMR as HCl salt, (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) S ppm 4.07 (s, 3 H) 7.81 (in, I H) 7.92 (m, I H) 8.17 (d, J=8.31 307 Hz, I H) 8.34 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H). 'H NMR as free base, (400 Mfl-z, CHLOROFORM-D) 8 ppm 4.03 (s, 3 H) 7.72 (m, I H) 7.81 (m, I H) 8.12 (d, 1=8.56 Hz, I H) 8.28 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H). 5 Example 223: Preparation of Compound 223 OMe OMe 0 Br Br NN-N Br %S.... 0 HO H N N H HH N \J-

/C>N

H ~LaCla, KOtElu H N O O NI, DM-78*C to 0*C N O The free base (Example 222d) obtained in the previous step was alkylated with the 10 tripeptide fragment using the alkylation protocol (Example 184) described elsewhere to give 79% of the desired product as a paper-white solid. LC/MS Re-min (MNa*) [method CI: 3.91 (814). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.02 (s, 9 H) 1.06 (dd, J=8.07, 1.47 Hz, 2 H) 1.22 (m, 11 H) 1.42 (dd, J=9.78, 5.14 Hz, I H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, I H) 2.22 (dd, J=18.10, 9.29 Hz, I H) 2.28 (m, I H) 2.61 (dd, 15 J=13.57, 6.97 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, I H) 3.92 (s, 3 H) 4.06 (dd, J=11.86, 2.81 Hz, I H) 4.22 (s, I H) 4.43 (d, J=1 1.49 Hz, I H) 4.51 (m, 1 H) 5.10 (d, J=10.52 Hz, I H) 5.28 (d, J=17.12 Hz, 1 H) 5.74 (m, I H) 5.81 (s, 1 H) 7.56 (t, J=7.58 Hz, I H) 7.78 (t, J=7.58 Hz, 1 H) 8.00 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H) 8.16 (d, J=8.56 Hz, 1 H). 20 Example 224 and 225: Preparation of Compounds 224 and Compound 225 The 4-methoxy group in 1-chloro-3-bromo-4-methoxy isoquinoline (Example 222d) described previously was converted into c-trimethylsilyl ethoxy methyl (SEM) moiety by the following procedure. l-Chloro-3-bromo4.-methoxy isoquinoline 25 (Example 222d) was demethylated using BBr 3 (final adjusted reaction concentration was 0.2-0.3 Molar BBr 3 ) at room temperature for 12 hrs. The high BBr 3 308 concentration for such de-methylation was found to be necessary and efficient. The crude reaction mixture was diluted with 50 volumes of anhydrous methanol prior to evaporation to dryness. The demethylation was essentially quantitative. Example 222e: LC/MS Re-min (MW) [method DJ: 2.32 (258). 'H NMR of free HC salt (400 5 MiHz, CHLOROFORM-D) S ppm 5.83 (br. s, 1 H) 7.73 (t, J=7.70 Hz, I H) 7.79 (t, J=7.58 Hz, 1 H) 8.22 (in, 2 H). The 4 -hydroxy-3-bromo-1-chloro isoquinoline (Example 2 22e) was re-protected with 2-(trimethylsilyl) ethoxy methyl chloride (SEM-CI). The crude free base from the previous preparation was dried to 40 microns(Hg) at room temperature prior to re-protection with SEM-chloride. To a 10 solution of the 4-hydroxy compound (Example 222e, 1.33gm, 5.2 mmol) in methylene chloride (50 ml) at 0*C was added sequentially diisopropylethyl amine (2 mL, 11.5 mmol) and SEM-chloride (1.8 mL, 10 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 10 min before it was washed with a freshly prepared NaHCO 3 solution (5%, 100 mL). The organic residues were extracted into several portions of methylene chloride, 15 the combined organic layers were back-washed with 20 mL deionized water before it was concentrated in vacuo. The SEM protection was essentailly quantitative. Example 222: LC/MS R-min (MW) [method DI: 3.40 (410). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOOORM-T) R ppm n.03 ( 9 MH 0.QQ (m, 2T 'I 3QR (m 9. M) 5 33 (., 2.4) -,-rr- -. ~-- I~- - /- - _.- - M - _- -- _' 7.72 (in, 1 H) 7.80 (in, I H) 8.17 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H) 8.27 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H). 20 Alkylation of 4-SEM protected isoquinoline with tripeptide: Compound 224 and Compound 225 were generated from the same tripeptide alkylation reaction. The 4 hydroxy compound (Compound 224) was produced most probably as a result of the TFA present during the preparative HPLC purification.

309. O OORTMS O 00N Br Br H N NIt HN LaCl 3 , KOtBu N 0 DMF, -78*C to O'C N 0 O 0 OR = OH (Example 224) or = OCH 2 0CH 2

CH

2 SMe 3 (Example 225) Example 224 (15.4%): LC/MS Rt-min (MNa') [method D]: 2.87 (800). 'H NMR 5 (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.02 (s, 9 H) 1.06 (d, J=8.31 Hz, 2 H) 1.25 (s, 9 H) 1.42 (s, 2 H) 1.86 (m, 1 H) 2.23 (m, 2 H) 2.60 (dd, J=13.21, 7.34 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, I H) 4.06 (d, J=11.00 Hz, 1 H) 4.24 (m, 2 H) 4.38 (d, J=11.98 Hz, 1 H) 4.49 (dd, J=9.78, 7.09 Hz, 1 H) 5.10 (d, J=10.03 Hz, I H) 5.28 (d, J=17.36 Hz, 1 H) 5.72 (m, I H) 5.76 (s, 1 H) 7.52 (t, J=7.46 Hz, I H) 7.71 (t, J=7.09 Hz, I H) 8.09 (d, J=4.40 Hz, 1 H) 10 8.11 (d, J=4.16 Hz, 1 H). Example 225 (8.0%): LC/MS R-min ([M-BOC]') [method D]: 3.46 (808). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 0.01 (s, 9 H) 0.96 (m, 2 H) 1.02 (s, 11 H) 1.06 (d, J=6.60 Hz, 2 H) 1.24 (s, 9 H) 1.42 (m, 1 H) 1.86 (dd, J=7.83, 5.38 Hz, 1 H) 2.25 (m, 2 H) 15 2.62 (dd, J=13.69, 7.34 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, 1 H) 3.97 (m, 2 H) 4.07 (dd, J=10.88, 3.55 Hz, I H) 4.23 (s, I H) 4.43 (d, J=11.25 Hz, I H) 4.50 (m, 1 H) 5.10 (d, J=10.76 Hz, I H) 5.25 (m, 3 H) 5.74 (m, I H) 5.82 (s, 1 H) 7.57 (m, H) 7.77 (t, J=7.83 Hz, I H) 8.06 (d, J=8.56 Hz, 1 H) 8.16 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H). 20 Preparation of 4 H-[1, 3 ]dioxino[5,4-c]isoquinolin P2* derivatives General Synthetic Scheme 310 Br OMe OMe N N 2 ( 3 Example 222a Example 226a OMe OH o N N 5NN - ------ 6 CI Cl C Example 226b Example 226c Example 226d O N F Example 226 Reaction Conditions: (1) MeOK in DMPU; (2) MCPBA in CH 2

CI

2 ; (3) POC1 3 in DCE; (4) BBr 3 in CH 2

CI

2 ; (5) HCHO solution in 40% H 2

SO

4 by procedure of 5 Synthesis of 1,3-oxazino[5,6- clisoquinolines and related compounds. Miyoko Toyama and Hirotaka Otomasu, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 33(12), 5543-5546, 1985; (6) Fluororinaion procedure by Uchiburi, Y.; Uiiiejlu. e V Ytoshiokai, r;. eterocycles, 1992, 34 (8), 1507-1510 10 Example 227: Preparation of Compound 227 No 0 6 -Chloro-l,3-Oxazino[5,6-c]isoquinoline was prepared by the procedure of Miyoko 15 Toyama and Hirotaka Otomasu starting from 1-chloro--4-hydroxy isoquinoline. The 311 starting material: 1-chloro-4-hydroxy isoquinoline (Example 226c) was prepared by the synthetic sequence shown above. MCPBA oxidation of 4-methoxy isoquinoline (Example 222a) was carried as usual to give 79.1% of the corresponding N-oxide (Example 226a). The material was converted into the 1-chloro derivative 5 immediately afterward in POC1 3 to give the chloride: (Example 226b) in essentially quantitative yield. The crude 1-chloro-4-methoxy isoquinoline was de-methylated in BBr 3 at room temperature to give the corresponding 1-chloro-4-hydroxy isoquinoline (Example 226c) after treating the crude BBr 3 mixture with anhydrous methanol at room temperature, followed by evaporation to get rid of excess of borate residues. 10 The reaction of Miyoko Toyama and Hirotaka Otomasu gave 266mg of 6-chloro-1,3 oxazino[5,6-c]isoquinoline (Example 226d, 62.3%) overall yield from 300mg of 4 methoxy isoquinoline in 4 steps. LC/MS RL-min ([M-HCHO]H*) [method D]: 2.45 (192). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) S ppm 5.02 (s, 2 H) 5.41 (s, 2 H) 7.68 (m, I H) 7.77 (ddd, J=8.25, 6.91, 1.22 Hz, I H) 8.10 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H) 8.26 (d, 15 J=8.56 Hz, I H). The chloride was found to be unreactive under the alkylation protocol of Example 184. The corresponding 6-fluoro-1, 3 -oxazino[5,6-c]isoquinoline (Example 226) was prepared by the method of [Uchibori, Y.; Umeno, M.; Yoshiokai, H.; Heterocycles, 20 1992, 34 (8), 1507-1510] cited earlier. The reaction was not allowed to go to completion, and the crude reaction mixture was recovered as a mixture of ratio of 1:2.4 (Cl : F). Without further purification, the chloride/fluoride mixture was alkylated with the tripeptide using the procedure of Example 184 to give 66mg (50.0%) of BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-( 1, 3 -oxazino[5,6-c]isoquinoline-6 25 oxo)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane after preparative HPLC purification. LC/MS R-min (MNa*) [method DI: 3.03 (764). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.01 (s, 9 H) 1.06 (dd, J=8.07, 1.96 Hz, 2 H) 1.22 (s, 10 H) 1.34 (d, J=6.11 Hz, I H) 1.42 (in, I H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, I H) 2.23 (in, 2 H) 2.59 (dd, J=13.82, 6.97 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, I H) 4.03 (dd, J=11.86, 3.06 Hz, I H) 4.23 30 (s, 1 H) 4.41 (d, J=11.98 Hz, 1 H) 4.50 (dd, J=9.66, 6.97 Hz, I H) 4.87 (m, 2 H) 5.11 (d, J=10.52 Hz, 1 H) 5.28 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.34 (s, 2 H) 5.74 (m, 2 H) 7.51 (t, 312 J=7.46 Hz, I H) 7.70 (t, J=7.58 Hz, I H) 7.95 (d, J=8.31 Hz, 1 H) 8.12 (d, J=8.31 Hz, 1 H). Preparation of 4 -methoxy-3-heteroaryl and 3-azoyl isoquinoline P2* derivatives 5 via Suzuki and Stille coupling reactions The coupling technologies shown below demonstrated the general ultility with the bromo derivative of Example 223. It is understood that a similar protocol is equally applicable to other combinations coupling reagents and catalysts other than boron and 10 tin. Example 229: Preparation of Compound 229 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-( 3 -furan-3-yl-4-methoxy-isoquinolin-I -oxo)-S 15 proline]-P(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropine via a Suzuki coupling shown below: OMe ,OMe Br SuzkCoupling \ /0 NPd(PPh 3

)

4 N Cs 2

CO

3 , DMF HH 0 0 0 0 0 Nil HO 'B

NIN

H IH yO 0 V 22 mg (0.028 mmole) of Example 223 was dissolve in 1 ml of DMF, 9.4 mg of the 20 commercial boronic acid (3 eq), 3 mg of catalyst (10% mmole) and 18 mg of cesium carbonate were added. The mixture was degassed twice, and then heated up to 110 *C for 3 hours.The final product was purified by prep-HPLC, 13.6 mg of yellow solid was obtained (64.0%).LC/MS rt-min (MW): 2.85 (780) [method B). 'H NIR (500 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.09 (m, II H) 1.26 (m, 12 H) 1.68 (m, I H) 2.27 (s, I H) 2.64 25 (m, 2 H) 2.97 (m, I H) 3.86 (s, 3 H) 4.15 (d, J=10.38 Hz, I H) 4.28 (s, 1 H) 4.43 (d, . 313 J=10.99 Hz, 1 H) 4.56 (m, I H) 5.11 (m, 2 H) 5.63 (Im, 1 H) 5.99 (s, I H)7.20 (s, I H) 7.51 (m, I H) 7.61 (m, I H) 7.75 (t, J=7.17 Hz, I H) 8.03 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 1 H) 8.16 (d, J=8.24 Hz, I H) 8.27 (s, I H). 5 Example 230: Preparation of Compound 230 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-( 3-furan-2-yl-4-methoxy-isoquinolin-I-oxo)-S proline]-P1(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane was synthesized via a Stille coupling reaction shown below: 10 OMS OMe Still Coupling 0 Br Pd{PPh 3

)

4 N. Toluene H H 00 0 Bu H 0 o H O 0 H I 40 mg (0.05 mmole)of Example 223, 4 mg of catalys;t.(5% mmole) and 100 1 (4 eq) of the commercial tin reagent was dissoled in I ml of toluene, the mixture was 15 degassed twice and then heated up to 90 *C for overnight. After prep HPLC separation, 19.6 mng of greenish solid was obtained (50.0%).LC/MS rt-miin (MH*): 2.76 (780) [method B . 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 0.94 (n, 2 H)0.98 (s, 9 H) 1.09 (i, 2 H) 1.25 (s, 9H) 1.39 (i, I H) 2.48 (m, I H) 2.74 (mn, I H) 2.95 (mn, 1 H) 3.87 (s, 3 H) 4.14 (mn, 1 H) 4.22 (d, 1=4.16 Hz, I H) 20 4.41 (s, 1 H) 4.69 (im, H) 5.26 (i, H) 5.35 (in, H) 5.93 (s, 1 a) 6.03 (n, I H) 6.61 (m, 2 H) 7.16 (d, 9=3.18 Hz, I H) 7.50 (d, J=7.58 Hz, I H) 7.67 (s, 1 H) 7.73 (t, J=7.34 Hz, I H) 8.04 (m, I H) 8.17 (d, J=8.31 Hz, 1 H). Example 231: Preparation of Compound 231 25 314 OMe -N N N H N 0 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-( 3 -pyrazine-2-y-4-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-oxo)-S proline]-P1(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane was similarly prepared by a 5 Stille coupling reaction in 7.1% yield. LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.51 (792) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 ppm 0.98 (m, 9 H) 1.11 (m, 2 H) 1.19 (s, 9 H)1.27 (m, 2 H) 1.42 (m, I H) 2.37 (m, 1 H) 2.48 (m, 2 H) 2.81 (m, 1 H) 2.97 (m, 1 H) 3.83 (s, 3 H) 4.07 (s, 1 H) 4.20 (d, J=4.16 Hz, 1 H) 4.54 (d, J=11.49 Hz, I H) 4.72 (m, 1 H) 5.

2 7 (m, I H) 5.

3 9 (m, 1 H) 5.96 (s, 1 H) 6.04 (m, H) 7.63 (s, 1 H) 7.8 3 (s, 1I H) 10 8.17 (s, 1 H) 8.26 (s, 1 H) 8.60 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1 H) 8.76 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1 H) 9.33 (s, 1 H). Example 232: Preparation of Compound 232 OMe - N X N 15 BOCNHI-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-( 4 -methoxy-3-thiazol-2-yI-isoquinolin-1-oxo)-S proline]-PI1(1R,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane was similarly prepared by a Stille coupling reaction in 32.2% yield. LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.42 (797) [method B). 20 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.03 (S,9 H) 1.07 (in, 2 H) 1.13 (S, 91H) 1.22 315 (in, 2 H) 1.43 (dd, J=9.78, 5.14 Hz, I H) 1.88 (dd, J'=8.07, 5.38 Hz, I H) 2.23 (q, J=8.97 Hz, I H) 2.36 (in, I H) 2.67 (in, 1 H) 2.94 (in, I H) 4.10 (s, 3 H) 4.15 (m, 1 H) 4.18 (s, I H) 4.53 (d, J=25.92 Hz, I H) 4.59 (dd, J=10.27, 7.09 Hz, I H) 5.12 (in, 1 H) 5.29 (d, J=17.36 Hz, I H) 5.73 (m, I H) 6.09 (s, 1 H) 7.74 (t, J=7.58 Hz, I H) 5 7.91 (t, J=7.70 Hz, 1 H) 8.00 (d, J=3.42 Hz, I H) 8.18 (d, J=3.18 Hz, I H) 8.22 (d, J=8.31 Hz, 1 H) 8.29 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H). Example 233: Preparation of Compound 233 N H H N 0 10 Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure with the commercial 4 chlorofuro[3,2-c]pyridine, 5.7 ing of yellow solid was obtained (8.2%).LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.32 (674) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.00 (s, 9 H) 15 1.07 (in, 2 H) 1.21 (in, 11 H) 1.41 (in, I H) 1.86 (dd, .1=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 1 H) 2.22 (dd, J=17.61, 9.05 Hz, 2 H) 2.54 (dd, J=13.69, 7.09 Hz, 1 H) 2.92 (in, I H) 4.06 (in, I H) 4.21 (in, 1 H) 4.32 (s, I H) 4.49 (in, 1 H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.47 Hz, 1 H) 5.29 (dd, J=17.36, 1.22 Hz, I H) 5.74 (in, 1 H) 5.81 (s, I H) 6.83 (d, J=1.22 Hz, I H) 7.19 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 1 H) 7.76 (d, J=1.22Hz, I H) 7.97 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H). 20 Example 235: Preparation of Compound 235 316 N 0 00 o4n Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure with the commercial 4 chlorothieno[3,2-cJpyridine, 20.0 mg of yellow solid was obtained (28.1 %).LC/MS 5 rt-min (MI): 2.50 (690) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 IHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.01 (s, 9 H) 1.06 (m, 2 H) 1.21 (m, I1 H) 1.42 (m, 1 H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, I H) 2.24 (m, 2 H) 2.57 (dd, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, I H) 4.05 (dd, J= 11.98, 3.18 Hz, 1 H) 4.22 (s, I H) 4.39 (d, J=11.74 Hz, 1 H) 4.50 (dd, 1=9.90, 7.21 Hz, 1 H) 5.10 (dd, J=10.39, 1.34 Hz, I H) 5.28 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.73 (m, I H) 5.81 (s, 1 H) 7.45 (d, 10 J=5.62 Hz, I H) 7.53 (m, 2 H) 7.94 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I B). Example 236: Prepnrartnn nf Comnund 216 ci Ni's N S o 0 15 Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure with the commercial 3,5 dichloro-1,2,4-thiadiazole, 8.0 mg of yellow solid was obtained (I 1.9%).LC/MS rt min (MNa*): 2.37 (697) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.00 (s, 9 H) 1.06 (m, 2 H) 1.22 (m, 2 H) 1.36 (s, 9 H) 1.42 (m, 1 H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 20 1 H) 2.25 (m, 2 H) 2.60 (dd, J=14.18, 6.85 Hz, I H) 2.92 (m, I H) 4.03 (dd, J=12.47, 317 3.18 Hz, 1 H) 4.17 (s, I H) 4.42 (m, 2 H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.71 Hz, 1 H)5.29 (dd, J=17.12, 1.47 Hz, I H) 5.68 (s, 1 H) 5.74 (m, 1 H). Example 237: Preparation of Compound 237 5 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P 2 [(4R)-(quinoxaline-2-oxo)-S-proline]-P1(1R,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane, Shown below N yHAH 0 0IH~ 10 Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure with commercial 2 chloroquinoxaline, 113.0mg of yellow solid was obtained (19.2%).LC/MS rt-min (MNa*): 2.48 (707) [method B). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.01 (s, 9 H) 1.06 (m, 2 H) 1.22 (in, 11 H) 1.42 (in, I H) 1.87 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, I H) 2.24 (m, 15 1 H) 2.31 (m, 1 H) 2.57 (dd, J=13.57, 6.97 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, 1 H) 4.09 (dd, J= 1.98, 3.18 Hz, I H) 4.17 (s, I H) 4.38 (d, J=11.74 Hz, I H) 4.50 (dd, J=10.27, 7.09 Hz, 1 H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.71 Hz, I H) 5.29 (dd, J=17.12, 1.47 Hz, 1 H) 5.74 (in, I H) 5.87 (s, 1 H) 7.62 (t, J=7.46 Hz, I H) 7.73 (t, J=7.70 Hz, I H) 7.87 (m, I H) 7.96 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H) 8.42 (s, I H). 20 Example 238: Preparation of Compound 238 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGy)-P2[(4R)-(2-trifluoro- 6 -fluoroquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline] P1(1R,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane, Shown below 25 318 F F FF F \H0 o N H Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure with the commercial 2 trifluoromethyl-4-chloro-6-fluoro quinoline, 17.0 mg of yellow solid was obtained 5 (23.2%).LC/MS rt-min (MNa'): 2.66 (792) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MHz,

CD

3 0D) 8 ppm 1.02 (s, 9 H) 1.06 (m, 2 H) 1.17 (s, 9 H) 1.23 (m, 2 H) 1.42 (m, I H) 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 1 H) 2.21 (q, J=8.64 Hz, 1 H) 2.32 (m, 1 H) 2.63 (dd, J=13.94, 6.85 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, I H) 4.08 (m, I H) 4.18 (s, I H) 4.53 (m, 2 H) 5.10 (m, I H) 5.27 (d, J=17.12 Hz, 1 H) 5.58 (s, I H) 5.72 (.m, I H) 7.39 (s, 1 H) 7.65 (rn, 10 1 H) 7.83 (dd, J=9.29, 2.69 Hz, I H) 8.12 (dd, J=9.29, 5.14 Hz, I H). Example 239: Preparation of Compoud 20,39 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(6-fluoroqui noline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-Pl (IR,2S 15 VinylAcca)-CONHSO2Cyclopropane, Shown below 0 N H0 0~ N' HH H LaCI, Ko'Bu N DMF, -78*C to o*C N Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure w th the commercial 4-chloro 6-fluoro quinoline, 26.0 mg of yellow solid was obtained (39.0%).LC/MS rt-min 20 (MH): 1.98 (702) [method B). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.04 (m, 11 H) 319 1.14 (s, 9 H) 1.23 (m, 2 H) 1.42 (m, 1 H) 1.87 (dd,J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 1 H)2.23 (q, J=8.80 Hz, I H) 2.41 (m, I H) 2.75 (dd, J=14.43, 6.85 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, I H) 4.09 (s, I H) 4.12 (d, J=2.69 Hz, 1 H) 4.61 (m, 2 H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.39, 1.59 Hz, I H) 5.28 (dd, J=17.24, 1.34 Hz, I H) 5.70 (m, I H) 5.75 (s, I H) 7.62 (d, J=6.60 Hz, I H) 7.93 5 (m, I H) 8.06 (dd, J=8.68, 2.57 Hz, I H) 8.20 (dd, J=9.29, 4.40 Hz, 1 H) 9.06 (d, J=6.60 Hz, I H). A small amount of the by-product due to F-displacement was also isolated-from the same reaction and was separated by preparative HPLC. Example 240, Isolation of Compound 240 10 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(4-chloroquinoli ne- 6 -oxo)-S-prolinel-PI(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane, Shown below N_ /\ / 15 By-product, 8.0 mg of yellow solid was obtained (11 .7%).LC/MS rt-min (MNa'): 2.240 (740) [method B]. 'H NMvR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D)) S ppm 1.00 (s, 91H) 1.06 (in, 2 H) 1.23 (mn, 11 H) 1.42 (in, 1 H) 1.86 (dd, 1=8.19, 5.50 Hz, I H) 2.22 (mn, 1 H) 2.29 (in, I H) 2.55 (in, I H) 2.92 (in, I H) 4.09 (mn, I H) 4.21 (s, I H) 4.30 (in, 1 H) 4.46 20 (dd, J=10.27, 6.85 Hz, 1H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, l.47 Hz, I H) 5.28 (dd, J=17.36, 1.47 Hz, I H) 5.43 (s, I H) 5.74 (in, 1 H) 7.60 (ddl, J=9.29, 2.45 Hz, 1 H) 7.64 (d, 1=2.45 Hz, 1 H) 7.81 (d, 1=4.89 Hz, I H) 8.06 (d, J=9.29 Hz. I H) 8.72 (d, 1=5. 14 Hz, I H). Example 241: Preparation of Compound 241 25 320 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(8-fluoroquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane, Shown below F F H 0H N H1 LaC 3 , KOtBu H N DMF, -78"C to O'C N 0 5 Following the general tripeptide alkylation procedure with the commercial 4-chloro 8-fluoro quinoline, 10.3 mg of yellow solid was obtained (14.7%).LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 1.95 (702) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 0.98 (s, 9 H) 1.06 (m, 2 H) 1.14 (s, 9 H) 1.22 (m, 2 H) 1.42 (m, I B) 1.87 (dd, 1=8.07, 5.62 Hz, 1 H) 2.22 (q, J=8.72 Hz, I H) 2.41 (m, I H) 2.74 (dd, J=:14.06, 6.97 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, 10 1 H) 4.11 (m, 2 H) 4.57 (dd, J=10.39, 6.97 Hz, I H) 4.66 (d, J=12.23 Hz, I H) 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.22 Hz, 1 H) 5.28 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H) 5.71 (m, 2 H) 7.59 (d, J=6.36 Hz. 1 H) 7,75 (m. 1 H) 7.86 (m. I H) 8.23 (d-.!=8.5611 7 . I -) 902 (d 1=6.3617 1 H). During the preparative HPLC purification, a by-product was also isolated. The 4 chloroquinoline-8-oxo- quinoline derivative was formed as a result of displacement 15 of the fluorine atom instead of the chlorine leaving group. Example 242, Isolation of Compound 242 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(4-chloroquinoline-8-oxo)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S 20 VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane, Shown below 321. CI HH H N 0 N NIO 0o ~ A Thus the by-product, 9.0 mg of yellow solid was obtained (13.2%).LC/MS rt-min (MW): 2.37 (718) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MIHz, CD 3 0D ) 8 ppm 1.00 (s, 9 H) 5 1.06 (m, 2 H) 1.12 (s, 9 H) 1.23 (m, 2 H) 1.43 (dd, J=9.41, 5.50 Hz, 1 H) 1.87 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, I H) 2.25 (m, I H) 2.35 (m, I H) 2.67 (dd, J=13.94, 7.09 Hz, I H) 2.93 (m, 1 H) 4.10 (m, 1 H) 4.13 (s, I H) 4.43 (d, J= 11.98 Hz, I H) 4.65 (dd, J=10.03, 7.09 Hz, I H) 5.12 (dd, J=10.27, 1.47 Hz, 1 H) 5.30 (dd, J=17.12, 1.22 Hz, I H) 5.51 (s, 1 H) 5.75 (m, 1 H) 7.61 (d, J=7.83 Hz, I H) 7.88 (t, J=8.19 Hz, 1 H) 10 8.04 (m, 2 H) 8.91 (d, J=5.38 Hz, 1 H). Example 243: Preparation of Compound 243 BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(3-hydroxyquinoxahne- 2 -oxo)-S-proline]-Pl(IR,2S 15 VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane, Shown below N HO H o 0 Following the general tnpeptide alkylation procedure with commercial 2,3 20 dichloroquinoxaline, the mono alkylation product was spontaneously hydrolyzed to 322 give 8.0 mg of pale yellow solid (11.4%). LC/MS rt-min (MNa*): 2.42 (723) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 0.99 (s, 9 H) 1.05 (m, 2 ) 1.24 (s, 9 H) 1.40 (m, 3 H) 1.86 (m, I H) 2.24 (m, 2 H) 2.53 (m, I H) 2.92 (m, I H) 4.06 (m, 1 H) 4.16 (s, I H) 4.40 (m, I H) 4.55 (dd, J=10.39, 6.97 Hz, 1 H) 5.11 (m, I H) 5.29 (m, 1 5 H) 5.73 (m, 1 H) 5.78 (s, I H) 7.15 (s, 1 H) 7.26 (m, 2 H) 7.36 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1 H) 7.61 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H). Example 244: Preparation of Compound 244 10 Using a combination of Pd" coupling scheme and a step by step procedure starting from 6-bromo-1-chloro isoquinoline, BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(6-carboxylic acid dimethylamideisoquinoline-1-oxo)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S VinylAcca) CONHSO2Cyclopropane, was prepared. \ 0 N 00 H N 0 N O I 15 LC/MS rt-min (MNa*): 2.34 (777) [method B]. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 0.98 (m, 11 H) 1.23 (m, I1 H) 1.35 (m, I H) 1.91 (m, I H) 2.29 (m, , 2 H) 2.47 (m, I H) 2.58 (m, I H) 2.97 (s, 3 H) 3.11 (s, 3 H) 4.09 (m, 1 H) 4.24 (s, I H) 4.44 (m, I H) 20 4.61 (m, I H) 5.16 (m, 2 H) 5.57 (m, I H) 5.90 (s, I H) 7.38 (d,J=5.87 Hz, 1 H) 7.50 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H) 7.86 (s, I H) 8.03 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I *H) 8.27 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H), Example 245: Preparation of Compound 245 323 During one of the P catalyzed Stille coupling preparations (Example 230), a side product was isolated as a minor product which was subsequently identified as: BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(3-chloro-4-methoxyisoquinoline-1-oxo)-S prolinel-P1(1R,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane, shown below 5 OMe H H CI 0 N 0 Y00 LC/MS rt-min (MNa*): 2.62 (770) [method B. 'H NMR (400 MIHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.01 (s, 9 H) 1.08 (m, 2 H) 1.18 (s, 9 H) 1.27 (m, 2 H) 1.37 (m, I H) 1.62 (m, I H) 10 2.36 (m, 2 H) 2.73 (m, 1 H) 2.97 (m, I H) 3.92 (s, 3 H) 4.02 (m, 1 H) 4.18 (s, I H) 4.48 (m, I H) 4.66 (m, I H) 5.30 (in, 2 H) 5.78 (s, 1 H) 6.04 (m, I H) 7.53 (t, J=7.70 Hz, 1 H) 7.77 (t, 1=7.58 Hz, 1 H) 8.00 (d, 1±8.56 Hz, I H) 8.19 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H). Section F: 15 Example 250: Preparation of Compound 250 N N H _ BocHN o 5 0 Compound 250 324 Scheme 1 OH step I step 2 (PhO) 2

PON

3 -;- NH POCl 3- N 0 CI Step 3 Step 4 KOtBuIDMSO PyBOP N HO0 OH HCI -H2N,-- 0 Boc NI H0 . 1. TFA 2. PYBOP, N H ON 0 0 N Step 5 Oo : ' B H N OH N BoBocHN, ~ NH" Step 1: A solution of 3 -phenyl-but-2-enoic acid (16.2: g), diphenylphosphoryl azide 5 (27.5 g), and triethylamine (10.1 g) in benzene (100 nL) was stirred for I h. After filtration through a silica gel plug washing with benzene and concentration, the residue was dissolved in diphenylmethane (80 mL) and refluxed for 3 h. After cooling to rt, solids were collected through a plug washing with benzene and dried to give 10 g (63%) of the desired product as a solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 10 ppm 2.30 (s, 3 H), 7.00 (s, I H), 7.54 (m, I H), 7.77 (in, 2 H), 8.33 (d, J=7.34 Hz, 1 H). Step 2 325 A solution of 4 -methyl-2H-isoquinolin-1-one (4.8 g) in POC1 3 (50 mL) was refluxed for 3 h. After cooling and concentration, the residue was based with 5 N NaOH and extracted with CH 2

CI

2 . The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgSO 4 . After concentration, purification by flash chromatography of 5 Biotage with 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes gave 4.8 g (90%) of the desired product as a solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 8 ppm 2.59 (s, 3 H), 7.68 (t, J=7.70 Hz, 1 H), 7.78 (m, 1 H), 7.94 (d, J=8.31 Hz, 1 H), 8.11 (s, 1 H), 8.35 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H). Step 3: 10 A solution of Boc-Hyp-OH (231 mg) and terr-BuOK (336 mg) in DMSO (10 mL) was stirred for 0.5 h. To the solution was added 1-chloro-4-methyl-isoquinoline (178 mg) and the resulting mixture was stirred for I day. The reaction was quenched with 5% citric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgSO 4 . Concentration gave 350 mg (94%) of the desired 15 product as a solid which was used in the next step without further purification. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.39,1.43 (2s, 9 H, rotamers), 2.40 (dd, J=17.97, 4.52 Hz, 1 H), 2.48 (s, 3 H), 2.68 (m, I H), 3.84 (m, 2: H), 4.46 (m, I H), 5.71 (s, 1 H), 7.58 (t, 1=7.70 Hz, 1 H), 7.75 (in, 2 H), 7.91 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H), 8.19 (m, I H); MS: (M+Na)* 396. 20 Step 4: A solution of 4 -(4-methyl-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester) (74 mg), cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1(R)-amino-2(S)-vinyl cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride (59 mg), PyBOP (114 mg) and i-Pr 2 NEt 25 (0.2 mL) in CH 2 Cl 2 (2 mL) was stirred for 2 h. Purification by flash chromatograph of Biotage with 5% MeOH in ethyl acetate gave 105 ng (90%) of the desired product. 'H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-D4) 8 ppm 1.18 (m, 5 H), 1.39 (s, 9 H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.2, 5.3 Hz, I H), 2.28 (m, 2 H), 2.54 (m, 4 H), 2.95 (m, 1 H), 3.86 (m, 2 H), 4.40 (dd, J=9.8, 6.9 Hz, 1 H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, I H), 5.31 (d, J=17.6 Hz, I H), 30 5.79 (i, 2 H), 7.60 (t, J=7.5 Hz, I H), 7.78 (m, 2 H), 7.93 (d, J=8.3 Hz, I H), 8.20 (d, J=8.1 Hz, I H); MS: (M+Na)* 607.

326 Step 5: A solution of 2-(I-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclopropylcarbamoyl)4-(4-methyl-isoquinolin-1-ylcxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester 5 (100 mg) and TFA (3 mL) in CH 2 Cl 2 (3 mL) was stirred for I h. After concentration, the residue was dissolved in CH 2

CI

2 (2 mL), and Boc-L-tert-leucine (40 mg), PyBOP (104 mg) and i-Pr 2 NEt (0.2 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for I h. After work-up, purification Prep HPLC gave 60 mg (52%) of the desired product compound 250 as a solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0)) 8 ppm 1.04 (m, 12H), 1.26 10 (m, 10 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.5, 5.1 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.1, 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 2.26 (m, 2 H), 2.49 (s, 3 H), 2.62 (dd, J=13.7, 7.1 Hz, I H), 2.94 (m, 1. H), 4.06 (dd, J=12.0, 3.4 Hz, I H), 4.25 (m, I H), 4.45 (d, J=11.3 Hz, I H), 4.53 (dd, J=10.3, 6.6 Hz, I H), 5.12 (d, J=10.0 Hz, I H), 5.29 (d, J=17.1 Hz, I H), 5.77 (m, 2 H), 6.63 (d, J=8.6 Hz, I H), 7.53 (t, J=7.8 Hz, I H), 7.76 (t, J=8.1 Hz, I H), 7.80 (s, 1 H), 7.91 (d, J=8.1 Hz, I H), 15 8.22 (d, J=8.3 Hz, I H); MS: (M+Na)* 720. Example 251: Preparation of Compound 251 N BocHN,4 O <NC 0 0 Compound 251 20 Compound 251 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except that 3 methoxy-3-phenyl-acrylic acid was used in place of 3 -phenyl-but-2-enoic acid in step 1. Step 1: 327 Modifications: 15 g 3 -methoxy-3-phenyl-acrylic acid used, 250 mg product obtained (2% yield). Product: NH N 0 5 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3

COCD

3 ) 6 ppm 3.85 (s, 3 H), 6.96 (s, 1 H), 7.54 (in, I H), 7.71 (m, I H), 7.86 (d, J=8.07 Hz, 1 H), 8.31 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H). Step 2: Modifications: 200 mg 4 -methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1-one used, 150 mg product 10 obtained (68% yield). Product: N C 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 ppm 4.05 (s, 2 H), 7.71 (m, I H), 7.72 (in, 2 H), 7.80 (s, 1 H), 8.23 (dd, J=1 8.71, 7.70 Hz, 2 H). 15 Step 3: Modifications: 122 mg 1-chloro-4-methoxy-isoquinoliiie used, 218 mg product obtained (89% yield). Product: N x oN Os 0 20 'oc MS: (M+Na)*411.

328 Step 4: Modifications: 194 mg 4

-(

4 -methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2 dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 298 mg product obtained (99% yield). 5 Product: OMe N H O O%/O NN K N gI BocO 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.17 (m, 5 H), 1.42 (s, 9 H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.2, 5.5 Hz, I H), 2.27 (m, 2 H), 2.54 (dd, J=13.3, 6.2 Hz, I H), 2.95 (m, 1 H), 3.85 (m, 2 H), 4.00 (s, 3 H), 4.39 (dd, J=9.8, 6.9 Hz, I H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, I H), 5.31 (d, J=17.1 10 Hz, I H), 5.76 (m, 2 H), 7.52 (s, 1 H), 7.62 (t, J=7.6 Hz, I H), 7.74 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.12 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H). Step 5: Modifications: 190 mg 2-(1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl 15 cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(4-methoxy-isoquinolin-l'-ylox y)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester used, 270 mg product obtained (51% yield). Product: 329 Ome N 0, H C) 0 0 O N N OIH 0 Compound 251 Data: 'H NMR (500 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.06 (m, 12 H), 1.26 (m, 10 H), 1.43 (dd, J=8.6, 4.6 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd; J=7.9, 5.5 Hz, 1 H), 2.24 (m, 2 H), 2.61 (dd, J=13.6, 5 6.9 Hz, I H), 2.94 (m, I H), 4.00 (s, 3 H), 4.06 (dd, J=1 1.3, 3.1 Hz, I H), 4.25 (d, J=8.9 Hz, I H), 4.43 (d, J=11.3 Hz, I H), 4.52 (m, I H), 5.12 (d, J=10.1 Hz, I H), 5.29 (d, J=17.1 Hz, I H), 5.75 (m, 2 H), 6.60 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 (m, 2 H), 7.71 (t, J=7.3 Hz, I H), 8.09 (d, 1=8.2 Hz, I H), 8.14 (d, 1=8.2 Hz, I H); MS: (M+Na)* 736. 10 Example 252: Preparation of Compound 252 N 0~ BocHN o NH, 0 Compound 252 Compound 252 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except 2 15 methylcinnamic acid was used in place of 3 -phenyl-bu:-2-enoic acid in step 1. Step 1: 330 Modifications: 20 g 2 -methylcinnamic acid used, 14.3 g product obtained (72% yield) Product: / NH 0 5 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 2.54 (s, I H), 6.69 (d, J=7.3 Hz, I H), 7.23 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.39 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1 H), 8.30 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1 H), 11.62 (s, 1 H); MS: (M+H)*160. Step 2: 10 Modifications: 14.4 g 5-methyl-2H-isoquinolin-1-onc used, 10.6 g product obtained (66% yield). Product: N Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) S ppm 2.67 (s, 3 H), 7.55 (m, 2 H), 7.70 (dd, 15 J=5.9, 1.0 Hz, I H), 8.19 (m, 1 H), 8.28 (d, J=5.9 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 178. Step 3: Modifications: 533 mg 1-chloro-5-methyl-isoquinoline used, 1116 mg product obtained (100% yield). 20 Product: INN N N 0 0 NOH Boc Data: MS: (M+H)* 373.

331 Step 4: Modifications: 372 mg 4 -(5-methyl-isoquinolin -I -yloxy)-pyrrolidine- 1,2 dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 551 mg product obtained (94% yield). Product: N 0 H 0O O N k 5ocO , H V 5 Data: MS: (M+Na)* 607. Step 5: Modifications: 551 mg 2-(1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl 10 cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(5-methyl-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-I-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester used, 274 mg product obtained (44% yield). Product: N. 0~ BocHNN N -, Compound 252 15 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.00 (m, 12 H,) 1.23 (m, 10 H), 1.44 (m, I H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.1, 5.4 Hz, I H), 2.26 (m, 2 H), 2.62 (n, 4 H), 2.94 (m, I H), 4.07 (dd, J=I 1.9, 3.3 Hz, I H), 4.25 (d, J=9.5 Hz, I H), 4.46 (d, J=1 1.5 Hz, I H), 4.53 (dd, J=10.3, 7.1 Hz, I H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, I H), 5.29 (d,J=16.9 Hz, I H), 5.75 (m, I H), 5.86 (s, I H), 6.62 (d, J=9.3 Hz, I H), 7.39 (t, J=7.7 Hz, I H), 7.44 (d, 1=5.9 Hz, 332 I H), 7.53 (d, 1=7.1 Hz, I H), 8.00 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 1 H), 8.06 (d, 1=8.3 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 698. Example 253: Preparation of Compound 253 0 ?1N N NN.H 0~ BocHN O N 5 Compound 253 Compound 253 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except 2 methoxy cinnamic acid was used in place of 3-phenyl-but-2-enoic acid in step 1. Modifications: 10 g 2-methoxy cinnamic acid used, 5.3 g product obtained (53% yield). Product: OMe NH 0 15 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 3.95 (s, 3 H)., 6.94 (d, J=7.3 Hz, I H), 7.08 (d, J=8.1 Hz, I H), 7.14 (d, J=7.3 Hz, I H), 7.43 (t, 1=8.1 Hz, I H), 7.99 (d, J=8.1 Hz, I H), 10.92 (s, I H); MS: (M+H)* 176. Step 2: 20 Modifications: 5.3 g 5-methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1.-one used, 5.38 g product obtained (92% yield).

333 Product: C1 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) S ppm 4.01 (s, 3 H), 7.04 (d, J=7.8 Hz, I H), 7.57 (t, J=8.1 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=8.6 Hz, I H), 7.97 (d, 1=5.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.25 (d, J=5.9 5 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 194. Step 3: Modifications: 581 mg I-chloro-5-methoxy-isoquino line used, 1163 mg product obtained (100% yield). 10 Product: N 0, 0 Q2 OH Boc Data: MS: (M+H)* 389. Step 4: 15 Modifications: 117 mg 4 -(5-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2 dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 180 mg product obtained (100% yield). Product: OMe Z-s1 N N BocH 334 Data: MS: (M+H)* 601. Step 5: Modifications: 177 mg 2-(1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl 5 cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(5-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-.yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid terr-butyl ester used, 63 mg product obtained (44% yield). Product: N0 - N N, H BocHN HO NO o o _T11 Compound 253 1 ' Ths '14 ATMpR (400 MT7 (T)-T nrpm 00 (m 12 1-f 1 21 (m 10 -T) r1s (M. I H), 1.82 (dd, J=8.1, 5.6 Hz, I H), 2.20 (m, 2 H), 2.56 (dd, J=13.6, 6.7 Hz, I H), 2.88 (I, 1 H), 3.08 (m, 2 H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 4.01 (dd, J= 11.9, 3.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.20 (d, J=9.1 Hz, I H), 4.39 (d, J=12.2 Hz, I H), 4.47 (dd, J=9.7, 7.0 Hz, I H), 5.06 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.23 (d, J=16.9 Hz, 1 H), 5.70 (m, I H), 5.79 (s, 1 H), 6.55 (d, J=9.5 Hz, I H), 15 7.08 (d, J=7.6 Hz, I H), 7.37 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.54 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.68 (d, J=8.3 Hz, I H), 7.89 (d, J=5.9 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 714.

335 Example 254: Preparation of Compound 254 CI 'N 00 BocHN O O 0 Compound 254 Compound 254 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except that 2 5 chlorocinnamic acid was used in place of 3 -phenyl-but-2-enoic acid in step 1. Step 1: Modifications: 25 g 2 -chlorocinnamic acid used, 14.6 g product obtained (59%o yield). 10 Product: CI NH 0 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 7.22 (d, J=7.3 Hz, I H), 7.42 (t, J=7.8 Hz, I H), 7.73 (d, J=7.8 Hz, I H), 8.34 (d, J=8.1 Hz, I H), 10.61 (s, I H); MS: (M+H)* 180. 15 Step 2: Modifications: 14.2 g 5-chloro-2H-isoquinolin-1-one used, 8.28 g product obtained (53% yield). Product: 336 CI N .- ,-Nt C1 Data: IH NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 8 ppm 7.60 (dd, J=8. 6, 7.6 Hz, I H), 7.83 (m, 1 H), 8.00 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.29 (dt, J=8.9, 1.0 Hz, I H), 8.38 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 1 H); MS: (M+H)* 198. 5 Step 3: Modifications: 594 mg 1,5-dichloro-isoquinoline used, 1174 mg product obtained (100% yield). Product: CI - N o 0 Q.?OH Data: MS: (M+H) 393. Step 4: Modifications: 118 mg 4 -(5-chloro-isoquinolin-1.I-yloxyv)-pyrroli dine- 1 ,2-dicarboxylic 15 acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 154 mg product obtained (35% yield). Product: CI N H 0 00 N N Data: MS: (M+H)* 605.

337 Step 5: Modifications: 150 mg 2-(1-cyclopropanesulfonylaiinocarbonyl-2-vinyl. CYclopropylcarbamoyl)4-(5-chloro-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-I-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester used, 91 mg product obtained (51% yield). 5 Product: CI 1N N NN BocHN.$4 H zo 0 Compound 254 Data: 'H NMR (400 MIz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 0.97 (m, 12 H), 1.17 (m, 10 H), 1.38 (dd, J=9.4, 5.3 Hz, I H), 1.82 (dd, J=8.0, 5.5 Hz, I H), 2.21 (m, 2 H), 2.58 (dd, J=13.8, 10 7.0 Hz, I H), 2.88 (m, I H), 4.01 (dd, J=11.9, 2.8Hz, [ H, 4.16 (d, 1=9.3 Hz, I H), 4.47 (m, 2 H), 5.06 (d, J=10.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.24 (d, J=16.9 Hz, I H), 5.70 (m, I H), 5.82 (s, I H), 6.52 (d, J=9.3 Hz, I H), 7.42 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.57 (d, J=6.1 Hz, I H), 7.76 (d, J=7.6 Hz, I H), 8.05 (d, J=6.1 Hz, I H), 8.13 (d, J=8.3 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 718. 15 Example 255: Preparation of Compound 255 F N N H BocHN4 H N0 + o0 '1 25 Compound 255.

338 Compound 255 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except that 2 fluorocinnarnic acid was used in place of 3-phenyl-but-2-enoic acid in step 1. 5 Step 1: Modifications: 16.6 g 2 -fluorocinnamic acid used, 8.55 g product obtained (51% yield). Product: F NH 0 10 Data: 'H NMR (400 MiHz, CD 3

COCD

3 ) 8 ppm 6.62 (d, J=7.3 Hz, I H), 7.32 (d, J=7.3 Hz, I H), 7.47 (m, 2 H), 8.09 (m, I H). Step 2: 15 Mocincations: 6.4 g 3-ruoro-mH-isoquinonn-i-one usea, /.3 g product otanea (80% yield). Product: F N CI Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) S ppm 7.43 (ddd, 1=9.7, 7.8, 0.9 Hz, I H), 7.62 20 (td, J=8.2, 5.4 Hz, I H), 7.84 (d, J=5.6 Hz, I H), 8.14 (c, J=8.6 Hz, I H), 8.33 (d, 1=5.9 Hz, 1 H); MS: (M+H)* 182. Step 3: Modifications: 203 mg 1-chloro-5-fluoro-isoquinoline used, 384 mg product obtained 25 (90% yield). Product: 339 F N Os O Boc Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3

SOCD

3 ) 8 ppm 1.34, 1.36 (2s, 9 H, rotamers), 2.35 (m, I H), 2.61 (m, I H), 3.65 (d, J=12.23 Hz, I H), 3.80 (m, I H), 4.35 (m, I H), 5.70 (s, I H), 7.48 (d, J=6.11 Hz, I H), 7.63 (m, 2 H), 7.99 (m, I H), 8.10 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 1 5 H); MS: (M+Na)* 399. Step 4: Modifications: 76 mg 4 -(5-fluoro-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 116 mg product obtained (99% yield). 10 Product: F - - N H 0 O O N S Boc O Step 5: Modifications: 110 mg 2-(1 -cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclopropylcarbamoyl)4-(5-fluoro-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-i-carboxylic 15 acid tert-buty ester used, 39 mg product obtained (30% yield). Product: 340 F N 0~ * N No,' H BocHN .O H N -NO 0 Compound 255 Data: 'H NMR (400 MIz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.05 (m, 12 H), 1.25 (m, 10 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.5, 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.1, 5.4 Hz, I H), 2.2.8 (m, 2 H), 2.63 (dd, J=13.8, 5 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 2.94 (m, I H), 4.07 (dd, J=11.9, 3.1 Hz, I H), 4.23 (d, J=9.3 Hz, I H), 4.52 (m, 2 H), 5.12 (dd, 1=10.3, 1.5 Hz, I H), 5.29 (d, J=17.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.75 (m, 1 H), 5.89 (s, I H), 6.59 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (m, 3 H), 8.02 (d, J=8.1 Hz, I H), 8.06 (d, 1=6.1 Hz, I H); MS: (M+Na)* 724. 1 0 Jamni" 256- Prpnaratinn of Cominrmmd 256 -~ N No.. H BocHN H N 0 Compound 256 Compound 256 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except 2 difluormethoxycinnamic acid was used in place of 3-phenyl-but-2-enoic acid in step 15 1. Step 1: 341 Modifications: 10.7 g 2 -difluormethoxycinnamic acid used, 2 g product obtained (18% yield). Product: F F O NH 0 5 Data: 'IH NMR (400 MHz, CD 3

SOCD

3 ) S ppm 6.06 (m, 2 H), 6.42 (rn, 2 H), 6.71 (s, 2 H), 7.35 (s, I H); MS: (M+H)* 212. Step 2: Modifications: 300 mg 5-difluoromethoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1-one used, 300 mg 10 product obtained (92% yield). Product: F F IO N CI Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 5 ppm 6.70 (t, J=72.87 Hz, I H), 7.48 (m, 1 H), 7.64 (m, I H), 7.92 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H), 8.21 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H), 8.35 (d, J=5.62 Hz, 15 1 H). Step 3: Modifications: 230 mg 1-chloro-5-difluoromethoxy-isoquinoline used, 360 mg product obtained (96% yield). 20 Product: 342 OH Nz O, 0 N OH Boc Step 4: Modifications: 37 mg 4 -(5-hydroxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2 5 dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 57 mg product obtained (99% yield). Product: OH N 01, H 0O0)0 N S 'I 10 Step 5: Modifications: 57 mg 2-(1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclopropylcarbamoyl)4-(5-hydroxy-isoquinolin-1-ylo.xy)-pyrrolidine-I-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester-used, 10 mg product obtained (15% yield). Product: 343 OH N 'N 'z No 0~ N Nil-~ BocH N O H O Compound 256 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 0.93 (m, 4 H), 1.13 (s, 9 H), 1.31 (m, I H), 1.49 (s, 9H), 1.89 (dd, J=7.8, 5.4 Hz, I H), 2.16 (q, J=8.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.40 (m, I H), 5 2.81 (m, I H), 2.90 (m, I H), 3.76 (m, 2 H), 4.30 (m, 1 H), 4.59 (dd, J=10.2, 7.7 Hz, I H), 5.07 (dd, J=10.3, 1.7 Hz, I H), 5.26 (dd,J=17.2, 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.77 (dt, J=17.2, 9.6 Hz, I H), 5.93 (s, I H), 7.24 (d, J=8.6 Hz, I H), 7.51 (m, 2 H), 7.63 (t, J=8.0 Hz, I H), 7.98 (d, J=6.1 Hz, I H), 8.24 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H); MS: (M+H)* 700. 10 Example 257: Preparation of Compound 257 F N 0~ N N, H BocHN.L H O Compound 257 Compound 257 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except 4 fluorocinnamic acid was used in place of 3-phenyl-bui-2-enoic acid in step 1. 15 Step 1: Modifications: 16.6 g 4 -fluorocinnamic acid used, 8.2 g product obtained (49% yield). Product: 344 F NH 0 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3

COCD

3 ) 8 ppm 6.57 (d, J=7.09 Hz, I H), 7.21 (d, J=7.09 Hz, I H), 7.50 (m, 1 H), 7.72 (dd, J=8.68, 5.26 Hz, 1 H), 7.90 (dd, J=9.54, 2.93 Hz, I H). 5 Step 2: Modifications: 8.15 g 7 -fluoro- 2 H-isoquinolin-I-one used, 7.6 g product obtained (84% yield). Product: F N 10 C1 Data: 'H NMR (400 MIHz, CDCI 3 ) S ppm 7.52 (td, J=8.6, 2.6 Hz, I H), 7.59 (d, J=5.6 Hz, I H), 7.86 (dd, J=9.1, 5.4 Hz, I H), 7.95 (dd, J=9.5, 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.26 (d, J=5.6 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 182. 15 Step 3: Modifications: 191 mg 1-chloro-7-fluoro-isoquinoline used, 350 mg product obtained (93% yield). Product: FN 0 0 N OH Boc 20 Data: MS: (M+Na)* 399. Step 4: Modifications: 75 mg 4

-(

7 -fluoro-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 100 mg product obtained (85% yield) Product: 345 F4: N F N H0 N H OC Boc O Data: 'H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.16 (m, 4 H), 1.41 (m, 10 H), 1.88 (dd, 1=8.1, 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 2.28 (m, 2 H), 2.56 (m, I H,) 2.94 (m, I H), 3.87 (m, 2 H), 4.41 (dd, J=9.7, 7.0 Hz, I H), 5.12 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.31 (d, J=17.1 Hz, I H), 5.78 (m, 5 2 H), 7.36 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.54 (m, 1 H), 7.78 (dd, J=9.3, 2.5 Hz, I H), 7.90 (dd, J=9.1, 5.1 Hz, I H), 7.96 (d, J=5.9 Hz, I H); MS: (M+Na)* 611. Step 5: Modifications: 95 mg 2-(I-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl 10 cyclopropylcarbamoyl)4-(7-fluoro-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidilne-I-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester used, 55 mg product obtained (44% yield). Product: F N 0 BocHN. H O e o o Compound 257 15 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) S ppm 1.05 (m, 12 H), 1.22 (m, 10 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.3, 5.4 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.2, 5.5 Hz, I H), 2.27 (m, 2 H), 2.63 (dd, J=13.8, 7.0 Hz, I H), 2.94 (in, I H), 4.07 (dd, J=11.5, 3.2 Hz, I H), 4.22 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.47 (d, J=11.7 Hz, I H), 4.55 (dd, J=10.6, 7.5 Hz, 1 H), 5.12 (d, J=10.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.29 (d, J=17.1 Hz, I H), 5.75 (m, 1 H), 5.87 (s, I H), 6.61 (d, J=9.5 Hz, I H), 7.36 346 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.52 (td, J=8.9, 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.79 (dd, J=9.4, 2.6 Hz, I H), 7.88 (dd, J=8.7, 5.5 Hz, I H), 7.96 (d, J=5.9 Hz, I H); MS: (M+Na)* 724. Example 258: Preparation of Compound 258 1 N 0, N N"' BocHN J N O 0oN-' 5 Compound 258 Compound 258 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 250 except that 4 chlorocinnamic acid was used in place of 3-phenyl-but-2-enoic acid in step 1. 10 Step 1: ~~ 0 !~ 1. A -AA -A.4 A fAo~..dA Product: C, NH 0 Data:'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3

SOCD

3 ) S ppm 6.58 (d, .1=7.1 Hz, I H), 7.20 (dd, 15 J=7.1, 5.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (m, 2 H), 8.10 (m, I H). Step 2: Modifications: 3 .5.g 7 -chloro-2H-isoquinolin-I-one used, 2.8 g product obtained (72% yield). 20 Product:

CI

347. Data: 'H NMR (500 MHz, CDC 3 ) 8 ppm 7.59 (d, J=5.5 Hz, I H), 7.69 (dd, J=8.9, 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.80 (d, J=8.6 Hz, I H), 8.29 (d, J=5.5 Hz, I H), 8.34 (s, I H); MS: (M+H)* 198. 5 Step 3: Modifications: 208 mgl, 7 -dichloro-isoquinoline used, 350 mg product obtained (89% yield). Product: C1 0, 0 N OH Boc 10 Data: MS: (M+Na)* 415. Step 4: Modifications: 79 mg 4

-(

7 -chloro-isoquinolin-1-ylox y)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 119 mg product obtained (99% yield). 15 Product: 'N N-N.' 01 N Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.17 (m, 4.H), 1.43 (m, 10 H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.31 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 2.29 (m, 2 H), 2.57 (dd, J=13.7, 6.9 Hz, I H), 2.95 (m, I H), 3.87 (m, 2 H), 4.42 (dd, J=9.9, 6.9 Hz, I H), 5.13 (d, J= 10.3 Hz, I H), 5.31 (dd, 20 J=17.1, 1.2 Hz, I H), 5.78 (m, 2 H), 7.35 (d, J=5.9 Hz, I H), 7.69 (dd, J=8.7, 2.1 Hz, I H), 7.84 (d, J=8.8 Hz, I H), 7.99 (d, 1=5.9 Hz, 1 H), 3.12 (d, J=1.7 Hz, I H); MS: (M+Na)* 627.

348 Step 5: Modifications: 115 mg 2-(1-cyclopropanesulfonylaninocarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(7-chloro-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-I-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester used, 36 mg product obtained (2.5% yield). 5 Product: c - N 0~ N BocHNO H Compound 258 Data: MS: (M+Na)* 740. 10 Example 259: Preparation of Compound 259 01 N,.. H BocHN O N N 0 O & Compound 259 Compound 259 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except that 4 methylcinnamic acid was used in place of 3 -phenyl-but-2-enoic acid in step 1. 15 Step 1: Modifications: 25 g 4 -methylcinnamic acid used, 15.3 g product obtained (62% yield). Product: 349 NH 0 Data: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 2.50 (s, 3 H), 6.54 (d, J=7.1 Hz, I H), 7.13 (d, J=7.1 Hz, I H), 7.49 (m, 2 H), 8.22 (s, I H), 11.49 (s, 1I H); MS: (M+H) 4 160. 5 Step 2: Modifications: 15.3 g 7 -methyl-2H-isoquinolin-I-one used, 5.15 g product obtained (30% yield). Product: 10 C1 Data: 'H NMR (400 Mz, CDCI 3 ) S ppm 2.58 (s, 3 H), 7.56 (m, 2 H), 7.73 (d, J=8.3 Hz, I H), 8.09 (s, I H), 8.20 (d, J=5.6 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 178. Step 3: 15 Modifications: 205 mg 1-chloro-7-methyl-isoquinoline used, 350 mg product obtained (89 % yield). Product: N 0, 0 (O>H Boc Data: MS: (M+H)* 373. 20 Step4: Modifications: 75 mg 4

-(

7 -methyl-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 107 mg product obtained (95% yield). Product: 350 N W ~H N Nk, 'S' Boc 0 Data: MS: (M+Na)* 607. Step 5: 5 Modifications: 107 mg 2-(1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclopropylcarbamoyl)4-(7-methyl-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-I-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester used, 53 mg product obtained (41% yield). Product: N 10 BocHN, _J, H Compound 259 10 Data: 'H NMvR (400 MiHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.02 (m, 12 H), 1.18 (s, 9 H), 1.24 (m, 1 H), 1.45 (dd, J=9.4, 5.5 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.2, 5.5 Hz, I H), 2.28 (m, 2 H), 2.50 (s, 3 H), 2.61 (dd, J=13.8, 6.7 Hz, I H), 3.34 (s, I H), 4.09 (dd, J=11.7, 3.2 Hz, I H), 4.23 (s, I H), 4.42 (d, 1=12.0 Hz, I H), 4.57 (dd, J=10.0, 7.1 Hz, I H), 5.12 (dd, 15 J=10.3, 1.5 Hz, I H), 5.30 (d, J=17.1 Hz, I H), 5.76 (m, I H), 5.87 (s, I H), 7.28 (d, 1=5.9 Hz, I H), 7.55 (d, 1=8.3 Hz, I H), 7.71 (d, J=8.3 Hz, I H), 7.89 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.93 (s, I H); MS: (M+H)* 698.

351 Example 260: Preparation of Compound 260 0 N N N". BocHN O H -N -0 00> Compound 260 Compound 260 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except that 4 5 methoxycinnamic acid was used in place of 3 -phenyl-but-2-enoic acid in step 1. Step 1: Modifications: 33 g using 4 -methoxycinnamic acid used, 7 g product obtained (33% yield). 10 Product: NH MeO - NH 0 Data: 'H NMR (500 MHz, CD 3

COCD

3 ) 8 ppm 3.90 (:;, 3 H), 6.49 (d, 1=7.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.10 (d, J=7.3 Hz, I H), 7.28 (dd, J=8.6, 2.8 Hz, I H), 7.57 (d, J=8.9 Hz, I H), 7.71 (d, J=2.8 Hz, I H). 15 Step 2: Modifications: 4 g 7 -methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1-one used, 3 g product obtained (68 % yield). Product: O 20

CI

352 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 5 ppm 3.98 (s, 3 H), 7.38 (dd, J=8.9, 2.6 Hz, I H), 7.52 (m, 2 H), 7.73 (d, 1=8.8 Hz, I H), 8.16 (d, J=5.4 Hz, I H). Step 3: 5 Modifications: 533 mg 1-chloro-7-methoxy-isoquinc.line used, 1115 mg product obtained (100 % yield). Product: 0 0O N O OH QBOH Boc 10 Step 4: Modifications: 78 mg 4

-(

7 -methoxy-isoquinolin- I -yloxy)-pyrrolidine- 1,2 dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 108 mg product obtained (99 % yield). Product: MeO N 0 H. 00 Boc O 15 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.17 (m, 4H). 1.40 (m, 1 H), 1.43 (s, 9 H), 1.85 (dd, J=8.1, 5.4 Hz, I H), 2.21 (m, 2 H), 2.51 (dd, J=13.7, 6.6 Hz, I H), 2.93 (s, I H), 3.80 (m, 2 H), 3.94 (s, 3 H), 4.41 (dd, J=10.0, 6.6 Hz, I H), 4.57 (s, 1 H), 5.11 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.29 (d, J=17.1 Hz, I H), 5.77 (m, 2 H), 7.01 (d, J=7.8 Hz, I H), 7.22 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.32 (d, J=8.1 Hz, I H), 7.58 (t, J=8.0 Hz, I H), 7.87 (d, 20 J=5.9 Hz, 1 H); MS: (M+H)* 601.

353 Step 5: Modifications: 100 mg 2-(1-cyclopropanesulfonylaiminocarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(7-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-I-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester used, 30 mg product obtained ( 25% yield). 5 Product: O N N N..-H 0 BocHN OI O- N Compound 260 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3

SOCD

3 ) 8 ppm 0.90 (m, 2 H), 0.95 (s, 9 H), 1.05 (m, I H), 1.12 (s, 9 H), 1.35 (m, 2 H), 1.70 (m, I H), 2.18 (m, I H), 2.92 (m, I H), 3.86 10 (s, 3 H), 4.00 (m, 2 H), 4.27 (d, J=12.0 Hz, I H), 4.45 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.09 (d, J=10.8 Hz, I H), 5.23 (d, J=16.9 Hz, I H), 5.62 (m, I H), 5.79 (s, I H), 6.55 (d, J=8.1 Hz, I H), 7.35 (d, J=6.6 Hz, I H), 7.39 (d, J=2.5 Hz, .1 H), 7.43 (dd, J=8.8, 2.2 Hz, I H), 7.84 (d, J=8.8 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=5.9 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 714. 15 Example 261 and 262: Preparation of Compounds 261 and 262 N N O N Cl 01 0 N, H N H BocHN O O N 0 BocH I O H NH O C uC n Compound 261 Compound 262 354 Compounds 261 and 262 were prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except that 4 -fluoro-3-methoxycinnamic acid was used in place of 3-phenyl-but-2 enoic acid in step 1. 5 Step 1: Modifications: 19.6 g 4 -fluoro-3-methoxycinnamic acid used, 9.5 g product obtained (48% yield). Product: MeO F ~ NH 0 10 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3

COCD

3 ) 8 ppm 4.00 (., I H), 6.49 (d, J=7.34 Hz, I H), 7.19 (d, J=7.09 Hz, I H), 7.29 (d, J=8.07 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (d, 1=11.74 Hz, I H). Step 2: Modifications: 9 g 7 -fluoro- 6 -methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1-one used, 7 g product 15 obtained (70% yield). Product: N F): CI Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) S ppm 4.04 (s, 3 H), 7.17 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H), 7.48 (d, J=5.62 Hz, 1 H), 7.94 (d, J=11.49 Hz, I H), 8.2.0 (d, J=5.62 Hz, I H). 20 Step 3: Modifications: 222 mg 1-chloro- 7 -fluoro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline used, 406 mg products obtained. Products: 355 N N - CI 0, OH N OH Boc c Step 4: Modifications: 400 mg mixture of 4

-(

7 -fluoro-6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy) 5 pyrrol idine- 1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester and 4-(1-chloro-6-methoxy isoquinolin- 7 -yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid I-tert-butyl ester used, 700 mg products obtained. Product: 0- -l N1 OlC H H 10 0 0 6"> 10 Step 5: Modifications: 700 mg mixture of 2-(I-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(7-fluoro-6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-I carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester and 4-(1-chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinolin-7-yloxy)-2 15 (1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclo)ropy Icarbamoyl)-pyrrolidine--carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester used, 79 mg of compound 261 and 80 mg compound 262 obtained. Product: 356 N CI 0 0 N N',. H N No.. H BocHN J-O H N, BOCHN O N 0 0~ Compound 261 Compound 262 Data of compound 261: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 ppm 1.07 (m, 12 H), 1.25 (m, 10 H), 1.44 (m, 1 H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.1, 5.6 Hz, I H), 2.25 (m, 2 H), 2.60 (dd, 5 J=13.7, 6.9 Hz, I H), 2.94 (m, I H), 4.02 (m, 4 H), 4.22 (s, I H), 4.43 (d, J=12.2 Hz, I H), 4.53 (dd, J=10.3, 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, I H), 5.30 (d, J=16.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.75 (m, I H), 5.84 (s, I H), 7.28 (d, J=5.9 Hz, I H), 7.37 (d, J=8.1 Hz, I H), 7.75 (d, J=1 1.7 Hz, I H), 7.91 (d, J=5.9 Hz, I H); MS: (M+Na)*754. Data of compound 262: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.07 (m, 12 H), 1.25 1=8.72 Hz, 2 H), 2.57 (dd, J=13.82, 7.21 Hz, I H), 2.94 (m, I H), 3.97 (d, J=5.14 iz, 3 H), 4.09 (m, J=11.00 Hz, I H), 4.24 (s, I H), 4.32 (m, I H), 4.50 (m, J=16.87 Hz, I H), 5.12 (dd, J=10.52, 1.71 Hz, 1 H), 5.30 (dd, J=17.12, 1.47 Hz, 1 H), 5.38 (s, 1 H), 5.76 (m, 1 H), 7.39 (s, I H), 7.63 (s, I H), 7.66 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 1 H), 8.07 (d, J=5.62 15 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 732. Example 263: Preparation of Compound 263 '-N 0 N N H BocHN o N T Compound 263 357 Compound 263 was prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except stepI and step2. 5 Step 3: Modifications: 176 mg 1-chloro-8-methyl-isoquinoline used, 370 mg product obtained (100mg % yield). Product: / N 0 Boc 10 Step 4: Modifications: 149 mg 8-methyl-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 230 mg product obtained ( 99% yield) Product: N 0-. -N N N N Boc 0 15 Data: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 ppm 1.13 (m, 4 H), 1.42 (m, 10 H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.2, 5.3 Hz, I H), 2.25 (m, 2 H), 2.58 (dd, 1=13.9, 6 9 Hz, I H), 2.83 (s, 3 H) ,2.96 (m, I H), 3.85 (m, 2 H), 4.38 (dd, J=10.2, 6.7 Hz, I H), 5.12 (dd, J=10.4, 1.6 Hz, I H), 5.30 (dd, 1=17.1, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 5.76 (m, 2 H), 7.28 (d, J=5.9 Hz, I H), 7.36 (d, 20 J=6.9 Hz, I H), 7.53 (t, J=7.7 Hz, I H), 7.62 (m, I H), 7.88 (d, J=5.6 Hz, I H); MS: (M+Na)* 607.

358 Step 5: Modifications: 220 mg 2-(1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(8-methyl-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-i -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester used, 90 mg product obtained ( 35% yield). 5 Product: N 0, BocHN O N ,O Compound 263 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.05 (m, 12 H), 1.24 (m, 10 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.3, 5.4 Hz, I H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.1, 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 2.25 (m, 2 H), 2.60 (dd, J=13.9, 10 7.3 Hz, I H), 2.77 (s, 3 H), 2.94 (m, 1 H), 4.04 (dd, J=11.9, 3.1 Hz, 1 H), 4.27 (d, J=10.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.28 (d, J=17.1 Hz, I H), 5.75 (m, I H), 5.95 (s, 1 H), 6.63 (d, J=9.1 Hz, I H), 7.28 (m, 2 H), 7.50 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.60 (d, J=7.8 Hz, I H), 7.89 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1 H); MS: (M+Na)* 720. 15 Example 264: Preparation of Compound 264 N 000 H 0 No..,, H BOCHN O H O C n Compound 264 359 Compound 264 was prepared by following Scheme 1 of Example 250 except step I and step2. Step 3: 5 Modifications: 203 mg 1-chloro-8-methoxy-isoquinoline used, 340 mg product obtained (85% yield). Product: P?.N OMe O, C"Q-OH Boc Data: 'H NMR (400 MIHz, CD 3

SOCD

3 ) 6 ppm 1.34, 1.36 (2s, 9 H, rotamers), 2.26 10 (m, I H), 2.49 (m, 1H), 3.67 (m, 2 H), 3.86 (s, 3 H), 4.31 (m, 1 H), 5.67 (br s, 1 H), 7.04 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 (d, J=5.9 Hz, I H), 7.38 (d, J=8.1 Hz, I H), 7.62 (t, J=8.0 Hz, I H), 7.93 (d, J=5.6 Hz, I H), 12.64 (s, 1 H); MS: (M+Na)* 411. Step 4: Modifications: 78 mg 8-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic 15 acid 1-tert-butyl ester used, 115 mg product obtained (96% yield). Product: -N OMe H O OO N N SJ I Boc 0 Step 5: 20 Modifications: 110 mg 2 -(I-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(8-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl esterused, 45 mg product obtained ( 34% yield). Product: 360 N "N N No. H BocHN O& N, ,0 Compound 264 Data: MS: (M+H)* 714. 5 Example 265 and 266: Preparation of Compounds 265 and 266 0 ~0 N NI, H0NH BocHN H NO BocHN Hy O UV 0 V0 K Compound 265 Compound 266 Compounds 265 and 266 were prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except that 3

-(

2

,

3 -dihydro-benzofuran-7-yl)-acrylic acid was used in place of 3 10 phenyl-but-2-enoic acid in step 1. Step 1: Modifications: 3.8 g 3

-(

2 ,3-dihydro-benzofuran-7-yl)-acrylic acid used, 2 g product obtained (53% yield). 15 Product: 361 0 NH 0 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 3.37 (t, 1=9.05 Hz, 1 H), 4.73 (t, J=9.05 Hz, 2 H), 6.67 (d, J=7.09 Hz, I H), 7.10 (d, J=7.09 Hz, I H), 7.37 (d, 1=8.07 Hz, 1 H), 7.81 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 188. 5 Step 2: Modifications: 1.87 g 2

,

3 -dihydro-7H-furo[2,3-flisoquinolin-6-one used, 1.84 g product obtained (90% yield). Product: 0 N 10 C1 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDCl 3 ) 8 ppm 3.43 (t, 1=9.05 Hz, 2 H), 4.82 (t, J=9.05 Hz, 2 H), 7.52 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H), 7.66 (d, J=5.62 Hz, I H), 7.84 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H), 8.19 (d, J=5.62 Hz, I H); MS (M+H)* 206. 15 Step 3: Modifications: 206 mg 6 -chloro-2,3-dihydro-furo[2, 3 -f]isoquinoline used, 300 mg products mixture obtained. Products: 0 ~0 0- 0 1 N N N NH OH Boc Boc 20 Step 4: 362 Modifications: 240 mg step 3 products mixture used, 350 mg products mixture obtained. Products: 0 ~0 N N NN- N0NN Boc H 0 Boc 0 0 5 Step 5: Modifications: 331 mg step 4 products mixture used, 240 mg of compound 265 and 24 mg of compound 266 obtained. Products: 10 00 CO 00 NN N' 0N~~ BocHN H O N B o H N O O 0 0. Compound 265 Compound 266 Data of compound 265: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 0.99 (m, 12 H), 1.16 (rn, 10 H), 1.36 (m, I H), 1.81 (dd,J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, I H), 2.18 (m, 2 H), 2.54 (dd, 15 J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, I H), 2.87 (m, I H), 3.31 (t, J=9.05 Hz, 2 H), 4.01 (m, I H), 4.18 (s, I H), 4.36 (d, J=11.74 Hz, I H), 4.46 (dd, J=10.15, 7.21 Hz, I H), 4.70 (m, 2 H), 5.05 (d, J=10.27 Hz, I H), 5.23 (d, J=16.87 Hz, I H), 5.70 (in, 2 H), 7.23 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H), 7.31 (d, 1=8.31 Hz, I H), 7.63 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H), 7.82 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H); MS (M+H)* 726.

363 Data of compound 266: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 ppm 1.06 (m, 12 H), 1.24 (m, 10 H), 1.44 (dd, J=10.03, 5.14 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd, J=7.83, 5.38 Hz, 1 H), 2.27 (m, 2 H), 2.65 (dd, J= 12.96, 6.36 Hz, I H), 2.94 (m, I H), 4.08 (dd, J=12.35, 3.30 Hz, I H), 4.25 (s, I H), 4.54 (m, 2 H), 5.12 (d, J=10.27 Hz, I H), 5.29 (d, J=17.12 5 Hz, I H), 5.75 (m, I H), 5.91 (s, I H), 7.05 (d, J=1.96 Hz, I H), 7.72 (m, 2 H), 8.02 (m, 2 H), 8.11 (d, 1=5.87 Hz, I H), 9.19 (s, 1 H); MS: (M+H)* 724. Example 267 and 268: Preparation of Compounds 267 and 268 N 0 1 0 0, N 0N( N" H BocHN O N , BocHNN -4 0 ,9'v 06/NV4 0 10 Compound 267 Compound 268 Compounds 267 and 268 were prepared by following Scheme I of Example 250 except that 3

-(

2

,

3 -dihydro-benzofuran-4-yl)-acrylic acid was used in place of 3 phenyl-but-2-enoic acid in step 1. 15 Step 1: Modifications: 1.14 g 3

-(

2

,

3 -dihydro-benzofuran-4-yl)-acrylic acid used, 600 mg product obtained (52% yield). Product: 0 NH 20 0 364 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 6 ppm 3.35 (t, J=8.93 Hz, 2 H), 4.74 (t, J=8.93 Hz, 2 H), 6.49 (d, 1=7.09 Hz, I H), 6.95 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H), 7.25 (d, /=7.09 Hz,, I H), 8.13 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I H); MS (M+H)* 188. 5 Step 2: Modifications: 560 mg 1,7-dihydro- 2 H-furo[3,2-f]i;oquinolin-6-one used, 380 mg product obtained (48% yield). Product: 0 N C1 10 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDC 3 ) 8 ppm 3.47 (t, J=9.05 Hz, 2 H), 4.84 (t, J=9.05 Hz, 2 H), 7.24 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H), 7.33 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H), 8.20 (m, 2 H); MS (M+H) 206. Step 3: products mixture obtained. Products: 0 N N OHO Boc Boc Step 4: 20 Modifications: 216 mg step 3 products mixture used, 330 mg products mixture obtained. Products: 365 . N N H H N-' N Boc H NN N Step 5: Modifications: 330 mg step 4 products mixture used, 140 mg of compound 267 and 5 25 mg of compound 268 obtained. Products: 0 O N N 0 0 H 0H B ocH N J N O BocH N J O O O Compound 267 Compound 268 10 Data of compound 267: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 0D) 5 ppm 1.07 (m, 12 H), 1.24 (m, 10 H), 1.43 (m, 1 H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, I H), .2.26 (m, 2 H), 2.61 (dd, J=13.69, 7.09 Hz, I H), 2.94 (in, I H), 3.42 (t, J=9.05 Hz, 2 H), 4.05 (dd, J=11.86, 3.55 Hz, I H), 4.24 (s, I H), 4.50 (m, 2 H), 4.77 (t, J=8.93 Hz, 2 H), 5.12 (m, I H), 5.29 (d, J=17.12 Hz, 1 H), 5.76 (m, 2 H), 7.03 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I H), 7.12 (d, J=6.1 1 15 Hz, I H), 7.91 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H), 8.06 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 726. Data of compound 268: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.06 (m, 12 H), 1.19 (s, 9 H) 1.26 (m, I H), 1.44 (m, I H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, I H), 2.24 (d, J=8.56 Hz, 2 H), 2.64 (m, 1 H), 2.95 (in, I H), 4.07 (m, 1=3.42 Hz, I H), 4.24 (s, I H), 4.54 (in, 2 H), 5.12 (d, J=10.52 Hz, I H), 5.30 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H), 5.76 (m, I H), 5.91 (s, I H), 366 7.39 (d, J=1.47 Hz, I H), 7.68 (m, 2 H), 7.96 (d, J=1.96 Hz, I H), 8.12 (M, 2 H); MS: (M+H)*724. 5 Example 269: Preparation of Compound 269 F 'k 'N F O 1 -N O BocHN4 O H O o) Compound 269 Scheme 2

OCF

3 0

OCF

3

OCF

3 II taf 1 't " __ Y -OH'T1 (PhO) 2

PON

3 NH p C., N 0 CI

OCF

3 step 3 t-BuOK, DMF, LaCl 3 HQ 00 NH NN Hl H O C0 Compound 269 Step 1: 10 A solution of 2 -trifluormethoxycinnamic acid (11.6 g), diphenyiphosphoryl azide (13.75 g), and triethylamine (7.07 g) in benzene (50 mL) was stirred for I h. After filtrati on through a silica gel plug washing with benzene and concentration, the 367 residue was dissolved in diphenylmethane (80 mL) and refluxed for 3 h. After cooling to rt, solids were collected through a plug washing with benzene and dried to give 5.1 g (44%) of the desired product as a solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 6.79 (d, J=7.3 Hz, I H), 7.29 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1 F, 7.57 (t, J=8.1 Hz, I H), 7.70 (d, 5 J=7.8 Hz, I H), 8.30 (d, J=8.1 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H1)*230. Step 2: A solution of 5-trifluoromethoxy-2H-isoquirdolin-1-one (4.58 g) in POC 3 (50 mL) was refluxed for 3 h. After cooling and concentration, the residue was based 10 with 5 N NaOH and extracted with CH 2

C

2 . The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgSO 4 . After concentration, purification by flash chromatography of Biotage with 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes gave 4.347 g (88%) of the desired product as a solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 6 ppm 7.66 (in, 2 H), 7.87 (d, J=5.9 Hz, I H), 8.31 (m, I H), 8.37 (d, J=5.9 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 248. 15 Step 3: To a suspension of { -[ 2 -(I-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidi ne-i -carbon yl- 2

,

2 -dimethyl-propyl

}

carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (56 mg), I -chloro-5-trifluoromethoxy-isoquinoline 20 (25 mg), and LaCl 3 (25 mg) in DMF (1 mL) at -78*C was added tert-BuOK (0.5 mL, I M in THF) and warmed to rt. After stirring for 30 min, the reaction was quenched with saturated

NH

4 CI solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. After concentration, purification by prep HPLC gave 35 mg (46%) of the desired compound 269 as a solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) S ppm 1.03 (m, 12 H), 1.24 (m, 10 H) ,1.44 (dd, 25 J=9.7, 5.3 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.1, 5.6 Hz, 1 H,) 2.28 (m, 2 H), 2.64 (dd, J=13.7, 7.1 Hz, I H), 2.94 (m, 1 H), 4.09 (m, I H), 4.21 (d, J=9.3 Hz, I H), 4.53 (m, 2 H), 5.12 (d, J=11.5 Hz, I H), 5.30 (d, J=17.1 Hz, I H), 5.75 (m, 1 H), 5.92 (m, I H), 6.60 (d, J=9.5 Hz, I H), 7.49 (d, J=6.1 Hz, I H), 7.60 (m, 1 H), 7.69 (d, J=7.3 Hz, I H), 8.11 (d, 1=6.1 Hz, I H), 8.22 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H); MS: (M+Na)* 790. 30 368. Example 270: Preparation of Compound 270

CF

3 N No.. H BocHN O N, 0 0 0 Compound 270 Compound 270 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 2 5 trifluoromethylcinnamic acid was used in place of 2 -tifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1. Step 1: Modifications: 10 g 2 -trifluoromethylcinnamic acid used, 5 g product obtained (50% 10 vield). Product: F F F NH 0 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 6.83 (in, I IH.), 7.33 (d, J=7.58 Hz, I H), 7.63 (t, J=7.83 Hz, I H), 8.09 (d, J=7.58 Hz, I H), 8.57 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H). 15 Step 2: Modifications: 4.4 g 5-trifluoromethyl-2H-isoquino]in-1-one used, 3.5 g product obtained (73% yield). Product: 369 F F F N CI Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC],) 8 ppm 7.75 (t, J::7.95 Hz, I H), 7.90 (m, I H), 8.12 (d, 1=7.34 Hz, 1 H), 8.41 (d, J=6.11 Hz, 1 H), 8.60 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I1 H). 5 Step 3: Modifications: 46 mg 1-chloro-5-trifluoromethyl-isoquinoline and 111 mg { 1-[2-(1 Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbony]-2-vinyl-cyclopiopylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxy pyrroli dine-i -carbonylj-2,2-di methyl-propyl }-carbarnic acid tert-butyl ester used, 70 10 mg product obtained (47% yield). Product:

CF

3 N 0~ H BocHN O H1 NH-O 0 Compound 270 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.06 (m, 12 H), 1.23 (m, 10 H), 1.44 (dd, 15 J=9.54, 5.38 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd, 1=8.07, 5.38 Hz, I H), 2.28 (m, 2 H), 2.65 (dd, J=13.82, 6.97 Hz, 1 H), 2.94 (m, I H), 4.07 (m, I H), 4.20 (m, I H), 4.56 (in, 2 H), 5.12 (m, I H), 5.30 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H), 5.75 (m, I H), 5.90 (s, I H), 6.59 (d, J=9.05 Hz, 1 H), 7.53 (d, J=4.40 Hz, I H), 7.65 (t, J=7.83 Hz, I H), 8.12 (d, J=7.09 Hz, I H), 8.15 (d, J=6.36 Hz, I H), 8.50 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H); MS: (M+Na)* 774. 20 370 Example 271: Preparation of Compound 271 0 N N BocHN O N 0 +V Compound 271 Compound 271 was prepared by following Scheme 2. of Example 269 except that 2 5 chlorocinnamic acid was used in place of 2 -trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1. Step 1: Modifications: 7 g 2 -chlorocinnamic acid used, 5 g product obtained (71% yield). N NH 10 0 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 3.02 (m, 4 H), 3.91 (m, 4 H), 6.97 (d, J=7.34 Hz, I H), 7.18 (d, J=7.34 Hz, I H), 7.44 (m, 2 1H), 8.02 (d, J=7.83 Hz, I H); MS (M+H)* 231. 15 Step 2: Modifications: 2.2 g 5-morpholin-4-yl-2H-isoquinolin-I-one used, 2.1 g product obtained (87% yield). Product: 371. N N CI Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CC13,D) 8 ppm 3.09 (m, 4 H), 3.97 (m, 4 H), 7.32 (d, J=7.58 Hz, I H), 7.60 (m, I H), 7.91 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 1 H), 8.06 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H), 8.26 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H). 5 Step 3: Modifications: 50 mg 1-chloro-5-morpholin4-yi-isoquinoline and 111 mg I1-[2-(1 Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)4-hydroxy pyrrolidine- I -carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl }-carbanic acid terl-butyl ester used, 40 10 mg product obtained (26% yield). Product: N 1N 0* BocHN O O :00 Compound 271 Data: 'H NMR (500 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.07 (m, 12 H), 1.26 (m, 10 H), 1.44 (d, 15 J=7.93 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd, J=7.93, 5.19 Hz, I H), 2.25 (m, 2 H), 2.62 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, I H), 2.94 (m, I H), 3.06 (d, J=3.97 Hz, 4 H), 3.94 (m, 4 H), 4.07 (d, J=14.04 Hz, I H), 4.25 (s, I H), 4.45 (d, J=12.21 Hz, I H), 4.52 (m, I H), 5.12 (d, J=9.46 Hz, I H), 5.29 (d, J=16.79 Hz, I H), 5.75 (m, I H), 5.85 (s, I H), 7.34 (d, 372 1=7.32 Hz, I H), 7.45 (t, J=7.78 Hz, I H), 7.59 (d, J=6.10 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (d, J=7.63 Hz, 1 H), 7.97 (d, 1=5.80 Hz, I H). Example 272: Preparation of Compound 272 O N BoHNk H BocHN ON 5 Compound 272 Compound 272 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 2,3-dimethoxycinnamic acid was used in place of 2 -trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1. Step 1: Modifications: 10.4 g 2 ,3-dimethoxycinnamic acid used, 4.1 g product obtained (40% yield). Product: OMe MeO NH 15 0 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 3.86 (s, 3 H), 3.96 (s, 3 H), 6.82 (d, J=7.2 Hz, I H), 7.10 (d, J=7.2 Hz, I H), 7.28 (d, J=8.8 Hz, I H), 8.07 (d, J=8.8 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 206. 20 Step 2: 373 Modifications: 4.1 g 5,6-dimethoxy-2H-isoquinolin -I-one used, 4.03 g product obtained (90% yield). Product: 0 N 5 CI Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 6 ppm 3.97 (s, 3 H), 4.05 (s, 3 H), 7.65 (d, J=9.29 Hz, 1 H), 7.90 (dd, J=5.87, 0.98 Hz, I H), 8.12 (m, 2 H). Step 3: 10 Modifications: 22 mg 1-chloro-5, 6 -dimethoxy-isoquinoline and 56 mg (1-[2-(1 cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxy pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl) -carbarnic acid tert-butyi ester used, 31 mg product obtained (42% yield). Product: Ot 1 '01 0 N 00 N BocHN O N, O O V 15 Compound 272 Data: 'H NMR (500 MHz, CD 3 0D) 6 ppm 1.06 (m, 12 H), 1.26 (m, 10 H), 1.44 (s, I H), 1.88 (d, J=7.32 Hz, I H), 2.24 (s, 2 H), 2.60 (m, I H), 2.94 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 3.99 (s, 3 H), 4.06 (d, J=11.90 Hz, I H), 4.23 (s, 1 H), 4.43 (d, J=10.68 Hz, I H), 20 4.53 (m, I H), 5.12 (d, J=10.38 Hz, 1 H), 5.30 (d, J=17.40 Hz, I H), 5.77 (m, 2 H), 374 7.35 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 1 H), 7.46 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 7.89 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 7.97 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H). Example 273: Preparation of Compound 273 0, N N BocHN O 0 O'~ 5 Compound 273 Compound 273 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 4 chloro-3-methoxycinnamic acid was used in place of 2 -trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1. 10 Modifications: 2.5 g 4 -chloro-3-methoxycinnamic acid used, 1.2 g product obtained (48% yield). Product: C NH 15 0 Data: 'HNMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S 4.00(s, 3 H), 6.64(d, J=7.09 Hz, I H), 7.15 (d, J=7.34 Hz, 1 H), 7.21 (s, 1 H), 8.22 (s, I H). Step 2: 20 Modifications: 1.05 g 7 -Chloro- 6 -methoxy-2H-isoquinclin-1-one used, 0.8 g product obtained (70% yield). Product: 375 CIN CI Data: 1H NMR (400 Hz, CDCJ 3 ) 8 ppm 4.05 (s, 3 H), 7.13 (s, I H), 7.48 (d, J=5.38 Hz, 1 H), 8.21 (d, J=5.62 Hz, 1 H), 8.34 (s, 1 H); MS: (M+H)* 229. 5 Step 3: Modifications: 44 mg 1, 7 -dichloro-6-methoxy-isoqiuinoline and 113 mg ( 1-[2-(1 cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, 25 mg product obtained (17% yield) 10 Product: N BocHN ONO- 0 00> Compound 273 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 0D) 5 ppm 1.07 (m, 12 H), 1.24 (m, 10 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.54, 5.38 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 11 f), 2.26 (m, I H,) 2.60 (m, 15 J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, 1 H), 2.94 (m, 2 H), 3.98 (s, 3 H), 4.06 (m, I H), 4.20 (m, 1 H), 4.42 (d, J=12.23 Hz, 1 H), 4.57 (m, I H), 5.12 (d, J=1!1.74 Hz, I H), 5.30 (d, J=17.36 Hz, 1 H), 5.76 (m, I H), 5.86 (s, I H), 7.28 (d, J=5.62 Hz, 1 H), 7.33 (s, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (s, 1 H); MS: (M+H)* 749.

376 Example 274: Preparation of Compound 274 F -H N No.' H BocH NO N , Compound 274 Compound 274 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 2 5 fluoro-3-cinnamic acid was used in place of 2 -trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1. Step 1: Modifications: 3.92 g 2 -fluoro-3-cinnamic acid used, 2.4 g product obtained (61% 10 yield). rrUuucL: F NH 0 Data: 'H NMR(400 MIHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 4.00 (s, 3 H), 6.72 (m, I H), 7.16 (d, J=7.34 Hz, I H), 7.35 (t, J=8.44 Hz, I H), 8.09 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I H). 15 Step 2: Modifications: 1.93 g 5-fluoro- 6 -methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1-one used, 1.688 g product obtained (80% yield). Product: 377 F o N cI Data: 'H NMR (CDC1 3 ) 8 ppm 4.08 (s, 3 H), 7.44 (dd, J=9.29, 7.83 Hz, 1 H), 7.75 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H), 8.12 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H), 8.22 (d, 1=5.87 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 212. 5 Step 3: Modifications: 41 mg 1-chloro-5-fluoro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline and 133 mg (1-[2 (1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclipropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxy pyrroli dine- I-carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl) -carbanic acid tert-butyl ester used, 70 10 mg product obtained (48% yield). Product: F 0 N 0 0,0 BocHN O H O Compound 274 Data: 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.06 (m, 13 H), 1.21 (s, 9 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.78, 5.38 15 Hz, 1 H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, I H), 2.24 (d, J=9.29 Hz, 2 H), 2.62 (d, J=13.94 Hz, I H), 2.94 (m, I H), 4.05 (m, 4 H), 4.22 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H), 4.45 (m, I H), 4.54 (dd, J=9.66, 7.21 Hz, 1 H), 5.12 (d, J=10.52 Hz, I H), 5.30 (d, J=16.87 Hz, I H), 5.76 (m, I H), 5.86 (s, I H), 7.39 (m, 2 H), 7.95 (d, J=6.11 Hz, 1 H), 8.00 (d, 1=9.29 Hz, I H). 20 378 Example 275: Preparation of Compound 275 CI ON N' 0.'No.' BocHN 4 H N 0 - 0 Compound 275 Compound 2 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 2 5 chloro-3-methoxycinnamic acid was used in place of : 2 -trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1. Step 1: Modifications: 658 mg 2 -chloro- 3 -methoxycinnanic acid used, 360 mg product 10 obtained (54% yield). Product: ci O NH NH 0 Data: 'H NMR(400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 4.02 (s, 3 H), 6.91 (d, J=7.34 Hz, I H), 7.23 (d, J=7.58 Hz, I H), 7.35 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H), 8.27 (d, J=9.05 Hz, 1 H). 15 Step 2: Modifications: 350 mg 5-chloro- 6 -methoxy-2H-isoquiniolin-1-one used, 300 mg product obtained (80% yield). Product: 379 O ~ N CI Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDCI 3 ) 8 ppm 4.09 (s, 3 H), 7.43 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H), 7.93 (d, J=6.11 Hz, I H), 8.30 (m, 2 H); MS (M+H)* 229. 5 Step 3: Modifications: 6 8 mg 1,5-dichloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline and 167 mg (1-[2-(1 cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cycloropylcarbamoyl)4-hydroxy pyrroli dine-I -carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl) -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, 130 mg product obtained (60% yield). 10 Product: CI Ot)D 00 BocH N O - O Compound 275 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.06 (m, 12 H), 1.25 (m, 10 H), 1.46 (d, J=5.62 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, I H), 2.27 (m, 2 H), 2.62 (m, I H), 2.94 15 (m, I H), 4.05 (m, 4 H), 4.22 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H), 4.46 (d, J=I1.49 Hz, I H), 4.54 (dd, J=9.78, 6.36 Hz, 1 H), 5.13 (d, J=10.52 Hz, I H), 5.30 (d, J=15.89 Hz, 1 H), 5.76 (m, 1 H), 5.86 (s, 1 H), 7.40 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H). 7.55 (d, J=6.36 Hz, I H), 8.01 (d, 1=6.36 Hz, I H), 8.20 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 749.

380 Example 276: Preparation of Compound 276 CI N Q BocHN O H 0 Compound 276 Compound 276 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3 5 chloro-2-methoxycinnamic acid was used in place of 2 -trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1. Step 1: Modifications: 4.24 g 3 -chloro- 2 -methoxycinnamic acid used, 2.4 g product obtained Product: CI NH 0 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 6 ppm 3.93 (s, 1 H), 6.85 (d, J=7.34 Hz, I H), 7.24 (d, J=7.34 Hz, I H), 7.52 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I H), 8.03 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1 H); MS: 15 (M+H)* 210. Step 2: Modifications: 2.09 g 6 -chloro-5-methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1-one used, 1.9 g product obtained (83% yield). 20 Product: 381 CI N N Cl Data: 1H NMR (400 Hz, CDC 3 ) 8 ppm 4.03 (s, 2 H), 7.63 (d, 1=9.05 Hz, I H), 7.86 (d, J=5.14 Hz, 1 H), 8.06 (d, J=9.05 Hz, 1 H), 8.32 (d, J=5.62 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 229. 5 Step 3: Modifications: 91 mg 1,6-dichloro-5-methoxy-isoquinoline and 2 26 mg {1-[2-(1 cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxy pyrroli dine- I-carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl } -carbaimic acid tert-butyl ester used, 10 114 mg product obtained (38% yield). Product: 1, 0 Cl N BocHN O N ,Ow 06' Compound 276 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.06 (m, 12 H), 1.23 (m, 10 H), 1.44 (t, 15 J=6.72 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd, J=7.95, 5.26 Hz, I H), 2.25 (m, 2 H), 2.62 (dd, J=13.33, 6.48 Hz, I H), 2.94 (m, I H), 3.98 (s, 3 H), 4.03 (m, I H), 4.20 (m, I H), 4.51 (m, 2 H), 5.12 (d, J=10.52 Hz, 1 H), 5.32 (s, I H), 5.75 (m, I H), 5.87 (s, I H), 7.50 (m, 2 H), 7.95 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I H), 8.06 (d, 1=5.87 Hz, I H); MS (MH+) 749.

382 Example 277: Preparation of Compound 277

N

0 0 C1 N Q BocHN O4 O ' Compound 277 Compound 277 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3 5 ( 4 -chloro-phenyl)-3-methoxy-acrylic acid was used in place of 2 trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1. Step 1: Modifications: 4.24 g 3

-(

4 -chloro-phen yl)-3-methoxy- acrylic acid used, 130 mg Product: CI NH 0 Data: 'H NMR(400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 3.96 (s, 3 H), 7.19 (dd, J=8.80, 2.45 Hz, I H), 7.28 (d, J=2.45 Hz, I H), 7.34 (s, I H), 8.25 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 15 210. Step 2: Modifications: 105 mg 7 -chloro-4-methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1-one used, 60 mg product obtained (71% yield). 20 Product: 383 0 N~'s CIN CI Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDC 3 ) S ppm 4.05 (s, 3 H), 7.67 (dd, J=8.80, 1.96 Hz, I H), 7.80 (s, I H), 8.16 (d, J=9.05 Hz, 1 H), 8.24 (d, J=1.96 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 229. 5 Step 3: Modifications: 46 mg 1,7-dichloro-4-methoxy-isoquinoline and 113 mg {1-[2-(1 cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxy pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl}-carbanic acid tert-butyl ester used, 50 mg product obtained (31% yield). 10 Product: C1N N B o c H N O O N 0 0 &' Compound 277 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 0D) 5 ppm 1.06 (m, 11 H), 1.16 (s, 9 H), 1.24 (m, 2 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.54, 5.38 Hz, 1 H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, 1 H), 2.28 (m, 2 H), 2.59 15 (dd, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, 1 H), 2.94 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (s, 3 H), 4.05 (d, J=11.74 Hz, I H), 4.19 (s, I H), 4.43 (d, J=11.49 Hz, 1 H), 4.56 (dd, J=10.03, 6.85 Hz, 1 H), 5.12 (d, J=11.49 Hz, 1 H), 5.30 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H), 5.76 (r, 2 H), 7.57 (s, 1 H), 7.67 (d, J=8.56 Hz, 1 H), 8.04 (s, I H), 8.08 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 748.

384 Example 278: Preparation of Compound 278 CI 0~ O N N No, H BocH N O, O - ~06' Compound 278 Compound 278 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except step 1. 5 Step 1: Modifications: A mixture of 6 -methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-I-one (700 mg) and NCS (532 mg) in MeCN (10 mL) was refluxed for 3 h. Filtration gave 600 mg (72%) of the desired product as a solid. 10 Product: 1-0I O 4 NH 0 Data: 'H NMR(400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 3.96 (s, I H), 7.19 (dd, J=8.80, 2.45 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J=2.45 Hz, 1 H), 7.34 (s, 1 H), 8.25 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 210. 15 Step 2: Modifications: 500 mg 4 -chloro- 6 -methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1-oneused, 400 mg product obtained. Product: 385 C O N CI Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDC 3 ) 6 ppm-4.01 (s, 3 H), 7.35 (d, 1=2.45 Hz, I H), 7.41 (d, J=2.45 Hz, I H), 8.24 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H), 8.27 (s, I H); MS: (M+H)* 229. 5 Step 3: Modifications: 42 mg 1, 4 -dichloro6-methoxy-isoquinoline and 117 mg {1-[2-(1 cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl -cyclopropylcarbamoy)-4-hydroxy pyrrol i dine- I-carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl} -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, 70 10 mg product obtained (47% yield). Product: CI O N

NN

BocHN H N,< Compound 278 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.05 (m, 12 H), 1.25 (m, 10 H), 1.44 (m, 1 15 H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, I H), 2.24 (m, 2 H), 2.61 (dd, J=13.82, 6.72 Hz, I H), 2.94 (m, I H), 3.97 (s, 3 H), 4.04 (dd, 1=11.74, 2.69 Hz, I H), 4.21 (s, I H), 4.49 (m, 2 H), 5.12 (d, J=10.52 Hz, I H), 5.29 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H), 5.75 (m, 2 H), 7.19 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I H), 7.37 (s, I H), 8.00 (s, I H), 8.13 (d, .1=9.05 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 749. 20 386 Example 279: Preparation of Compound 279 O N BocHN . O N Compound 279 Compound 279 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3 5 methoxy-3-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-acrylic acid was used in place of 2 trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1. Step 1: Modifications: 4.24 g 3 -methoxy-3-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-acrylic acid used, 400 mg 1 A nmndtet nhtnined (mm vie~l Product: 0 NH 0 Step 2: Modifications: 400 mg 4,6 -dimethoxy-2H-isoquinolir--one used, 300 mg product 15 obtained (69% yield). Product: O N

CI

387 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDC 3 ) 8 ppm 3.97 (s, 3 H), 4.05 (s, 3 H), 7.31 (dd, J=9.17, 2.57 Hz, I H), 7.45 (d, J=2.69 Hz, I H), 7.75 (s, I H), 8.16 (d, J=9.29 Hz, 1 H); MS: (M+H)* 224. 5 Step 3: Modifications: 89 mg 1-chloro-4, 6 -dimethoxy-isoqijinoline and 223 mg (1-[2-(1 Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxy pyrrolidine- I -carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl -propyl } -carbarnic acid tert-butyl ester used, 160 mg product obtained (54% yield). 10 Product: O -N 0~ BocHN O O N Compound 279 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.07 (m, 12 H), 1.21 (m, 10 H), 1.43 (m, I H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, 1 H), 2.24 (m, 2 H), 2.58 (dd, J=13.57, 6.97 Hz, 1 H), 15 2.94 (m, 1 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 3.99 (s, 3 H), 4.04 (dd, J=: 11.74, 2.93 Hz, 1 H), 4.24 (s, I H), 4.39 (d, J=1 1.98 Hz, 1 H), 4.50 (m, I H), 5.12 (d, J=10.52 Hz, 1 H), 5.29 (d, J=16.87 Hz, 1 H), 5.75 (m, 2 H), 7.12 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H), 7.40 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1 H), 7.48 (s, I H), 8.04 (d, 1=9.05 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 744.

388 Example 280: Preparation of Compound 280 H0~01 0~ N N BocHN O NHO Compound 280 Compound 280 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3 5 (3-difluoromethoxy-phenyl)-acrylic acid was used in place of 2 trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1. Step 1: Modifications: 4.28 g 3

-(

3 -difluoronethoxy-phenyl)-acrylic acid used, 3.1 g product 10 obtained (72% yield). F NH 0 Data: MS: (M+H)* 212. 15 Step 2: Modifications: 2 g 6 -difluoromethoxy-2H-isoquinolin.--one used, 1.5 g product obtained (61% yield). Product: FyO 1 . N F 0 IN CI 20 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDCl 3 ) 5 ppm 6.69 (t, J=72.75 Hz, I H), 7.49 (m, 2 H), 8.28 (d, J=5.62 Hz, I H), 8.36 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 230.

389 Step 3: Modifications: 46 mg 1-chloro- 6 -difluoromethoxy-.isoquinoline and 113 mg { 1-[2 (1-Cyclopropanesulfonylaninocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)4-hydroxy 5 pyrrolidine-I-carbonyll-2,2-dimethyl-propyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, 8 mg product obtained (5% yield). Product: H0~01 H N BocHN O O -NHO 0 0V Compound 280 10 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.05 (in, 12 H), 1.23 (m, 10 H), 1.44 (m, 2 H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, 1 H), 2.30 (m, 2 H), 2.67 (d, J=13.94 Hz, I H), 2.93 (m, I H), 4.07 (d, J=10.27 Hz, I H), 4.21 (s, I H), 4.53 (d, J=6.85 Hz, 2 H), 5.13 (in, I H), 5.31 (s, I H), 5.76 (d, J=47.93 Hz, 2 H), 7.11 (in, 2 H), 7.26 (d, 1=6.11 Hz, I H), 7.81 (d, J=6.11 Hz, I H), 8 .16 (m, I H); MS: (M+H)* 700. 15 Example 281: Preparation of Compound 281 ci K N 0, H BocHN O H N, C n Compound 281 390 Compound 281 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3 chloro-3-phenyl-acrylic acid was used in place of 2-trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1. 5 Step 1: Modifications: 11 g 3-chloro-3-phenyl-acrylic acid used, 3.1 g product obtained (29% yield). Product: C' NH 0 10 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 7.34 (s, I H), 7.52 (t, J=7.58 Hz, I H), 7.77 (t, J=7.46 Hz, I H), 7.90 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H), 8.39 (d, 1=8.07 Hz, 1 H), 11.37 (s, I H); MS: MS: (M+H)* 180. Step 2: (66% yield) Product: C' -N C1 Data: 'H NMR (400 MIz, CDCl 3 ) 8 ppm 7.77 (ddd, J=8.31, 7.09, 1.22 Hz, I H), 20 7.88 (ddd, J=8.31, 7.09, 1.22 Hz, I H), 8.23 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H), 8.34 (s, 1 H), 8.36 (d, 1=8.56 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 198. Step 3: Modifications: 20 mg 1,4-dichloro-isoquinoline and 56 mg (1-[2-(1 25 cyclopropanesulfonylami nocarbonyl- 2 -vinyl-cycloprcpylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxy pyrrolidi ne-i -carbon yl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl } -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, 33 mg product obtained (30% yield).

391 Product: C1 S N 0~ N Nil BocHN O O Compound 281 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.06 (m, 12 H), 1.24 (m, 10H), 1.44 (dd, 5 J=9.41, 5.26 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd, J=7.83, 5.62 Hz, 1 H), 2.27 (m, 2 H), 2.63 (dd, J=13.82, 6.97 Hz, I H), 2.94 (m, I H), 4.06 (dd, J=1 1.49, 2.45 Hz, 1 H), 4.22 (d, J=9.29 Hz, 1 H), 4.53 (m, 2 H), 5.12 (d, J=10.76 Hz, I H), 5.29 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H), 5.75 (m, I H), 5.85 (s, I H), 6.60 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I H), 7.63 (t, J=7.58 Hz, I H), 7.86 (t, J=7.70 Hz, 1 H), 8.06 (s, I H), 8.11 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H), 8.25 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H); 10 MS: (M+H)* 718. Example 282: Preparation of Compound 282

F

3 CO 0~ N N Nit. H BocHN , O O N 0/ V Compound 282 15 Compound 2 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3 chloro-3-phenyl-acrylic acid was used in place of 2 -trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1.

392 Step 1: Modifications: 20 g 3-chloro-3-phenyl-acrylic acid used, 2 g product obtained (8% yield). Product:

F

3 C 0 NH 5 0 Data: MS: (M+H)* 230. Step 2: Modifications: 2 g 6 -trifluoromethoxy-2H-isoquinolin- 1-one used, 0.7 product 10 obtained (33% yield). Product:

F

3 C' N CI Data: 'H NMR (400 MIHz, CDCl 3 ) 8 ppm 7.51 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H), 7.59 (d, J=5.62 Hz, I H), 7.64 (s, I H), 8.31 (d, J=5.62 Hz, 1 H), 8.40 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H); MS: 15 (M+H)* 248. Step 3: Modifications: 50 mg 1-chloro- 6 -trifluoromethoxy-isoquinoline and 1 13 mg (1-[2 (1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxy 20 pyrrolidine-1-carbonyli-2,2-dimethyl-propyl} -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, 42 mg product obtained (27% yield). Product: 393

F

3 CO 0~ N N1.. H BocHN O N Compound 282 Data:. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.05 (m, 12 H), 1.24 (m, 101H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.17, 5.50 Hz, 1 H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, 1 IH), 2.28 (m, 2 H), 2.63 (dd, 5 J=13.45, 7.09 Hz, 1 H), 2.94 (m, I H), 4.06 (dd, J.=11.25, 2.45 Hz, I H), 4.21 (s, I H), 4.53 (m, 2 H), 5.13 (d, J=10.52 Hz, I H), 5.30 (d, J=17.12 Hz, 1 H), 5.75 (m, I H), 5.89 (s, I H), 7.39 (m, 2 H), 7.72 (s, I H), 8.05 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H), 8.31 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H), 9.18 (s, I H); MS: (M+H)* 768. 10 Example 283: Preparation of Compound 283 ,O/N C N NIX. H BocHN i N 0 0"' Compound 283 Compound 283 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3

(

4 -fluoro-phenyl)-3-methoxy-acrylic acid was used in place of 2 15 trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1. Step 1: 394 Modifications: 3.82 g 3

-(

4 -Fluoro-phenyl)-3-methoxy-acrylic acid used, 198 mg product obtained (5% yield). Product: 0 - N H F H 0 5 Data: MS: (M+H)* 194. Step 2: Modifications: 193 mg 7-fluoro-4-methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1-one used, 199 mg product obtained (94% yield). 10 Product: F / N CI Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz. CDCl) 8 ppm 4.05 (s, 3 H), 7.49 (m, I H), 7.78 (s, I H), 7.86 (dd, J=9.66, 2.57 Hz, 1 H), 8.23 (dd, J=9.29, 5.38 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 212. 15 Step 3: Modifications: 42 mg 1-chloro- 7 -fluoro-4-methoxy-isoquinoline and 112 mg (1-[2 (1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclofpropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxy pyrrolidine-l-carbony]]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, 40 mg product obtained (14% yield). 20 Product: 395 'A0 N Cl N Ni' B o c H N O O Compound 283 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.06 (m, 121H), 1.24 (m, 10 H), 1.42 (m, 1 H), 1.87 (dd, J=7.95, 5.50 Hz, 1 H), 2.23 (m, 2 H), 2.55 (dd, J=13.08, 6.48 Hz, 1 H), 5 2.93 (m, 1 H), 4.06 (s, 3 H), 4.09 (m, 1 H), 4.23 (s, I H), 4.30 (d, J=1 1.49 Hz, I H), 4.46 (m, I H), 5.12 (d, J=10.27 Hz, I H), 5.29 (d, J=17.36 Hz, 1 H), 5.40 (s, I H), 5.76 (m, I H), 7.46 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H), 7.56 (d, J=2.20 Hz, 1 H), 7.75 (s, I H), 8.18 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 749. 10 Example 284: Preparation of Compound 284 Cl O N N N"". BocHN O H 0 Compound 284 Compound 284 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except step 1. 15 Step 1: 396 Modifications: A mixture of 7 -methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1-one (876 mg) and NCS (665 mg) in MeCN (10 mL) was refluxed for 3 h. Filtration gave 500 mg (47%) of the desired product as a solid. Product: C1 NH 5 0 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) S ppm 4.00 (s, 3 H), 7.58 (m, 2 H), 8.14 (d, J=10.03 Hz, 1 H), 8.17 (s, 1 H). Step 2: 10 Modifications: 418 mg 4 -chloro-7-methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1-oneused, 410 mg product obtained (90% yield). Product: Cl 15 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDC 3 ) S ppm 4.00 (s, 3 H), 7.49 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 8.12 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 8.21 (s, I H); MS: (M+H)* 229. Step 3: Modifications: 42 mg 1, 4 -dichloro-7-methoxy-isoquinolineand 117 mg { 1-[2-(1 20 cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)4-hydroxy pyrrolidine-I-carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, 50 mg product obtained (33% yield). Product: 397 CI N O C)'~ N N'*y H BocHN O H -N - 0 Compound 284 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.05 (m, 20 H), 1.24 (m, 2 H), 1.44 (m, 1 H), 1.89 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, I H), 2.28 (m, 2 H), 2.62 (dd, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, I H), 5 2.94 (m, 1 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.07 (dd, J=11.98, 3.42 Hz, I H), 4.19 (m. I H), 4.44 (d, J=11.74 Hz, 1 H), 4.58 (dd, J=10.27, 7.09 Hz, 1 H), 5.12 (m, I H), 5.31 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H), 5.78 (m, 2 H), 7.49 (m, 2 H), 7.91 (s, I H), 8.02 (m, 1 H); MS: (M+H)* 749. 10 Example 285: Preparation of Compound 285

OCF

2 N N , H BocHN4 O H N, 0 Compound 285 Compound 285 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that was used in place of 2 -difluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1. 15 Step I and step2: See compound 256 398 Step 3: Modifications: 46 mg 1-chloro-5-difluoromethoxy-isoquinoline and 11 mg (1-[2 (1-yclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxy 5 pyrrolidine-I-carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl -carbanic acid tert-butyl ester used, 40 mg product obtained (27% yield). Product:

OCF

2 ?1N 0~ H BocHN4 NWO 0 0 Compound 285 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.06 (m, 12 H), 1.25 (m, 10 H), 1.44 (m, I 'l A H. I 89 (m. I H). 2.22 (rn 2 H). 2.62 (n. 1 H). 2.94 (m. 1 Hi. 4.08 (i, I H), 4.23 (d., J=9.54 Hz, I H), 4.52 (m, 2 H), 5.12 (d, J=10.76 Hz, ji H), 5.29 (d, J= 17.61 Hz, i -), 5.75 (m, J=10.03 Hz, I H), 5.88 (s, I H), 6.60 (s, 1 H), 7.02 (t, J=73.48 Hz, I H), 7.52 (m, 3 H), 8.07 (m, J=5.75, 5.75 Hz, 2 H); MS: (M+Na)* 772. 15 Example 286: Preparation of Compound 286 0 N N, N.H BocHN,_ O NPO 0n Compound 286 399 Compound 286 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3

(

2

,

3 -dihydro-benzo[l,4]dioxin-5-yl)-acrylic acid was used in place of 2 trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1. 5 Step 1: Modifications: 4.12 g 3

-(

2

,

3 -dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-5-yl)-acrylic acid used, 2.2 g product obtained (53% yield). Product: 0 O~ NH 10 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 4.37 (m, 4 H), 6.83 (d, J=7.09 Hz, 1 H), 7.02 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I H), 7.12 (d, J=7.34 Hz, 1 H), 7.79 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 204. Step 2: 15 Modifications: 2.05 g 2

,

3 -dihydro- 7 H-1,4-dioxa-7-aza-phenanthren-8-one used, 1.5 g product obtained (68% yield). Product: 0 O N CI Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDC 3 ) 8 ppm 4.42 (m, 4 H), 7.24 (d, J=9.05 Hz, 1 H), 7.77 20 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 1 H), 7.84 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H), 8.18 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 1 H); MS: (M+H)* 222. Step 3: Modifications: 88 mg 8-Chloro- 2

,

3 -dihydro-1,4-dioxa-7-aza-phenanthrene and 223 25 mg {1-[2-(I-Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4- 400 hydroxy-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, 140 mg product obtained (47% yield). Product: O N 0~ N N H BocHN , 1 H O N 0~ C~''>2 Compound 286 5 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.06 (m, 12 H), 1.24 (m, 10 H), 1.43 (dd, 1=9.05, 5.14 Hz, 1 H), 1.87 (in, 1 H), 2.22 (d, J=9.29 liz, 2 H), 2.60 (dd, J=13.45, 7.09 Hz, I H), 2.94 (m, I H), 4.05 (dd, 1=11.62, 2.81 Hz, I H), 4.24 (s, I H), 4.44 (m, 6 H), 5.13 (d, J=1 7.36 Hz, 1 H), 5.29 (d, J=17.36 Hz, 1 H), 5.75 (m, 2 H), 7.04 (d, r) 10 1 T-Q') 1T'7 d71(d T-5 R71-?, 1 M-T 7 60(dI 1=0 0'; 47 1 T4'- 7 R. i h-6. 1!1 Hz, 1 H); MS: (M+H)* 742. Example 287: Preparation of Compound 287 F F -O ±0 O N N N" BocHN O N, o -40 O O Compound 287 401 Compound 287 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3

(

2

,

2 -difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-4-yl)-acrylic acid was used in place of 2 trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1. 5 Step 1: Modifications: 4.56 g 3

-(

2

,

2 -difluoro-benzo[1,3]dio.xol-4-yl)-acrylic acid used, 2.2 g product obtained (55% yield). Product: F O Of NH 10 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 DOD) 8 ppm 6.63 (d, J=7.09 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (d, J=7.34 Hz, I H), 7.40 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.19 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 226. Step 2: 15 Modifications: 2.2 g 2,2-difluoro-7H-1, 3 -dioxa-7-aza-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-6-one used, 2.1 g product obtained (87% yield). Product: F F _O 0 CI Data: 'H NMR (500 Hz, CDCI 3 ) ppm 7.51 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H), 7.65 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 1 20 H), 8.22 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H), 8.32 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 1 H); MS: (M+H)* 244. Step 3: Modifications: 48 mg 6 -chloro-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxa-7-aza cyclopenta[a]naphthalene and 113 mg (1-[2-(1-cyclopropanesulfonylamPinocarbonyl- 402 2 -vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidiiie- I -carbonyl]-2,2-di methyl propyl } -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, 40 mg product obtained (27% yield). Product: F F O 6- N 0, N N" BocHN Hj O Compound 287 5 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.02 (s, 12 H), 1.24 (m, 10 H), 1.43 (m, 1 H), 1.88 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, I H), 2.32 (d, J=3.67 Hz, 2 H), 2.64 (d, J=13.45 Hz, 1 H), 2.95 (m, 1 H), 4.05 (d, J=11.49 Hz, I H), 4.19 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H), 4.53 (m, 2 H), 5.12 (d, J=9.78 Hz, I H), 5.32 (s, I H), 5.77 (m, 2 H), 7.34 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 1 H), 7.46 10 (d. J=9.05 Hz. I H), 8.11 (m. 2 H); MS: (M+H)' 764. Example 288: Preparation of Compound 288 F OC N

NN

BocH NO H Compound 288 15 Compound 288 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 269 except that 3 (2,2-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-acrylic acid was used in place of 2 trifluormethoxycinnamic acid in step 1.

403 Step 1: Modifications: I g 3

-(

2

,

2 -difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-acrylic acid used, 0.55 g product obtained. 5 Product: FXO N 0 Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 DOD) S ppm 6.69 (d, J=7.09 Hz, 1 H), 7.19 (d, J=7.09 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (s, I H) 7.98 (s, 1 H); MS: (M+H)* 226. 10 Step 2: Modifications: 0.5 g 2

,

2 -difluoro- 6 H-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-g]isoquinolin-5-one used, 0.4 g product obtained. Product: F 0 N Cl 15 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CDCI 3 ) 8 7.41 (s, I H), 7.57 (d, J=5.49 Hz, I H), 7.94 (s, I H), 8.27 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H); MS (M+H)* 244. Step 3: Modifications: 48 mg 5-chloro- 2 ,2-difluoro-[1,3]dio(olo[4,5-glisoquinoline and 112 20 mg {1-[2-(1-Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4 hydroxy-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester used, 30 mg product obtained. Product: 404 F ON ~O 0~ N N11. H, BocHN O O-i -0 00> Compound 288 Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 1.06 (m, 12 H), 1.25 (m, 10 H), 1.42 (m, 1 H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.07, 5.62 Hz, 1 H), 2.26 (m, 2 H), 2.61 (dd, J=13.57, 6.97 Hz, I H), 5 2.93 (m, 1 H), 4.07 (dd, J=11.86, 2.81 Hz, 1 H), 4.22 ('m, I H), 4.40 (d, J=11.98 Hz, 1 H), 4.52 (m, I H), 5.11 (d, J=10.52 Hz, I H), 5.29 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H), 5.37 (s, I H), 5.74 (m, 1 H), 7.39 (s, I H), 7.56 (s, 1 H), 7.63 (d, J=5.62 Hz, 1 H), 7.99 (d, J=5.62 Hz, I H). 10 Example 289: Preparation of Compound 289 F 00 N H BocHN,4 H N 0 0o 289 j V Compound 289 405 Scheme 3 F F F -O F O O .- N O N 9 0 Pt(S)/C, H 2 0 N N H N N1. H BocHN O BocHNN 0 N 00 > -' 00" Compound 287 Compound 289 A suspension of compound 287 (15 mg) and Pt(S)/C (5%, 5 mg) in ethyl acetate (5 5 mL) was hydrogenated at 10 psi for 30 min. After filtration, concentration quantitatively gave 15 mg of compound 289 as a solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz,

CD

3 0D) 8 ppm 1.09 (m, 26 H), 1.57 (m, 4 H), 2.30 (in, I H), 2.61 (m, J=13.82, 7.21 Hz, I H), 2.96 (m, 1 H), 4.05 (in, J=13.94 Hz, l'H), 4.19 (d, J=9.54 Hz, 1 H), 4.53 (m, 2 H), 5.89 (s, I H), 7.34 (d, J=5.87 Hz, I H), 7.46. (d, J=9.05 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (d, 10 J=5.87 Hz, I H), 8.12 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I H); MS: (M+H)* 766. Example 290: Preparation of Compound 290 0 0N N BocHN O NHO Compound 290 Compound 290 (15mg, 100%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 15 289 by using 15 mg of compound 286. Data: 'H NMR (400 Hz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 406 1.02 (m, 14 H), 1.23 (m, 12 H), 1.58 (m, 4 H), 2.25 (in, I H), 2.58 (dd, J=13.82, 7.21 Hz, I H), 2.96 (m, I H), 4.05 (m, J=1l.25, 2.93 Hz, I H), 4.25 (d, J=9.54 Hz, I H), 4.39 (m, 5 H), 4.52 (m, J=10.03, 7.34 Hz, 1 H), 5.81 ('s, I H), 7.03 (d, J=9.05 Hz, 1 H), 7.43 (d, J=6.11 Hz, 1 H), 7.69 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=6.11 Hz, 1 H); MS: 5 (M+H)* 744. Example 291: Preparation of Compound 291 0 N (34H H N No, BocHN4 O eg o 0 Compound 291 1 0 Comoound 291 (28mL. 100%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 28 mg of compound 251. Data: 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 6 ppm 1.01 (m, 15 H), 1.26 (m, 11 H), 1.37 (m, 1 H), 1.58 (m, 3 H), 2.25 (m, I H), 2.58 (dd, J=13.6, 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 2.96 (m, I H), 3.99 (s, 3 H), 4.06 (m, I H), 4.25 (m, 1 H), 4.44 (m, I H), 4.53 (dd, J=10.3, 7.6 Hz, I H), 5.78 (s, 1 H), 6.64 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 15 (m, 2 H), 7.71 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.14 (d, J=8.1 Hz, I H); MS: (M+Na)* 738.

407 Example 292: Preparation of Compound 292 1N -O , N NiN 0~0 N N", BocHN O4 0 H - 0 Compound 292 Compound 292 (16 mg, 84%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 19 mg of compound 253. 'H NMIR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 0.90 (m, 15 5 H), 1.15 (m, 12 H), 1.48 (m, 3 H), 2.18 (m, 1 H), 2.51 (dd, J=13.7, 6.9 Hz, I H), 2.88 (m, I H), 3.90 (s, 3 H), 3.98 (dd, 1=11.6, 3.1 Hz, 1 H), 4.18 (d, J=9.5 Hz, I H), 4.36 (d, J=1 1.0 Hz, I H), 4.45 (dd, J=10.2, 7.2 Hz, I H), 5.76 (s, 1 H), 6.56 (d, J=9.3 Hz, I H), 7.05 (d, 1=7.6 Hz, I H), 7.34 (t, J=8.1 Hz, I H), 7.51 (d, J=5.9 Hz, I H), 7.65 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 1 H); MS: (M4Na)* 738. 10 Example 293: Preparation of Compound 293 N H BocHN H N ,0 0 Compound 293 Compound 293 (7 mg, 35%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 15 by using 20 mg of compound 252. 'H NMR (400 MIz, CD30D) S ppm 1.04 (m, 15 H), 1.27 (m, 12 H), 1.58 (m, 3 H), 2.27 (m, 1 H), 2.60 (m, 4 H), 2.96 (m, I H), 4.07 (dd, J=1 1.7, 2.9 Hz, I H), 4.25 (s, I H), 4.46 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.54 (dd, J=10.0, 408 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.85 (s, 1 H), 7.39 (t, 1=7.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.53 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.00 (d, J=6.1 Hz, I H), 8.06 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1 H); MS: (M+H) 700. Example 294: Preparation of Compound 294 CI ?1N 01 BocHN O NHO 0 5 Compound 294 Compound 294 (14 mg, 78 %) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 18 mg of compound 254. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 0.94 (m, 15 H), 1.13 (m, 10 H), 1.20 (m, 2 H), 1.50 (m, 3 H), 2.21 (m, 1 H), 2.53 (dd, J=13.8, 7.0 Hz, I H), 2.88 (m, I H), 3.99 (dd, J=11.4, 2.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.14 (d, J=9.3 1-0 Hz. 1 H), 4.45 (m, 2 ), 5.79 (s, I H), 6.53 (d. J=9.1 Hz. 1 H). 7.40 (t, J=8.0 Hz. I H), 7.54 (d, J=5.9 Hz, i H), 7.73 (d, =7.3 Hz, i H), 8.02 (d, J=6.1 Hz, i H), .iO (d, J=8.6 Hz, I H); MS: (M+Na)* 742. Example 295: Preparation of Compound 295

CF

3 '-N NNNo.-H BocHNO O N ' 15 Compound 295 Compound 295 (30 mg, 100%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 30 mg of compound 270. MS: (M+Na)* 776.

409 Example 296: Preparation of Compound 296 0 N 0 Compound 296 5 Compound 296 (6.3 mg, 33%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 20 mg of compound 259. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 6 ppm 1.04 (m, 15 H), 1.24 (m, 12 H), 1.59 (m, 3 H), 2.29 (m, 1 H), 2.50 (s, 3 H), 2.60 (dd, J=13.69, 6.85 Hz, 1 H), 2.97 (m, I H), 4.09 (dd, J=1 J:.74, 2.93 Hz, I H) 4.22 (s, 1 H) 4.43 (d, J=11.74 Hz, I H), 4.59 (dd, J=10.27, 6.85 Hz, 1 H), 5.87 (s, I H), 7.30 (d, 10 J=5.87 Hz, I H), 7.57 (dd, 1=8.31, 1.47 Hz, I H), 7.72 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H), 7.89 (d, 4=5.87 Hz, I H), 7.94 (s, 1 H); MS: (M+H)* 700. Example 297: Preparation of Compound 297 I- N N 0, H BocHN O N0 00c Compound 297 15 Compound 297 (40 mg, 100%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 40 mg of compound 263. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 0.98 (m, 13 H) 1.07 (m, 2 H) 1.27 (m, 12 H) 1.57 (m, 3 H) 2.27 (m, I H) 2.58 (dd, J=14.7, 7.1 Hz, I H) 2.77 (s, 3 H) 2.96 (m, 1 H) 4.04 (m, I H) 4.27 (m, I H) 4.42 (d, J=11.5 410 Hz, 1 H) 4.55 (dd, J=10.6, 7.0 Hz, 1 H) 5.94 (s, I H) 6.65 (d, J=9.5 Hz, I H) 7.28 (m, 2 H) 7.50 (t, J=7.6 Hz, I H) 7.60 (d, J=7.6 Hz, I H) '7.89 (d, J=5.6 Hz, I H); MS: (M+Na)* 722. 5 Example 298: Preparation of Compound 298 -) N 0 N ' N No"( H BocHN H N O -Tn Compound 298 Compound 298 (29 mg, 100%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 29 mg of compound 261. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 ppm 0.99 10 (m, 15 H), 1.25 (m, 12 H), 1.60 (m, 3 H), 2.28 (m, I H), 2.58 (m, I H), 2.96 (m, I H), zpkA' .17-93 . U,, .4 Al A I A, A? I t r. - , , % ' " VAIL 'Vikfl TLL ~t2j, .1U~?, V.7AAA., %A, &Al t AS, L. A), .S.0. 1 49 X A A l J=5.6 Hz, I H), 7.36 (d, J=8.8 Hz, I H), 7.75 (d, 1=11.3 Hz, I H), 7.90 (d, J=5.9 Hz, I H); MS: (M+Na)* 756. 15 Example 299: Preparation of Compound 299 F -Ob?'O ~~-1 0~ BocHN OO Compound 299 411 Compound 299 (34 mg, 97%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 35 mg of compound 274. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) S ppm 1.01 (m, 16 H), 1.28 (m, 12 H), 1.58 (in, 2 H), 2.27 (s, 1 H), 2.59 (dd, J=13.82, 6.97 Hz, I H), 2.96 (m, 1 H), 4.02 (s, 3 H), 4.07 (m, 1 H), 4.21 (m, I H), 4.44 (m, 1=11.98 Hz, I H), 5 4.55 (d, J=10.27 Hz, I H), 5.85 (s, I H), 7.39 (m, 2 H), 7.95 (d, J-6.11 Hz, I H), 8.00 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H); MS: (M+Na)* 756. Example 300: Preparation of Compound 300 N CI Oj: 01 No. H BocHN ON ON 0 Compound 300 10 Compound 300 (30 mg, 100%) was prepared by following Scheme 3 of Example 289 by using 30 mg of compound 262. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 ppm 1.27 (m, 30 H), 2.25 (s, I H), 2.54 (s, I H), 2.96 (m, I H), 3.97 (s, 3 H), 4.20 (i, 3 H), 4.51 (m, J= 10.52, 6.85 Hz, 1 H), 5.37 (s, I H), 7.38 (s, I H), 7.62 (s, I H), 7.65 (d, J=5.38 Hz, I H) 8.06 (d, J=5.62 Hz, 1 H); MS: (M+Na)* 773. 15 Section G: The LC/MS method used in section G is the following: 4.6X50mm Xterra @3min gradient and 4 mInmin flow 20 Scheme 1: (General Scheme) 412 oC N~t2 1) t-BuLi, THF, -78 0 C O Ar 2) ArCN Scheme 2: (General Scheme) 1) t-BuLi, THF, -78*C NEt 2 0 2) ArCO 2 R NEt 2 Step 10

NH

4 0Ac Ar Heat NH 0 5 Step 2 Scheme 3: (General Scheme) 0 Step I CI MeO KOt-Bu, DMSO, LaC 3 Step 2 B H N N'N BoCHN 0-~ H BocHN,--\ 0 2i _ H0 H For prep. see section D, Example 184 413 Scheme 4: (General Scheme) A NH Ar PO1 -,N Ar BU4PHF2 A"(q qr slow 0 C3A microwave Cl 140 OC Step 1 Step 2 Meo KO'-Bu, DMSO, LaCI 3 HO -N A BocHN N H N Step 3 BocH N, N For prep. see section D, Example 184 5 Example 320: Preparation of Compound 320 MeO N\ 0 N H 0 0 N N BocHN H0O 0 H Compound 320 Compound 320 was prepared by following Scheme I and Scheme 3 of above. 10 Step 1 (Scheme 1): 414 / NH 0 To a solution of N,N-Diethyl-4-methoxy-2-methyl-b-nzamide (332 mg, 1.5 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at -78"C, t-BuLi (1.7 M solution in pentane, 1.3 mL, 2.25 mmol) was added. The resulting red solution was stirred at -78"C for 10 min, then 2 5 cyanopyridine (156 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was then warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. The reaction was quenched with saturated

NH

4 C] solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated. The crude product was purified by Prep. HPLC to give yellowish solid as TFA salt. (85 mg, 15% yield) 10 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 3.91 (m, 3 H), 7.09 (dd, J=9.05, 2.45 Hz, I H), 7.17 (d, J=2.45 Hz, I H), 7.37 (s, I H), 7.42 (m, I H), 7.92 (m, I H), 8.08 (d, J=8.07 Hz, 1 H), 8.18 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H), 8.65 (d, J=4.89 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.14 min.), MS m/z 253 (MH*). Step 2 (Scheme 3, Step 1): o N NN 15 C1 6-Methoxy-3-pyridin-2-yl-2H-isoquinolin-1-one TFA salt (85 mg, 0.232 mmol) was heated under reflux with POC1 3 (3.0 mL) for 2 days. Then POCl 3 was distilled off and the residue was quenched with ice. It was then neutralized with 10 N NaOH 20 solution and the brown solid was collected as pure product. (62 mg, 99% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.063 min.), MS rn/z 271 (MiH*). Step 3 (Scheme 3, Step 2): 415 MeO q'N N BocHN o Compound 320 To a solution of {1-[2-(1-Cyclopropanesulfonylaninocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropyl carbamoyl)4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine- 1-carbon ylI-2,2-dimeth yl-propyl ) -carbamic acid 5 tert-butyl ester (82 mg, 0.148 mmol) and LaC 3 (36 mg, 0.148 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL), potassium t-butoxide (1.0 M solution in THF, 0.74 mL, 0.74 mmol) was added at -78*C. The reaction mixture was stirred for I hr, then 1-chloro-6-methoxy-3 pyridin-2-yl-isoquinoline (40 mg, 0.148 mmol) was added. It was warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and filtered. The filtrated 10 was concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give an off-white solid as product (Compound 320). (23 mg, 20 % yield) H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 0.87-1.08 (m, 11 H), 1.20-1.30 (m, I 1 H), 1.43 (m, 1 H), 1.87 (m, I H), 2.22 (m, I H), 2.35 (m, 1 H), 2.69 (m, I H), 2.93 (m, I H), 3.94 (s, 3 H), 4.16 (m, 1 H), 4.27 (m, I H), 4.45 (m, I H), 4.56 (m, I H), 5.10 (d, J1=1.3 Hz, 15 1 H), 5.27 (d, J=15.9 Hz, 1 H), 5.74 (m, 1 H), 6.07 (s, 1 H), 7.12 (d, J=7.33 Hz, I H), 7.31 (d, J=1.96 Hz, I H), 7.40 (m, l'H), 7.94 (dd, J=7.8 Hz, 1.5 Hz, I H), 8.11 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H), 8.22 (s, I H), 8.45 (d, J=8.07 Hz, 1 H), 8.62 (m, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 2 .393min.), MS m/z 791 (MH*). Example 321: Preparation of Compound 321 20 Scheme 5: 416 0 di x n S> N~ EtO Br + H 2 N NHEt ref EtO N 0s 0 S KO'-Bu, Etl I NEt *Et0 N DMF 0 Condensation of ethyl bromopyruvate with ethyl thiourea in refluxing dioxane afforded the monoalkylamino thiazole as HBr salt in quantitative yield. Alkylation of 5 2 -ethylamino-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester with EtI in DMIF provided 2 diethylamino-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester. LC/MS m/z 229 (MH)* MeO N7 SS -0 />NEt2 Scheme 2 and 3 BocHN 0oL Compound 321 10 Compound 321 was prepared by following Scheme 2 and Scheme 3 above with that 2 -diethylamino-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was used in the step I of Scheme 2. LC/MS (Retention time 2.76 min): m/z 868 (MIH*). 15 Example 322: Preparation of Compound 322 417 Meo L N ' N 0, NN \' BocHN o 0 _ H Compound 322 Compound 322 was prepared by following Example 321, except that 2 dimethylamino-thiazole4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (Prepared according to Scheme 5 5, except that methyl thiourea and methyl iodide were used in the place of ethyl thiourea and ethyl iodide) was used in the place of 2 -dimethylamino-thiazole-4 carboxylic acid ethyl ester in step 1 of Scheme 2. LC/MS (Retention time 2.56 min): m/z 840 (M) 10 Example 323: Preparation of Compound 323 OMe 0 N HO N N

N

BocHN 0 H 00 H Compound 323 Compound 323 was prepared by following Step 3 of Example 324, except that 3 15 chloro-6-methoxy-benzo[d]isoxazole was used in the place of l-chloro-6-methoxy-3 pyridin-2-yl-isoquinoline.

418 MS m/z 702 (M-H) Example 324: Preparation of Compound 324 S N 0 1: H i IN' N N \ BocHN H H 5 Compound 324 Compound 324 was prepared by following Step 3 of Example 324, except that 3 chloro-benzo[djisothiazole was used in the place of 1-ciloro- 6 -methoxy-3-pyridin-2 yl-isoquinoline. 10 LC/MS (Retention time 1.83 min): m/z 688 (M-H)~ Example 325: Preparation of Compound 325 MeO HO0 N N g BocHN 0 H C) zO H Compound 325 15 Compound 325 was prepared by following Scheme I and Scheme 3 of above. Step 1 (Scheme 1): 419 N NH 0 To a solution of NN-Diethyl-4-methoxy-2-methyl-benzamide (332 mg, 1.5 mrnmol) in THF (15 mL) at -78 0 C, t-BuLi (1.7 M solution in pentane, 1.3 mL, 2.25 mmol) was 5 added. The resulting red solution was stirred at -78*C for 10 min, then 4 cyanopyridine (164 mg, 1.575 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was then warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. The reaction was quenched with saturated

NH

4 CI solution and the yellow precipitate was collected as pure product. (145 mg, 38% yield) 10 H NMR(CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) & 3.91 (s, 3 H), 7.18 (dd, J=8.8 Hz, 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.26 (m, 2 H), 8.06 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 8.16 (d, J=8.8.Hz, 1H), 8.84 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.300 min.), MS m/z 253 (MH*). Step 2 (Scheme 3, step 1): N N CI 15 6 -Methoxy-3-pyridin-4-yl-2H-isoquinolin---one (134 mg, 0.531 mmol) was heated under reflux with POCl 3 (6.0 mL) for 5 days. Then POC 3 was distilled off and the residue was quenched with ice. It was then neutralized with saturated NaHC0 3 solution and the brown solid was collected as pure product. (125 mg, 87% yield) 20 'H NMR(DMSO-d', 400 MHz) S 3.99 (s, 3 H), 7.53 (dd, J=9.04 Hz, 2.44 Hz, i H), 7.59 (d, J=2.69 Hz, 1 H), 8.26 (d, 1=9.05 Hz, I H), 8.30 (d, J=5.38 Hz, 2 H), 8.73 (s, 1 H), 8.85 (d, J=6.36 Hz, 2 H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.027 min.), MS m/z 271 (MH*). Step 3 (Scheme 3, Step 2): 420 MeO 0 N \/N N N BocHN O O Compound 325 To a solution of (1-[2-(I-Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropyl carbamoyl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine- I -carbonyl]-2,2-di methyl-propyl } -carbamic acid tert-butyi ester (83.5 mg, 0.15 mmol) and LaC 3 (36.8 mg, 0.15 mmol) in DMF (1.5 5 mL), potassium t-butoxide (1.0 M solution in THF, 0.75 mL, 0.75 mmol) was added at -78 *C. The reaction mixture was stirred for I hr, then 1-chloro-6-methoxy-3 pyridin-4-yl-isoquinoline (40.6 mg, 0.15 mmol) was added. It was warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and filtered. The filtrated was concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give an off-white Iu sono as product t.-ompouna 3z1). i.o mig, 1..> /0 yieu) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 0.90(m, 2 H), 1.02 (s, 9 H), 1.17-1.31 (m, 1I H), 1.42 (m, I H), 1.87 (m, 1 H), 2.23 (m, 1 H), 2.35 (m, 1 H), 2.68 (m, I H), 2.93 (m, 1 H), 3.95 (s, 3 H), 4.15 (m, I H), 4.25 (m, 1 H), 4.45 (n, 1 H), 4.56 (m, 1 H), 5.10 (d, J=10.76 Hz, I H), 5.27 (d, J=17.61 Hz, 1 H), 5.74 (m, 1 H), 6.06 (s, 1 H), 7.14 (d, 15 J=8.07 Hz, I H), 7.34 (s, I H), 8.01 (s, 1 H), 8.12 (d, J'=8.81 Hz, I H), 8.19(d, J=6.12 Hz, 2 H), 8.61 (d, J=5.63 Hz, 2 H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.523min.), MS m/z 791 (MB*).

421 Example 326: Preparation of Compound 326 MeO 0 N \/-NMe 2 0 0 H IN N IN \\ BocHN 0 0 H Compound 326 Compound 326 was prepared by following Scheme 1 and Scheme 4 of above. Step 1 (Scheme 1): N N N NH 5 0 To a solution of N,N-Diethyl4-methoxy-2-methyl-blenzamide (332 mg, 1.5 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at -78 0 C, t-BuLi (1.7 M solution in pentane, 1.3 mL, 2.25 mmol) was added. The resulting red solution was stirred at -78*C for 10 min, then 4 10 dimethylamino benzonitrile (219 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was then warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. The reaction was quenched with saturated NH 4 CI solution and the yellow precipitate was collected and triturated with ether to give an off-white solid as pure product. (247 mg, 56% yield) 'H NMR(DMSO-d 6 , 400 MHz) S 2.97 (s, 6 H), 3.87 (s, 3 H), 6.72 (s, I H), 6.78 (d, 15 J=8.80 Hz, 2 H), 6.97 (dd, J=8.80, 2.45 Hz, I H), 7.10 (d, J=2.45 Hz, I H), 7.65 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 2 H), 8.05 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I H), 11.11 (s, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.023 min.), MS m/z 295 (MH*).

422 Step 2 (Scheme 4, Step 1): N NN CI 3

-(

4 -Dimethylamino-phenyl)-6-methoxy-2H-i soqui nolin- 1-one (245 mg, 0.83 mmol) 5 was heated under reflux with POC1 3 (10.0 mL) for 2 days. Then POC1 3 was distilled off and the residue was quenched with ice. It was then neutralized with 10 N NaOH solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO4). Evaporation of solvent gave an orange solid as product (215 mg, 83% yield) 10 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 3.01 (s, 6 H), 3.96 (s, 3 H), 6.88 (d, J=9.05 Hz, 2 H), 7.20 (dd, J=9.17, 2.57 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J=2.45 Hz, I H), 7.94 (s, I H), 7.96 (d, J=9.05 Hz, 2 H), 8.13 (d, J=9.29 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.543 min.), MS m/z 313 (MH*). 15 Step 3 (Scheme 4, Step 2): 0N F A mixture of [4-(1-Chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinolin-.3-y)-phenyl]-dimethyl-amine (110 mg, 0.35 mmol) and tetrabutyl phosphonium hydrogen difluoride (0.5 g) was 20 heated at 140 0 C in Smith microwave reactor for 20 min. Then it was added water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, washed with water and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave a brownish solid as product. (85 mg, 82% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.320 min.), MS m/z 297 (MHi).

423 Step 4 (Scheme 4, Step 3): MeO O N \ / NMe 2 H 0 0 N N BocHN O I ( Compound 326 5 To a solution of (1-[ 2 -(I-Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropyl carbamoyl)-4-h ydroxy-pyrrolidine- I -carbonyl]-2,2-di meth yl-propyl }-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (111 mg, 0.2 mmol) and LaC 3 (49 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (2.0 mL), potassium t-butoxide (1.0 M solution in THF, 1.0 n, 1.0 mmol) was added at -78 'C. The reaction mixture was stirred for I hr, then [ 4 -(1-fluoro-6-methoxy 10 isoquinolin-3-yl)-phenyl]-dimethylamine (59 mg, 0.2 mmol) was added. It was warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and filtered. The filtrated was concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give yellowish solid as product (Compound 326). (17.5 mg, I1 % yield) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 0.97-1.08 (m, 11 H), 1.23 (in, 2 H), 1.31 (s, 9 H), 15 1.44 (m, I H), 1.87 (m, I H), 2.22 (m, 1 H), 2.34 (m, [ H), 2.68 (m, I H), 2.93 (m, I H), 2.99 (m, 6 H), 3.91 (s, 3 H), 4.17 (m, I H), 4.29 (n, I H), 4.39 (m, 1 H), 4.52 (m, I H), 5.10 (d, J=10.76 Hz, 1 H), 5.27 (d, J=17.11 Hz, I H), 5.74 (m, 1 H), 6.03 (s, I H), 6.83 (m, 2 H), 6.95 (in, 1 H), 7.16 (s, 1 H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 8.01 (m, 3 H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.850 min.), MS m/z 834 (MH*). 20 Example 327: Preparation of Compound 327 424 MeO 0 N E R NN BocHNA 0 H Compound 327 Compound 327 was prepared by following Scheme I and Scheme 4 of above. Step 1 (Scheme 1): 0 .- NH 5 0 To a solution of N,N-Diethyl-4-methoxy-2-methyl-berizamide (332 mg, 1.5 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at -78 0 C, t-BuLi (1.7 M solution in pentane, 1.3 mL, 2.25 mmol) was added. The resulting red solution was stirred at -78*C for 10 min, then 4 10 diethylamino benzonitrile (261 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was then warmed to it and stirred for overnight. The reaction was quenched with saturated

NH

4 CI solution and the yellow precipitate was collected as pure product. (215 mg, 44% yield) 'H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 8 1.12 (m, 6 H), 3.39 (m, 4H), 3.87 (s, 3 H), 6.69 (s, 15 1 H), 6.72 (d, J=9.05 Hz, 2 H), 6.96 (dd, J=8.80, 2.45 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (d, J=2.45 Hz, I H), 7.61 (d, 1=9.05 Hz, 2 H), 8.04 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1 H), 11.06 (s, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.883 min.), MS m/z 323 (MW).

425 Step 2 (Scheme 4, Step 1): NN 0 CI 3

-(

4 -Diethylanino-phenyl)-6-methoxy-2H-isoquinolin- 1-one (207 mg, 0.642 rmmol) 5 was heated under reflux with POCI 3 (8.0 mL) for one day. Then P00 3 was distilled off and the residue was quenched with ice. It was then neutralized with saturated NaHCO 3 solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave a brownish solid as product. (180 mg, 82% yield) 10 LC-MS (retention time: 2.397 min.), MS m/z 341 (MH*). Step 3 (Scheme 4, Step 2): NK F 15 A mixture of [4-(1 -Chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinolin-3-yl)-phenyl]-diethylamine (90 mg, 0.264 mmol) and tetrabutyl phosphonium hydrogen difluoride (0.5 g) was heated at 140 *C in Smith microwave reactor for 20 min. Then it was added water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, washed with water and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave a yellowish oil as product. (70 mg, 82% 20 yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.253 min.), MS m/z 325 (MH). Step 4 (Scheme 4, Step 3): 426 MeO H0 0 IN N \ \/'Nt BocHN K 0 H Compound 327 To a solution of {1-[2-(1-Cyclopropanesulfonylamincarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropyl carbamoyl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine- 1 -carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl ) -carbamic acid 5 tert-butyl ester (100 mg, 0.18 mmol) and LaC 3 (66 mg, 0.27 mmol) in DMF (2.0 mL), potassium t-butoxide (1.0 M solution in THF, 0.9 mL, 0.9 mmol) was added at 78*C. The reaction mixture was stirred for I hr, then [4-(1-Fluoro-6-methoxy isoquinolin-3-yl)-phenyl]-diethylamine (70 mg, 0.216 mmol) was added. It was warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and filtered. 1u ine inratea was concentratea ana ne resiaue was punnea Dy rrep. -tnLU to give white solid as product (Compound 327). (18 mg, 12 % yield) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 0.95-1.07 (m, 11H), 1.18 (m, 6 H), 1.25-1.38 (m, 11 H), 1.58 (m, I H), 1.85 (m, I H), 2.19 (m, 1 H), 2.34 (m, I H), 2.68 (m, I H), 2.92 (m, 1 H), 3.42 (m, 4 H), 3.90 (s, 3 H), 4.16 (m, I H), 4.28 (m, 1 H), 4.37 (m, 1 H), 15 4.53 (m, 1 H), 5.07 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.25 (d, J=17.36 Hz, 1 H), 5.74 (m, I H), 5.99 (s, I H), 6.77 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2 H), 6.94 (d, J=9.05 lHz, I H), 7.14 (s, I H), 7.56 (s, 111), 7.95-8.02 (m, 3 H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.690 min.), MS m/z 862(MH*). 20 Example 328: Preparation of Compound 328 427 MeO N N o N N N BocHN H 0 Compound 328 Compound 328 was prepared by following Scheme 2 and Scheme 3 of above. Step 1 (Scheme 2, Step 1): 5 / N N Et 2 0 To a solution of N,N-Diethyl-4-methoxy-2-methyl-benzamide (332 mg, 1.5 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at -78'C, t-BuLi (1.7 M solution in pentane, 2.12 mL, 3.6 mmol) was 10 added. The resulting red solution was stirred at -78 0 C for 10 min, then methyl nicotinate (206 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78*C for 2h. Then the reaction was quenched with saturated NH 4 CI solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated. The crude product was purified by Prep. HPLC to give yellowish thick 15 oil as TFA salt. (124 mg, 19% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 1.740 min.), MS m/z 349 (M+Na*). Step 2 (Scheme 2, Step 2): 428 0 N A1_ INN NH 0 N,N-Diethyl-4-methoxy-2-(2-oxo-2-pyiidin-3-yl-ethyl)-benzamide (120 mg, 0.272 mmol) was heated with ammonium acetate (1 g) for 3 hr. Then it was cooled down 5 and added water. Extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer was separated. It was then dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated to give a brownish solid as product. (65 mg, 95% yield) 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d) 8 3.89 (s, 3 H), 6.93 (s, 1 H), 7.10 (dd, J=8.80, 2.45 Hz, I H), 7.19 (d, J=2.45 Hz, 1 H), 7.52 (dd, J=7.46, 4.77 Hz, 1 H), 8.15 (m, 2 H), 10 8.64 (dd, J=4.89, 1.47 Hz, 1 H), 8.96 (d, J=1.71 Hz, 1 H), 11.51 (s, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.377 min.), MS m/z 253 (MH*). Step 3 (Scheme 3, Step 1): CI 15 6-Methoxy-3-pyridin-3-yl-2H-isoquinolin-1-one (65 mg, 0.258 mmol) was heated under reflux with POC1 3 (2.5 mL) for 7 days. Then POC 3 was distilled off and the residue was quenched with ice. It was then neutralized with 10 N NaOH solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated to give yellow solid as product. (27 mg, 39% yield) 20 LC-MS (retention time: 2.090 min.), MS m/z 271 (M*I). Step 4 (Scheme 3, Step 2): 429 MeO N N H 0 0 N' N BocHN OH Compound 328 To a solution of {1-[2-(1-Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine- I -carbony]]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl } 5 carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (56 mg, 0.10 mmol) and LaCl 3 (25 mg, 0.10 mrnol) in DMF (1.5 mL), potassium t-butoxide (1.0 M solution in THF, 0.5 mL, 0.5 mmol) was added at -78 *C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hr , then 1-chloro-6 methoxy-3-pyridin-3-yl-isoquinoline (27 mg, 0.10 mmol) was added. It was warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and filtered. The 10 filtrated was concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give white solid as product (Compound 328). (17 mg, 21 % yield) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 0.95 (m, 2 H), 1.02 (;, 9 H), 1.20-1.30 (m, I I H), 1.41 (m, 1 H), 1.86 (m, I H), 2.21 (m, I H), 2.35 (m, I H), 2.67 (m, 1 H), 2.93 (m, 1 H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 4.14 (in, 1 H), 4.26 (in, 1 H), 4.47 (d, J=I 1.99 Hz, 1 H), 4.55 (m, I 15 H), 5.09 (d, J=10.02 Hz, I H), 5.26 (d, J=17.85 Hz, I H), 5.74 (m, 1 H), 6.07 (s, I H), 7.09 (m, 1 H), 7.29 (d, J=1.96 Hz, 1 H), 7.53 (in, I H), 7.86 (s, I H), 8.09 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H), 8.50-8.58 (m, 2 H), 9.28 (s, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.453 min.), MS m/z 791 (1vl+). Example 329: Preparation of Compound 329 20 430 MeO Me 2 N O N IN~~ N\\ BocHN o H OH Compound 329 Compound 329 was prepared by following Scheme 2 and Scheme 4 of above. Step 1 (Scheme 2, Step 1): |0 NEt 2 0 5 io a solution or lN,in--viemny---memoxy-z-menyi-oeizamue k.%az mg, 1.3 mmoi) In THF (15 rmL) at -78 0 C, t-BuLi (1.7 M solution in pentane, 2.2 mL, 3.75 mmol) was added. The resulting red solution was stirred at -78*C for 10 min, then NN dimethylanthranilic acid methyl ester (269 mg, 1.5 mriol) was added. The reaction 10 mixture was stirred at -78*C for 2h. Then the reaction was quenched with saturated

NH

4 CI solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated. The crude product was purified by Prep. HPLC to give yellowish thick oil as product. (256 mg, 46% yield) 'H NMR (400 M.Hz, CD 3 0D) 8 0.99-1.13 (m, 6 H), 3.23-3.31 (m, 8 H), 3.39 (m, 2 15 H), 3.82 (s, 3 H), 4.35 (s, 2 H), 6.91 (dd, J=8.44, 2.57 Hz, I H), 6.99 (d, J=2.45 Hz, I H), 7.22 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H), 7.69 (t,J=7.70 Hz, I H), 7.84 (m, I H), 7.96 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H), 8.18 (d, J=7.83 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.557min.), MS m/z 369(MKr). 20 Step 2 (Scheme 2, Step 2): 431 NH /- NH 0 2 -[2-(2-Dimethylamino-phenyl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-N,N-diethyl-4-methoxy-benzamide (250 mg, 0.678 mmol) was heated with ammonium 3cetate (1.5 g) for 2 hr. Then it was cooled down and added water. Extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer 5 was separated. It was then dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated to give a yellowish solid as product. (125 mg, 63% yield) H NMR (400 MHz, CDOD) 8 2.95 (s, 6 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 6.92 (s, I H), 7.12 (dd, J=8.80, 2.45 Hz, 1 H), 7.16 (d, J=2.45 Hz, I H), 7.35 (m, I H), 7.55 (m, 2 H), 7.63 (d, J=7.83 Hz, 1 H), 8.20 (d, J=9.05 Hz, I H). 10 LC-MS (retention time: 2.097 min.), MS m/z 295 (MH*). Step 3 (Scheme 4, Step 1): N 15 3-(2-Dimethylamino-phenyl)-6-methoxy-2H-isoquinolin- 1-one (125 mg, 0.425 mmol) was heated under reflux with POC1 3 (4.0 mL) for one day. Then POC1 3 was distilled off and the residue was quenched with ice. It was then neutralized with 10 N NaOH solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave a brownish solid as 20 product (82 mg, 62% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.040 min.), MS m/z 313 (MH'). Step 4 (Scheme 4, Step 2): 432 . NN F A mixture of [2-(1-Chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinolin-3-yl)-phenyl]-dimethyl-amine (82 mg, 0.262 mmol) and tetrabutyl phosphonium hydrogen difluoride (1.0 g) was heated at 140 0 C in Smith microwave reactor for 20 min. Then it was added water and 5 extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, washed with water and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave the crude product which was purified by Prep. HPLC to afford a yellowish oil as product. (85 mg) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 3.41 (s, 6 H), 4.00 (s, 3 H), 7.42 (dd, J=9.05, 2.45 Hz, I H), 7.53 (s, I H), 7.71 (m, 2 H), 7.99 (m, I H), 8.16 (m, 2 H), 8.31 (s, I H). 10 LC-MS (retention time: 1.873 min.), MS m/z 297 (MiH). Step 5 (Scheme 4, Step 3): MeO H 0 N NI N N- % BocHN H -0 H Compound 329 15 To a solution of {1-[2-(1-Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropyl carbamoyl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine- I -carbonyl]-2,2-di methyl-propyl ) -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (56 mg, 0.1 mmol) and LaCl 3 (25 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (1.0 mL), potassium t-butoxide (1.0 M solution in THF, 0.5 mL, 0.5 mmol) was added at 78*C. The reaction mixture was stirred for I hr, then [ 2 -(1-Fluoro-6-methoxy 20 isoquinolin-3-yl)-phenyl]-dimethyl-amine (30 mg, 0.1 mmol) was added. It was warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and filtered.

433. The filtrated was concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HlPLC to give white solid as product (Compound 329). (4.0 mg, 5 % yield) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 0.98-1.08 (in, 11 H), 1.16-1.32 (m, 11 H),1.40 (m, 1 H), 1.85 (m, I H), 2.16- 2.32 (m, 2 H), 2.60-2.71 (n, 7 H), 2.92 (m, I H), 3.91 (s, 3 5 H), 4.08 (m, I H), 4.26 (m, I H), 4.45 (m, I H), 4.55 (m, I H), 5.10 (d, J=10.27 Hz, I H), 5.28 (d, J=18.09 Hz, 1 H), 5.74 (m, 1 H), 5.89 (s, I H), 7.05 (d, J=6.85 Hz, 1 H), 7.10-7.20 (m, 2 H), 7.29 (m, 1 H), 7.63 (d, J=7.58 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=8.56 Hz, IH). LC-MS (retention time: 2.550 min.), MS m/z 834 (M[i). 10 Example 330: Preparation of Compound 330 MeO N Me 2 N INO N BocHNN H OH Compound 330 15 Compound 330 was prepared by following Scheme 2 and Scheme 4 of above. Step I (Scheme 2, Step 1): S /N 0 ./ N Eht2 0 To a solution of N,N-Diethyl-4-methoxy-2-methyl-benzamide

(

3 3 2 mg, 1.5 mmol) in 20 THF (15 mL) at -78 0 C, t-BuLi (1.7 M solution in pentane, 2.2 mL, 3.75 mnimol) was 434 added. The resulting red solution was stirred at -78*C for 10 min, then (3 dimethylamino)benzoic acid methyl ester (269 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78*C for 2h. Then the reaction was quenched with saturated NI 4 CI solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined 5 organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated. The crude product was purified by Prep. HPLC to give yellowish thick oil as TFA salt. (245 mg, 33% yield) 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 6 1.01 (t, J=6.85 Hz, 3 .[), 1.09 (m, 3 H), 3.11 (s, 6H), 3.21 (m, 2 1-1), 3.40 (in, 2 H), 3.79 (s, 3 H), 4.39 (s, 2 H), 6.84-6.91 (m, 2 H), 7.19 (d, J=8.32 Hz, I H), 7.35 (m, I H), 7.49 (t, J=8.07 Hz, 1 H), 7.66-7.71 (m, 2 H). 10 LC-MS (retention time: 1.930 min.), MS m/z 369(MH*l). Step 2 (Scheme 2, Step 2): NH 0 1 5 2

-[

2

-(

3 -Dimethylamino-phenyl)- 2 -oxo-ethyll-N.N-diet.hyl-4-methoxy-benzamide (240 mg, 0.497 mmol) was heated with ammonium acetate (2.0 g) for 2.5 hr. Then it was cooled down and added water. A brownish solid was collected as pure product. (95 mg, 65% yield) IH NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 2.98 (s, 6 H), 3.88 (s, 3 H), 6.74-6.87 (m, 2 H), 7.01 20 7.07 (m, 3 H), 7.18 (d, J=2.44 Hz, I H), 7.28 (t, J=7.82 Hz, 1 H), 8.10 (d, J=8.80 Hz, If). LC-MS (retention time: 1.773 min.), MS m/z 295 (MH). Step 3 (Scheme 4, Step 1): N' y N 25

CI

435 3-(3-Dimethylamino-phenyl)-6-methoxy-2H-isoquinolin- 1-one (92 mg, 0.312 mmol) was heated under reflux with POC1 3 (3.0 mL) for 2 days. Then POC 3 was distilled off and the residue was quenched with ice. It was then neutralized with saturated NaHCO 3 solution and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The organic layers were 5 combined and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave a brownish thick oil as product. (72 mg, 74% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.297 min.), MS m/z 313 (MUH*). Step 4 (Scheme 4, Step 2): NN 10 F A mixture of [3-(1-Chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinolin-3-yl)-phenyl]-dimethylamine (72 mg, 0.23 mmol) and tetrabutyl phosphonium hydrogen difluoride (0.5 g) was heated at 140*C in Smith microwave reactor for 20 min. Then it was added water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, washed with water and 15 dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave a brownish oil as product. (58 mg, 85% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.193 min.), MS m/z 297 (M*-1). Step 5 (Scheme 4, Step 3): MeO NMe 2 N 0 0 N N N BocHN 1 H 0 H 20 Compound 330 436 To a solution of l-[2-(1-Cyclopropanesulfonylamiiocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropyl carbamoyl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-l -carbon yi]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl} -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (86 mg, 0.155 mmol) and LaCi 3 (57 mg, 0.233 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL), potassium t-butoxide (1.0 M solution in THF, 0.5 mL, 0.5 mmol) was added at 5 -78 0 C. The reaction mixture was stirred for I hr, then [ 3 -(I-Fluoro-6-methoxy isoquinolin-3-yl)-phenyl]-dimethylamine (55 mg, 0.185 mmol) was added. It was warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and filtered. The filtrated was concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give an off-white solid as product (Compound 330). (8.0 mg, 6 % yield) 10 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 0.99-1.09 (m, 11 H), 1.23 (m, 2 H), 1.29 (s, 9 H), 1.42 (m, I H), 1.86 (m, I H), 2.21 (i, 1 H), 2.33 (m, 11 H), 2.70 (m, 1 H), 2.93 (m, 1 H), 3.00 (s, 6 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.14 (m, I H), 4.29 (m, I H), 4.44-4.57 (m, 2 H), 5.10 (d, 1=11.00 Hz, I H), 5.27 (d, J=16.87 Hz, I H), 5.74 (m, I H), 6.01 (s, I H), 6.63 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I H), 7.03 (d, J=6.85 Hz, I H), 7.24 (s, I H), 7.28 (t, J=8.07 Hz, I H), 15 7.45 (d, J=7.82 Hz, I H), 7.59 (s, 1 H), 7.72 (s, I H), 8.05 (d, J=8.80 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.707 min.), MS m/z 834 (MH*). Examnle 331: Prenaration of Compound 331 MeO N H NMe2 N BocHN H 0H 20 Compound 331 Compound 331 was prepared by the methods described herein.

437 Example 334: Preparation of Compound 334 0 N 0 0 H N N INi BocHN 00 H( Compound 334 Compound 334 was prepared in the following manner: 5 Step 1: 0 0 N H CO 2 Me To a solution of Boc-cis-HYP-OMe (122.6 mg, 0.5 rmol) in THF (15 mL) at 0"C, 10 triphenylphosphine (196.7 mg, 0.75 mmol) and benz o[d]isoxazol-3-ol (81 mg, 0.6 mmol) were added. Then DEAD (0.118 mL, 0.75 mnol) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to rt. and stirred for 3 hr. Then solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give a colorless thick oil. (117 mg, 54% yield) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 1.41 (m, 9 H), 2.38 (m, 1 H), 2.75 (m, I H), 3.75 (m, 15 3 H), 3.81 (m, I H), 3.90 (m, I H), 4.47 (m, 1 H), 5.44 (m, I H), 7.31 (t, J=7.46 Hz, I H), 7.47 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H), 7.59 (t, J=7.83 Hz, I H), 7.66 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.65 min.), MS m/z 363(MH*). Some of the coupling product (85 mg, 0.235 mmol) was then dissolved in 4N HCI in dioxane (1.5mL) and stirred for 3 hr. Evaporation of solvent gave a yellowing oil as 20 HCI salt. (85 mg, >100% yield) 438 LC-MS (retention time: 1.327 min.), MS m/z 263(MH*). Step 2: N BocHN N C 2 M3 5 To a solution of 4 -(Benzo[dlisoxazol-3-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester hydrochloride salt (85 mg, 0.285 mmol) in CH 3 CN (10 mL) was added N-boc-L-t-leucine (99 mg, 0.427 mmol), DIEA (0.25 mL, 1.425 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (65 mg, 0.427 mmol) and HBTU (162 ing, 0.427 10 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 andconcentrated. it was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give a colorless thick oil as product. (63 mg, 46% yield) 15 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 1.01 (s, 9 H), 1.17 (s, 9 H), 2.34 (m, I H), 2.78 (dd, J=14.13, 7.83 Hz, 1 H), 3.72 (s, 3 H), 4.00 (dd, J=12.22, 3.42 Hz, I H), 4.19 (s, I H), 4.57(d, J=12.23 Hz, I H), 4.68 (m, I H), 5.51 (m, I H), 7.27 (m, 1 H), 7.47 (d, J=8.56 Hz, I H), 7.57 (m, IH), 7.63 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.737 min.), MS m/z 498 (M+Na*). 20 Step 3: 439 0 N 0 0 0 BocHN ( 14 0 H Compound 334 To a solution of 4-(Benzo[d]isoxazol-3-yloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamno 3, 3 -dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (63 mg, 0.132 5 mmol) in THF (3.5 mL), methanol (2.0 mL) and water (0.5 mL) mixture, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (83 mg, 1.89 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for overnight. Then it was acidified with 1N HCI solution to pH=3 to 5 and concentrated. Extracted with ethyl acetate (2x30 mL) and the organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave 10 a yellowish oil to carry on. (61 mg, 100 % yield) To a solution of above compound (61 mg, 0.132 mmol) in CH 3 CN (8 mL) was added (IR, 2S) (1-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl--2-vinyl-cyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (42 mg, 0.158 mmol), DIEA (0.115 mL, 0.66 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (30 mg, 0.198 mmol) and HBTU (75 mg, 0.198 mmol). The 15 solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give a yellow film as final product (Compound 334). (24 mg, 27% yield) IH NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 1.01 (s, 9 H), 1.05 (m, 2 H), 1.12-1.26 (m, 11 H), 20 1.43 (m, I H), 1.86 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, 1 H), 2.17-2.33 (m, 2 H), 2.67 (dd, J=12.96, 5.87 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (m, I H), 4.05 (m, I H), 4.22 (m, 1 H), 4.49 (m, 2 H), 5.11 (d, J=10.21Hz, I H), 5.29 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H), 5.55 (s, MH), 5.74 (m, I H), 7.29 (m, I H), 7.48 (d, J=8.32 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.64 (m, 2 H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.767 min.), MS m/z 696 (M+Na*). 25 440 Example 335: Preparation of Compound 335 Scheme 1: H O 0 o 1) HOBt, HBTU , CIH.H 2 N s DIEA, CH 3 CN N OH N Boc " H 0 2) HCVdioxane O H Step 1 H . CHOBt, HBTU H O o DIEA, CH 3 CN N Ng4 H.HCI N H H OH 0 HO Step 2 H 0 NN H 0 N -0 H" 5 intermediate 2 Scheme 2: C1 ZnBr N + THF N C N +Pd(PPh3)4 Cl N 441 N NaH, DMF HO N H N N N N 0 0 intermediate 2 Compound 335 Step 1: (Scheme 1, step 1) 5 To a solution of (2S, 4R) 4 -hydroxy-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester (0.25 g, 1.08 mmol) in CH 3 CN (10 mL) was added (IR, 2S) (1 cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (0.346 g, 1.30 mmol), DIEA (0.94 mJL, 5.41 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (0.248 g, 1.62 mmol) and HBTU (0.615 mg, 1.62 mmol). The solution 10 was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellow oil. It was purified by Prep. HPLC column to give a colorless thick oil which was then dissolved in 4N HCI in dioxane (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for overnight. Evaporation of 15 solvent gave white solid as product to carry on. (200 mg, 49% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 0.647 min.), MS m/z 344 (MFf). Step 2: (Scheme 1, step 2) To a solution of above compound (200 mg, 0.527 mmol) in CH 3 CN (10 mL) was 20 added 2 -methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid (0.15 g, 0.79 mmol), DIEA (0.46 mL, 2.63 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (0.121 g, 0.79 mmol) and HBTU (0.30 g, 0.79 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and 442 concentrated to give yellowish oil. It was purified by Prep. HPLC column to give white solid as final product (intermediate 2). (145 mg, 54% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 8 0.99-1.10 (m, 11 H), 1.24(m, 2 H), 1.41 (dd, J=9.5, 5.5 Hz, 1 H), 1.87 (dd, J=7.9, 5.5 Hz, 1 H), 1.97 (m, 1 H), 2.13 (m, 1 H), 2.24 (m, 1 5 H), 2.93 (in, I H), 3.65 (s, 3 H), 3.77-3.88 (m, 2 H), 4.33-4.39 (m, 2 H), 4.49 (m, br, I H), 5.13(d, J=10.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.31 (d, J=17.1 Hz, 1 H), 5.76 (m, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.590 min.), MS m/z 515 (MH*). Step 3: (Scheme 2) 10 To a solution of 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (149 mg, I mmol) in THF (5 mL), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (23 mg, 2 mol%) and 0.5M solution of phenylzinc bromide (2.1 nL, 1.05 mmol) in THF were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50"C for overnight. Then it was added saturated ammonium chloride solution and extracted with EtOAc twice. The organic: layers were combined, washed 15 with water and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave a yellow residue which was purified by Prep. HPLC to afford a yellowish oil as 2-chloro4-phenyl pyrimidine to carry on. To a solution of inierimiediate 2 (20 ig, 0.039 mimol)in DMF(3 mL), NaH (3.9 mg of 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.0975 mmol) was added at 0*C. The reaction 20 mixture was then warmed to rt. and stirred for 1 hr. Then 2-chloro-4-phenyl pyrimidine prepared above (18 mg as crude) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for overnight. It was then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave yellowish oil which was then purified by Prep. HPLC to 25 give a thick colorless oil as final product (Compound 335) as TFA salt.(5.5 mg, 18% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 300 MHz) S 0.92-1.12 (m, II H). 1.25 (m, 2 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.2, 5.5 Hz, I H), 1.89 (dd, J=8.1, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.17-2.37 (m, 2 H), 2.57 (m, I H), 2.95 (m, I H), 3.52 (s, 3 H), 4.14 (m, I H), 4.24-4.38 (m, 2 H), 4.51 (m, I H), 5.13 (d, 30 J=10.2 Hz, I H), 5.31 (d, J=17.2 Hz, I H), 5.77 (m, I H), 5.86 (s, 1 H), 7.48-7.60 (m, 3 H), 7.66 (d, J=5.3 Hz, I H), 8.18 (m, 2 H), 8.60 (d, 1=5.1 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.947 min.), MS n/z 669 (MH) 443 Example 336: Preparation of Compound 336 -N CI ZnBr N + N THF N + I Pd(PPt1) 1,% CI N d(h34CI N Step 1 N NaH, DMF N 0O- N 0 N 5 Step 2 Compound 336 Step 1: To a solution of 2 ,4-dichloropyrimidine (149 mg, 1 mmol) in THF (5 mL), 10 tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (58 mg, 5 niol%) and 0.5M solution of 2 pyridinylzinc bromide (2.4 mL, 1.2 mmol) in THF were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50*C for overnight. Then it was added saturated ammonium chloride solution and extracted with EtOAc twice. The organic layers were combined, washed with water and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave a 15 yellow residue which was purified by Prep. HPLC to afford a yellowish oil as product. (11 mg, 3.6 % yield) 'H NMR (500 MHz, CD 3 0D) 8 7.61 (m, I H), 8.07 (in, I H), 8.36 (d, J=5.19 Hz, 1 H), 8.50 (d, J=7.94 Hz, I H), 8.75 (d, 1=3.97 Hz, I H), 8.82 (d, J=5.19 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.440 min.), MS m/z 192 (MiH).

444 Step 2: To a solution of intermediate 2 from Example 335 (15 mg, 0.029 mmol) in DMF (3 mL), NaH (1.75 mg of 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.0728 mmol) was added at 5 0"C. The reaction mixture was then warmed to rt. and stirred for I hr. Then 2 Chloro-4-pyridin-2-yl-pyrimidine (9.5 mg, 0.0311 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for overnight. It was then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave yellowish oil which was then purified by 10 Prep. HPLC to give a yellowish film as final product (Compound 336) as TFA salt. (3.5 mg, 15% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) & 1.03 (s, 9 H), 1.08 (m, 2 H), 1.24 (m, 2 H), 1.43 (dd, J=9.77, 5.50 Hz, I H), 1.89 (m, 1 H), 2.24 (m, 1 H), 2.31 (m, I H), 2.57 (m, 1 H), 2.95 (m, I H), 3.50 (s, 3 H), 4.13 (m, I H), 4.29 (s, 1 H), 4.36 (d, 1=11.91 Hz, I H), 15 4.52 (in, 1 H), 5.13 (d, J=10.08 Hz, 1 H), 5.31 (d, 1=16.79 Hz, I H), 5.76 (m, I H), 5.88 (m, I H), 7.64 (m, I H), 8.06-8.13 (m, 2 H), 8.54 (d, 1=7.93 Hz, 1 H), 8.73-8.76 (m, 2 H). LC r-(retention. timne: 1.787 Min.), MS1 mn/z 47n (Mr+). 20 Example 337: Preparation of Compound 337 CI

S

7 / N Sn(Bu) 3 DMF N N CI N Pd(PPh 3

)

2 Cl 2 c1 N Step 1 445 NaH, DMF Ho. 0 N 0 0 H Step 2 N N" H 0 0A + H H S N NN N H2N Compound 337 intermediate 3 Step 1: To a solution of 2

,

4 -dichloropyrimidine (149 mg, I nmol) in DMF (5 mL), dichloro 5 bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) (35 mg, 5 mol%) and 2 (tributylstannyl)thiophene (0.38 mL, 1.2 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 70*C for 3hr. Then it was added saturated KF solution in methanol (20 mL) and stirred at rt for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated with a small amount of silica gel and the residue was filtered through filter paper and washed with 10 EtOAc. The filtrate was then concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to afford an off-white solid as product. (110 mg., 35 % yield) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 8 7.20 (dd, J=5.01, 3.79 Hz, I H), 7.74 (dd, J=5.01, 1.10 Hz, 1 H), 7.77 (d, 1=5.38 Hz, I H), 7.98 (dd, 1=3.79, 1.10 Hz, I H), 8.55 (d, J=5.38 Hz, I H). 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.453 min.), MS m/z 197 (MH'). Step 2: 446 To a solution of intermediate 2 from Example 335 (20 mg, 0.039 mmol) in DMF (3 mL), NaH (7.8 mg of 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.195 mmol) was added at 0"C. The reaction mixture was then warmed to rt. and stirred for 1 hr. Then 2-Chloro-4 thiophen-2-yl-pyrimidine (16.9 mg, 0.0544 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture 5 was stirred at rt. for overnight. It was then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave yellowish oil which was then purified by Prep. HPLC to give two products (Compound 337 and intermediate 3). Compoun 337: (yellowish film, 3.0 mg, 11% yield)) 10 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) S 0.98-1.07 (m, 11 H), 1.22 (m, 2 H), 1.41 (dd, J=9.54, 5.62 Hz, IH), 1.86 (dd, J=8.32, 5.63 Hz, I H), 2.19- 2.31 (m, 2 H), 2.52 (m, 1 H), 2.92 (in, 1 H), 3.50 (s, 3 H), 4.09 (m, 1 H), 4.25-4.32 (m, 2 H), 4.47 (dd, J=10.03, 7.34 Hz, I H), 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.71 Hz, I H), 5.28 (dd, J=17.11, 1.46 Hz, I H), 5.69-5.79 (m, 2 H), 7.20 (dd, J=4.89, 3.66 Hz, 1 H), 7.51 (d, J=5.38 Hz, 1 H), 7.70 15 (d, J=4.89 Hz, I H), 7.95 (d, J=3.67 Hz, I H), 8.54 (d, J=5.14 Hz, 1 H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.787 min.), MS m/z 696 (M+Na*). Intermediate 3: (10 mg, 35% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 1.477 min.), MS n/z 617(MB*). 20 Example 338: Preparation of Compound 338 S S N N N' HOBt, HBTU DIEA,

CH

3 CN H 0 00H 0 N N A4N N

H

2 N OH H N - 0 0 ~l~~ Intermediate 3 Compound 338 447 To a solution of 1-(2-Amino-3, 3 -dimethyl-butyry1)-4-(4-thiophen-2-y-pyiimnidin-2 yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclopropyl)-amide (10 mg, 0.0137 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added cyclopropylacetic acid (2.1 mg, 0.0205 m-mol), D]EA (0.012 mL, 0.742 mmol) and 5 the coupling reagent HOBt (3.1 g, 0.0205 mmol) and HBTU (7.8 mg, 0.0205 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellow oil. It was purified by Prep. HPLC column to give a yellowish film as TFA salt (Compound 338). (4.6 mg, 10 41% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) & 0.12 (m, 2 H), 0.48 (m, 2 H), 0.90 (m, 1 H), 1.01-1.09 (m, 11 H), 1.23 (m, 2 H), 1.43 (dd, J=9.29, 5.38 Hz, I H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.31, 5.62 Hz, I H), 2.06 (m, 2 H), 2.19- 2.31 (m, 2 H), 2.52 (dd, J:=13.45, 6.85 Hz, 1 H), 2.93 (m, 1 H), 4.12(dd, 1=11,98, 3,91 Hz, I H), 4.27 (d, J=11.74 Hz, I H), 4.47 (dd, J=10.27, 15 6.85 Hz, I H), 4.63 (s, I H), 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.47 Hz, I H), 5.28 (dd, J=17.12, 1.47 Hz, 1 H), 5.71-5.80 (m, 2 H), 7.20 (dd, J=4.89, 3.67 Hz, 1 H), 7.51 (d, J=5.38 Hz, I H), 7.70 (d, J=5.20 Hz, I H), 7.95 (d, J=3.67 Hz, I H), 8.48 (d, J=5.13 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.833 min.), MS n/z 699 (MH*). 20 Example 339: Preparation of Compound 339 0 N \ H 0 0 H N N H Compound 339 448 Compound 342 was prepared by following Schemes of Example 337 and Example 338, except that 2 -(tributylstannyl)furan was used in the place of 2 (tributystannyl)thiophene in the Step I of Example 337. 5 Step 1: 0,~ N , CI N To a solution of 2 ,4-dichloropyrimidine (149 mg, I mmol) in DvF (5 mL), dichloro bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) (35 mg, 5 mol%) and 2 -(tributylstannyl)furan 10 (0.35 mL, 1.1 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 70*C for 3hr. Then it was added saturated KF solution in methanol (20 mL) and stirred at rt for 4hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated with a. small amount of silica gel and the residue was filtered through filter paper and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was then concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to afford a brownish 15 solid as product. (80 mg. 27 % yield) 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 5 6.68 (dd, J=3.67, 1.71 Hz, 1 H), 7.42 (d, J=3.67 Hz, I H), 7.67 (d, J=5.13 Hz, I H), 7.30 (d, J=1.71 Hz, I H), 8.62 (d, J=5.14 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.233 min.), MS m/z 181 (MIH). 20 Step 2: 0 N \ N

H

2 N 0 H 449 To a solution of {l-[2-(1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropyl carbamoyl)-4-h ydroxy-pyrrolidine- 1 -carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl } -carbamic acid methyl ester (20 mg, 0.039 mmol) in DMF (3 mL):, NaH (7.8 mg of 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.195 mmol) was added at 0*C. The reaction mixture was then 5 warmed to rt. and stirred for 1 hr. Then 2-Chloro-4-thiophen-2-yl-pyrimidine (16.0 mg, 0.0544 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for overnight. It was then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave yellowish oil which was then purified by Prep. FPLC to give deboced coupling 10 product. (3 mg, 11% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 1.420 min.), MS m/z 601 (MH*). Step 3: N N H H H N NH Compound 339 15 To a solution of 1-( 2 -Amino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(4-furan-2-yl-pyrimidin-2 yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclopropyl)-amide (3 mg, 0.0042 mrnol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added cyclopropylacetic acid (0.6 mg, 0.0063 mmol), DIEA (0.004 mL, 0.021 mmol) and 20 the coupling reagent HOBt (1.0 g, 0.0063 nmol) and HBTU (2.4 mg, 0.0063 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellow oil. It was purified by 450 Prep. HPLC column to give a yellowish film as TFA salt (Compound 339). (1.0 mg, 30% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) & 0.12 (m, 2 H), 0.48 (in, 2 H), 0.90 (m, 1 H), 0.99-1.09 (m, 11 H), 1.23 (m, 2 H), 1.43 (dd, J=9.05, 5.31 Hz, I H), 1.87 (m, 1 H), 2.05 (m, 2 5 H), 2.19- 2.29 (m, 2 H), 2.50 (m, I H), 2.93 (m, 1 H), 4.10 (dd, 1=12.23, 3.91 Hz, I H), 4.25 (d, J=11.99 Hz, I H), 4.47 (dd, 1=10.52, 7.09 Hz, I H), 4.63 (s, 1 H), 5.11 (dd, J=10.52, 1.71 Hz, 1 H), 5.29 (dd, J=17.12, 1.47 Hz, 1 H), 5.71-5.79 (m, 2 H), 6.65 (dd, 1=3.67, 1.96'Hz, 1 H), 7.38 (d, J=3.67 Hz, I H), 7.40 (d, J=5.38 Hz, 1 H), 7.76 (m, 1 H), 8.54 (d, J=5.38 Hz, I H). 10 LC-MS (retention time: 1.790 min.), MS m/z 683 (MH*). Example 340: Preparation of Compound 340 451 CI S N S,> N t /S(BU) 3 DMlF , CI N N Pd(PP 3

)

2 Cl 2 ci N Step 1 NaH, DMF HO N H Step 2 N S N N H N 0 N H 0 Compound 340 Step 1: To a solution of 2,4-dichloropyrimi dine (149 mg, I mmol) in DMF (5 mL), dichloro bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) (35 mg, 5 mol%) and 2 5 (tributylstannyl)thiazole (412 mg, 1.1 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 80 0 C for 3hr. Then it was added saturated KF solution in methanol (20 mL) and stirred at rt for 4hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated with a small amount of silica gel and the residue was filtered through filter paper and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was then concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to 10 afford a brownish solid as product. (9 mg, 3 % yield) 452 LC-MS (retention time: 1.320 min.), MS m/z 198 (MH*). Step 2: To a solution of 1-[ 2

-(

2 -Cyclopropyl-acetylamino)-3.,3-dimethyl-butyryl]4-hydroxy 5 pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl.

cyclopropyl)-amide (12.5 mg, 0.0232 mmol) in DMF (3 mL), NaH (3.7 mg of 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.0.0928 mmol) was added at 0*C. The reaction mixture was then warmed to rt. and stirred for 1 hr. Then 2 -Chloro-4-thiazole-2-yl pyrimidine (9.0 mg, 0.0289 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. 10 for overnight. It was then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave crude product which was then purified by Prep. HPLC to give white solid as final product (Compound 340). (2.8 mg, 17% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) 6 0.12 (m, 2 H), 0.47 (m, 2 H), 0.89 (m, I H), 1.00-1.09 15 (m, 11 H), 1.22 (m, 2 H), 1.44 (dd, J=9.54, 5.38 Hz, I H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.07, 5.38 Hz, I H), 2.06 (m, 2 H), 2.20- 2.32 (m, 2 H), 2.52 (dd, J=13.70, 6.85 Hz, 1 H), 2.93 (m, I H), 4.13 (dd, J=11.98, 3.91 Hz, I H), 4.30 (d, J=11.98 Hz, I H), 4.48 (dd, J=10.5 1, 7f09 Hz I M, 463 (dj J=9.54 H., 1 H), 5.11 (d, J=10.5l Hz, 1H), 5.2Q ' 7=17.12 Hz, I H), 5.73-5.80 (m, 2 H), 7.81 (d, J=5.14 Hz, I H), 7.84 (d, J=3.18 Hz, I H), 8.03 20 (d, J=2.93 Hz, I H), 8.68 (d, J=5.13 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.710 min.), MS m/z 700 (MH*).

453 Example 341: Preparation of Compound 341 Scheme 1: /N H cl Cl NaH , N OH + N-N DMF BCl N OH 0 Step 1 Boc 0 N N HOBt, HBTU _-/-N DIEA, CH 3 CN 0 N

TFA.H

2 N N \N A N H2 0neeit H H Step 2 Inteenedlate 4 454 Scheme 2: 1 CH 2 Cl 2 N /N ,, 1N Et 3 NN Z O O NN N N N 0 0 -- 10-H 0 0 H* 2) N ~ : N HCI, dioxane Bo 0 0 H H Step I N HOBt, HBTU N DIEA,

CH

3 CN H O OHN H0 HN N *~ 0 0 H Step 2 Compound 341 5 Step 1 (Scheme 1, step 1): To a solution of Boc-HYP-OH (1.0 g, 4.324 mmol) in DMF (20 mL), NaH (0.38 g of 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 9.513 mmol) was added at 0*C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hr. Then 2 ,4-dichloropyrimidine (0.709 g, 0.0289 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. It was then 10 quenched with IN HCI solution and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave crude product which was then purified by Prep. HPLC to give colorless oil as product. (0.4 g, 27% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 300 MIHz) & 1.13 (m, 9 H), 2.37 (m, I H), 2.62 (m, I H), 3.70-3.84 15 (m, 2 H), 4.38 (m, I H), 5.65 (m, I H), 6.88 (d, J=5.86 Hz, I H), 8.37 (d, J=5.86 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.370 min.), MS m/z 344(MvH*). Step 2: (Scheme 1, step 2) 455 To a solution of (2S, 4R) 4

-(

2 -Chloro-pyrimidin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2 dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester (0.34 g, 0.99 mmol) in CH 3 CN (20 mL) was added (IR, 2S)/(IS, 2R) (1-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclo propyl)-carbamic acid (0.511 g, 1.48 mnol), DLEA (0.86 mL, 4.95 mmol) and the 5 coupling reagent HOBt (0.226 g, 1.48 mmol) and HBTU (0.561 g, 1.48 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. FPLC column to give a yellow solid (intermediate 4). (0.33 g, 41% yield) 10 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 300 MHz) diasteoromer mixture. LC-MS (retention time: 2.907 min.), MS m/z 655 (MH*). Step 3: (Scheme 2, step 1) To a solution of intermediate 4 (50 mg, 0.061 mmol) in CH 2

C

2 (2.5 mL), 1,2,3,4 15 tetrahydroisoquinoline (0.011 mL, 0.0915 mmol) and Et 3 N (0.021 mL, 0.153 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for overnight and at 40 0 C for I day. The solvent was stripped and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give a colorless oil. It was then dissolved in 4N HCI in dioxane (1 mL) and stirred for overnight. Evaporation of solvent gave a colorless oil as hydrochloride salt. (20 mg, 20 52% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 1.160 min.), MS m/z 553 (MR*). Step 4: (Scheme 2, step 2) To a solution of 4 -[2-(3,4-Dihydro-lH-isoquinolin-2-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yloxy] 25 pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclopropyl)-amide hydrochloride (20 mg, 0.032 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added 2 -methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid (9.1 mg, 0.048 mmol), DIEA (0.028 mL, 0.16 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (7.3 mg, 0.048 mrnol) and HBTU (18.2 mg, 0.048 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it 30 was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and 456 concentrated to give yellowish oil. It was purified by Prep. HPLC column to give a colorless oil as TFA salt (Compound 341). (16 mg, 60% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) 4 0.98-1.06 (m, 13 H), 1.13 (m, I H), 1.22-1.32 (m, I H), 1.35-1.44 (m, I H), 1.82 (dd, J=8.24, 5.19 Hz, 0.5 H), 1.90 (dd, J=8.24, 5.49 Hz, 5 0.5 H), 2.26 (m, I H), 2.32-2.43 (m, I H), 2.56 (m, I H), 2.96 (m, 1 H), 3.11 (m, br, 2 H), 3.56 (s, 3 H), 4.14 (m, I H), 4.21 (m, I H), 4.38 (m, 1 H), 4.47 (m, I H), 5.15 (m, 1 H), 5.31 (m, I H), 5.75 (m, 1 H), 5.94 (s, 1 H), 6.47 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (s, 4 H), 7.49 (m, I H), 7.56 (m, I H), 7.74 (d, J=8.24 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=8.24 Hz, I H), 8.11 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1 H). 10 LC-MS (retention time: 1.517 min.), MS m/z 724 (MH). Example 342: Preparation of Compound 342 N 0 N 0 Compound 342 15 Compound 342was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 341, except that isoindoline was used in the place of 1, 2

,

3

,

4 -tetrahydroisoquinoline in step I of scheme 2. 20 Step 1: N 0 H H N N H NO

H

457 To a solution of intermediate 4 from Example 341 (50 mg, 0.061 mmol) in CH 2

CI

2 (2.5 mL), isoindoline (0.013 mL, 0.115 mmol) and Et 3 N (0.026 mL, 0.19 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 days. The solvent was stripped and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give a colorless oil. It was 5 then dissolved in 4N HCI in dioxane (1 mL) and stirred for overnight. Evaporation of solvent gave crude product which was purified by Prep.HPLC again to afford yellowish solid as TFA salt. (8.5 mg, 14% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 1.860 min.), MS m/z 539 (MW). 10 Step 2: N H N N H N -O H Compound 342 To a solution of 4-[2-(1, 3 -Dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yloxyl-pyrrolidine-2 carboxylic acid (1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarb~onyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropyl)-amide hydrochloride (8.5 mg, 0.0104 mmol) in CH13CN (5 mL) was added 2 15 methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid (3.0 mg, 0.0156 mmol), DIEA (0.009 mL, 0.052 mmol) and the coupling reagent HIOBt (2.4 mg, 0.0156 mmol) and HBTU (5.9 mg, 0.0156 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and 20 concentrated to give yellowish oil. It was purified by Prep. HPLC column to give a colorless oil as TFA salt (Compound 342). (3 mg, 35% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 300 MHz) & diasteoromer mixture. LC-MS (retention time: 2.547 min.), MS m/z 710 (MH). 25 Example 343: Preparation of Compound 343 458 N -N H N ON 0 = H Compound 343 Compound 342 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 341, except that 5 morpholine was used in the place of 1, 2

,

3

,

4 -tetraliydroisoquinoline in step I of scheme 2. Step 1: rN 00 H N N 10 H To a solution of intermediate 4 from Example 341 (50 mg, 0.061 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (2.5 mL), morpholine (0.008 mL, 0.0915 mmol) and Et 3 N (0.021 mL, 0.153 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for overnight and at 40*C for 1 15 day. The solvent was stripped and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give a colorless oil. It was then dissolved in 4N HCl in dioxane (I mL) and stirred for overnight. Evaporation of solvent gave a colorless oil as hydrochloride salt. (12.6 mg, 36% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 0.810 min.), MS m/z 507 (MH*). 20 Step 2: 459 N H N N N 440 0 H Compound 343 To a solution of 4

-(

2 -Morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidin

-

4 -yloxy)-pyrroli dine-2-carboxylic acid (1-cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropyl)-amide 5 hydrochloride (12.6 mg, 0.0217 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added 2 methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid (6.2 mg, 0.0326 mmol), DIEA (0.019 mL, 0.1085 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (5.0 mg, 0.0326 mnol) and HBTU (12.4 mg, 0.0326 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. ovemight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The 10 combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellowish oil. It was purified by Prep. HPLC column to give a colorless oil as TFA salt (Compound 343). (7 mg, 41% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) & diasteoromer mixture. LC-MS (retention time: 1.280 min.), MS m/z 678 (MH*). 15 Example 344: Preparation of Compound 344 Scheme 1: gs OH NaBH 4 N EtOH-THF N Boc Boc 0 0 intermediate 5 20 460 Scheme 2: /OH N 1) PPh, DEAD, THF + 0*C to rt soc OH 2) HC:Vdioxane Step 1 N N HOBt, HBTU /0 DIEA, CH 3 CN 0 OH 0~ 0 St$ 0H Step 20 LiOH HOBt, HBTU LiOH _DIEA. C-H,CN

CH

3 0H/THF/H 2 0 0 0

CIH.H

2 N H Step 3 H /0 H N N Compound 344 5 Step 1: (Scheme 1) 461 To a solution of 4 -p-tolylsulfanylcarbonyl-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert butyl ester 2-methyl ester (3.0 g, 7.91 mmol)in ethanol (15 mL) and THF (30 mL) mixture, sodium borohydride (0.6 g, 15.8 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with I N HCI 5 solution and extracted with EtOAc three times. The organic layers were combined, washed with saturated NaHCO 3 solution and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave yellowish oil which was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 3:1 EtOAc: Hexanes) to afford colorless oil as product (intermediate 5). (1.77 g, 86% yield) 10 'H NMR (CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) . 1.43 (m, 9 H), 2.00-2.13 (m, 2 H), 2.46 (m, I H), 3.19 (in, I H), 3.47-3.53 (m, 2 H), 3.61 (m, I H), 3.73 (m, 3 H), 4.31 (m, 1 H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.240 min.), MS m/z 282 (M+Na*). Step 2: (Scheme 2, step 1) 15 To a solution of intermediate 5 (80 mg, 0.309 nmol) in THF (10 mL) at 0*C, triphenylphosphine (121.4 mg, 0.463 mmol) and 4 -hydroxyquinoline (67.2 mg, 0.463 mmol) were added. Then DEAD (80.6 mg, 0.463 nmol) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to rt. and stirred for 2 days. Then solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give colorless oil. It was then dissolved in 20 4N HCl in dioxane (3 mL) and stirred for 2 hr. Evaporation of solvent gave thick colorless oil as bis HCI salt. (110 mg, 99% yield) 'H NMR(500 MHz, CD 3 0D) & 2.52 (m, 1 H). 2.60 (rn, I H), 3.19 (m, I H), 3.45 (m, I H), 3.66 (s, 3 H), 3.86 (m, 1 H), 4.61-4.75 (m, 3 H), 7.56 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.94 (t, J=7.3 Hz, I H), 8.10-8.20 (m, 2 H), 8.55 (d, J=8.2 Hz, I H), 9.07 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 1 25 H). LC-MS (retention time: 0.570 min.), MS m/z 287 (M*). Step 3: (Scheme 2, step 2) To a solution of 4-(quinolin4-yloxymethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl 30 ester bis hydrochloride salt (110 mg, 0.306 mmol) in CH 3 CN (10 mL) was added 2 methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid (87 mg, 0.46 mmol), DIEA (0.27 mL, 1.53 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (70 mg, 0.46 mmol) and HBTU (174 462 mg, 0.46 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellowish oil. It was purified by Prep. HPLC column to give colorless oil as TFA salt. (105 mg, 5 60% yield) 'H NMR (CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) & 1.07 (s, 9 H). 2.34 (in, I H), 2.45 (m, 1 H), 3.14 (m, 1 H), 3.27 (s, 3 H), 3.75 (s, 3 H), 4.05 (m, I H), 4.20 (in, I H), 4.31 (s, I H), 4.57 4.63 (in, 2 H), 4.73 (m, I H), 7.53 (d, J=6.7 Hz, I H), 7.91 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.06 8.16 (in, 2 H), 8.43 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1 H), 9.02 (d, J=6.4 Hz, I H). 10 LC-MS (retention time: 1.250 min.), MS m/z 458 (MH). Step 4:(Scheme 2, step 3) To a solution of 1-( 2 -Methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(quinolin-4 yloxymethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (100 mg, 0.175 mmol) in 15 THF (6 mL), methanol (3.25 mL) and water (1.0 mL) mixture, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (110 mg, 2.62 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for overnight. Then it was acidified with IN HC solution to pH=3 to 5 and concentrated. Fxtracted with ethyl acetate (3x4 mL) and the organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave thick colorless oil to 20 carry on (25 mg, 32% yield). To a solution of above compound (25 mg, 0.056 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added (JR, 2S) (1-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (22.5 mg, 0.085 mmol), DIEA (0.05 mL, 0.28 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (12.9 mg, 0.085 mmol) and HBTU (32 mg, 0.085 mmol). 25 The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellow oil. It was purified by Prep. HPLC column to give colorless thick oil as TFA salt (Compound 344). (20 mg, 46% yield) 30 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) & 1.02-1.10 (m, I1 H). 1.24 (in, 2 H), 1.40 (dd, J=9.2, 5.5 Hz, 1 H), 1.90 (dd, 1=7.9, 5.5 Hz, I H), 2.19-2.38 (m, 3 H), 2.95 (in, 1 H), 3.19 (in, I H), 3.28 (s, 3 H), 4.10 (in, I H), 4.15 (n, I H), 4.34 (s, I H), 4.55 (in, I H), 463 4.62 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 2 H), 5.15 (d, J=10.7 Hz, 1 H), 5.30 (d, J=17.1 Hz, I H), 5.72 (m, 1 H), 7.54 (d, J=6.7 Hz, I H), 7.93 (m, I H), 8.07-8.18 (m, 2 H), 8.41 (d,J=8.6 Hz, I H), 9.03 (d, J=6.7 Hz, I H), 9.09(s, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.617 min.), MS m/z 656 (MH*). 5 Example 345: Preparation of Compound 345 Br 0

H

0 0 Compound 345 10 Compound 345 was prepared by following Scheme 2 of Example 344, except that 3-bromophenol was used in the place of 4 -hydroxyquinoline in step 1 of scheme 2. Step 1: N 0s. Boc 00 15 To a solution of Intermediate 5 from Example 344 (150 mg, 0.578 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at 0C, triphenylphosphine (228 mg, 0.868 mnol) and 3-bromophenol (150 mng, 0.868 mnmol) were added. Then DEAD (0.14 mL, 0.868 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to rt. and stirred for 2 days. Then solvent was 464 evaporated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give colorless oil as product. (105 mg, 44% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.023 min.), MS m/z 436 (M+Na*). 5 Step 2: Br 0 00 00 oxov 4-( 3 -Bromo-phenoxymethyl)-pyrrolildine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester 2 methyl ester (35 mg, 0.085 mmol) was dissolved in 4N HCl in dioxane (1.5 mL) and 10 stirred for 2 hr. Evaporation of solvent gave thick colorless oil. To a solution of this C ; i 1 fi C -, C N ( 1 0 m L ) wN a d d e 2 - e h o y a b o y a m n - , 3 d m e h ! u y i acid (21.9 mg, 0.1155 mmol), DIEA (0.067 mL, 0.385 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (17.7 mg, 0.1155 mmol) and HBTU (43.8 mg, 0.1155 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and 15 extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give colorless oil as product. (20 mg, 49% yield) 'H NMR (CD 3 0D, 400 MiHz) & 1.03 (s, 9 H), 2.15 (m, I H), 2.24 (m, I H), 2.83 (m, I H), 3.54 (s, 3 H), 3.70 (s, 3 H), 3.87 (m, I H), 3.91-3.98 (m, 3 H), 4.3 1(s, I H), 4.59 20 (dd, J=8.80, 5.38 Hz, 1 H), 6.89 (d, J=8.32 Hz, I H), 7.03-7.10 (m, 2 H), 7.15 (t, J=8.07 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.943 min.), MS m/z 485 (MH*). Step 3: 465 Br /0 /O OH N 0 0T Compound 345 To a solution of 4

-(

3 -Bromo-phenoxymethyl)-1-( 2 -methoxycarbonylamino-3,3 dimethyl-butyry)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (17 mg, 0.035 mmol) in THF (1.5 mL), methanol (0.8 mL) and water (0.25 mL) mixture, lithium hydroxide 5 monohydrate (22 mg, 0.525 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for 3 days. Then it was acidified with IN HCI solution to pH=3 to 5 and concentrated. Extracted with ethyl acetate (2x20 mL) and the organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave thick colorless oil to carry on (15 mg, 91% yield). 10 To a solution of above acid (15 mg, 0.0318 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added (IR, 2S) (1-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (12.7 mg, 0.0477 mmol), DIEA (0.028 mL, 0.159 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (7.3 mg, 0.0477 mmol) and BBTU (18.1 mg, 0.0477 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water 15 and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give colorless thick oil as final product (Compound 345). (14 mg, 64% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) S 1.00-1.06 (in, 11 H), 1.21 (in, 2 H), 1.37 (dd, J=9.53 20 Hz, 5.62 Hz, I H), 1.86 (dd, J=8.07 Hz, 5.62 Hz, I H), 2.06 (m, I H), 2.14-2.24 (m, 2 H), 2.81-2.94 (in, 2 H), 3.53 (s, 3 H), 3.91-3.97 (m, 4 H), 4.33 (s, I H), 4.38 (in, I H), 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.47 Hz, I H), 5.28 (dd, J=17.12, 1.22 Hz, I H), 5.70 (in, I H), 6.89 (m, 1 H), 7.05-7.11 (m, 2 H), 7.16 (t, J=8.07 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 3.500 min.), MS m/z 683 (MH*).

466 Example 346: Preparation of Compound 346 Scheme 1: OH N 1) PF'h 3 , DEAD, THF + I O O 0 C#0ort + HO Br Boc 2) HC:Vdioxane 0 Step 1 Br Br N N' ' ~ HOBt, HBTU DIEA, CH 3 CN P0 HO Br-n 0 2)1 HCNioan 0yOH H N H 0 0 Step2 Br NN LiOH /

CH

3

OHDHF/H

2 0 CHNOH O H H Step 3 0 0 -Bv 5 intermediate 6 467 Scheme 2: Br Br N N\ o HOBt, HBTU 0 DIEA, CH 3 CN 0 0 N H0 0 H OH N H iCIH.H 2 N N 00 0 V O N~ \0H H 0 \\ ~\ H H Wz T *H intermediate 6 Compound 346 5 Step 1: (Scheme 1, step 1) To a solution of 4 -hydroxymethyl-pyrrolidine- 1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester 2-methyl ester (300 mg, 1.157 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at 0"C, triphenylphosphine (455 mg, 1.735 mmol) and 5-bromo-pyridin-3-ol (prepared according to F.E.Ziegler et al., J.Am.Chem.Soc., (1973), 95, 7458) (302 mg, 1.735 mmol) were added. Then 10 DEAD (0.273 mL, 1.735 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to rt. and stirred for 2 days. Then solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC to give a yellowish oil. Then it was dissolved in 4N HCI solution in dioxane (3.0 mL) and stirred for 4 hr. Evaporation of solvent gave crude product which was further purified by Prep. HPLC to afford a yellowish oil as TFA salt. (70 15 mg, 11% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 0.890 min.), MS m/z 315 (MH*). Step 2: (Scheme 1, step 2) To a solution of 4-(5-Bromo-pyridin-3-yloxymethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid 20 methyl ester (70 mg, 0.129 mmol) in CH 3 CN (10 mL) was added 2 methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid (36.5 mg, 0.193 mmol), DIEA (0.135 mL, 0.744 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (30 mg, 0.193 mmol) and HBTU (73 mg, 0.193 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The 468 combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give colorless oil as product. (80 mg, 100% yield) 'H NMR (CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) & 1.04 (s, 9 H), 2.17 (m, I H), 2.26 (m, I H), 2.87 (m, 5 1 11), 3.50 (s, 3 H), 3.70 (s, 3 H), 3.88-3.98 (m, 2 H), 4.04-4.12 (m, 2 H), 4.28 (s, 1 H), 4.60 (dd, J=9.05, 5.87 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (m, I H) 8.31-8.35 (m, 2 H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.697 min.), MS m/z 486 (VH*i). Step 3: (Scheme 1, step 3) 10 To a solution of 4 -(5-Bromo-pyridin-3-yloxymethyl)-1-( 2 -methoxycarbonylamino 3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (80 mg, 0.133 mmol) in THF (5.6 mL), methanol (3 mL) and water (1 mL) mixture, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (84 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for 3 days. Then it was acidified with IN HCl solution to pH=3 to 5. 15 Extracted with ethyl acetate (2x20 mL) and the organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave thick colorless oil as product (intermediate 6) (50 mg, 80% yield). -HM(D,,OD, 400 'gL' A 1.04 (s, 9 M),?. 16.10f m2H) .8(-IH,3 (s, 3 H), 3.92 (m, 2 H), 4.07 (m, 2 H), 4.29 (s, 1 H), 4.57 (dd, J=8.56, 5.87 Hz, 1 H), 20 7.79 (m, I H) 8.29 (m, 2 H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.590 min.), MS m/z 472 (MH*). Step 4: (Scheme 2) To a solution of 4 -(5-Bromo-pyridin-3-yloxymethyl)-1-( 2 25 methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (5 mg, 0.0106 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added (IR, 2S) (I cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (4.2 mg, 0.0159 mmol), DIEA (0.009 mL, 0.053 minol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (2.4 mg, 0.0159 mmol) and HBTU (6.0 mg, 0.0159 30 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It 469 was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give colorless thick oil as final product (Compound 346). (2 mg, 24% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) & 1.00-1.07 (m, 11 H), 1.20 (m, 2 H), 1.37 (dd, J=9.29 Hz, 5.14 Hz, I H), 1.86 (dd, J=8.07 Hz, 5.38 Hz, I H), 2.08 (m, 1 H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 2 5 1), 2.87-2.94 (m, 2 H), 3.51 (s, 3 H), 3.92-3.97 (m, 2 H), 4.02-4.07 (m, 2 H), 4.31 (s, I H), 4.39 (m, 1 H), 5.10 (dd, J=10.27, 1.47 Hz, I H), 5.28 (dd, J=17.12, 1.46 Hz, I H), 5.70 (m, I H), 7.68 (m, I H), 8.24 (m, 2 H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.727 min.), MS m/z 684 (NW). 10 Example 347: Preparation of Compound 347 S Br N N o s B(OH)2 0 OH Pd(PPh 3

)

4 H DMF OH 0 Y N -A 0 Na 2 CO3 H I 0 fN.. Step 1 0 Intermediate 6 S N HOBt, HBTU DIEA, CH 3 CN 0 0 0~ 0 N0\

CIH.H

2 N 0 N0 H Step 2 0 Compound 347 Step 1: To a solution of intermediate 6 from Example 346 (16 mg, 0.0339 mmol) in DMF 15 (1 mL), 3-thiopheneboronic acid (5.6 mg, 0.044 mmol), 470 tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (2.0 mg, 0.0017 mmol) and 2M NaZCO 3 solution (0.051 mL, 0.1017 mmnol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 110oC for 4hr. Then it was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by Prep.HPLC to give brownish oil as product. 5 (6mg, 37% yield) 'H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz) & 1.05 (s, 9 H), 2.21-2.30 (m, 2 H), 2.95 (m, I H), 3.42 (s, 3 H), 3.93 (in, I H), 4.01 (m, I H), 4.20-4.30 (m, 3 H), 4.60 (dd, J=8.56, 5.87 Hz, I H), 7.64 (m, 2 H), 8.12 (in, I H) 8.37 (m, 1 H), 8.45 (m, 1 H), 8.75 (s, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.353 min.), MS m/z 476 (MH*). 10 Step 2: To a solution of 1-( 2 -Methoxycarbonylami no- 3 ,3-dimethyl-butyryl)- 4 -(5-thiophen-3 yl-pyridin- 3 -yloxymethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (6 ing, 0.0126 mmol) in

CH

3 CN (5 nL) was added (IR, 2S) (1-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl 15 cyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (5.0 mg, 0.0189 mmol), DIEA (0.011 rnL, 0.063 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (2.9 mg, 0.0189 mmol) and HBTU (7.2 mg, 0.0189 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water qnd extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and 20 concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give yellowish film as TFA salt (Compound 347). (2.2 mg, 22% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) . 1.01-1.07 (m, 11 H), 1. 19 (in, 2 H), 1.36 (m, I H), 1.88 (dd, 1=8.07 Hz, 5.62 Hz, 1 H), 2.09-2.24 (m, 3 H), 2.91 (m, 1 H), 3.00 (m, 1 H), 3.45 (s, 3 H), 3.98 (d, J=5.86 Hz, 2 H), 4.20-4.31 (m, 3 H), 4.43 (m, I H), 5.12 (dd, 25 J=10.27, 1.71 Hz, 1 H), 5.29 (dd, J=17.12, 1.22 Hz, 1 H), 5.69 (in, 1 H), 7.64 (in, 2 H), 8.11 (m, I H), 8.31 (m, I H), 8.43 (m, I H), 8.75 (s, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.540 min.), MS m/z 688 (MH*). 30 471 Example 348: Preparation of Compound 348 Scheme 1: OH OH LiOH N -o CH 3 0H/THF/H 2 0 OH 0 0 intermediate 5 Intermediate 7 5 Scheme 2: OH C1 1) KO'-E3u, DMSO N OH Br 2) HCI(gas), MeOH Boc 0 Step 1 Br BrN \ r HOBt, HBTU \ DIEA, CH 3 CN 0 OH H N OMe y HOH N o H 0 Step 2 N ,r LiOH 0 CH30

H

/THF/H

2 0 Step 3 H OH 0 N 0te intermediate 8 472 Scheme 3: Br Br 0 HOBt, HBTU DIEA, CH 3 CN 'N OH N cH.HN H intermediate 8 Compound 348 Step 1: (Scheme 1) To a solution of intermediate 5 from Example 344 (700 mg, 2.7 mmol) in THF (90 5 mL), methanol (50 mL) and water (12 mL) mixture, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (1700 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt. for overnight. Then it was acidified with IN HCI solution to pH:=3 to 5. Extracted with ethyl acetate (2x20 mL) and the organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave thick colorless oil as product (intemediate 7) (0.58, 88% 10 yield). 11 NMR (CD 3 CD, 400 MHz) . 1. 42 (m, 9 H), 2.00 2.09 " -, - 2 %. (m, I H), 3.17 (m, 1 H), 3.49 (m, 2 H), 3.59 (in, I H), 4.24 (m, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.08 min.), MS m/z 268 (M+Na*). 15 Step 2: (Scheme 2, step 1) To a solution of intermediate 7 (270 mg, 1.1 mmol) in DMSO (10 mL), potassium t butoxide (309 mg, 2.75 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for lhr. Then 2 -Bromo-4-chloro-pyridine (254 mg, 1.32 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and washed 20 with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was separated and acidified with IN HC solution to pH=3. Extracted with ethyl acetate twice and the organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave an orange oil. It was then dissolved in methanol and HC (gas) was bubbled throLgh for 2 min at -78*C. Then the reaction mixture was warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. Evaporation of 25 solvent gave an orange oil as crude to cany on.

473 LC-MS (retention time: 0.65 min.), MS m/z 315 (MH). Step 3: (Scheme 2, step 2) To a solution of crude 4

-(

2 -Bromo-pyridin-4-yloxymethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic 5 acid methyl ester in CH 3 CN (20 mL) was added 2 -methoxycarbonylamino-3,3 dimethyl-butyric acid (312 mg, 1.65 mmol), DIEA (1.15 mL, 6.6 nmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (252 mg, 1.65 mmol) and HBTU (626 mg, 1.65 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with 10 brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give colorless oil as product. (270 mg, 41% yield two steps) 'H NMR (CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) & 1.03 (s, 9 H), 2.13-2.19 (m, 2 H), 2.87 (in, I H), 3.51 (s, 3 H), 3.70 (s, 3 H), 3.93 (d, J=6.36 Hz, 2 H), 4.11 (m, 2 H), 4.27 (s, I H), 4.60 (dd, J=8.80, 5.87 Hz, I H), 7.06 (d, J=5.87, 2.20 Hz, I H) 7.32 (d, J=2.20 Hz, I H), 15 8.18 (d, J=6.11 Hz, 1 H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.657 min.), MS m/z 486 (MH*). Step 4: (Scheme 2, step 3) To a solution of 4

-(

2 -Bromo-pyridin-4-yloxymethyl)-1-( 2 -methoxycarbonylarnmino 20 3 ,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (270 mg, 0.45 mmol) in THF (18 mL), methanol (10 mL) and water (3.3 mL) mixture, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (283 mg, 6.75 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at it. for overnight. Then it was concentrated and acidified with IN HC solution to pH=3 to 5. The off-white solid was collected as product (intermediate 8) 25 (180 mg, 85% yield). 'H NMR (CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) & 1.06 (s, 9 H), 2.20-2.29 (m, 2 H), 2.89 (m, I H), 3.54 (s, 3 H), 3.92 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H), 4.06-4.13 (m, 2 H), 4.31 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1 H), 4.59 (dd, J=8.85, 5.50 Hz, I H), 7.00 (dd, J=6.10, 2.24 Hz, I H), 7.22 (d, J=1.83 Hz, 1 H), 8.12 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H). 30 LC-MS (retention time: 2.113 min.), MS m/z 472 (MH*). Step 5: (Scheme 3) 474 To a solution of intermediate 8 (10 mg, 0.0212 immol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added (IR, 2S) (1-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclo-propyl). carbamic acid hydrochloride (8.5 mg, 0.00318 mmol), DIEA (0.018 mL, 0.106 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (4.9 mg, 0.0318 mmol) and HBTU (12.1 5 mg, 0.0318 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give colorless thick oil as final product (Compound 348). (9 mg, 53% yield) 10 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 400 MHz) & 1.00-1.06 (m, 11 H), 1.20 (in, 2 H), 1.36 (dd, J=9.54 Hz, 5.38 Hz, I H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.07 Hz, 5.38 Hz, I H), 2.04-2.24 (m, 3 H), 2.88-2.94 (m, 2 H), 3.52 (s, 3 H), 3.93 (d, J=5.87 Hz, 2 H), 4.09 (in, 2 H), 4.30 (s, I H), 4.38 (t, J=7.58 Hz, 1 H), 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.47 Hz, 1 H), 5.28 (dd, J=17.12, 1.47 Hz, 1 H), 5.70 (m, I H), 7.00 (dd, J=5.87, 2.20 Hz, I H), 7.24 (d, 1=2.20 Hz, I H), 8.14 (d, 15 1=5.87 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.670 min.), MS m/z 684 (MIH). Example 349: Prenration of Compound 349 S N /0 i(H o N 0 H n 20 Compound 349 475 Compound 349 was prepared by following scheme of Example 347, except that intermediate 8 from Example 348 was used in the place of intermediate 6 from Example 346 in step 1. 5 Step 1: N /0 OH HN' To a solution of intermediate 8 (20 mg, 0.0423 omiol) in DMF (1 mL), 3 thiopheneboronic acid (7.0 mg, 0.055 mmol), tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) 10 palladium (2.4 mg, 0.00212 mmol) and 2M Na 2

CO

3 solution (0.063 mL, 0.127 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 110"C for 30 hr. Then it was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by Prep.HPLC to give brownish oil as product. (10.5 mg, 42% yield) (50177-165) 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.690 min.), MS m/z 476 (MH*). Step 2: 476 S NN _ 0 Compound 349 To a solution of 1 -( 2 -Methoxycarb~onylamijno-33-dimethyl-butyryl)4(2thiophen-3 x acid (10 mg, 0.017 mmol) in

CH

3 CN (5 mL) was added (IR, 2S) (1-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl 5 cyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (6.8 mg, 0.0254 mmol), DIEA (0.015 mL, 0.085 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (3.9 mg, 0.0254 mmol) and HBTU (9.6 mg, 0.0254 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with nrie, aneci over MgSU 4 ana 10 concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give brownish film as TFA salt (Compound 349). (2.2 mg, 16% yield).(50177-172) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) S 1.00-1.07 (m, 11 H), 1.20 (m, 2 H), 1.37 (dd, J=9.04, 5.38 Hz, I H), 1.88 (dd, 1=8.07 Hz, 5.38 Hz, I H), 2.10-2.25 (m, 3 H), 2.90 (m, 1 H), 3.04 (m, I H), 3.47 (s, 3 H), 3.93-4.02 (m, 2 H), 4.29 (s, 1 H), 4.35-4.45 (m, 3 H), 15 5.12 (d, J=10.51 Hz, I H), 5.28 (d, J=17.61 Hz, I H), 5.69 (m, I H), 7.40 (dd, J=6.84, 2.44 Hz, I H), 7.71-7.80 (m, 3 H), 8.38 (m, I H), 8.51 (d, J=7.09 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.443 min.), MS m/z 688 (MH*). Example 350: Preparation of Compound 350 477 Br N b

B(OH)

2 N S /0 0 Pd(PPh 3

)

4 N OH DMF o N Ba(OH) 2 H N" OH O 0 mi0~v O N O o microwave o Step 1 0 intermediate 8 N S /

N

HOBt, HBTU DIEA, CH 3 CN 0 O O

CIH.H

2 N O N H %N N H~

HH

0 H 0 N H Step 2 0 Compound 350 Step 1: To a solution of intermediate 8 from Example 348 (20 mg, 0.0423 mmol) in DMF 5 (2 nIL), 2 -thiopheneboronic acid (7.0 mg, 0.055 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (2.4 mg, 0.00212 minol) and barium hydroxide (40 mg, 0.127 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 150*C in Smith microwave reactor for 110 min. Then it was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by Prep.HPLC to 10 give yellowish oil as product. (5.0 mg, 20% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.137 min.), MS m/z 476 (MH). Step 2: 478 To a solution of above carboxylic acid (5.0 mg, 0.0085 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added (IR, 2S) (1-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclo-propyl) carbamic acid hydrochloride (3.4 mg, 0.0127 mmol), DIEA (0.007 mL, 0.0424 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (1.9 mg, 0.0127 mmol) and HBTU (4.8 mg, 5 0.0127 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give yellowish oil as TFA salt (Compound 350). (2.6mg, 38% yield) 10 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 400 MHz) & 0.99-1.07 (m, 11 H), 1.19 (m, 2 H), 1.37 (dd, J=9.54, 5.63 Hz, 1 H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.07 Hz, 5.38 Hz, I H), 2.10-2.25 (m, 3 H), 2.91 (in, 1 H), 3.03 (mn, I H), 3.48 (s, 3 H), 3.924.02 (m, 2 H), 4.30 (s, I H), 4.32-4.45 (in, 3 H), 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.22 Hz, I H), 5.28 (d, J=17.11 Hz., I H), 5.69 (m, I H), 7.30-7.38 (m, 2 H), 7.66 (d, J=2.45 Hz, 1 H), 7.92 (m, I H), 7.9.5 (m, 1 H), 8.48 (d, J=6.85 Hz, 15 1 H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.067 min.), MS m/z 688 (MH). Example 351: Preparation of Compound 351 0 N /0 H 4 N N H N H - _H0 20 Compound 351 Compound 351 was prepared by following scheme of Example 350, except that 3 furanboronic acid was used in the place of 2 -thiopheneboronic acid in step 1.

479 Step 1: N 0 OH 0 00 5 To a solution of intermediate 8 from Example 348 (20 mg, 0.0423 mmol) in DMF (2 mL), 3-furanboronic acid (6.2 mg, 0.055 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (2.4 mg, 0.00212 mmol) and barium hydroxide (40 mg, 0.127 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 150*C in Smith microwave reactor for 30 min. Then it was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate 10 was concentrated and purified .by Prep.HPLC to give yellowish oil as product. (12 mg, 49% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 1.937 min.), MS m/z 460 (MW). Step 2: 0 SN ' 0 /o H N o N H 15 Compound 351 480 To a solution of above carboxylic acid (5.0 mg, 0.0209 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added (IR, 2S) (1-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclo-propyl) carbamic acid hydrochloride (8.4 mg, 0.0314 mmol), DIEA (0.018 mL, 0.1046 5 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (4.8 mg, 0.0314 mmol) and HBTU (11.9 mg, 0.0314 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give yellowish oil as TFA salt (Compound 351). 10 (4.0 mg, 24% yield). 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) S 1.00-1.08 (m, 11 H), 1.21 (m, 2 H), 1.37 (dd, J=8.80, 5.62 Hz, I H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.32 Hz, 5.38 Hz, I H), 2 .11- 2 .24(m, 3 H), 2.91 (in, I H), 3.03 (m, I H), 3.49 (s, 3 H), 3.914.03 (m, 2 H), 4.29 (s, I H), 4.35-4.46 (in, 3 H), 5.12 (dd, 3=10.27, 1.47 Hz, I H), 5.28 (d, J=17.12 Hz, 1 H), 5.69 (m, I H), 7.11 (in, 15 1 H), 7.38 (dd, J=7.10, 2.69 Hz, I H), 7.71 (d, J=2.69 Hz, I H), 7.81 (m, I H), 8.48 (s, I H), 8.50 (d, J=7.09 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.410 min.), MS m/z 672.(MH*). Example 352: Preparation of Compound 352 20 Br 0 HO H N N o ~ N.

4 L" H H Compound 352 Compound 352 was prepared by following scheme 2 and scheme 3 of Example 348, except that 2

,

6 -dibromopyridine was used in the place of 2 -bromo-4-chloro pyridine in step 1 of scheme 2.

481 Step 1: (Scheme 2, step 1) Br 0 No H 0 5 To a solution of intermediate 7 from Example 348 (270 mg, 1.1 mmol) in DMSO (10 mL), potassium t-butoxide (309 mg, 2.75 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for hr. Then 2

,

6 -dibromopyndine (313 mg, 1.32 mnol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for overnight. Then it was quenched with water and washed with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was separated and acidified with 10 IN HCI solution to pH=3. Extracted with ethyl acetate twice and the organic layers were combined and dried (MgSO 4 ). Evaporation of solvent gave an orange oil. It was then dissolved in methanol and HCI (gas) was bubbled through for 2 min at -78 0 C. Then the reaction mixture was warmed to rt and stirred for overnight. Evaporation of solvent gave an orange oil as crude to carry on. 15, LC-MS (retention time: 1.480 min.), MS m/z 315 (MH*). Step 2: (Scheme 2, step 2) Br SON 0 0 H N 0 N -, o 0> 482 To a solution of crude 4

-(

6 -Bromo-pyridin-2-yloxynethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester in CH 3 CN (20 mL) was added 2 -methoxycarbonylamino-3,3 dimethyl-butyric acid (312 mg, 1.65 mmol), DIEA (1.15 mL, 6.6 mmol) and the 5 coupling reagent HOBt (252 mg, 1.65 mmol) and HBTU (626 mg, 1.65 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 1:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) to give a colorless oil as 10 product. (340 mg, 63% yield two steps) 'H NMR (CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) . 1.03 (s, 9 H), 2.10-2.24 (m, 2 H), 2.84 (m, I H), 3.55 (s, 3 H), 3.70 (s, 3 H), 3.83 (m, I H), 3.94 (m, I H), 4.20-4.29 (m, 2 H), 4.31 (s, I H), 4.59 (dd, J=8.80, 5.13 Hz, I H), 6.76 (d, J=8.07 Hz, .1 H) 7.11 (d, J=7.5 8 Hz, I H), 7.53 (t, J=7.83 Hz, I H). 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.820 min.), MS m/z 486 (MH*). Step 3: (Scheme 2, step 3) Br /0 OH H OH 70 N 0 Y 0 intermediate 9 20 To a solution of 4

-(

6 -Bromo-pyridin-2-yloxymethyl)-I-( 2 -methoxycarbonylarmino 3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (330 mg, 0.679 mmol) in THF (28 mL), methanol (15 mL) and water (5 mL) mixture, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (427 mg, 10.18 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was 483 stirred at rt. for 2 days. Then it was concentrated and acidified with IN HCI solution to pH=3 to 5. The white solid was collected as product (intermediate 9) (310 mg, 97% yield). 'H NMR (CD 3 OD, 500 MHz) & 1.06 (s, 9 H), 2.18-2.25 (m, 2 H), 2.88 (in, I H), 3.57 5 (s, 3 H), 3.84 (m, I H), 3.96 (m, I H), 4.25 (m, I H), 4.28-4.35 (m, 2 H), 4.58 (m, I H), 6.79 (d, J=7.94 Hz, I H), 7.13 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 (m, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 3.030 min.), MS m/z 472 (MH*). Step 4: (Scheme 3) Br / N 0 /0 H 0 N ' OV 10 Compound 352 To a solution of intermediate 9 (10 mg, 0.0212 mnnol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added (IR, 2S) (1-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclo-propyl) carbamic acid hydrochloride (8.5 mg, 0.00318 mmol), DIEA (0.018 mL, 0.106 15 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (4.9 mg, 0.0318 mmol) and HBTU (12.1 mg, 0.0318 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give yellowish film 20 as TFA salt (Compound 352). (10.2 mg, 60% yield). 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) & 1.00-1.06 (m, I1 H), 1.20 (m, 2 H), 1.37 (dd, J=9.54 Hz, 5.63 Hz, 1 H), 1.86 (dd, J=8.07 Hz, 5.38 Hz, 1 H), 2.05 (m, I H), 2.12-2.25 (in, 2 H), 2.86-2.94 (m, 2 H), 3.54 (s, 3 H), 3.87 (m, I H), 3.94 (m, I H), 4.18-4.27 (m, 2 H), 4.33 (s, I H), 4.37 (m, I H), 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.72 Hz, 1 H), 5.28 (dd, J=17.12, 484 1.47 Hz, I H), 5.70 (m, 1 H), 6.76 (d, J=8.32 Hz, 1 H), 7.11 (d, J=7.33 Hz, I H), 7.53 (t, J=7.82 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.837 min.), MS m/z 684 (MEi). 5 Example 353: Preparation of Compound 353 s \ /N N H NNV 0H r H0 0 Compound 353 Compound 353 was prepared by following scheme of Example 347, except that 10 intermediate 9 from Example 352 was used in the place of intermediate 6 from Example 346 in step 1. Step 1: S N 0 OH NHOH 0 N 0 0 0 15 485 To a solution of intermediate 9 (25 mg, 0.053 mmol) in DMF (1 mL), 3 thiopheneboronic acid (8.8 mg, 0.0688 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (3.1 mg, 0.00265 mmol) and 2M Na 2

CO

3 solution (0.080 mL, 0.159 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 110 0 C for overnight. 5 Then it was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by Prep.HPLC to give brownish oil as product. (15 mg, 48% yield) 'H NMR (CD 3 0D, 500 MHz) & 1.06 (s, 9 H), 2.20-2.31 (m, 2 H), 2.94 (m, 1 H), 3.55 (s, 3 H), 3.91 (m, 1 H), 3.98 (m,l H), 4.34 (s, 1 H), 4.37-4.46 (m, 2 H), 4.61 (dd, J=8.85, 5.19 Hz, I H), 6.77 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 1 H), 7.39 (d, J=7.32 Hz, I H), 7.48 (dd, 10 J=5.19, 3.05 Hz, I H), 7.68 (dd, J=4.88, 1.22 Hz, I H), 7.77(t, J=7.93 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (m, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.857 min.), MS m/z 476 (M*I). Step 2: 15 S \ N 0 0 0 N 's /o N H 0 00 H 0 H Compound 353 To a solution of 1-( 2 -Methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-thiophen-3 yl-pyridin-2-yloxymethyl)-pyrroidine-2-carboxylic acid (15 mg, 0.0254 mmol) in 20 CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added (IR, 2S) (1-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (10.2 mg, 0.0382 mmol), DIEA (0.022 mL, 0.127 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (5.8 mg, 0.0382 mmol) and HBTU (14.5 mg, 0.0382 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was 486. concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give yellowish film as TFA salt (Compound 353). (6 mg, 29% yield) 5 'H NMR(CD 3 OD, 400 MHz) & 1.00-1.06 (m, 11 H), 1.20 (m, 2 H), 1.36 (dd, J=9.29, 5.38 Hz, I H), 1.86 (dd, J=8.07 Hz, 5.38 Hz, I H), 2.07 (m, I H), 2.16-2.25 (m, 2 H), 2.87-2.99 (m, 2 H), 3.54 (s, 3 H), 3.87-3.99 (m, 2 H), 4.31-4.44 (m, 4 H), 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.46 Hz, 1 H), 5.28 (d, J=17.12 Hz, I H), 5.70 (m, I H), 6.67 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H), 7.33 (d, J=7.34 Hz, I H), 7.44 (dd, J=4.89, 2.93 Hz, I H), 7.63-7.70 (m, 2 H), 10 7.99 (m, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.770 min.), MS m/z 688 (Mli). Example 354: Preparation of Compound 354 \ 0N H o N N I N N'\ _ H Compound 354 15 Compound 354 was prepared by following scheme of Example 347, except that intermediate 9 from Example 352 was used in the place of intermediate 6 from Example 346 and phenyl boronic acid was used in the place of 3 -thiopheneboronic acid in step 1. 20 Step 1: 487 \ ,N 0 OH 0AyNY A 0 0 07 To a solution of intermediate 9 (20 mg, 0.0423 inmol) in DMF (1 mL), phenyl boronic acid (6.7 mg, 0.0688 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (2.4 5 mg, 0.00212 mmol) and Cs2CO 3 (41 mg, 0.127 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 110"C for overnight. Then it was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by Prep.HPLC to give yellowish oil as product. (12mg, 49% yield) LC-MS (retention time: 2.733 min.), MS m/z 470 (MH*). 10 Step 2: N 0 0 N C H Compound 354 488 To a solution of 1-(2-Methoxycarbonylamino-3 ,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-phenyl pyridin-2-yloxymethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (12 mg, 0.0206 mmol) in CH3CN (5 rnL) was added (IR, 2S) (1-cyclopropancsulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (8.2 mg, 0.0308 mmol), DIEA (0.018 rnL, 5 0.1028 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (4.7 mg, 0.0308 rnmol) and HBTU (11.7 mg, 0.0308 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give a white solid as 10 TFA salt (Compound 354). (1.5 mg, 9% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) & 1.00-1.07 (m, 11 IH), 1.20 (m, 2 H), 1.36 (in, 1 H), 1.85 (in, 1 H), 2.09 (m, 1 H), 2.17-2.25 (m, 2 H), 2.87-3.00 (in, 2 H), 3.52 (s, 3 H), 3.844.00 (m, 2 H), 4.334.44 (m, 4 H), 5.11 (dd, J= 10.27, 1.71 Hz, I H), 5.28 (d , J=17.12, 1.22 Hz, I H), 5.70 (m, I H), 6.71 (d, J=8.31 Hz, I H), 6.78 (m, I H), 7.34 15 7.44 (in, 3 H), 7.74 (in, I H), 7.95 (m, 1 H), 8.01 (d, J:=8.31 Hz, 1H). LC-MS (retention time: 3.553 min.), MS n/z 682 (Ml*). 0 0 \/ H 0 4 N N N H 0 20 Compound 355 Compound 354 was prepared by following scheme of Example 347, except that intermediate 9 from Example 352 was used in the place of intermediate 6 from 489 Example 346 and 3-furan boronic acid was used in the place of 3 -thiopheneboronic acid in step 1. Step 1: \ ,/N 0 NN / OH To a solution of intermediate 9 (20 mg, 0.0423 mmol) in DMF (1 mL), 3-furan boronic acid (6.2 mg, 0.055 mmol), tetrakis(triplhenylphosphine) palladium (2.4 mg, 0.002115 mmol) and 2M Na 2

CO

3 solution (0.064 mL, 0.127 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 110*C for 2 days. Then it was 10 filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by Prep.HPLC to give yellowish oil as product. (7.0 mg, 29% yield) Step 2: '0 N 0 H 0 0 N N N 0 Compound 355 15 490 To a solution of above carboxylic acid (6.0 mg, 0.0109 mmol) in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added (IR, 2S) (1-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclo-propyl) carbamic acid hydrochloride (4.4 mg, 0.0163 mmol), DIEA (0.0095 mL, 0.0544 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (2.5 mg, 0.0163 mmol) and HBTU (6.2 mg, 5 0.0163 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give yellowish film as TFA salt (Compound 355). (1.5 mg, 18% yield) 10 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) & 0.98-1.07 (m, 11 H), 1.20 (m, 2 H), 1.35 (dd, J=9.54, 5.87 Hz, 1 H), 1.86 (dd, J=8.07 Hz, 5.62 Hz, I H), 2.06 (m, I H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 2 H), 2.85-2.98 (m, 2 H), 3.55 (s, 3 H), 3.89 (m, I H), 3.95 (m, I H), 4.28-4.42 (m, 4 H), 5.11 (dd, J=10.27, 1.71 Hz, I H), 5.28 (dd, J=17.12, 1.22 Hz, 1 H), 5.69 (m, I H), 6.63 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H), 6.90 (m, I H), 7.16 (d, J=7.33 Hz, I H), 7.53 (m, I H), 7.63 15 (m, I H), 8.08 (s, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 3.340 min.), MS m/z 672 (MH+). . Ex.-mpe 356: Prepratin f Cm.pn A335d 36 S \ /N 0 H0 0 S NN OH

H

0 Compound 356 20 Compound 356 was prepared by following scheme of Example 350, except intermediate 9 from Example 352 was used in the place of intennediate 8 from Example 348 in step 1.

491 Step 1: -S N 0 ' OH H N 0 07 To a solution of intermediate 9 (20 mg, 0.042:3 mmol) in DMF (2 mL), 2 5 thiopheneboronic acid (7.0 mg, 0.055 mmolh, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (2.4 mg, 0.00212 mmol) and barium hydroxide (40 mg, 0.127 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at 150*C in Smith microwave reactor for 30 min. Then it was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by Prep.HPLC to give brownish oil as product. 10 (13.0 mg, 52% yield) 'H NMR (CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) & 1.03 (s, 9 H), 2.18-2.25 (m, 2 H), 2.93 (m, I H), 3.55 (s, 3 H), 3.83 (m, I H), 3.98 (m, I H), 4.34 (s, I H), 4.38 (m, 2 H), 4.58 (dd, J=8.05, 5.14 Hz, I H), 6.63 (d, J=8.07 Hz, I H), 7.07 (dd, 1=4.89, 3.67 Hz, I H), 7.33 (d, J=7.34 Hz, I H), 7.42 (d, J=5.14 Hz, I H), 7.60-7.66 (m, 2 H). 15 LC-MS (retention time: 3.393 min.), MS m/z 476 (MH*). Step 2: 492 S N 0 H0 0 O N \\ 00 Compound 358 To a solution of 1-( 2 -Methoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-thiophen-2 yl-pyridin-2-yloxymethyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (11.5 mg, 0.0195 mmol) in 5 CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added (iR, 2S) (1-cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl. cyclo-propyl)-carbamic acid hydrochloride (7.8 mg, 0.0293 mmol), DIEA (0.017 mL, 0.0975 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (4.5 rg, 0.0293 mmol) and HBTU (11.1 mg, 0.0293 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated. washed wi/th wAter and evtr.cAtd with t thyl ,Pt, ,., T,, . 10 combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. It was then purified by Prep. HPLC column to give an off-white solid as TFA salt (Compound 356). (8.5 mg, 54% yield) 'H NMR(CD 3 0D, 400 MHz) 6 0.99-1.06 (m, I1 H), 1.21 (in, 2 H), 1.36 (dd, J=9.54, 5.38 Hz, I H), 1.86 (dd, J=8.07 Hz, 5.62 Hz, 1 H), 2.06 (m, I H), 2.15-2.25 (in, 2 H), 15 2.87-2.99 (m, 2 H), 3.54 (s, 3 H), 3.89 (m, I H), 3.96 (n, I H), 4.30-4.44 (in, 4 H), 5.11 (dd, J=10.51, 1.71 Hz, I H), 5.28 (dd, J=17.11, 1.22 Hz, I H), 5.70 (m, I H), 6.62 (d, J=8.07 Hz, 1 H), 7.07 (dd, J=4.89, 3.66 Hz, I H), 7.33 (d, 1=7.59 Hz, I H), 7.42 (d, J=4.89 Hz, I H), 7.60-7.66 (m, 2 H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.967 min.), MS m/z 688 (MH*).

493 Example 357: Preparation of Compound 357 FmocHN

H

2 N pyrrolidine N OHN O Pd 2 dbaa, BNAP H N NaOt-Bu, toluene K.O Boc Step 1 0 HOBI, HBTU , DIEA, CH 3 CN HN N

CIH.H

2 N 1 H0 H - BociH Step 2 HOBt, HBTU N H N HC/dioxane DIEA, CH 3 CN H (H0N N N'> BocHN N~ 00 H Boc H OH Step 3 Compound 357 5 HO~t HBT HN1 494 Step 1: HN N N OH Boc 0 To a solution of (2S, 4R) Fmoc-4-amino-1-boc-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (400 mg, 0.884 mmol) in acetonitrile (15 mL), five drops of pyrrolidine was added. The 5 reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 3hr. Then it was concentrated and put on high vacuum to give crude 4 -amino-I-boc-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid. In another - round-bottomed flask, a solution of Pd 2 dba 3 (40 mg, 5% mol)and racemic-BINAP (56 mg, 10% mol) was stirred under nitrogen in degassed toluene (8 mL) at rt for Ih. Then 1-chloroisoquinoline (216 mg, 1.326 mmol) and sodium t-butoxide (340 mg, 10 3.536 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. Then 4 amino-l-boc-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid was added and the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for Ih. Water was added to quench the reaction and the aqueous laycr was separatd- and filtered through filter paper. It was then concentrated and purified by Prep. HPLC to give coupled product as TFA salt. (165 mg, 40% yield) 15 'H NMR (CD30D, 400 MHz) 8 1.44 (m, 9H), 2.51-2.74 (m, 2H), 3.64 (m, IH), 4.01 (m, 1H), 4.49 (m, IH), 4.64 (in, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=6.85 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=6.85 iz, 1H), 7.

7 9(m, 1H), 7.91-7.99 (m, 2H), 8.56 (d, J=8.56 Hz, 1H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.707 min.), MS m/z 358 (MW). 20 Step 2: HN N H '' N N Boc 1 0H 495 To a solution of 4 -(Isoquinolin-1-ylamino)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert butyl ester (115 mg, 0.244 mmol) in CH 3 CN (10 mL) was added (IR, 2S) (1 cyclopropanesulfonyl-aminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclo-propyl)-carbamiic acid hydrochloride (97 mg, 0.366 mmol), DIEA (0.255 mL, 1.464 mmol) and the coupling 5 reagent HOBt (56 mg, 0.366 mmol) and HBTU (139 mg, 0.366 mmol). The solution was stirred at r. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellow oil. It was purified by Prep. HPLC column to a yellowish solid as TFA salt (112 mg, 67% yield). 10 'H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MAiz) S 1.05 (m, 2H), 1.20 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.48 (m, 10H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.19, 5.50 Hz, 1H),2.23 (m, 1H), 2.39 (m, AIH), 2.50 (m, IH),2.93 (m, IH), 3.65 (m, 1H), 4.08 (m, 1H), 4.33 (t, J=7.09 Hz, IH), 4.69 (m, IH), 5.12 (d, J=10.27 Hz, IH), 5.29 (d, J=17.12 Hz, 1H), 5.74 (m, IH), 7.31 (d, J=6.85 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=7.09 Hz, IH), 7 .80(m, 1H), 7.93-8.00 (m, 2H), 8.56 (d, J=8.19 Hz, 1H). 15 LC-MS (retention time: 2.023 min.), MS m/z 570 (MH*). Step 3: HN N

H

0 BocHN H0 A0 0 H Compound 357 2-(1-Cyclopropanesulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinylcyclopropyl-carbamoyl)-4 20 (isoquinolin-1-ylamino)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (31 mg, 0.0453 mmol) was dissolved in 4N HCI in dioxane (1.5 mL.) and stirred at rt. for 2 hr. Evaporation of solvent gave yellowish oil as bis hydrochloride salt. To a solution of bis hydrochloride salt in CH 3 CN (5 mL) was added N-boc-L-t-leucine(ll.5 mg, 0.0498 mmol), DIEA (0.047 iL, 0.272 mmol) and the coupling reagent HOBt (10.4 496 mg, 0.068 mmol) and HBTU (25.8 mg, 0.068 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt. overnight. Then it was concentrated, washed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give yellowish oil. It was purified by Prep. HPLC 5 column to give an off-white solid as final product (Compound 357).(9 mg, 29% yield) 'H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz) 8 0.98 (m, 2H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 1.20 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.43 (m, IOH), 1.84 (m, 1H),2.10-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.52 (m, IH),2.90 (m, 1H), 4.07 (m, IH), 4.17-4.27 (m, 2H), 4.47 (m, 1H), 4.79 (m, 1H), 5.07 (d, J=9.29 Hz, IH), 5.24 (d, 10 J=16.87 Hz, 1H), 5.72 (m, IH), 6.62 (m, 111), 6.98 (d, J=6.11 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (m, 1H), 7.62(m, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=8.07 Hz, IH), 7.84 (d, J=5.87 Hz, IH), 8.20 (d, J=8.56 Hz, 1H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.043 min.), MS m/z 683 (Mi). 15 Section H: LC-MS condition for section H Columns: (Method A) -YMCRODS R7 C1r 3. x mm (Method B) - YMC ODS-A S7 C18 3.0x50 mm 20 (Method C) - YMC S7 C18 3.0x50 mm (Method D) - YMC Xterra ODS S7 3.0x50 mm (Method E) - YMC Xterra ODS S7 3.0x50 mm (Method F) - YMC ODS-A S7 C18 3.0x50 mm (Method H) - Xterra S7 3.0x50 mm 25 (Method I) - Xterra S7 Cl 8 3.0x50 mm (Method G) - YMC C18 S5 4.6x50 mm (Method J) - Xterra ODS S7 3.0x50 mm (Method K) - YMC ODS-A S7 C18 3.0x50 mm 30 Gradient: 100% Solvent A/0% Solvent B to 0% Solvent A/100% Solvent B Gradient time: 2 min. (A, B, D, F, G, H, 1); 8 min. (C, E); 4 min (J); 3 min (K) 497 Hold time: 1 min. (A, B, D, F, G, H, I, J, K); 2 min. (C, E) Flow rate: 5 mUmin (A, B, C, D, E, F, G) Flow rate: 4 mlimin (J, K) Detector Wavelength: 220 nm 5 Solvent A: 10% MeOH / 90% H 2 0 / 0.1% TFA Solvent B: 10% H 2 0 / 90% MeOH /0.1% TFA. Example 370: Preparation of Compound 370 N 0 0 H 0 0 0 10 Compound 370 Scheme 1 O1 N CO 2 Me Step 1 O 4 O e N C2- e 0 TUTU, DIPEA. CH3CN , H Distereo Isomer separation 0 H 0 IN N O- I -41 -V'- J-% F 0. 4 0-0 k0 0 ll HMN HCI4 2 N oLw Rf Isomer Prepared according to method used sn es of sequence described in Example 35 of US 6=33180 Step 1: A solution of (IR,2S)/(1S,2R)-1-amino- 2 -vinylc:yclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride (2.54 g, 12 mmol) in CH 3 CN (70 mL) was treated with a 15 solution of diisopropylethylamine (9.5 nL, 67 mmol), [( 4 R)-(2-methoxycarbonyl-7 methoxylquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline] (5.9 g, 13.2 mmol), and TBTU (3.89 g, 12.21 mmol) in CH 3 CN (50 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 14 h and concentrated. The residue dissolved in EtOAc was repeatedly washed with NaHCO 3 (aq.), brine, dried (MgSO 4 ), and concentrated. The residue was purified over Biotage 20 65M column (EtOAc/hexane: 45-100%) to provide the high Rf stereo isomer (Boc P2[(4R)-(2- methoxycarbonyl-7-methoxylquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-P1(IR,2S 498 Vinyl Acca) Acid ethyl ester 2.0 g (52%) as a white solid: 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) S ppm 1.24(t,1=7.02 Hz, 3 H), 1.38 (m, 11 H), 1.76 (m, I H), 2.21 (m, I H), 2.45 (m, I H), 2.71 (m, I H), 3.92 (m, 2 H), 3.96 (s, 3 H), 4.03 (s, 3 H), 4.16 (q, J=7.22 Hz, 2 H), 4.42 (m, I H), 5.10 (m, I H), 5.30 (m, I H), 5.44 (s, I H), 5.77 (m, 1 H), 7.27 (d, 5 J=9.16 Hz, 1 H), 7.48 (s, I H), 7.52 (s, I H), 8.05 (s, It H). Scheme 2 N Q~CONe 110 N CON ,_

N

2 S o step 2 o Nstep 3 0 HJ~o~ 0 H NaOHCHN 0 0 0 HI RI Isomer S 0 -O N r step 4 Br step 5 HBr S 0-41 14H2NRN"jl.H H 0N H0 -NN N stepS 6 a) HGc/oxane H N .. b) Boc-L-elrt-heclne Nj' _t " H TOH. HF H NLUM. HATU, OMF 0 0 W.0o, 0 ThF. MoO). Step 2: A solution of the high Rf product (3.16g, 5.40 mmol) of Step I of Example 10 370 (Boc-P2[(4R)-(2- methoxycarbonyl-7-methoxylquiroline-4-oxo)-S-proline] PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca) COOEt) at 0 *C dissolved in MeOHJTHF (1/1, 13.2 mL) was treated with aqueous 1.0 N NaOH (5.5 mL, 5.5 mmol), stirred for 1 h, neutralized by the addition of AcOH. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in THF/CH 2

C

2 (1/1, 150 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated in vacuo 15 to provide the product which was directly used in next step: LC-MS (retention time: 1.53 Method D), MS m/z 570 (M*+1). Step 3: 499 To a solution of the product (assumed at 5.4 mmol) of step 2 example 370 at 0"C dissolved in THF (35 mL) was added a solution of fresh made CH 2

N

2 (30 mmol) in Et 2 O (80 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at the temperature for 0.5 h, and stirred at rt for 18.5 h. After bubbling nitrogen for I h to the reaction mixture, the 5 solution was removed in vacuo. The residue redissolved in EtOAc (1 L) was washed with saturated NaHCO 3 (aq.), (2x200 mL), brine (100 mL), and dried (MgSO 4 ). The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford the product 3.10 g (97% two steps): LC-MS (retention time: 3.06, Method J), MS m/z 594 (M*+I). 10 Step 4: To a solution of the product ( 3 .03g, 5.10 mmol) of step 3 of example 370 {Boc-P2[(4R)-(2- diazoacetyl-7-methoxylquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca) COOEt} at 0*C dissolved in THF (110 rnL) was added 2 mL of 48% HBr. The mixture was stirred for I h, partitioned between EtOAc (500 mL) and 15 saturated NaHCO 3 (aq.) (100 mL). The EtOAC layer was separated, dried (MgSO 4 ). The solvent was removed to afford the product (3.1 2 g, 95%): LC-MS (retention time: 1.56 Method D). MS m/z 648 (M*+1), MS m/z 646 (M-1). Step 5: 20 The product (1.0 g, 1.54 mmol) of step 4 of example 370 { Boc-P2[(4R)-(2 bromoacetyl-7-methoxylquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-Pl (1 R,2S Vinyl Acca) COOEt) was treated with isopropylthiourea (0.365 g, 3.09 mmol) in isopropyl alcohol (57 mL) for 2 h, and then the solvent was removed. The residue dissolved in aqueous 1.0 N HCI (30 mL) and EtOAC (200 mL) was adjusted pH to 7 by addition of 1.0 N 25 NaOH (aq.). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2x 100 mL) and the combined extract was dried (MgSO 4 ), concentrated. The residue was purified by over Biotage 40+M column (EtOAc-hexanes: 30-100%) to afford the product 870 mg (84%) and ready for the next step. 30 Step 6: The product (0.250 g, 0.375 mmol) of step 5 of example 370 (Boc-P2{(4R) [2- ( 2 -isopropylaminothiazol4-yl)-7-methoxylquinoline-4-oxo]-S-proline}-PI(IR,2S 500 Vinyl Acca) COOEt} was treated with 4N HCI/dioxane (2.5 mL, 10 mmol) for 2.5 h and concentrated in vacuo. To the residue was added N-methylmorpholine (0.206 mL, 1.875 mmol) in DMF (3 mL), N-Boc-L-tert-leucine

(

0 .117 g, 0.506 mmol), and HATU (0.192 g, 0.506 mmol). The mixture was stirred ovenite and partitioned 5 between EtOAc and pH 4.0 buffer. The EtOAc layer was washed with water, NaHCO 3 (aq.), dried (MgSO4), concentrated. The residue was purified over a Biotage 40M column (MeOH-CH 2

C

2 : 0-8%) to afford the product 0.289 g (99%): LC-MS (retention time: 2.53, Method K), MS m/z 779 (M*+1). 10 Step 7: To a suspension of the product of Step 6 (274 mg, 0.352 mnol) of Example 370 { BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)- ([2- ( 2 -isopropylaminothiazol-4-yl)-7 methoxylquinoline-4-oxo]-S-proline} -P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-COOEt) in THF(10.6 mL), CH 3 0H (2.6 mL), and H 2 0 (5.3 mL) was added LiOH (0.068 g, 2.86 mmol). 15 The reaction mixture was stirred for 24, adjusted to pH 6, removed the organic solvents in vacuo. The aqueous residue was acidified to pH 4, and extracted with

CH

2

CI

2 repeatedly. Combined organic solvent was dried (MgSO 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product 255 mg (95%): LC-MS (retention time: 2.58. Method K), MS m/z 751 (M*+1). Scheme 3 S No NH N 0H H N H HN - H N H 2 0 O 20 T compound Step 8: A solution of CDI (0.024 g, 0.15 mmol) and the product of Step 7 of Example 370 (0.0683 g, 0.09 mmol) {BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)- {[2- ( 2 -isopropylaminothiazol 4 -yl)- 7 -methoxylquinoline-4-oxo]-S-proline} -P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-COOH) in 25 THF (2 mL) was refluxed for 60 min and allowed to cool down to rt. Cyclopropanesulfonamide (0.022 g. 0.18 mmol) was added followed by the addition of neat DBU (0.027 mL, 0.18 mmol). The reaction was stirred for overnite, worked 501 up by diluting with EtOAc and washed with pH 4.0 buffer, dried (MgSO4), and concentrated. The residue was purified repeatedly by preparative HPLC (0-100% solvent B) and over 1000 pM preparative TLC plate from Analtech (20X40 cM) to afford 0.0032 g (4%) the desired product (Compound 370) as a pale yellow foam: 5 LC-MS (Retention time: 1.71, method I) MS m/z 854 (M*+]). Example 371: Preparation of Compound 371 01 Ci N H N ON,_k H NO Compound 371 Scheme 1 step I C1 N PPh . DIAD. C HO THF Step 2 I NaOH C- N H N 71 0 stop 3 CN C1_ PPh 5 * DIAD H~t HN k~~( 0 H H Rf Isomer Low Rf Isomer 10 Step 1: To a suspension of N-Boc-cis-L-4-Hydroxyproline methyl ester (10 g, 40.7mmol) and 7-chloroquinolin-4-ol (8.73 g, 49.0 mmol) in THF (200 mL) cooled to 0 *C was added PPh 3 (12.82 g, 48.9 mmol) and DIAD. (8.80 g, 42.13 mmol). The mixture was slowly allowed to warm to rt overnite, stirred at total of 30 h. The mixture was 15 dissolved in EtOAc (800 mL), washed with IN aqueous HCI, 5% aqueous K 2 CO3 (3X100 mL), brine (2 X 100 mL) and dried (MgSO 4 ), and concentrated. The residue was purified several times over a Biotage 65M (MeOH-CH 2

CI

2 : 0-10%) to afford cumulatively 10.57 g (68%) of the desired product as a glass: 'H NMR (CDCI 3 ) S 1.40 (s, 9H), 2.33-2.42 (m, IH), 2.61-2.72 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.91 (m, 2H), 4.45- 502 4.59 (m, IH), 5.13 (m, 1H), 6.61-6.64 (m, 1H), 7.41 (dd, 1=9, 2 Hz, lIH), 7.98 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1=9 Hz, 11H), 8.67-8.71 (m, 1H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.39, method D), MS m/e 407 (M*+1). Step 2: 5 To a solution of the product (10.57 g, 26.0 mmol) of Step I of Example 371 (BOC N-P2[(4R)-(7-chloroquinoline-4-oxo) proline methyl ester} dissolved in MeOH (800 mL) cooled to 0 *C was added an aqueous IN NaOH solution (44.5 mL, 44.5 mmol). The mixture was warmed to rt after 6 h, stirred overnite, and the pH adjusted to pH 7 using 1.0 N aqueous HCL. The solution was concentrated until only the water layer 10 remained, the pH adjusted to 4 using 6N aqueous HCI and the mixture was partitioned repeatedly with EtOAc (3x500 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated to afford 10.16 g (100%) of the as a white solid. 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 1.32, 1.34 (two s (rotamers) 9H), 2.31-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.69 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.81 (m, 2H), 4.33-4.40 (m, IH), 5.34 (nm, 1H) 7.10-7.11 (m, 1f), 7.57 15 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 8.09-8.14 (m, 1H), 8.75 (d, J=5 Hz, 1f), 12.88 (brs, 1H). "C NMR (DMSO- d 6 ) 8 27.82,, 35.84, 51.52, 57.75, 76.03, 79.33, 102.95, 119.54, 123.86, 126.34, 127.24, 134.49,149.32, 152.88, 153.25, 159.08, 173.74.

LC

MSj (~rctent.1ion~I i.48, ImeoU L), VSO m/1e 393 (MV I Step 3: 20 To a solution of the product (5.11 g, 13 mmol) of Step 2 of Example 371 {Boc-4(R)

(

7 -chloroquinoline-4-oxo) proline}, the HCI salt (3.48 g, 18.2 mmol) of vinyl Acca (existing as a 1:1 mixture of diastereoisomers (IR,2S/1S,2R where cyclopropyl carboxyethyl group is syn to vinyl moiety) and NMM (7.1 mL 65 mmol) in DMIF (30 mL) was added HATU (6.92 g, 18.2 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 3 days. The 25 reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (180 mL) and was partitioned with pH 4.0 buffer (3x100 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 (2x5OmL), water (2x50mL), and brine (2x5OmL). The organic solution was dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated. The residue was purified over a Biotage 40M column (EtOAc-Hexanes: 50% to 100%) to afford 2.88 g of the product existing as a 30 diastereomeric mixture. This mixture was partially separated using a Biotage 65M column (MeOH-EtOAc: 0% to 9%) to afford BOC-NH-P2[(4R)-(7-chloroquinoline 4 -oxo)-S-proline]-PI(1R,2S vinyl acca P1 moiety)-COOEt as the initial eluted high 503 Rf isomer (1.20 g, 17.4%). 'H NMR (CDC 3 /Methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.16 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (s, 9H), 1.37-1.43 (in, 1H), 1.76-1.84 (in, 1H), 2.06-2.11 (m, IH), 2.35-2.45 (in, I H), 2.63 (in, IH), 3.72-3.93 (m, 2H), 4.02-4.15 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.40 (in, 1H), 5.06 (d, 1=9 Hz, IH), 5.16 (m, IH), 5.24 (d,J=17 Hz, IH), 5

.

6 3 -5.

7 0 (m, 1H), 6.74(m, 1H), 5 7.39 (dd, J=9, 2 Hz, IH), 7.74-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=2 Hz,1 H), 7.97 (d, J=9 Hz ,1H), 8.60 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H). 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 , 60/40 Rotomers) 81.24 (t, J=7 Hz, 3H), 1.39, 1.43 (2s, 9H, ratio 4:6), 1.71-1.74 (in, 0.4H), 178-1.81 (m,0.61), 2.18-2.23 (m, IH), 2.65-2.69 (in, 0.41H), 2.71-2.76 (in, 0.6H), 3.88-3.96(m, 2H), 4.11-4.18 (in, 2H), 4.39-4.45 (in, 111), 5.09-5.13 (m, 1H), 5.28-5.33 (m, 1H), 5.37 10 (m, 1H), 5.73-5.81 (m, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=8.9 Hz, IH), 7.92 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 8.70 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.54, method A) MS m/z 530 (M*+1). The rest of the material (-1.66 g, 24%) was mixed fractions greatly enriched in the lower Rf isomer. Scheme 2 H step 5 0 step 4 N-Boc-tert-lucine. HBTU. HOAT. DIPEA O Hi Rf Isomer of step 2 0 CI N Cstv . IStep 7 LiOH. HzO 0. CDI. DBU N H NH 0 N 0 i ~ 0JH 0 Compound 371 15 Step4: The product (0.65 g, 1.22 mmol) of step 3 of Example 371 (BOC-P2 [(4R)-(7 chloroquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca-CO 2 Et} was dissolved in 4N HCI/dioxane (4.5ml, 18 mmol) and stirred for I h at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the crude product was directly used in next step: LC-MS (retention 20 time: 0.94, method A) LC-MS m/z 430 (M*+1). Step 5: 504 To suspension of the product 1(.22 mmol) of step 4 Example 371 ( Bis HCi Salt of NH2-P2[(4R)-(7-chloroquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-Pl(IR,2S-Vinyl Acca)-COOEt), N-BOC-L-tert-leucine (BOC L-tBuGly) (0.34g, 1.47 mmol), DIPEA (1.0 ml, 5.74 mmol),

HOBT.H

2 0 (0.22g, 1.47 mmol) in CH 2

C

2 (15mL) was added HIBTU (0.

5 6 g, 5 1.47 mmol) at rt. The reaction mixture was stirred overnite, diluted with CH 2

C

2 (50 mL), washed with pH 4.0 buffer (2x20 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 (50 mL), brine (50mL), dried (MgSO 4 ), and concentrated. The residue was purified over a Biotage 40 M column (EtOAc-Hexanes: 15% to 60%) to afford 607 mg (77%) of the product as a foam. 'H NMR (CDC1 3 -methanol-d4) 8 1.00 (s, 9H), 1.19 (t, J=7 Hz, 10 1H), 1.30 (s, 9H), 1.38 (m, 1H), 1.78-1.83 (m, IH), 2.01-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.73-2.82 (m 1H), 3.96-4.03 (m, 1H), 4.04 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 4.11 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.42 (d, J=12 Hz, 11), 4.68-4.73 (m, IH), 5.09-5.13 (m, 1H), 5.23-5.31 (m, 2H), 5.67-5.79 (m, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H-), 8.08 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (d, J=5 Hz ,1H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.64, method A), MS m/z 15 643 (M*+1). Step 6: To a suspension of the product

(

2 0 7 mg, 0.32 mmol) of Step 5 of Example 371 C Pr3rr i D IT M-lP (4 )7 -clroquino Alinc .- oxo) -- r ie , 25nI Vinyl Acca)-CO 2 Et) in THF(14 mL), CH 3 0H (2 mL), and H20 (8 mL) was added 20 LiOH (62 mg, 2.60 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for one day, adjusted to neutral pH, and concentrated in vacuo until only the aqueous layer remained. The resulting aqueous residue was acidified to pH 4.0 by addition of 1.0 N aqueous HCI and then saturated with solid NaCl. This aqueous mixture was extracted repeatedly with EtOAc (3X60 mL), the combined organic solvent was dried (Mg 2

SO

4 ) and 25 concentrated in vacuo to afford 107 mg (54%) of the product { BOCNH-P3(L-t BuGly)-P 2

[(

4 R)-(7-chloroquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CO 2 H) as a white solid. 'H NMR

(CDC

3 ) 8 1.06 (s, 9H), 1.23 (2s,. 9H), 1.31-1.43 (m 1H), 1.63-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.89 (m, IH), 2.19 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.78 (m, 1H), 4.03-4.10 (m, IH), 4.18-4.21 (m, 111), 4.55-4.62 (m, 1H), 5.03-5.12 (m, 1H), 5.23-5.31 (m, IH), 30 5.51 (m, 1H), 5.88-5.95 (m, 1H), 7 .12(m, IH), 7 .47-7.50 (m, I ), 7.96 (m, IH), 8.26 (d, 1=9 Hz, 1H), 8.75 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.46, method A), MS n/z 615 (M*+1).

505 Step 7: To a solution of the tripeptide acid (0.0453 g, 0.074 mmol) of Step 6 Example 371

{BOCNH-P

3 (L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(7-chloroquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CO 2 H) in THF (4 mL) was added CDI (17 mg, 0.10 rnmol), and the 5 resulting solution refluxed for 45 min and allowed to cool down to rt. Cyclopropylsulfonamide (0.013g, 0.10 mmol) was added in one portion before the addition of neat DBU (0.015 mL, 0.10 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 18 h, diluted with EtOAc (200mL) and washed pH 4.0 buffer (3x30mL), water (2x30 mL), brine (30m.L), dried (MgSO 4 ) and purified using one 20X40 cM 10000 Analtech 10 PTLC plate (MeOH - CH 2

C*

2 : 0 to 2%) to afford the desired product (Compound 371) as a foam (0.040g, 76%): 'H NMR 8 0.95-1.23 (m, 4H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.19 (s, 9H), 1.40-1.43 (m, 1H), 1.85 (dd, J=8, 5 Hz, 1H), 2.12-2.20 (m ,1IH), 2.43 (m, IH), 2.82 (m, IH), 4.07-4.19 (m, 2H), 4.51-4.57 (m, 2H), 5.07 (d, J=10 Hz, IH), 5.25 (d, 1=17 Hz, IH), 5.85 (m, IH), 5.48 (s, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=5 Hz, IH), 7.45 (d, J=9 Hz ,1H), 15 7.92 (m, I1H), 8.20 (d, J=9 Hz, IH), 8.72 (d, J=5 Hz. IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.52, method B), MS nz 718 (M*+1). HRMS n/z (M+H)* calcd for C 41

H

51

N

5 S0 9 : 718.2677 found 718.2674. Example 372: Preparation of Compound 372. c H ... NJ H IyN NOc0 Copmund 372 506 Scheme 1 ci0H2N step 1 TMSCN, CH3CN HCJ Cl N C1 N1stop 2 JJj HBTU, HOBT 0PDIPEA 0 H1 0 H 4 0 0 0 -,_k" -NV H HC1 H~o stop 3 THF, MeOH HN 'o 0 N0 Step 1: To a solution of L-tert-leucine (2 g, 15.25 mmol) dissolved in CH 3 CN (50 mL) was added TMSCN (7.06 mL, 56.41 mmol) and stirred for 15 min. The reaction mixture 5 was heated to 75 *C for 30 min. Cyclopentyl chloroformate (2.83 g, 19.06 mmol) was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with MeOH (40 mL), stirred for 10 ruin, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was adjusted pH to 8.5, and extracted with Et 2 O (2x200mL). The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 3 and extracted with 10 CH 2

CI

2 (2x200mL). The combined extract was dried (MgSO 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was recrystallized from minimal amount of Et20/hexanes to afford the product 3.48 g (94%): 'H NMR (500 MHz, rnethanol-d 4 ) 8 ppm 1.00 (s, 9 H), 1.59 (m, 2 H), 1.73 (in, 4 H), 1.84 (dd, J=5.95, 3.20 Hz, 2 H), 3.98 (s, I H), 5.02 (m 1 ). 15 Step 2: To a solution of the product (530.1 mg, 1.04 mmol) of Step 4 of Example 371 (HC salt of P2 [(4R)-7-chloroq uinoli ne-4-oxo)-S-proline]-P I('[R,2S Vinyl Acca) COOEt, the product (328 mg, 1.35 mmol) of Step 1 of Example 372 ((L)-2 cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid), HOBT (146 mg, 1.08 20 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.755 mL, 4.32 mmol) in CH 2

CJ

2 (7 mL) was 507 added HBTU (512 mg, 1.35 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for overnite and partitioned between CH 2

CI

2 and pH 4.0 buffer. The CH 2

CI

2 layer was washed with water, saturated NaHCO 3 (aq.), dried (MgSO 4 ), concentrated. The residue was purified over a Biotage 40M column (EtOAc-Hexanes: 35-100%) to afford the 5 product 640 mg (92%): 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) S ppm 1.02 (s, 9 H), 1.26 (in, 4 H), 1.56 (m, 10 H), 2.19 (q, J=8.75 Hz, I H), 2.41 (m, I H), 2.70 (dd, J=14.19, 8.09 Hz, I H), 4.01 (dd, J=11.90, 3.05 Hz, 1 H), 4.13 (m, 2 H)i, 4.20 (s, I H), 4.53 (m, I H), 4.62 (m, I H), 5.09 (d, J=10.38 Hz, 1 H), 5.26 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.47 (in, I H), 5.77 (m, I H), 7.07 (d, J=5.49 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (m, 1 B), 7.94 (in, 1 H), 8.20 (d, 1=8.85 10 Hz, I H), 8.72 (d, J=5.49 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time:1.71, Method B), MS m/z 655 (M*+1). Step 3: Tripeptide acid was prepared by following Step 7 of Scheme 2 of Example 370, except that cyclopentoxycarbonyl - NH-P3(L-tert-Bu(3Iy)-P2[(4R)-( 7 15 chloroquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-P1(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-COOEt used in place of the product of Step 6 of Example 370. Modification: 0.636 g (0.97 mmol) of the product of Step 2 of Example 372 used, 0.424 g obtained (69% yield). Product: C1 N 20 Data: 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) 8 ppm 1.02 (s, 9 H), 1.57 {m, 11 H), 2.14 (q, J=9.03 Hz, I H), 2.46 (m, 1 H), 2.68 (m, I H), 4.02 (dd, J=11.89, 3.11 Hz-, 1 H), 4.19 (m, I H), 4.50 (d, J=26.35 Hz, I H), 4.64 (t, J=8.42 Hz, I H), .5.04 (m, I H), 5.24 (d, 25 J=17.20 Hz, I H), 5.44 (s, 1 H), 5.87 (m, I H), 7.05 (d, J=5.12 Hz, I H), 7.48 (m, I H), 7.92 (m, I H), 8.18 (d, J=8.78 Hz, I H), 8.71 (d, J=5.49 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.32, Method A), MS m/z 627 (M*+I).

508 Scheme 2 Step 4 Cr~o H H p9, Copmund 3'2 Step 4: A solution of CDI (0.021 g, 0.13 mmol) and the product of Step 3 of Example 372 (0.058 g, 0.09 mmol) (BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGy)-P 2 [(4R)-7-chloroquinoline-4-oxo)-S 5 proline]-PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CO 2 H} in THF (2 mL) was refluxed for 40 min and allowed to cool down to rt. A total of 0.016 g (0.13 mrnol) of cyclopropanesulfonamide, followed by the addition of a solution of neat DBU (0.019 mL, 0.13 mmol). The reaction was stirred for ovemite, then diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and washed pH 4.0 buffer (2x), dried (MgSO 4 ), concentrated and purified over 10 three 1000 .M preparative TLC plate from Analtech (20x40 cM, eluted sequentially with 50% to 0% to 2% MeOH in CH 2

CI

2 ) to provide product (Compound 372) 27.3 1.49 (m, 11 H), 1.86 (m, I H), 2.14 (in, 1 H), 2.49 (m, ] H), 2.68 (dd, J=13.89, 7.48 Hz, 1 H), 2.78 (m, I H), 4.08 (m, 1 H), 4.22 (s, I H), 4.55 (m, 2 H), 5.05 (d, 1=10.07 15 Hz, I H), 5.22 (d, J=17.09 Hz, 1 H), 5.46 (m, I H), 5.86 (in, I H), 7.07 (d, J=5.19 Hz, I H), 7.46 (d, J=8.55 Hz, I H), 7.91 (s, 1 H), 8.18 (d, J=:8.85 Hz, 1 H), 8.72 (d, J=5.19 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.52 Method I), MS m/z 730 (M*+1). Example 373: Preparation of Compound 373. H H o Nompoun N compound 373 509 Scheme 1 step I 0 OIPEA, DMAP 0 Step 2 OH _____H NC -0t-BuOKA.I1)uOH > JN step 3 /0 0. N0A HO LiOH, H 2 0. Cr- C410- THF, MO HCI N step 5 " HCVdioxane 0 D H H .0 H O H HICI H 0 Step 1: A solution of 2 -amino-4-methoxylacetophenone (4.45 g, 26.94 mmol) at 0 *C dissolved in CH 2

CI

2 (100 mL) was treated with cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (3.1 5 mL, 33.68 mmol) diisopropylethylamine (19 mL, 107.8 mmol), DMAP (0.780 g, 6.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt ovemite and concentrated in vacuo. The residue dissolved in CH 2

C

2 (500 mL) was washed with aqueous I N HCI, water, NaHCO 3 (aq.), and dried (MgSO 4 ). The solvent was removed in vacuo and the solid residue was treated with EtOAc/hexanes (1/1) to provide the product (5.35 g, 85%): 10 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) 5 ppm 0.94 (m, 4 H), 1.69 (m, J=3.97 Hz, 1 H), 2.60 (s, 3 H), 3.84 (s, 3 H), 6.69 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1 H), 7.98 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1 H), 8.23 (s, I H). Step 2: A solution of product (5.35 g, 22.72 mmol) of Step I example 373 (cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ( 2 -acetyl-5-methoxy-phenyl)-amide I and tert-BuOK 15 (5.45 g, 48.6 mmol) in tert-butanol (130 g) was refluxed for 6 h. The reaction mixture was cooled, poured into ice cold buffer and adjusted to pH 7, filtered. The solid collection was recrystallized from MeOH/Et 2 O to provide the product (1 g, 20%): 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) 5 ppm 0.96 (m, 2 H), 1.15 (m, 2 H), 1.94 (m, 1 H), 3.87 (s, 3 H), 5.86 (in, I H), 6.93 (m, 2 H), 8.04 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H). 20 Step 3: 510 To a solution of N-Boc-L-3-hydroxyproline (1.06 g, 4.32 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (2.27 g, 8.64 mmol) at 0 *C dissolved THF (25 mL) was added a solution of the product (0.93 g, 4.32 mmol) of Step 2 Example 373 (2-Cyclopropyl 7 -methoxy-quinolin-4-ol}and DEAD (1.50 g, 8.64 mmol) in THF (25 m.L) over 30 5 min. The reaction mixture was stirred overnite and concentrated. The residue was purified twice by a Biotage 40+M column (EtOAc-Hexanes: 20-65%) to afford the product 1.74 g (90%): LC-MS (retention time: 2.56, Method J), MS m/z 443 (M*+ 1). Step 4: To a suspension of (1.70 g, 3.86 mmol) of the product of Step 3 of Example 373 10 (Boc-(4R)-(2-cyclopropyl-7-methoxy-quinoline-4-o-xo)-S-proline methyl ester) in THF(91 mL), CH 3 0H (18.2 mL), and H20 (27 mL) was added LiOH (0.73 g, 30 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h, adjusted to pH 6, the organic solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was acidified to pH 4, and extracted with EtOAc (4x100 mL). The combined organic extract was dried (MgSO 4 ), and 15 concentrated in vacuo to supply the product 1.64 g (100%): 1H NMR (methanol d 4 ) 8 ppm 1.32 (m, 13 H), 2.37 (m, 2 H), 2.71 (m, 1 H), 3.86 (m, 1 H), 3.95 (s, 3 H), 4.14 (m, 1 H), 4.43 (m, 1 H), 5.41 (s, 1 H), 6.65 (s, 1 H), 7.19 (m, 1 H), 7.30 (m, 1 -8.0-2td, 1=17 617 Atl M, I TU1 Step 5: 20 The product (1.61 g, 2.79 mmol) of Step 4 of Example 373 (Boc-P2{(4R)-[2 cyclopropyl-7-methoxylquinoline-4-oxo]-S-proline}-P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca) COOEt} was dissolved in HCI/dioxane (15 mL; 60 mmol) and stirred for 3 h at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and azeotroped with dry THF to afford the product (1.58 g, 100%): LC-MS (retention time: 2.12, Method K), MS m/z 566 (M*+1). 25 Scheme 2 N step 6 step 7 Boc-L-tertlu ineUOH, H 2 0 0 O H B . H H HTHF MHOH H HOBT.HC0 H N O OOH Step6:.DPA H rN Step 6: 511 To a suspension of the product (1.58 g, 2.79 mmol) of Step 5 of Example 373 (Bis ICI salt of P2 {(4R)-[2- cyclopropyl-7-methoxylquinoline-4-oxo]-S-proline) PI(R,2S Vinyl Acca) COOEt}, diisopropylethylamine (1.65 mL, 9.25 mmol), N Boc-L-tert-leucine (0.775 g, 3.35 mmol), HOBT.H 2 0 (0.515 g, 3.36 mmol) in 5 CH 2

CI

2 (13 mL) was added HBTU (1.28 g, 3.36 mnol). The mixture was stirred for 14 h and partitioned between EtOAc and pH 4.0 buffer. The EtOAc layer was dried (MgSO 4 ), concentrated. The resisdue was purified over a Biotage 40+M column (EtOAc-hexanes: 20-100%, followed MeOH) and further purified by 20X40 cM 10000 Analtech PTLC plate (MeOH-CH 2 Cl 2 2%) to afford the product 1.4 g (63%): 10 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) 8 ppm 1.04 (s, 9 H), 1.20 (in, 5 H), 1.28 (s, 9 H), 1.39 (m, 2 H), 1.69 (m, I H), 2.19 (m, 2 H), 2.36 (m, I H), 2.63 (dd, J=13.54, 7.68 Hz, 1 H), 3.90 (s, 3 H), 4.08 (m, 4 H), 4.19 (d,J=11.34 Hz, I H), 4.47 (d, J=11.71 Hz, 1 H), 4.56 (t, J=8.60 Hz, I H), 5.08 (m, I H), 5.24 (in, I H), 5.39 (s, I H), 5.78 (in, 1 H), 6.56 (s, 1 H), 6.96 (dd, J=9.15, 2.20 Hz, I H), 7.21 (d, J=2.56 Hz, I H), 7.97 (d, 15 J=9.15 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.34, Method K), MS m/z 679 (M*+1). Step 7: To a suspension of the product of Step 6 of Example 373 (1.28 g, 1.89 mmol), Boc NH-P3(L-rert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(2- cyclopropyl-7-methoxylquinoline-4-oxo)-S proline]-P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-COOEt, in THF(93 mL), CH 3 0H (23 mL), and H 2 0 20 (45 mL) was added LiOH (0.491 g, 20.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 18.5 h, adjusted to pH 4, removed the organic solvent in vacuo. The residue was extracted with EtOAc (5x 100mL). Combined organic solvent was dried (MgSO 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo to afford the desired product 1.17 g (97% ): 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) 8 ppm 1.04 (s, 9 H), 1.24 (s, 9 H), 1.27 (n, 3 H), 1.42 (m, 2 H), 1.68 25 (dd, J=8.05, 5.12 Hz, I H), 2.17 (m, I H), 2.33 (m, I H), 2.47 (m, 1 H), 2.66 (m, I H), 3.95 (s, 3 H), 4.09 (in, 2 H), 4.51 (d, 1=11.71 Hz, I H), 4.59 (t, J=8.60 Hz, I H), 5.07 (m, 1 H), 5.26 (m, I H), 5.52 (s, I H), 5.85 (m, 11-), 6.69 (s, I H), 7.10 (dd, J=9.15, 2.20 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 (d,J=2.20 Hz, I H), 8.10 (d, J=9.15 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 2.21, Method K), MS m/z 651 (M*+1).

512 Scheme 3 0N 0H CD. DBU H 4 N H N O H No 0000 Compound 373 Step 8: A solution of CDI (0.058 g, 0.344 mmol) and the product of Step 7 of Example 373 (0.160 g, 0.246 mmol) (Boc - NH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(2- cyclopropyl-7 5 methoxylquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-P1(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-COOH) in THF (2 mL) was refluxed for 60 min and allowed to cool down to rt. Cyclopropanesulfonamide (0.041 g, 0.344 mmol) followed by the addition of neat DBU (0.051 mL, 0.344 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 24 h and worked ip by partition the reaction mixture between pH 4.0 buffer and EtOAc. The organic layer was dried (MgSO 4 ), 10 concentrated and purified by preparative HPLC (0-1009o solvent B) to supply the product (Compound 373) 0.086 g (46%): 'H NMR (TRIFLUOROACETIC

ACID

D) 8 ppm 1.04 (s, 9 H), 1.21 (m, 16 H), 1.41 (m, I H), 1.87 (dd, J=8.05, 5.49 Hz, 1 LA), 2I.2f (m, 3 M), 2.1 (d, =1.9 6.77, C." I l, i IA), 2.93 (IJm, I Hj), 39 (, 3J L), 4.J9 (m, I H), 4.21 (m, I H), 4.49 (m, 2 H), 5.11 (d, J=1 1.71 Hz, I H), 5.27 (d, J=17.20 15 Hz, I H), 5.46 (s, 1 H), 5.76 (m, 1 H), 6.62 (m, 2 H), 7.01 (dd, J=8.97, 2.01 Hz, 1 H), 7.23 (d, J=2.56 Hz, 1 H), 8.00 (d, J=8.78 Hz, I H). Example 374: Preparation of Compound 374. 01 0 H N o .. 37 H N ,, Comrppound 374 513 Scheme step 1 OH CH (014e), 0 step 2 + A0JyNH2 O N N O P.h5O OH OX0 0 PttO, 250.C OA- -oSetectiv necrystauization step 3 N step 4 A- y N OH PPh. DIAD UOH. H 2 JL N HO C3 0 step s HBTU;DIPEA ,0~ HOBT.H20 CH2CL2 + 00 NH 7*2 HCI NN NV High Rf isomer used In rest of sequence Iow Rf isomer Step 1: To a solution of m-anisidine (58 g, 471 mmol) in 800 maL of CH 3 CN was added Meldrum's acid (75g, 518 mmol), and trimethylformate (60g, 565 mmol). The 5 heterogeneous mixture was refluxed for 2 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo, MeOH (30 mL) was added, and the resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with 10-15 mL of MeOH. The MeOH addition/filtration procedure was repeated on the concentrated mother liquor. The resulting combined solid was dried (-20 torr, 45 *C overnite) to afford 117.6 g (90%) of the intermediate 5-r(3-Methoxyphenyl 10 amino)methylene]-2,2-dimethyl-[1,3]dioxane-4,6-dione. Step 2: To a solution of Ph 2 0 (500 g) heated to 250 *C was added 108.7g (392 mmol) of 5

[(

3 -Methoxyphenyl-amino)methylene]-2,2-di methyl-[ 1, 3 )dioxane-4,6-dione in portions over a 30 min period. The mixture was heated an additional 15 min, cooled 15 to rt, diluted with hexanes (800 mL) and the resulting slurry stirred overnite. The hexanes was decanted off, the solid residue dissolved in 600 mL of MeOH at reflux, cooled to rt and the resulting solid filtered and washed with minimal CH 2

C

2 . The 514 analogous recrystallization procedure was followed to afford a total of 20.73 g (30%) of 7-methoxyquinolin4-ol as a light brown solid. 1H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) 8 3.87 (s, 3H), 6.23 d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J=2.4 Hz, I H), 6.96 (dd, J=9.0, 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.11 (d, J=9 Hz, 1f); LC-MS (retention time: 0.77, method D), MS m/z 176 (M*+1). 5 Step 3: To a solution of) of N-Boc-cis-L-4-Hydroxyproline methyl ester (12.24 g, 49.8 mmol) and PPh 3 (26.14 g, 99.7 mmol) in THF (200 m]L) cooled to 0 *C was added a solution of DEAD (17.36 g, 99.7 mmol) and 7 -methoxyquinolin-4-ol (8.73 g, 49.8 mmol) in (THF 700 mL) over a 45 min period. The mixture was slowly allowed to 10 warm to rt overnite, concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified over a Biotage 65M column (MeOH-EtOAc: 0-10%) to afford 12.78g (64%) of the product as a colorless glass: 'H NMR (CDC 3 ) 8 1.36 (s, 9H), 2.26-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.68 (m, 1f), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.75-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.86, 3.87 (two s (rotamers) 3H), 4.41-4.53 (m, 1H), 5.09 (m, 1H), 6.52 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.06-7.09 (m, 1F), 7.24-7.26 (m, IH), 15 7.94 (d, J=9.1 Hz, IH), 8.50-8.56 (m, IH); LC-MS (retention time: 1.34, method D), MS m/e 403 (M*+1). Step 4: T otin nf the product (8.5A g, 21.2 ! of step 3 of Eam-ple 374 (B0C-N P2[(4R)-(7-methoxyquinoline4-oxo) proline methyl ester) in 600 mL of 5:1 20 THF/MeOH was added a solution of LiOH (4.0 g, 167 rnmol) in 150 mL of water. The mixture was stirred overnite, the pH was adjusted to pH 7 using 6N aqueous HCl, and the solution concentrated until only the water layer remained. The residue was adjusted to pH 4 using IN aqueous HCI, NaCl added to saturate the mixture and was partitioned repeatedly with first EtOAc and then THF as the product was 25 aqueous soluble. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated to afford the product 8.18 g (99%) as a white solid. 'H NMR (CDC 3 -Methanol-d 4 ) S 1.42 (s, 9H), 2.40-2.49 (m, I H), 2.68-2.77 (m, 1H), 3.88 (m, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 4.41 4.53 (m, I H), 5.32 (m, 1f), 6.86-6.92 (m, 1H), 7.21 (dd, J=9, 2 Hz, IH), 7.30 (d, J=2 Hz, 111), 8.05-8.10 (in, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=6 Hz, IH); LC-MS (retention time 1.20, 30 method A), MS n/z 389 (M*+1). Step 5: 515 To a solution of the product (4.50 g, 11.60 mmol) of Step 4 of Example 374 1 Boc 4 (R)-(7-methoxyquinoline-4-oxo) proline}, 2.66 g (13.9 mmol) of the HCI salt of vinyl Acca (existing as a 1:1 mixture of diastereoisomers (IR,2S/IS,2R where cyclopropyl carboxyethyl group is syn to vinyl moiety), 10 mL (57.4 mmol) of 5 DIPEA, and 2.13 g (13.9 mmol) of HOBT.H 2 0 in 150 mL of CH 2

CI

2 was added 5.27 g (13.9 mmol) of HBTU, and the mixture stirred overnite. The solution was diluted with 200 mL of CH 2 Cl 2 and was partitioned with pH1 4.0 buffer (2x50 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3

(

2 x5OmL), water (2x50mL), and brine (2x5OmL). The organic solution was dried (MgSO 4 ), 10 concentrated and purified using a Biotage 65M column (eluted with 0- 9% MeOH/EtOAc) to provide of BOC-NH-P2[(4R)-(7-methoxyquinoline4-oxo)-S proline]-PI(IR,2S vinyl acca P1 moiety)-COOEt as the initial eluted isomer (2.21 g, 36% overall), followed by 1.13 g (19%) of pure lower Rf isomer BOC-NH-P2[(4R)

(

7 -methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-P1(IS,2R Vinyl Acca P1 moiety)-CO 2 Et. 15 Mixed fractions were also obtained. Data for BOCN-P 2 [(4R)-(7-methoxyquinoline 4 -oxo)-S-proline]-P(IR,2S)-(VinylAcca)-COOEt: 'H NMR (CDCI 3 ) 6 1.16 (t, J=7 Hz ,3H), 1.35 (s, 9H), 1.37-1.47 (in, 1H), 1.74-1.88 (in, 1H), 2 .0 4 -2.13(m, 1H), 2.32 2.46(m, I H), 2.58-2.69 (in, 1H), 3.76 (in, I H), 3.87 (s ,3H), 4.02-4.13 (in, 21), 4.30 4.44 (m, 1H), 5.05-5.19 (m, 2H), 5.24 (d, J=17 Hz, 111), 5.63-5.71 (m, 1H), 6.61 (m, 20 1H), 7.07 (dd, J=9, 2Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=2 Hz, 111), 7.76-7.83 (m, IH), 7.92 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.38, method A), MS m/z 526 (M*+1).

516 Scheme 2 ,A) Na N step 6) 4N HCLdIoxanes 9 step 0>O uHHO step) HATU; NM, CHp 2 H N O kO O 0 O 0 0 Ostep 9 H N .CDI, DBU. and Hk 0 H VcycobutysuIfonamIde 0 Conound 374 Step 6: A total of product (1.35 g, 2.90 mmol) of Step 5 of Example 374 (BOC-P2 [(4R)-(7 methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-S-prolinel-PI(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-COOEt) was dissolved 5 in 4N HCl/dioxane (15m], 60 mmol) and was stirred for 2.5 h at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to supply 1.3 g (100%) of the product as a tan SoIU WIlich was Uirectly Used iinI next step. "H NM (raethan-d4 S 25 (t, J- /z 1H), 1.47-1.52 (m, 1H), 1.78 (dd, J=8, 5 Hz, IH), 2.21.-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.55-2.64 (m, IH), 2.99 (dd, J=15, 7 Hz, IH), 3.96 (s, 2H), 4.06 (s, 3H1), 4.14 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H), 4.69 10 4.75 (m, 1H), 5.13 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (d, J=17 Hz .H), 5.71-5.83 (m, IH), 5.89 (m, IH), 7.44 (m, IH), 7.49-7.52 (m, 1H), 8.51-8.55 (m, 1H), 8.94-8.96 (m, IH); 3 C NIR (methanol- 4 ) 5 14.62, 23.08, 30.89, 34.73, 36.97, 41.03, 52.42, 57.11, 60.17, 62.70, 81.13, 100.06, 103.07, 117.02, 118.53. 122.70, 1:26.86, 134.74, 143.15, 146.75, 166.62, 167.71, 169.37, 171.18. LC-MS (retention time: 0.94, method D), 15 MS m/z 426 (M*+1) Step 7: To suspension of product (1.3 g, 2.61 mmol) of Step 6 of Example 374 (NH 2 P2[(4R)-(7-methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline-Pl(IR,2S-Vinyl Acca)-COOEt, Bis HCI Salt), N-BOC-L-tert-leucine (BOC L-tBuGly) (0.94 g, 4.25 mmol), NMM (1.7 20 ml, 15.5 mmol) in DMF (20mL) was added HATU (1.55g, 3.40 mmol) at rt. The reaction mixture was stirred overnite, diluted with 75% EtOAc-THF (300 mL), 517 washed with pH 4.0 buffer (2x50 mL), saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 (50 mL), brine (50mL), dried (MgSO 4 ), purified by a Biotage 40 M column (eluted with 15% to 100% EtOAc in Hexanes) to supply the product 0.702 g (42%) {BOCNH-P3(L-t BuGly)-P 2 [(4R)-(7-methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-PI-CO 2 Et as a foam. 'H 5 NMR (Methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.06 (s, 9H), 1.22-1.32 (m, 3H), 1.28 (s, 9H), 1.42-1.46 (m, 1H), 1.73 (dd, J=8, 5 Hz, 1H), 2.19-2.25 (m, 1H), 2

.

6 7-2.72(m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 4 .0 3

-

4 .07(m, 1H), 4.104.18 (m, 2H), 4.20-4.24 (m, 1H), 4.54 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.60-4.63 (m, 1H), 5.11 (dd, J=10, 2 Hz, IH), 5.28-5.30 (m, 1H), 5.43 (m, 1H), 5.76 5.83 (m, 1H), 6.50 (d, J=9 Hz, NH), 6.93 (d, J=5 Hz, 11H), 7.10 (dd, J=9, 2 Hz, 1H), 10 7

.

2 8 (m, IH), 7.99 (m, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=5H); LC-MS m/z 639 (retention time: 1.53 method D). Step 8: To a suspension of product (702 mg , 1.1 mmol) of Step 7 of Example 374 (BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-7-methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-P (1R,2S 15 Vinyl Acca)-COOEt) in THF (50 mL), CH 3 0H (7 mL), and H20 (22 mL) was added LiOH (211 mg, 8.80 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for one day, acidified to neutral pH, and concentrated in vacuo until only the aqueous layer remained. The resulting aqueous residue was acidified to pH 4.0 by addition of 1.0 N aqueous HCI and then saturated with solid NaCl. This aqueous mixture was extracted repeatedly 20 with EtOAc and THF, the combined organic solvent washed with brine (50 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to supply the product 631 mg (92%), BOCNH-P3(L-i-BuGly)-P 2 [(4R)-(7-methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline] PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CO 2 H, as a solid. 'H NMR (Meithanol-d 4 ) 8 1.04 (s, 9H), 1.22 (s, 9H), 1.34-1.39 (m, 1H), 1.67 (dd, J=8, 5 Hz, 1H), 2.03-2.13 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.49 25 (m, IH), 2.67-2.73 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 4.00-4.05 (m, 1I), 4.15-4.21 (m, IH), 4.56 4.62 (m, 2H), 5.02 (d, 1=10 Hz, 1H), 5.20 (d, 1=17 Hz, 1H), 5.52 (m, 1H), 5.87-5.99 (m, 1H), 6.47 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=5 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (dd, J=9, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1=9 Hz, IH), 8.72 (d, J=5 Hz, IH). LC-MS (retention time: 1.44, method D), MS m/z 611 (M*+1). 30 Step9: To a solution of the tripeptide acid (0.120 g, 0.195 mmol) of Step 8 of Example 374 in THF (2 mL) was added CDI (44.3 mg, 0.27 mmol) and the resulting solution was 518 refluxed for 60 min and allowed to cool down to it. Cyclobutylsulfonamide (0.03 7 g, 0.273 mmol) was added in one portion before the addition of neat DBU (0.041 mL, 0.273 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 24 h, another one equivalent of CDI and cyclobutylsulfonamide added and the mixture stirred 48h more. The mixture was 5 diluted with 50% THF/EtOAc (200mL) and washed brine saturated pH 4.0 buffer (30mL), dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in 2 mL of 50% THF-CH 2 Cl 2 , 75 mg (0.39 mmol) of EDAC, 48 mg (0.39 mmol) of 4 DMAP, 58 OL (0.39 mmol) of DBU and 53 mg (0.39 mmol) of cyclobutylsulfonamide added, and the mixture stirred 4 days. The mixture was 10 purified by one 10000 Analtech PTLC plate (20 X 40 cM, eluted with 2% MeOH in

CH

2

CI

2 ) to supply the desired product Compound 374, BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)

P

2

[(

4

R)-(

7 -methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-P1(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHS02 Cyclobutane, as a foam 2 mg (2%): 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) S 1.07, 1.08 (two s (rotamers) 9H), 1.20, 1.21 (two s (rotamers) 9H), 1.41-1.48 (m, 1H), 1.64-1.70 (m, 15 1H), 1.72-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.95-2.11 (m, 211), 2.23-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.58 (m, 2), 2.72-2.75 (m, IH), 4.06 (s, 3H), 4.12-4.17 (m, 2H), 4.3.5-4.38 (m, 1H), 4.58-4.62 (m, 1H1), 4.65-4.70 (m, 1H), 5.16-5.18 (m, lH), 5.24-5.37 (in, 1H), 5.69-5.76 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.46 (IM, 3), 8.3A5-8.4 (m, 1W), 8.92 (d, f=7 Hz, 1). LC-MS (refepntion time: 1.58 method B), MS m/z 728 (M*+1). 20 Example 375: Preparation of Compound 375. HH H NN NN H O N 'T7 Cornpound 375 519 Scheme 1 10 N I step I.C ( step 2 UOH, HO CDI. DBU. 0 H H0H NN N I ~HCt/dloxan~o HY. step 4 NH 0 O Compound 375 Step 1: To a solution of product (794 mg, 1.51 mmol) of Stepi 5of Example 374 (N-BOC

P

2

[(

4

R)-(

7 -methoxyquinoline-4-oxo-Sproline]-P1(1 R,2S Vin ylAcca)-CO 2 Et}I in 68 5 -mL of 12% MeOH/THF was added a solution of 218 mg (9.08 mmnol) of lithium hydroxide in 30 mL of water and the mixture was stirred 16 h. The pH was adjusted. to neutral by addition of 6N aqueous HCI, concentrated until only the water remained, the solution adjusted to pH 4 using aqueous iN HCi and was then extracted with 50% THF-EtOAc (5x200-mL portions). The combined organic layers 10 were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated to provide the product 752 mg (100%) {N

BOG-P

2

[(

4

R)-(

7 -methoxyquinoline-.4-oxo)-S-proline]-.P1(1R,2S VinylAcca)-CO 2 H }: 'HNMR (Methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.37-1.43 (in, IH), 1.39 (s, 9H{), 1.69-1.78 (in, I H), 2.16 2.24 (in, 1H), 2.44-2.54 (in, 1H), 2.64-2.74 (in, 1H), 3.89-3.94 (in, 2H), 3.96 (s, 3Hf), 4.40-4.43 (in, IH), 5.11 (d, 1=10 Hz, IIH), 5.31 (d, J=17 Hz, 1ff), 5.40 (in, IH), 5.79 15 5.87 (in, IH), 6.91 (s, 1H), 7.04 (d, J=6 Hz, IH), 7.25 (dd,J=9.1, 2 Hz, 1Ff), 7.29 (m, 1ff), 8.09 (d, J=9.1 Hz, IH), 8.66 (d, 1=6 Hz, IH). LC-MS (retention time: 1.05, method H-). MS mn/z 498 (M*+l). Step 2: To a solution of product (399.5 mg, 0.668 mmol of Step I of Example 375 (N-BOC 20 P 2 [(4R)-(7-methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-S-prohine]-P 1(IR,2S VinylAcca)-GO 2 H)J in THF (4 nmL) and CDI (434 ing, 2.68 mnmol) was refluxed for 60 min and allowed to cool down to rt. Cyclopropylsulfonamide (406 mg, 3.35 mmol) was added in one 520 portion before the addition of neat DBU (0.50 mL, 3.35 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 16 h, diluted with 50% THF-EtOAc (200mL) and washed with brine saturated pH 4.0 buffer (2x4OmL). Organic layer was dried (MgSO 4 ), concentrated, and purified over a Biotage 25M column (MeOH in CH 2 Cl 2 , 0% to 15%) to supply 5 217 mg (54%) of the desired product {N-BOC-P2[(4R)-(7-methoxyquinoline-4-oxo) S-proline]-PI(IR,2S VinylAcca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane}: 'H NIvR (Methanol-d 4 ) S 1.01-1.10 (m, 2H), 1.11-1.18 (m, IH), 1.20-1.27 (m, 1H), 1.39-1.48 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.87 (dd, J=8, 5 Hz, 1H), 2.01-2.38 (m, 2H), 2.57 (dd, J=14, 7 Hz, IH), 2.91-2.96 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.92 (in, 2H), 3.94 (s, 311), 4.36-4.39 (m, 1H), 5.11 (d, J=10 10 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, J=17 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (m, 1H), 5.74-5.81 (m, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (m, IH), 8.07 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H1), 8.60 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.28, method 1). MS m/z 601 (M*+l) Steps 3: A total of product (198 mg, 0.33 mmol) of Step 2 of Example 375 {BOC-P2 [(4R) 15 ( 7 -methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-S-prolinel-P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)

CONHSO

2 Cyclopropane} was dissolved in 4N HCl/dioxane (4ml, 16 mmol) and stirred for 2h at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated to supply the crude product as a tan solid which was used immediately in the next reaction. Step 4: 20 The crude product of Step 3 of Example 375 {HN-P 2 [(4R)-(7-methoxyquinoline-4 oxo)-S-prolinel-Pl(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 CyclCpropane, Bis HCI Saltj was suspended in 10 mL of dichloromethane. To this mixture was added N-BOC-L-tert leucine (BOC L-tBuGly) [120 mg, 0.52 nmol), HOAT (30 mg, 0.20 mmol), DIPEA (0.29 ml, 1.65 mmol), and HATU (160 mg, 0.43 nmol) at rt. The reaction mixture 25 was stirred for 16 h, diluted with 50% EtOAc-THF (300 nL), washed with brine saturated pH 4.0 buffer (3x50 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ), concentrated. The residue was purified by a Isco 35g column (eluted with 0% to 15% MeOH in CH 2

CI

2 ) to supply the product (130.1 mg, 47%) as a Hunning's base salt (Compound 375): 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) 8 ppm 1.00-1.48 (m, 29 H), 1.47 (s, 9 H), 1.89 (m, 1 H), 2.26 (in, I H), 30 2.36 (m, 1 H), 2.69 (m, I H), 2.97 (m, I H), 3.25 (q, J=7.43 Hz, 2 H), 3.74 (m, 2 H), 3.97 (s, 3 H), 4.10 (m, I H), 4.23 (dd, J=19.68, 9.92 Hz, 1 H), 4.57 (m, 2 H), 5.15 (m, I H), 5.31 (in, I H), 5.50 (s, I H), 5.77 (m, I H), 7.01 (t, J=-5.34 Hz, I H), 7.16 (d, 521 1=9.16 Hz, 1 H), 7.31 (d, J=1.83 Hz, I H), 8.14 (m, I H), 8.67 (d, J=5.49 Hz, 1 H)'. LC-MS (retention time: 1.49 Method d), MS m/z 714 (M+ 1). Example 376: Preparation of Compound 376. AN O-'o H H Np e.._ _ H N H N' ,N 00 8"\ Compound 376 Scheme 1 O C acid wash N O and PTLC 5 Compound375 Compound 376 Step 1: Of Compound 375 (130 mg) was dissolved in EtOAc., washed one more time with pH 4 buffer, brine and then dried (MgSO 4 ). The crude mixture was purified over two 10000 PTLC plate from Analtech (20X40 cm, eluted with 3% MeOH in CH 2

CI

2 ) to 10 afford the product (Compound 376) 54 mg (23% yield from the tripeptide acid): 'H NMR (Methanol-d 4 ) 8 0.

8 8 -1.00(m, 2H), 1.01-1.14 (m, 2H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.25 (s, 9H), 1.34 (dd, J=9, 5 Hz, I H), 1.81-1.89 (m, IH), 2.06-2.13 (m,1H), 2.45-2.50 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.75 (m, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.98-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.22 (m, 1H), 4.46 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.54-4.57 (m, 1H), 4.97-5.02 (m, 1H), 5.14-5.22 (m, 1H), 5.33-5.41 (m, 15 1H), 5.81-5.99 (m, 1H), 6.87-6.95 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.09 (m, 1H), 7.25 (m, IH), 8.07 8.10 (m, 1H), 8.59 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H). HRMS m/z (M-H)~ calcd. for C 3 5 H46N 5

O

9 S: 712.3016, found: 712.3024; LC-MS nle 714 (retention time: 1.42, method 1).

522 Example 377: Preparation of Compound 377. 0c, 0 H H N. H Compound 377 Scheme I HCI 1- N~ step I H H H N H.. N H HATU; DIPEA, HOAT. N H HcI H N 2-(S)-N-Boc-amino-8-nonenoIc acid 0 d'? compound 3 Step 1: 5 A total of 1.0 mmol the product of Step 2 of Example 375 {The Bis HCI Salt of HN

P

2 [(4R)-(7-methoxyquinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)

CONHSO

2 Cyclopropane} suspended in 20 nL of dichloromethane was added 352 mg (1.30 mmol) of 2 -(S)-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-8-nonenoic acid purchased from xar Ammuo Acitas, niuA i tOz Mg, U.ov mmoi), Vi~rrJA to. /I+ MI, D.u mmoi), ano. 10 HATU (494 mg, 1.30 mmol) at rt. The reaction mixture was stirred 16 h, and the majority of the CH 2

CI

2 removed in vacuo. The mixture was diluted with saturated pH 4.0 buffer (150 mL), and extracted into EtOAc (4x200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO 4 ), concentrated. The residue was purified over a Biotage 40M column (eluted with 0% to 15% MeOH in CH 2

CI

2 ) to afford the 15 product (Compoud 377) 574 mg (76%): LC-MS m/z 754 (retention time: 1.64, method 1). Example 378: Preparation of Compound 378. O H 0 378 Coffound 378 523 Scheme 1 HCI 1 N step 1 N . HATU; OIPEA, HOAT, N H HCI H1 N'O N -- Vallne 0 0&' compound 378 Step 1: A total of 0.34 mmol of the product of Step 2 of Example 375 {The Bis HCI Salt of

HN-P

2

[(

4 R)-(7-methoxyquinoline4-oxo)-S-proline]-PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca) 5 CONHSO 2 Cyclopropane) was suspended in 3 mL of dichloromethane. To this mixture was added N-BOC-L-Valine (L-Val) (120 mg, 0.55 mmol), HOAT (30 mg, 0.20 mmol), DIPEA (0.29 ml, 1.65 mmol), and HATU (160 mg, 0.43 mmol) at rt. The reaction mixture was stirred 16 h, diluted with saturated pH 4.0 buffer (150 mL), and extracted into EtOAc (3x200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed 10 with brine, dried (MgSO 4 ), and concentrated. The res.idue was purified over an Isco 35g column (MeOH in CH 2

C

2 : 0% to 15%). This material was further purified over two 8 PTLC plate from Analtech (20X40 cm, eluted with 3% MeOH in CH2Cl 2 ) to afford the product 104.1 mg (44%), Compound 378: HRMS m/z (M-H)~ called. for C34H44NsO 9 S: 698.2860, found: 698.2865. LC-MS m 700 (retention time: 1.60, 15 method D). Example 379: Preparation of Compound 379 0 H HN o,OY N3 O N O O Compound 379 524 Scheme I 0 step I ____ step 2 A POC Pylne t-BuOK, THF 2-pcolic aod 0 reau OT step4step 5 NOH Stepe 4: step 3 ho zpe DM0 N HATU. HOT Po

(

3 m, 45. m re3ux ea anHtrr a r O H N OH TWA H2- 0 "0 b) BOcc-Lot eut ne, ( T . MHATU, o, PEA Compouna 379 Step 1: To a suspension of 2 -picolic acid (3.73g, 30.3 mmol) and 2-amino4 phn)- e -, 0 30( imnHF (5 t0 - ddtov B in uridin ( M50T,24. 5 was added POd 3 (3.7 mL, 45.4 mol) in 5 m. the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hr at the temperature, and stirred at C oveite. The reaction mixture was poured into cold water and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined extract was dried to provide the product (7.67 g, 93%): 'H NMvR (methanol-d 4 ) 8 ppm 2.65 (s, 3 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 6.78 (in, 1 H), 7.60 (in, 1 H), 8.00 (mn, 1 H), 8.06 (in, I H), 8.21 (d, J=7.63 10 Hz, I H), 8.59 (t, J=2.29 Hz, I H), 8.76 (d, J=3.97 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.56, Method D), MS m/z 271 (M+ 1). Step 2: To a suspension suspension of Pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ( 2 -acetyl-5-methoxy phenyl)-amide (2.90 g, 10.7 inmol) in THF (50 ml) was added t-BuOK/fHF (IM, 24 15 mi, 24 rnrol). The reaction mixture was heated at 70 0 C for 3 h and stirred overnite. The solvent was removed the in vacuo. Cold water was added to the residue and adjusted pH to 4.6 with aqueous 1.0 N HCI, filtered. The solid residue was purified 525 over a Biotage 65M column (MeOH/CH 2

C

2 : 0-15%) to provide the product (2.26 g, 84%): LC-MS (retention time: 1.19, Method D), MS m/z 253 (M+1). Step 3: A mixture of 7 -Methoxy-2-pyridin-2-yl-quinolin-4-) (2.2 g, 8.71 mmol) in POC1 3 5 (92 mL) was refluxed for 3 h and then removed the solvent in vacuo. Ice water was added to the residue, adjusted the pH >10 with 1.0 N' NaOH, and extrated with EtOAc (2x). The combined extract was washed with water, brine, dried (MgSO 4 ), removed solvent to supply the product as a yellow solid (89 %, 2.1 g): DMSO-D6) 8 ppm 3.97 (s, 3 H), 7.40 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I H), 7.53 (m, I H), 8.01 (m, I H), 8.09 10 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 8.46 (s, I H), 8.56 (d, J=7.93 Hz, I H), 8.74 (d, J=3.97 Hz, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.50, Method D), MS m/z 271 (M*+I). Step 4: To a solution of N-Boc-4-hydroxyproline (1.6 g, 6.7 rmol) in DMSO (20 mL) was added t-BuOK (1.9 g, 16.8 mmol). The generated mixture was stirred for 1.5 h and 4 15 Chloro- 7 -methoxy-2-pyridin-2-yl-quinoline (2.0 g, 7.4 mmol) and DMSO (10 mL) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 38 h, diluted with cold water and extracted with EtOAc/ether (1/4, 2x). the aqueous layer was acidified to pH 4 and extracted with EtOAcITHF (5x). the combined extract was dried (Na 2 SO4/MgSO 4 ), removed the solvent in vacuo and the residue was puritied by preparative HPLC (0 20 80% solvent B) to provide the product (1.6 g, 50%): LC-MS (retention time: 1.23, Method I), MS m/z 466 (M*+l). Step 5: A solution of product (0.21 g, 0.65 mmol) of Step 4 of Example 379 {N-boc

(IR,

2 S)-1-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid e;thyl ester) in HCI/dioxane 25 (4M, 5 mL, 20 mmol) was stirred for 3 h, and the solvent was removed in vacuo. To the residue was added CH 2

C

2 (10 mL), diisopropylethylamine (0.4 mL, 3.23 mmol), HOBT (0.20 g, 1.35 mmol), Boc-(4R)-(2-cyclopropyl-7-methoxy-quinoline-4-oxo) S-proline (0.20 g, 0.5 mmol) and HATU (0.415 g, 1.07 nmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnite and diluted with pH 4.0 buffer, extracted with EtOAc. The 30 extract was dried (MgSO 4 ) and purified by Biotage 40 M column using MeOH/

CH

2

CI

2 (0 to 15%) as eluent to provide the product (204.7 mg, 70%): 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) 8 ppm 0.64 (m, 1 H), 0.96 (m, 2 H), 1.33 (i, 8 H), 1.39 (m, 9 H), 1.90 526 (m, 2 H), 2.18 (m, I H), 2.54 (m, I H), 2.81 (m, I H), 4.01 (m, 5 H), 4.44 (d, J=28.99 Hz, I H), 5.08 (m, 1 H), 5.31 (m, I H), 5.57 (s, I H), 6.03 (m, I H), 6.94 (s, 1 H), 7.27 (d, J=8.24 Hz, I H), 7.64 (m, 1 H), 7.92 (m, I H), 8.14 (m, 2 H), 8.66 (s, I H), 8.74 (s, I H). 5 Step 6: A slurry of P2 Boc-( 4

R)-(

7 -methoxy-2-Pyridin-2-yl-quinoline-4-oxo)-S-proline] P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO2(1-cyclopropylmethiylcyclopropan-1-yl) (Step 5, Example 379) (203 mg, 0.3 mmol) in 4M HCI/dioxane (3.5 mL, 14 mmol) was stirred for 2 h, removed the solvent in vacuo. To the residue was added CH 2

C

2 (2 10 mL), diisopropylethylanmine (0.63 mL, 3.6 mmol), Boc-L-tert-leucine (83 mg, 0.36 nmol), HOAt (41 mg, 0.3 mmol), and HATU (148 mg, 0.39 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 7 h and removed the solvent in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (35-85% solvent B) to provide the desired product (Compound 379) 25.1 mg (11%): 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) 8 ppm -0.05 (m, I H), 15 0.30 (m, I H), 0.66 (m, I H), 0.91 (m, 2 H), 1.05 (s, 9 H), 1.28 (s, 9 H), 1.67 (m, 8 H), 2.15 (m, I H), 2.58 (m, I H), 2.77 (m, I H), 3.96 (s, 3 H), 4.19 (d, J=40.25 Hz, 2 H), 4.51 (d, J=16.47 Hz, 2 H), 4.95 (m, I H), 5.15 (m, I H), 5.53 (s, I H), 5.89 (dd, J=16.65, 9.33 Hz. 1 H), 7.09 (d, J=8.42 Hz, I H), 7.43 (d, 1=1.83 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 (m, I H), 7.82 (s, I H), 7.99 (m, I H), 8.10 (d, J=9.15 Hz, I H), 8.48 (d, 1=7.68 Hz, I H), 20 8.72 (s, I H). LC-MS (retention time: 1.59, Method 1), MS n/z 791 (M*+1). Example 380: Preparation of Compound 380. .ON 0 H N Compound 380 527 Scheme 1 step 1 ne "' N step 2 'ZNC 19 a) HC1Jkoxa stp b) Boc-Lt-Heucine, O HATU, HOBT, DIPEA H U'OH, H20 'N l N step 3 H H CDI. DBU H O N H N 0 r NH 2 0 5 Step 1: The starting material in Scheme I of the present example was prepared by coupling of the product of step 3 in Example 11 of section B with the amino terminus of 5 P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-COOEt. A slurry of said coupling product, P2 Boc-(4R)-(6 methoxy-isoquinoline-1-oxo)-S-proline]-P1(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-COOEt (7.88 g, 14.99 mmol) in 4M HCI/dioxane (120 mL, 480 mmol) was stirred for 2 h, removed the solvent in vacuo and azeotroped with dry dioxane. To the residue was added DMF (75 mL), N-mehtylmorpholine (6.27 mL, 57.07 mmol), Boc-L-tert-leucine 10 (5.20 g, 22.49 mmol), and HATU (8.53 g, 22.49 mmo). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnite and worked up by pouring the reaction mixture into ice water and adjusted to pH 5 with aqueous 1.0 N HCI and extracted with EtOAc. The extract was washed with NaHCO 3 (aq.), brine, dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated. The residue was purified over Biotage 65M column (EtOAc-hexanes: 5-100%) to provide the 15 product (8.07 g, 84%): Retention time: 1.88 method 1) MS m/z 639 (M+ 1). Step 2: To a suspension of the product (4.0 g, 6.26 mmol) of Step I of Example 384 (Boc NH-P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-(6-methoxyl-isoquinoline-1-oxo)-S-prolinel-PI (IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-COOEt} in THF(250 mL), CH 3 0H (31 mL), and H 2 0 (125 mL) was 20 added LiOH (2.4 g, 100.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for overnite and then adjusted to pH 7 with aqueous 1.0 N HCL. The organic solvents were removed in vacuo. The aqueous residue was acidified to pH 4 and extracted with EtOAc (2x).

528 The combined organic solvent was dried (Na 2

SO

4 /MgSO 4 ), and concentrate d in vacuo to supply the product (3.79 g, 99%): 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) 0 ppm 1.05 (s, 9 H), 1.25 (m, 1 H), 1.29 (s, 9 H), 1.46 (m, 1 H), 1.72 (dd, J=8.24, 5.19 Hz, i H), 2.23 (q, J=8.55 Hz, I H), 2.68 (dd, J=13.89, 7.78 Hz, 1 H), 3.94 (s, 3 H), 4.05 (c d, 5 J1=1.60,3.05 Hz, I H), 4.23 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 4.46 (d, J=11.60 Hz, I H , 4.63 (t, J=8.39 Hz, I H), 5.10 (d, J=10.38 Hz, 1 H), 5.29 (d, J=17.40 Hz, I H), 5.8q (in, 2 H), 7.10 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 7.19 (s, I H), 7.26 (d, J=5.49 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (d, J 5.80 Hz, I H), 8.12 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 1 H). Retention time: 1.81 method I) MS m/z 611 'M*+1). Step 3: 10 A solution of CDI (0.052 g, 0.32 mnol) and the product (0.130 g, 0.21 mm<1) of Step 2 of Example 384 { BOCNH-P 3 (L-t-BuGly)-P2[(4R)-6-methoxy-sioquinolir e- -oxo) S-proline]-PL(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CO 2 H} in THF (2 m:L) was refluxed for 6 min and allowed to cool down to rt. Cyclobutanesulfonamide (0.043 g, 0.32 mmol) Was added followed by the addition of a solution of neat DBU (0.048 mL, 0.32 nmol). The 15 reaction was stirred for overnite, then filtered through syringe filter and puritied by preparative HPLC (30% to 100% solvent B) to provide the desired product 0.1422 mg (92%): 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) 6 ppm 1.04 (s, 9 H). 1.26 (d, 1=13.43 Hz, 9 H), 1.39 (m. I H), 1.85 (dd, 1=7.63, 5.19 Hz, 1 H), 1.98 (m, 2 H), 2.26 (in, 4 H), 2.50 (rn, 2 H), 2.61 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.05 (m, I H), 4.24 (in, I H), 4.33 (m, I Hr, 4.43 20 (d, J=11.60 Hz, 1 H), 4.52 (m, I H), 5.13 (m, I H), 5.30 (m, I H), 5.71 (m, I H), 5.82 (s, I H), 7.08 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 7.18 (s, 1 H), 7.24 (d. J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.8 3 (m, I H), 8.08 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H). Retention time: 1.89 method ) MS n/z 728 (M +1).

529 Scheme 2 Step 4 NNH HQ/dioxane DIE CHCN N AH 0 Q H N H HO NN, 000 0 0 SOP 5 DIPEA. CH 2 cC2 tjt- rI!4 ' T' 0 0 Compound 3O Step 4: Example 380, Step 3 (0.196 mg, 0.27 mmol) {(BOCNH-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2 -(4R)-(6 methoxy-isoquinoline-l-oxo)-S-proline]-PI(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO2 5 Cyclobutyl} was dissolved in HCI/dioxane (5 mL; 20 mmol) and was stirred for 2 h at rt. Removed the solvent in vacuo to supply the titled product 100% (0.1817 g) which was ready to next step. Step 5: To a mixture of the product (0.037 g, 0.053 mmol) of Step 4 of Example 38({HCH 10 salt of NH 2 -P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2

-(

4

R)-(

6 -methoxy-isoquinoline-l-oxo)-S-pro ine] PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclobutyl) and diisopropylethylanine (C.046 mL), 0.26 mmol) in CH 2

C

2 (2 mL) was added cyclopentyl chloroformate (0.7 M, 0.151 mL, 0.069 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnite and purified by preparative HPLC (30% to 100% solvent B) to provide the desired product 15 (Comound 380) (0.0303 g, 77%): 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) S ppm 1.03 (s, 9 H), 1.48 (m, 9 H), 1.86 (dd, 1=8.24, 5.49 Hz, 1 H), 1.99 (m, 2 H), 2.27 (m, 4 H), 2.51 m, 2 H), 2.60 (dd, J=13.89, 6.87 Hz, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.05 (dd, J=12.21, 3.97 H,, I H), 4.32 (m, 2 H), 4.41 (d, 1=11.90 Hz, I H), 4.53 (m, I H), 4.69 (m, I H), 5.12 (d, J=10.38 Hz, I H), 5.29 (d, 1=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.71 (m, 1 H), 5.83 (s, I H), 7.1 (d, 20 J=9.46 Hz, I H), 7.19 (s, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H),. 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 8.08 (d, 1=9.16 Hz, I H). retention time: 1.85 method IH), MS m/z 740 (M*+1) 530 Example 381: Preparation of Compound 381. 01 o NNH N~~~ HCH" H0 H N CCpound 381 Ste step 1 :1 Ii I1 )N H2C 2 ( wIPEA. CH 2 C nt ca ( N N,'o . HCI HN z D 0 d Compound .rei Step I: 5 To a mixture of the product ( 0

.

0 37 g, 0.053 mmol) of Step 4 of Example 380 (HCI salt of NH 2 -P3(L-t-B uGly)-P2 -( 4

R)-(

6 -methoxy-isoquinoline- I -oxo)-S-prol ne] PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONllSO 2 CyclobutyJ) and iisopropylethylamine (0.046 m1L), 0.26 mmol) in CH 2

CI

2 (2 mL) was added new-pentyl chloroformate (0.0 12 m, 0.069 mmoi). I ne reaction mixture was surreal overnite ana airecity puniea Dy pre arau ve 10 HPLC (30% to 100% solvent B) to provide the desired product (Comound 3 1) (0.0252 g, 64%): 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) 8 ppm 0.84 (s, 9 H), 1.05 (s, 9 H), 1.40 (m, I H), 1.86 (m, I H), 2.00 (m, 2 H), 2.28 (m, 4 H), 2.51 (m, 2 H), 2.57 (m, I H, 3.39 (d, J=10.07 Hz, 1 H), 3.55 (d, J=10.38 Hz, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.05 (m, 1 H), .33 (m, 2 H), 4.41 (d, 1=11.29 Hz, 1 H), 4.53 (m, 1 H), 5.12 (d, J=10.07 Hz, 1 H), 5.29 15 (d, J=17.09 Hz, I H), 5.71 (m, 1 H), 5.82 (s, I H), 7.10 (d, 1=9.16 Hz, 1 H), 7. 9 (s, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, 1 H), 7 97 (s, 1 H), 8.07 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H). retention time: 1.89 method H), MS m/z 742 (f+l).

531 Example 382: Preparation of Compound 382. N0N H N 0 0 NH O Copmund 3a2 Scheme NZ1I IN DIPEA. 0C 2 11 1 , , H H 0O N 2 0 N, O -, HHI4I H HN- g~~ 0 ~ Copnued 382 Step 1: 5 To a mixture of the product (0.037 g, 0.053 mmol) of Step 4 of Example 3 0 (HCI salt of NH2-P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2

-(

4

R)-(

6 -methoxy-isoquinoline-1-oxo)-S-p oline) P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHS0 2 Cyclobutyl) and diisopropylethylamine 0.046 mL), 0.26 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (2 mL) was added di-t-amyl dicarbonate (0.01 9 g, 0.069 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnite and directly purified by 10 HPLC (30% to 100% solvent B) to provide the desired product (Comound 382) (0.0175 g, 44%): 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) S ppm 0.79 (t, J=6.87 Hz, 3 H), 1.04 (s, 8 H), 1.21 (s, 3 H), 1.23 (s, 3 H), 1.41 (m, 2 H), 1.64 (m, 2 H), 1.83 (m, 1 H), 2.00 (m, 2 H), 2.26 (m, 4 H), 2.51 (m, 2 H), 2.60 (m, 1 H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.07 (m, 1 ), 4.24 (m, 1 H), 4.33 (m, I H), 4.43 (d, J=1 1.60 Hz, 1 H), 4.52 (m, I H), 5.13 (m, . H), 5.29 15 (m, I H), 5.71 (m, I H), 5.82 (s, I H), 7.09 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 7.18 (s, I H, 7.25 (d, J=5.49 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.08 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H). retention time: 1.90, method H), MS m/z 742 (M*+1).

532 Example 383: Preparation of Compound 383. NNo Copmund 383 Schem1l st p 1 N EA.N HCICHZC2 Nk 0 H H N' 0~0 H N N ryO HC H 2 N O 0 Conpowid 3 Step 1 5 To a mixture of the product (0.037 g, 0.053 mmol) of Step 4 of Example 381) {HCI salt of NH 2 -P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2 -(4R)-(6-methoxy-isoquinoline-I-oxo)-S-prc line] PI(1R,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclobutyl} and iisopropylethylamine (0 046 mL), 0.26 mmol) in CH 2

CI

2 (2 mL) was added t-butyl-isocianate (0.008 mL, 0.061) mmol). The reaction mixture was stirrea ovemite ana airecuy punneu D preparau v :ri-LC 10 (30% to 100% solvent B) to provide the desired product (Comound 383) (0.324 g, 62%): 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) S ppm 1.05 (s, 9 H), 1.1) (s, 9 H), 1.37 (m, 1 I), 1.85 (dd, J=8.09, 5.34 Hz, I H), 2.00 (m, 2 H), 2.26 (m, 4 H), 2.50 (m, 2 H), 2.58 (m, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.06 (m, I H), 4.32 (m, 2 H), 4.49 (m, 2 H), 5.11 (d, J=10. 38 Hz, 1 H), 5.27 (d, J=17.40 Hz, 1 H), 5.69 (m, 1 H), 5.83 (s, I H), 7.08 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, 15 1 H), 7.17 (d, J=2.44 Hz, 1 H), 7.24 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.87 (d, J=6.10 Hz, I H), 8.12 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H). retention time: 1.77, method H), MS m/z 727 (M+ ). Example 384: Preparation of Compound 384. 00 oQ N 0 H H Ne. H Compound 384 533 SCheme I stop I1C KH. microwave N 01 NHCO 0 0 H NH N 4 N0.) & NO NH N N' 0 HCIH2N H N O O oTS Compound 384 Step 1: A suspension of diisopropylethylamine (0.031 mL, 0.018 mmol), N,N' disuccinimidyl carbonate (0.0274 g, 0.107 mmol) and the product (0.050 g, 0.0714 5 mmol) of Step 4 of Example 380{HCI salt of NH 2 -P3(L-t-BuGly)-P2 -(4R)-(6 methoxy-isoquinoline-1-oxo)-S-proline]-P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-CONHSO 2 Cyclobutyl} in THF (2 mL) was sonicated at 80 *C for 15 mn. KH (0.046 g, 1.14 mmol) and I-methylcyclopentanol (0.079 mL, 0.714 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 min and worked up by diluting with cold water, adjusted 10 pH to 4, extracted with EtOAc. The extract was dried (MgSO 4 ) and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC (30% to 100% solvent .B) to provide the desired product (Comound 384) (0.018 g, 33%): (methanol-d 4 ) 8 ppm 1.04 (s, 9 H), 1.29 1.79 (m, 10 H), 1.84 (m, 2 H), 1.99 (m, 3 H), 2.26 (m, 4 H), 2.49 (m, 2 H), 2.60 (dd, J=13.73, 7.02 Hz, I H), 3.92 (s, 3 H), 4.05 (dd, J=11.29, 2.44 Hz, I H), 4.26 (s, 1 H), 15 4.32 (m, 1 H), 4.44 (d, J=1 1.90 Hz, I H), 4.52 (m, I H), 5.12 (d, J=10.07 Hz, 1 H), 5.28 (d, J=16.79 Hz, 1 H), 5.71 (m, I H), 5.82 (s, I H), 7.10 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 7.19 (s, I H), 7.26 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 7.88 (d, J=5.80 Hz, I H), 8.08 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H). LC-MS retention time: 1.91 method H), MS m/z 754 (M*+1). Example 385: Preparation of Compound 385. O >rv13'N N ,0 20 20 Compound 385 534 Scheme 1 cI OH sp sep 2N N CN TsOH. 0N POC6 3 reil= step T F Se - 0 ,0& -,N -BuOK. LaC13, THF BuP HF 2 .N 0 140 *C. microwave -H H H - ~ r N10 ONN % ,0O~s 0 -Tn 0 0 d'sda COmpoundl 385 Step 1: A suspension of 2 -cyanomethyl-4-methoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester (1.9g and TsOH. H 2 0 (0.15 g, mmol) in morpholine 5 mL) was refluxed for 4 h and removed 5 the solvent in vavuo. The residue was recrystalyzed from EtOAc/hexanes with drops of MeOH to provide the product (0.43 g, 17%): LC-MS retention time: 1.07 method H), MS m/z 266 (M*+I). Step 2: A mixture of 6 -methoxy-3-morpholin4-yl-isoquinolin-I-ol (0.298 g, 1.15 mmol) in 10 POsJL3 (2v IIL) was relluxed for 2 h, remove the solvt in vacuv and cold watrl was added. The pH was adjustde to >11 by addition of 1.0 N NaOH. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The extract was dried (MgSO 4 ), removed the solvent in vacuo to provide the produt (0.299g, 94%): LC-MS retention time: 1.68 method H), MS m/z 279 (M*+1). 15 Step 3: A mixture of 1-Chloro- 6 -methoxy-3-morpholin-4-yl-isoquinoline (0.050g, 0.18 mmol) and tetrabutyl phosphorium hydrgen difloride (0.8 g, 2.8 mmol) [Synlett 1992, (4), 345-6] was heated at 140 *C in microwave for 10 min. the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and filtered through an ISCO 2 5g precolumn with a 20 layer of silicon gel on the top, removed the solvent to provide the product (0.037 mg, 77%): 'H NMR (CHLOROFORM-D) S ppm 3.48 (m, 4 H), 3.84 (m, 4 H), 3.89 (s, 3 H), 6.46 (d, J=1.22 Hz, 1 H), 6.85 (s, I H), 6.90 (dd, J=9.16, 2.44 Hz, I H), 7.82 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1 H). LC-MS retention time: 1.56 method H), MS m/z 263 (M*+1). Step 4: 535 A mixture of 1-floro- 6 -methoxy-3-morpholin-4-yl-isoquinoline (0.037g, 0.14 mrnol), LaCI 3 (0.020 g, 0.8 mmol), t-BuOK (IM/THF, 0.32 mL, 0.32 mmol), and Boc - NH P3(L-tert-BuGly)-P2

[(

4 R)-4-hydroxyl-S-proline]-Pl(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)

CONHSO

2 Cyclopropane (0.045 g, 0.08 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was stirred for 3 days. 5 The reaction mixture was diluted with methanol filtered through syringe filter and purified by preparative HPLC to provide the product as a pale yellow foam (0.0158 g, 24%): 'H NMR (methanol-d 4 ) 8 ppm 1.03 (s, 9 H), 1.24 (m, 4 H), 1.31 (s, 9 H), 1.43 (m, 2 H), 1.88 (m, I H), 2.24 (m, 2 H), 2.59 (dd, J=13.43, 6.71 Hz, I H), 2.94 (m, I H), 3.47 (m, 4 H), 3.83 (in, 4 H), 3.86 (s, 3 H), 4.08 (m, I H), 4.28 (s, I H), 10 4.48 (in, 1 H), 5.12 (d, J=10.38 Hz, 1 H), 5.29 (d, J=:16.48 Hz, 1 H), 5.76 (in, 2 H), 6.74 (d, J=9.16 Hz, I H), 6.94 (s, 1 H), 7.85 (d, J=8.85 Hz, I H), 9.19 (s, I H). retention time: 1.86 method H), MS n/z 799 (M*+1). Example 386: Preparation of Compound 386. N O H H N H Or NO

O.-N

0 'Me Compound 386 15 Compounds 386 was prepared using the methods described herein. Section I: All compounds in section I were analyzed by the LCIMS methodology, which has the following conditions. 20 Method A: Xterra C18 S7 3.0 x 50 mm Gradient: 100% solvent A / 0% solvent B to 0% solvent A / 100% solvent B Gradient time: 3 min. Hold time: I min. Flow rate: 4 inlmin. 25 Detector Wavelength: 220 nm Solvent A: 10% MeOH / 90% H20 / 0.1% TFA 536 Solvent B: 10% H 2 0 / 90% MeOH /0.1% TFA Example 410: Preparation of Compound 410 N

CF

3 0~ H N

N"

N O rN OH 0 06' Od Compound 410 Scheme 1 H, Step1F3C F3C N C2H ' O, Step2 BOC

CO

2 H N CO2Me Cl BOC BOC F.C-- N Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 0, 0,

CO

2 Me H x CO 2 Me H CN H N HCl ON HO 0+

F

3 C 0, Step 6 . Compound 410 (Q)-C0 2 H Example 1, Step 8 5 0 Step 1: To a solution of Boc-L-hydroxyproline (0.723 g, 3.13 mmol) in DMSO, KO'Bu (0.808 g, 7.2 mmol) was added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The suspension 537 was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours, and 4-chloro-6-methyl-2 (trifluoromethyl)quinoline (0.916 g, 3.75 mmol) was added in two portions. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for three hours, and 1.3 equivalents of HCI (IN) was used to neutralize the reaction. Buffer solution of pH 4.0 was added and 5 the pH was adjusted to pH 4-5. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate, (3 x 25mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over MgSO 4 to yield the titled compound as a white solid (crude yield not calculated). The crude product was taken into the next step. LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.48 (441.5) (method A). 10 Step 2: A solution of the crude product from Step 1, 4

-(

6 -methyl-2-trifluoromethyl quinolin- 4 -yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester (assumed 3.13 mmol), in THF (10 mL) and methanol (10 nL) was cooled to 00 C. TMSCN 2 2M in 15 hexanes (- 1.3 eq) was slowly added to the stirring solution under a nitrogen atmosphere until gas was no longer emitted from the solution. The fully reacted solution was then concentrated in vacuo, and purification by a Biotage 40M column (eluted 10% - 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) afforded the pure titled compound as a white foam (976 mg, 69% over Step 1&2) 20 LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.60 (477) (method A). Step 3: A solution of the product from Step 2 (0.976 g, 2.15 mmol) in DCM (7 mL) and TFA (6.62 mL) was stirred at room temperature for one hour. The solvent was 25 removed in vacuo and the residue was suspended in IN HCI in diethyl ether (8 mL), gently stirred, and concentrated in vacuo. This procedure was repeated and the resulting product was placed on an oil pump overnight to yield a white solid in quantitative yield. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d,) S 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.57- 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.71 (m, IH), 3.62 30 3.65 (br d, J = 15 Hz, 1H), 3.80-3.81 (m, 4H), 4.8 (br s, IH), 5.7 (s, 1H), 7.46 (s, IH), 7.72-7.75 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.98-7.8 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1fH), 9.54 (br s, IH); LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 1.61 (355) (method A).

538 Step 4: The product from Step 3 (assumed quantitative yield, 2.746 mmol) was added to a solution of BOC-t-Butyl-L-glycine (0.635 g, 2.746 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) 5 under a nitrogen atmosphere. This step was followed by the addition of HOBt (0.408 g, 3.02 mmol), DIPEA (3.35 mL, 19.2 mmol), and HBTU (1.56 g, 4.12 mmol). A peach colored solution immediately resulted and the reaction was left to stir at room temperature overnight. 10 mL DCM was added to the completed reaction in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 10 buffer solution (25 mL). The mixture was acidified to a pH of 4.5 using IN HCI, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 20 m,). The organic phase was washed twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (20 mL), saturated NaOH (25 mL), and brine (20 mL), and then dried with MgSO 4 . The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 40M column (eluted 10% - 40% ethyl acetate in 15 hexanes). This purification afforded the pure titled compound as a white solid (1.11 g, 89%). '1H NMR: (DMSO-d) 8 0.96-1.02 (rotamers, 3:2, s, 18H), 2.27-2.33 (in, IH), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.68-2.72 (m, IH), 3.67 (s, 3H), 4.02-4.04 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.45 (br d, J = 15 Hz, 2H), 4.58-4.61 (t, 1H), 5.60 (br s, IH), 6.72-6.74 (br d, J = 15 Hz, IH), 7.38 (s, 20 1H), 7.68-7.73 (m, IH), 7.95-7.97 (in, 2H); LC/MS rt-min (MiH*): 2.61 (590) (method A). Step 5: LiOH (0.138 g, 5.78 mmol) was dissolved in water (10 mL) by heating and 25 sonication. The LiOH solution and MeOH (10 mL) were added to a solution of the pure material from Step 4 (1.09 g, 1.93 mmol) in THF (1OmL). The mixture immediately turned a vivid blue color. The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 3 hours and was then acidified with IN HCl (5.78 mL, 5.78 mmol). The reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution and the pH was adjusted to 30 rH 4.5 using IN aqueous NaOH. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 25 mL), washed with brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO 4 . The filtered solution 539 was concentrated in vacuo and left on a vacuum line ovemight. The crude product (957 mg, 90% yield) was taken into the next step. LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.51 (577) (method A). 5 Step 6: The crude product from Step 5 (60 mg, 0.11 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (5 mL) and cyclopropanesulfonic acid (I (R)-amino-2 (S)-vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl) amide hydrochloride salt (Example 1, Step 8) (0.029 g, 0.11 mmol) was added. DIPEA (0.094 mL, 0.541 mmol), and then HATU (0.0575, 0.151 mmol) were added 10 under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for about 8 hours. 10 mL DCM was added to the solution in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL). The mixture was acidified using IN HC to a pH of 4-5, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 20 mL). The organic phase. was washed twice with pH 4.00 15 buffer solution (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), and then dried over MgSO 4 . The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 12M column (eluted 10% - 40% acetone in hexanes). This purification afforded Compound 410 as a white powder (29 mg, 35%). 'H NMR: (DMSO-d) 8 0.976-1.12 (m, 24 H), 1.36-1.39 (m, IH), 1.70-1.72 (m, 20 1H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.52 (m, 4H), 2.91-2.96 (m, 1H), 3.97-4.01 (m, 2H), 4.40-4.47 (m, 2H), 5.09-5.11 (d, J= 10Hz, IH), 5.21-5.24 (d, J = 15Hz, 1H), 5.59 5.66 (m, 2H), 6.65-6.67 (d, NH), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.72-7.74 (d, J= 10 Hz, IH), 7.90 (s, IH), 7.98-8.0 (d, J= 10 Hz, IH), 8.87 (s, NH), 10.35 (s, NH); LC/MS rt-min (MH*-): 2.65 (789.61) (method A). 25 30 540 Example 411: Preparation of Compound 411. N N H N ' H >O rN O N O O H Compound 411 Step 1: Ci N 7CO 2 H BOC 5 To a solution of Boc-L-hydroxyproline (2.00 g, 8.65 rmmol) in THF (25 mL), NaH (0.795g. 19.87 mmol) was added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The suspension was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes, and 4

,

6 -dichloropyrimidine (2.58 g, 17.30 mmol) was added in two portions. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour and 1.3 equivalents of HCl (IN) were used to neutralize the reaction. pH 10 4.0 buffer solution was added and the pH was adjusted to pH 5. Ethyl acetate was used to extract the aqueous phase (3 x 25mL) and the organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over MgSO 4 to yield the titled compound as a white solid (crude yield not calculated). The crude product was taken into the next step. LC/MS rt-min (MIW): 1.91 (366.2) (method A). 15 Step 2: 541 C1 0 N CO 2 Me boo A solution of the crude product from Step 1, (assumed 8.65 mmol), in THF (40 mL) and methonal (40 mL) was cooled to 00 C. TMSCN 2 2M in hexanes (- 1.3 eq) was slowly added to the stirring solution under a nitrogen atmosphere until gas was no 5 longer emitted from the solution. The fully reacted solution was then concentrated in vacuo, and purification by a Biotage 40M column eludedd 20% - 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford the pure titled compound as a white foam (497 mg, 16% over steps 2a - 2b). 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) S 1.34-1.38 (rotamers, 2:1, 9H), 2.25-2.29 (in, IH), 2.53-2.56 10 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 4.28-4.33 (m, 1H), 5.59 (s, 1H), 7.24 (s, IH), 8.69 (s, 1H); LC/MS rt-min (MH'): 2.08 (380.14) (method A). Step 3: N Ci N HCI 01 HC..C02Me 15 H A solution of the pure product from Step 2 (472 mg, 1.83 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) and TFA (5.65 mL) was stirred at room temperature for one hour. The solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue was suspended in IN HCI in diethyl ether (7.33 mL), gently stirred and concentrated in vacuo. This procedure was repeated, and the 20 resulting product was placed on an oil pump overnight to yield a white solid in quantitative yield. LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 0.55 (258.35) (method A). Step 4: 542 N C1 Ni-4 0 HQ~ O~ 0± The product from Step 3 (assumed quantitative yield, 1.83 mmol) was added to a solution of BOC-t-Butyl-L-glycine

(

0 .424 g, 1.83 mmol) in DCM (11 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. This step was followed by the addition of HOBt (0.272 g, 2.02 5 mmol), DIPEA (2.23 mL, 12.82 mmol), and HBTU (1.04 g, 2.75 mmol). The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 15 hours. 15 mL DCM was added to the solution in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH .- ,.- - - ------ --- .......-.- 1 HCI, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 20 mL). The organic 10 phase was washed twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (20 mL), saturated NaOH (25 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO 4 . The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 40S column (eluted 20% - 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes). This purification afforded the pure titled compound as a white solid (454 mg, 53%). 15 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) 3 0.94 (s, 9H), 1.25 (s, 9H), 2.21-2.27 (m, IH), 2.48-2.55 (m, 1IH), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.86-4.02 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.31 (d, J = 10 Hz, 1H), 4.46-4.49 (t, 1H), 5.75 (br s, IH), 6.72-6.74 (d, NI), 7.12 (s, IH), 8.71 (s, IH); LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.27 (493.5) (method A). 20 Step 5: 543 N Cl HQ O 0± LiOH (0.0141 g, 0.589 mmol) was dissolved in water (7.5 mL) by heating and sonication. The LiOH solution was added to a solution of the pure material from Step 4 (252 mg, 0.535 mmol) in THF (7.5mL), and left to stir at room temperature. 5 The reaction was complete after 3 hours. It was quenched with pH 4.0 buffer and acidified to a pH of approximately 4.5 with IN HCL. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 25 mL), and the organic phase was washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over MgSO 4 . The filtered solution was concentrated in vacuo and left on a vacuum line overnight. The crude product (231 mg, 95% yield) was taken into 10 the next step. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) 5 0.94 (s, 9H), 1.25 (s, 9H), 2.14-2.22 (in, IH), 2.50-2.54 (m, IH), 3.84-3.876 (d, J = 150 Hz, 1H), 3.97-3.99 (d, J = 10 Hz, IH), 4.27-4.30 (d, J = 15 Hz, IH), 4.37-4.40 (t, IH), 5.63 (br s, IH), 6.69-6.71 (d, NH), 7.12 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, IH), 12.56 (br s, OH); 15 LC/MS rt-min (MH): 2.24 (479.5) (method A). Step 6: N N / 0±0 H N Ob The pure material from Step 5 (80 mg, 0.146 mmol), and phenylboronic acid (0.0178 20 g, 0.146 mmol) were solvated in DMF (2 mL). The solution was placed under a 544 nitrogen atmosphere and 2M aqueous Na 2

CO

3 (0.146 mL, 0.292 mmol) was added. Five mole percent of Tetrakis(triphenyl)phosphine)-palladium (0) was added (8.44 mg, 0.0073 mmol) and the mixture was heated by microwave using the Personal Chemistry Emrys Optimizer for 50 minutes at 140 0 C. Palladium black precipitated 5 out of the reaction upon completion. The mixture was acidified with one equivalent of IN HCl, and filtered through a syringe, using MeOH to extract the product. The product was purified by prep HPLC (column - 4 Xterra S5 30 x 75 mm, solvent 70% A / 30% B - 30% A / 70% B (where solvent A is 10% MeOH, 90% H20, 0.1% TFA and solvent B is 90% MeOH, 10% H 2 0, 0.1% TFA), gradient time -15 min., 10 hold time - I min., flow rate - 40 mi~min, retention time of pure product - 10.45 11.37). Fractions containing the desired product were neutralized with IN NaOH and placed in the speed vacuum for approximately 4 hours. The fractions were combined and pH 4.0 buffer (15mL) was added. The pH was adjusted to pH 4-5 using IN HCl, aidi We aqutAuus idyri -Wd G.AUaaAtuW i i C.Liiyi di..L.Ldii; Is.) A A.LI I"-). i iiL Uigai ilk iuyaAi 15 was washed with brine (15 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated in vacuo. The product was placed on an oil pump to dry overnight, and an viscous oil was obtained (37 mg, 50%). LC/MS rt-min (MvH*i): 2.37 (499.3) (method A). 20 Step 7: The product from Example 411, Step 6 (36.7 mg, 0.061 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (4 mL) and cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1 (R)-amino-2 (S)-vinyl cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt (Example 1, Step 8) (0.0164 g, 0.161 mmol) was added. DIPEA (0.0534 mL, 0.307 nmol), and then HATU 25 (0.0326, 0.0858 mmol) were added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 3 hours. 10 mL DCM was added to the solution in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL). The mixture was acidified to a pH of 4-5 using IN HCl, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 15 mL). The organic phase was washed 30 twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), and then dried over MgSO 4 . The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 545. 12M column (eluted 20% - 40% acetone in hexanes). This purification afforded the pure Compound 411 as a white powder (7 mg, 15%). 'H NMR: 8 1.07-1.46 (m, 24 H), 1.87-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.51-2.55 (m, 1fH), 2.92-2.97 (m, IH), 4.04-4.07 (d, J = 15 Hz, I H), 4.20-4.22 (d, J = 10 Hz, 5 1H), 4.36-4.38 (d, J= 10 Hz, IH), 4.47-4.50 (t, IH), 5.12-5.14 (d, J= 10 Hz, IH), 5.29-5.33 (d, J = 20 Hz, IH), 5.73-5.82 (m, 2H), 6.59-6.60 (d, NH), 7.29 (s, IH), 7.50-7.51 (m, 3H), 8.03-8.05 (m, 2H), 8.81 (s, 1H); LC/MS rt-min (Mr): 2.50 (711.4) (method A). 10 Example 412: Preparation of Compound 412. N

S

0 NN >O~N~O 0 0 0 Compound 412 Step 1: N 'k s N !: O N OO 0 O - OO 0± The product from Example 411, Step 5 (80 mg, 0.146 mol) was solvated in DMF (2 15 mL), and 2 -thiopheneboronic acid (0.028 g, 0.219 mmol) was added to the solution. The reaction was placed under a nitrogen atmosphere and 2M aqueous Na 2

CO

3 (0.146 mL, 0.292 mmol), and 5 mole percent of Tetrakis(triphenyl)phosphine) palladium (0) were added (8.44 mg, 0.0073 mmol). The reaction was heated by 546 microwave using the Personal Chemistry Emrys Optimizer for 30 minutes at 150 0 C. Palladium black precipitated out of the reaction upon completion. The mixture was acidified with one equivalent of IN HCI, and filtered through a syringe, using MeOH to extract the product. The product was purified by prep HPLC (column - 4 Xterra 5 S5 30 x 75 mm, solvent - 70% A / 30% B - 30% A /70% B (where solvent A is 10% MeOH, 90% H 2 0, 0.1% TFA and solvent B is 90% MeOH, 10% H 2 0, 0.1% TFA), gradient time - 15 min., hold time - 1 min., flow rate - 40 mldmin, retention time of pure product - 10.45-11.37). The fractions containing the desired product were neutralized with IN NaOH and placed in the speed vacuum for approximately 4 10 hours. The fractions were then combined, and pH 4.0 buffer (15mL) was added. The pH was adjusted to pH 4-5 using IN HCI and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (15 mL), dried over MgSO 4 .and concentrated in vacuo. The product was placed on an oil pump to 15 LC/MS rt-min (MH): 2.37 (499.3) (method A). Step 2: The product from Example 412, Step 1 (39 mg, 0.0773 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (4 mL) and cyclopropanesulfonic acid (I (R)-amino-2 (S)-vinyl 20 cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt (Example 1, Step 8) (0.0206 g, 0.0773 mmol) was added. DIPEA (0.015 mL, 0.387 rmmol), and then HATU ( 0.0411 g, 0.108 mmol) were added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 15 hours. 10 mL DCM was added to the solution in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer 25 solution (10 mL). The mixture was acidified to a pH of 4-5 using IN HCI and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 15 mL). The organic phase was washed twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), and then dried over MgSO 4 . The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 12M column (eluted 20% - 50% acetone in hexanes). This purification afforded the 30 pure Compound 412 as a white powder (4 mg, 7%). 'H NMR: 8 1.04-1.29 (m, 24H), 1.45-1.47 (m, IH), 1.89-1.91 (m, 1H), 2.26-2.31 (in, 2H), 2.51-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.95 (in, IH), 4.05-4.07 (d, J = 10 Hz, 1H), 4.22- 547 4.24 (d, J= 10 Hz, IH), 4.38-4.40 (d, J= 10 Hz, IH), 4.48-4.52 (m, 1H), 5.15-5.17 (d, J= 10 Hz, 1H), 5.32-5.36 (d, J=20 Hz, 1H), 5.76-5.83 (m, 2H), 6.65-6.67 (d, NH), 7.19-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.66-7.67 (d, J= 5 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.87 (d, J 5 Hz, IH), 8.69 (s, IH); 5 LC/MS rt-min (MW): 2.45 (739.4) (method A). Example 413: Preparation of Compound 413 N H N >~ H N \N1- ,. Compound 413 Step 1: CI N ClN 10 2 -Bromo-6-chloropyidine (3.0 g, 15.55 mmol) and phertylboronic acid (1.896 g, 15.55 mrnmol) were solvated in a mixture of EtOH, toluene and water (2:1:1; 120 mL). Aqueous IM Na 2

CO

3 (15.55 mL, 31.10 mmol) and 5 mole percent of Tetrakis(triphenyl)phosphine)-palladium (0) (0.896 g, 0.775 mmol) were added under 15 a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was refluxed at 90 0 C for one hour. Water (20 mL) was added to quench the reaction, and the aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether (4 x 25 mL). The organic layer was then washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by a Biotage 40S column (eluted 2% - 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes), to afford the pure titled 20 compound (1.45 g, 74%). 'H NMR: S 7.24-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.63-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.98-8.00 (m, 2H); 548 LC/MS rt-min (MW): 2.04 (190.18) (method A) Step 2: o / Cl NN 5 TFA (20 mL) was added to the pure solid obtained in Step 1 (3.27 g, 17.24 mmol). A 30% solution of H 2 0 2 (5.55 mL, 48.9 mmol) was slowly added dropwise to the stirring solution under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was heated to reflux at 100 0 C for 3 hours, and 0.5 additional equivalents of 1 2 0 2 (2.27 mL, 25 rmmol) were added to the solution. The reaction continued to stir at 100 0 C for 2 hours. The flask 10 was allowed to cool to room temperature before the solution was concentrated in vacuo to approximately half of the original volume. Water (40 mL) was added to quench the reaction and the aqueous layer was extracted witn ethyl acetate () x 30 mL). The organic layer was washed once with brine (20 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by Biotate 40M column 15 (eluted 10% - 75% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to yield a pale yellow liquid (0.81 g, 23%). Pure starting material was also recovered for future use (1.895 g, 58%). 'H NMR: 8 7.40-7.42 (t, IH), 7.49-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.59-7.61 (d, J = 10 Hz, IH), 7.77 7.82 (m, 3H); LC/MS rt-min (MH*l): 1.12 (206.37) (method A). 20 Step 3: Cl N CI The purified product from Step 2 (0.81 g, 3.94 mmol) was added to a solution of SOC1 2 (25 mL) and stirred at 60 0 C for 2 hours. The temperature was then increased 25 to 80 0 C in order to force the reaction to completion, and it was heated for an additional 30 min. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and quenched carefully with ice. The pH was adjusted to a pH of 4-5 using ION NaOH, keeping the flask in 549 an ice bath. The aqueous phase was extracted with ether (4 x 25 mL), and the organic layer was washed with brine (20 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated in vacuo. The crude, yellow liquid was purified by Biotage 40S column (eluted 2% 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes). A slightly yellow, viscous liquid was obtained (538 5 mg, 61%). 'H NMR: 8 7.52-7.55 (m, 3H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 8.10-8.11 (m, 2H), 8.17 (s, 1H); LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.62 (225.33) (method A). Step 4: ci N N 100 10 o\\OH To a solution of Boc-L-hydroxyproline (555 mg, 2.40 rnmol) in DMSO (4 mL), KO'Bu (0.619 g, 5.52 mmol) was added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The suspension was stirred at room temperature for 45 min., and 2,4-dichloro-6-phenyl pyridine (purified in Step 3.) (538 mg, 2.40 mmol) was added in two portions. The 15 mixture was stirred at room temperature for two hours and 1.3 equivalents of HC (IN) were used to neutralize the reaction. Buffer solution of pH 4.0 was added, and the pH was adjusted to pH 4-5. Ethyl acetate was used to extract the aqueous phase, (3 x 25mL) and the organic phase was washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over MgSO 4 to yield the titled compound as a white solid (crude yield = 962 mg). The 20 crude product was taken into the next step. LC/MS rt-min (MH*.t): 2.55 (419.27) (method A). Step 5: 550 ci N

OCH

3 A solution of the crude product from Step 4 (assumed2.4 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and methonal (10 mL) was cooled to 0 0 C. TMSCN 2 2M in hexanes (- 1.3 eq) was slowly added to the stirring solution under a nitrogen atmosphere until gas was no 5 longer emitted from the solution. The fully reacted solution was then concentrated in vacuo, and purification by a Biotage 25S column elatedd 10% - 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes) afforded the pure titled compound as a white foam (503 mg, 48% over steps 4d - 4e). NNfR (hM~f..~A I TS- R(rm~c~~90- I 9t; fm (I MTT' 5-) .. 5 10 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.70 (m, 5H), 4.26-4.34 (m, IH), 5.35 (br s, 1H), 7.14-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.55 (m, 4H), 8.05-8.09 (m, 2H); LC/MS rt-min (MW): 2.69 (455.52) (method A). Step 6: HCI CI N 0 HCI 15 H OCH 3 A solution of the pure product from Step 5 (503 mg, 1.16 mmol) in DCM (2.5 mL) and TFA (3.58 mL) was stirred at room temperature for one hour. The solvent was removed in vacuo. and the residue was suspended in IN HCI in diethyl ether (6 rnL), gently stirred, and concentrated in vacuo. This procedure was repeated and the 20 resulting product was placed on an oil pump to yield a white solid in quantitative yield. The crude product was carried into the next step.

551 Step 7: Q 0 NHN 0 The product from Step 6 (assumed quantitative yield, 1.83 mmol) was added to a solution of BOC-t-Butyl-L-glycine (0.424 g, 1.83 mmol) in DCM (11 mL) under a 5 nitrogen atmosphere. This step was followed by the addition of HOBt (0.272 g, 2.02 mmol), DIPEA (2.23 mL, 12.82 mmol), and HBTU (1.04 g, 2.75 mmol). The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 15 hours. 15 mL DCM was added to the solution in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution (15 mL). The mixture was acidified to a pH of 4.5 using IN 10 HCl, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 20 mL). The organic phase was washed twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (20 mL), saturated NaOH (25 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO 4 . The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 40S column (eluted 20% - 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes). This purification afforded the pure titled compound as a white solid (454 15 mg, 53%). 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) S 0.96 (s, 9H), 1.19 (s, 9H), 2.17-2.29 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.58 (m, IH), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.81-3.89 (m, 1H), 4.05-4.08 (m, IH), 4.21-4.26 (m, 1H), 4.44 4.50 (t, IH), 5.45 (br s, 1H), 6.72-6.75 (d, J = 15 Hz, 1IH), 7.09 (s, 1H1), 7.46-7.51 (m, 4H), 8.02-8.06 (m, 2H); 20 LC/MS rt-min (MHW): 2.27 (493.5) (method A). Step 8: 552 C N -7 LiOH (0.0233 g, 0.973 mmol) was dissolved in water (10 mL) by heating and sonication. The LiOH solution was added to a solution of the pure material from Step 7 (483 mg, 0.885 mmol) in THF (10mL), and the mixture immediately turned a 5 pale peach color. The reaction was left to stir at rooi temperature for I hour and was acidified with IN HCl (0.973 mL, 0.974 mmol). The reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution and the pH was adjusted to a pH between 4 and 5. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL), washed with brne (I5 mL) and dried over MgSO 4 . The filtered solution was concentrated in vacuo and left on a vacuum 10 line overnight. The crude product (480 mg, >95% yield) was taken into the next step. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d) 8 0.94 (s, 9H), 1.20 (s, 9H), 1.32-1.34 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.4 (m, IH), 2.51-2.55 (m, IH), 3.81-3.83 (d, J= 10 Hz, IH), 4.21-4.23 (d, J = 10 Hz, 1H), 4.32-4.35 (t, 1f), 5.4 (br s, IH), 6.63-6.65 (d, NH), 7.09 (s, IH), 7.47-7.49 (m, 4H), 8.03-8.06 (m, 2H), 12.56 (s, 1H). 15 Step 9: ' I I VN 0 S N( o NOH 0 The dipeptide from Step 8 (100 mg, 0.188 mmol) and 2 -thiopheneboronic acid (0.0481 g, 0.376 mmol) were solvated in DMF (2 mL). The solution was placed 20 under a nitrogen atmosphere and 2M aqueous KF (0.282 mL, 0.376 mmol) was added. Five mole percent of Tetrakis(triphenyl)phosphinie)-palladium (0) was added 553 (0.011 mg, 0.0094 mmol) and the mixture was heated by microwave using the Personal Chemistry Ernrys Optimizer for 30 minutes at 150 0 C. Palladium black precipitated out of the reaction upon completion. The mixture was acidified with one equivalent of IN HCI and filtered through a syringe, using MeOH to extract the 5 product. The product was purified by prep HPLC (column - 4 Xterra S5 5um 30 x 75 mm, solvent - 85% A / 15% B - 10% A / 90% B (where solvent A is 10% MeOH, 90% H20, 0.1% TFA and solvent B is 90% MeOH, 10% H 2 0, 0.1% TFA), gradient time - 15 min., hold time - I min., flow rate - 40 mIJmin, retention time of pure product - 16.23). Fractions containing the desired product were neutralized with IN 10 NaOH and placed in the speed vac for approximately 2 hours. The fractions were combined, and pH 4.0 buffer (15mL) was added. The pH was adjusted to pH 4-5 using IN HCl, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (15 mL), dried over MgSO 4 . and concentrated in vacuo. The product was placed on an oil pump to dry overnight, and 15 a pale yellow oil was obtained (44 mg, 40%). LC/MS rt-min (MW): 2.7 (580.54) (method A). Step 10: The product from Example 413, Step 9 (43 mg, 0.0742 mmol) was dissolved in DCM 20 (2 mL) and cyclopropanesulfonic acid (I (R)-amino-2 (S)-vinyl cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt (Example 1, Step 8) (0.0198 g, 0.0742 mmol) was added. DIPEA (0.0646 mL, 0.371 mmol), and then HATU (0.039 g, 0.0104 mmol) were added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 4.5 hours. 10 mL of DCM was added to the solution in 25 order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL). The mixture was acidified to a pH of 4-5 using IN HCI, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 15 mL). The organic phase was washed twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 m.L) and brine (10 mL), and then dried over MgSO 4 . The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 30 12S column (eluted 10% - 50% acetone in hexanes). The compound was isolated and re-purified by prep-HPLC (column - YMC ODS-A 20 x :50 mm s5, solvent - 60% A / 40% B - 10% A / 90% B (where solvent A is 10% MeOH, 90% H20, 0.1% TFA and 554 solvent B is 90% MeOH, 10% H 2 0, 0.1% TFA), gradient time - 8 min., hold time 2 min., flow rate - 25 miLJmin, retention time of pure product - 8.702). This purification afforded the pure Compound 413 as a pale orange oil (22.3 mg, 38%). 5 'H NMR: 8 1.02-1.29 (m, 24H), 1.42-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.89 (m, IH), 2.24-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.53-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.97 (m, 1H), 4.06-4.08 (d, J = 10 Hz, IH), 4.25 (s, 1H), 4.31-4.33 (d, J= 10 Hz, IH), 4.45-4.49 (t, IH), 5.12-5.14 (d, J= 10 Hz, 1H), 5.29-5.32 (d, J= 15 Hz, 1H), 5.46 (br s, 1H), 5.73-5.80 (m, IH), 7.13-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.30 (d, J= 5 Hz, 2H), 7.42-7.53 (m, 4H), 7.75-7.56 (d, J 5 Hz, 1H), 8.07-8.09 10 (d, J= 10 Hz, 2H). LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.79 (792.72) (method A). Example 414: Preparation of Compound 414. N_ H ' N N. H 01 N -N 0 0 00> Compound 414 15 Step 1: N_ > NH OH The pure material from Example 413, Step 8 (100 mg, 0.188 mmol), and 4 methoxyphenylboronic acid (0.0429 g, 0.282 mmol) were solvated in DMF (2.5 mL). The solution was placed under a nitrogen atmosphere and 2M aqueous Na 2

CO

3 555 (0.188 mL, 0.376 mmol) was added. Five mole percent of Tetrakis(triphenyl)phosphine)-palladium (0) was added (0.011 mg, 0.0094 mmol), and the mixture was heated by microwave using the Personal Chemistry Emrys Optimizer for 30 minutes at 150 0 C. Palladium black precipitated out of the reaction 5 upon completion. The mixture was acidified with one equivalent of IN HCI and filtered through a syringe, using MeOH to extract product. The product was purified by prep HPLC (column - Xterra MS C18 Sum 30 x 50 mm, solvent - 90% A / 10% B - 10% A / 90% B (where solvent A is 10% MeOH, 90% H20, 0.1% TFA and solvent B is 90% MeOH, 10% H20, 0.1% TFA), gradient time - 15 min., hold time - I min., 10 flow rate - 45 ml.min, retention time of pure product -- 13.72). Fractions containing the desired product were neutralized with IN NaOH and placed in the speed vac for approximately 2 hours. The fractions were combined, and pH 4.0 buffer (15mL) was added. The pH was adjusted to pH 4-5 using IN HCl, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20mL). The organic layer was washed with brine 15 (15 mL), dried over MgSO 4 . and concentrated in vacuo. The product was placed on an oil pump to dry overnight, and a viscous oil was obtained (44 mg, 50%). LC/MS rt-min (Mi): 2.23 (604.61) (method A). Step 2: 20 The product from Example 414, Step 1 (43 mg, 0.0712 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1 (R)-anino-2 (S)-vinyl cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt (Example 1, Step 8) (0.01899 g, 0.0712 mmol) was added. DIPEA (0.062 mL, 0.356 mmol), and then HATU (0.038 g, 0.0997 mmol) were added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was left to 25 stir at room temperature for 4.5 hours. 10 mL DCM was added to the solution in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL). The mixture was acidified to a pH of 4-5 using IN HCl, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 15 mL). The organic phase was washed twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), and then dried over 30 MgSO 4 . The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 12S column (eluted 20% - 50% acetone in hexanes). The compound was isolated and re-purified by prep-HPLC (column - YMC ODS-A 20 x 50 mm s5, solvent - 60% A / 556 40% B - 10% A / 90% B (where solvent A is 10% MeOH, 90% 1H20, 0.1% TFA and solvent B is 90% MeOH, 10% H 2 0, 0.1% TFA), gradient time - 10 min., hold time 2 min., flow rate - 25 mI/min, retention time of pure product - 7.43-8.24). This purification afforded the pure Compound 414 as a pale orange oil (19.4 mg, 34%). 5 '1H NMR: 1.02-1.23 (m, 24H), 1.29-1.44 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.95 (in, 1H), 2.24-2.30 (q, IH), 2.32-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.62 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 4.10-4.12 (d, J= 10 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (s, IH), 4.42-4.56 (m, 2H), 5.12-5.14 (d, J = 10 Hz, IH), 5.28-5.31 (d, J= 15 Hz, IH), 5.61 (br s, 1H), 5.72-5.80 (m, IH), 7.14-7.16 (d, J= 10 Hz, 2H), 7.52 7.54 (d, J = 10 Hz, 2H), 7.61-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.95-7.98 (m, 4H); 10 LC/MS rt-min (ME'): 2.35 (816.76) (method A). Example 415: Preparation of Compound 415. N .1 H N

H-

N-NO

HIN"N

Compound 415 Step 1: N_ 0 NHNIW OH 15 The dipeptide from Example 413, Step 8 (174 mg, 0.327 mmol) and phenylboronic acid (0.06 g, 0.491 mmol) were solvated in DMF (4 mL). The solution was placed under a nitrogen atmosphere and 2M aqueous NaCO 3 (0.33 mL, 0.654 mmol) was added. Five mole percent of Tetrakis(triphenyl)phosphiine)-palladium (0) was added 557. (0.019 mg, 0.0164 mmol) and the mixture was heated by microwave using the Personal Chemistry Emrys Optimizer for 30 minutes at 150 0 C. Palladium black precipitated out of the reaction upon completion. The mixture was acidified with one equivalent of IN HCI and filtered through a syringe, using MeOH to extract the 5 product. The product was purified by prep HPLC (column - 5 Xterra c-18 Sum 30 x 100 mm, solvent - 80% A / 20% B -0% A / 100% B (where solvent A is 10% MeOH, 90% H 2 0, 0.1% TFA and solvent B is 90% MeOH, 10% H 2 0, 0.1% TFA), gradient time - 20 min., hold time - 1 min., flow rate - 40 mI~min, retention time of pure product - 11.28-11.72). Fractions containing the desired product were neutralized 10 with IN NaOH and placed in the speed vac for approximately 2 hours. The fractions were combined, and pH 4.0 buffer (15mL) was added. The pH was adjusted to pH 4 5 using IN HCl, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 15mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (15 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated in vacuo. The product was placed on an oil pump to dry overnight. 15 ( 3 1.5 mg, 17%). LC/MS rt-min (MW): 2.54 (574.37) (method A). Step 2: The product from Example 415, Step 1 (31.5 mg, 0.055 mmol) was dissolved 20 in DCM (3 mL) and cyclopropanesulfonic acid (1 (R)-amino-2 (S)-vinyl cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt (Example 1, Step 8) (0.0147 g, 0.055 mmol) was added. DIPEA (0.048 mL, 0.275 mmol), and then HATU (0.029 g, 0.077 mmol) were added under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 3.5 hours and an additional 0.3 equivalents of 25 cyclopropanesulfonic acid (I (R)-amino-2 (S)-vinyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-amide hydrochloride salt were added. The reaction was left to stir for 8 more hours. 10 mL of DCM was added to the solution in order to increase the volume, and the reaction was quenched with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL). The mixture was acidified to a pH of 4-5 using IN HCl, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (4 x 10 30 mL). The organic phase was washed twice with pH 4.00 buffer solution (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), and then dried over MgSO 4 . The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by prep HPLC (column - YMC ODS-A 30 x 50 mm, solvent - 558 80% A / 20% B - 10% A / 90% B (where solvent A is 10% MeOH, 90% H 2 0, 0.1% TFA and solvent B is 90% MeOH, 10% H 2 0, 0.1% TFA), gradient time -20 min., hold time - 3 min., flow rate - 30 mUmin, retention time of pure product - 19.6). This purification did not afford a pure compound so it was re-purified by a Biotage12 5 S column (eluted 10%-50% acetone in hexanes). This purification afforded the pure titled compound as a pale orange oil (22.3 mg, 38%). 1 H NMR: 5 1.02-1.45 (m, 24H), 1.85-1.86 (m, IH), 2.03-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.46 (m, IH), 2.77-2.85 (m, IH), 4.10-4.12 (m, 1H), 4.25 (s, IH), 4.31-4.33 (d, J= 10 Hz, 1H), 4.494.54 (m, 1H), 5.03-5.05 (d, J = 10 Hz, IH), 5.20-5.24 (d, J = 20 Hz, IH), 10 5.44 (br s, 1H), 5.82-5.94 (m, 1H), 7.33 (s, 2H), 7.43-7.50 (m, 6 H), 8.09-8.10 (d, J= 5 Hz, 4 H); LC/MS rt-min (MN*): 2.37 (786.37) (method A). 15 In section J the LC/MS method utilized was the following: Columns: Method A: YMC ODS-A C18 S7 (4.6 x 33 mm) Method B: YMC Xterra ODS S7 (3.0 x 50mm) Method C: Xterra ms C18 (4.6 x 33mm) 20 Method D: YMC ODS-A C18 S3 (4.6 x 33 mm) Gradient: 100% solvent A/ 0% solvent B to 0% solvent A/ 100% solvent B Gradient time: 3 min. Hold Time: I min. Flow Rate: 5 mUmin. 25 Detector Wavelength: 220 nm. Solvents: Solvent A: 10% MeOH/ 90% water/ 0.1% TFA. Solvent B: 90% MeOH/ 10% water/ 0.1% TFA. Example 420: Preparation of Compound 420 559 0~ N' H N Ni, H O N O pj -N 0 0 0"I7 Compound 420 Scheme 1 Br Br N Br N Brep NI HC Step1 Step 2 Step 3 O OH C CO 2 Me O2M O- NN CO2Me N0M NOM BOC H N 0 N N Ph Step 4 Step5 Step6 Compound 420 H N CO 2 Me H CO 2 H O Nrk O N O Step 1: To a solution of PPh 3 (16.8 g, 63.9 mmol) in THF (150 mL) was added 5 dropwise DEAD (10.1 mL, 63.9 mmol) and the solution was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. A solution of Boc-cis-(L)-Hyp-OMe (10.5 g, 42.6 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added slowly, followed by 5-bromo-pyridin-3-ol (prepared according to F.E. Ziegler et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., (1973), 95, 7458) (8.90 g, 51.1 mmol) portion wise. The resulting solution was stirred at 45 0 C for 18 hrs. The solution was 10 concentrated in vacuo, and the residue partitioned between diethyl ether (200 mL) and IN NaOH (50 mL). The organic phase was dried (MgSO 4 ) and the ethereal 560 solution was after filtration concentrated to half its volume. A precipitate formed that was removed by filtration. The filtrated was concentrated in vacuo and purified by a Biotage 65 M column (eluted with hexanes - EtOAc 2:1, 3:2, 1:1) to provide the title compound (11.9 g, 69%) as a red oil. 5 'H NMR: (CDC 3 ) 8 1.42, 1.45 (s, 9H (rotamers)), 2.25-2.30 (m, IH), 2.49-2.58 (rn, IH), 3.75, 3.81 (s, 3H (rotamers)), 3.66-3.81 (m, 2H (hidden)), 4.42, 4.50 (t, J=8 Hz, IH (rot amers)), 4.92 (m, IH), 7.36 (s, IH), 8.20 (s, 1H1), 8.32 (s, IH). LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.26 (401, 403)(method B). 10 Step 2: The product of Step 1 (2.34 g, 5.83 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (20 mL) and TFA (18 mL, 0.23 mole) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned between EtOAc and water. The 15 extracts were neutralized with satd. NaHCO 3 (40 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (twice) and the combined organic extracts washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 ) to give the title compound (1.02 g, 58%, free base) as a colorless oil. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d) 6 2.12-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.94 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 3.19 (dd, J=4.5, 20 12 Hz, IH), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.90 (t, J=8 Hz, IH), 5.07 (m, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H). LC/MS rt-min (MH): 0.78 (301, 302)(method B). Step 3: 25 To a suspension of the product of Step 2 (1.02 g, 3.39 mmol), N-BOC-L-tert leucine (862 mg, 3.73 mmol), and HOBt (458 mg, 3.39 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) were added DIPEA (2.36 mL, 13.6 mmol) followed by HBTU (1.61 g, 4.24 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hrs and quenched with DCM and buffer pH 4 and some IN HCI to adjust the pH to 4-5. The organic phase 30 was washed with buffer pH 4, satd. NaHCO 3 (twice), brine, and dried (MgSO 4 ). Purification using a Biotage 40 M column (eluted hexane - EtOAc 3:2, 1:1) afforded the title compound (1.48 g, 85%) as a white solid.

561 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) S 0.94 (s, 9H), 1.17 (s, 9H), 2.16-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.50 (m, (hidden), IH), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.82 (d, J=12 Hz, IH), 4.06 (d, J=9.5 Hz, IH), 4.16 (d, J=12 Hz, IH), 4.45 (dd, J=8, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 5.26 (m, 1H), 6.71 (d, J=9 Hz, NH), 7.75 (s, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.32 (s, IH). 5 LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.35 (514, 516)(method B). Step 4: To a mixture of the product of Step 3 (98 mg, 0.19 mmol), Pd(PPh 3

)

4 (6.6 mg, 0.00573 mmol), 2M aqueous Na 2

CO

3 (0.191 mL, 0.381 mmol) in toluene (2 mL) was 10 added a solution of phenyl boronic acid (29 mg, 0.24 mmol) in methanol (0.1 mL). The solution was heated at 85 0 C for 6 h under nitrogen. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was quenched with buffer pH 4 and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL), and dried (Na 2

SO

4 ). Purification using a Biotage 12 M column (eluted hexane - EtOAc 2:3) afforded the title compound (72 mg, 74%) as a colorless oil. 15 1H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.05 (s, 9H), 1.31 (s, 9H), :2.29-2.35 (m, IH), 2.68-2.72 (m, IH), 3.77 (s, 3H), 4.00 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1fH), 4.41 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (dd, J=7.5, 10 Hz, 1H), 5.36 (m, IH), 6.51 (d, J=9.5 Hz, NH), 7.79 7.85 (m, 3H), 8.39 (s, IH), 8.59 (s, 1H), 8.67-8.68 (m, 2H). LCIMS rt-min (MH*): 2.16 (512)(method B). 20 Step 5: To a solution of the product of Step 4 (150 mg, 0.293 mmol) in THF (2 mL) and methanol (2 mL) was added LiOH (14 mg, 0.59 mmol) in water (2 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and quenched with 1N HCI until 25 neutral pH. The organic volatiles were removed in vacuo and to the residue was added buffer pH 4. The product was extracted into EtOAc (3 x 10 mL), washed with brine/buffer pH 4 and dried (MgSO 4 ) to yield the title compound in quantitative yield as a white solid after trituration from pentane. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.05 (s, 9H), 1.32 (s, 9H), 2.32-2.38 (m, IH), 2.69-2.74 30 (m, IH), 3.99 (dd, J=3, 12 Hz, IH), 4.25 (s, 1H), 4.40 (d,J=12 Hz, IN), 4.64 (dd, J=7.5, 9.5 Hz, IN), 5.36 (m, IH), 7.85-7.87 (m, 3H), 8.40 (s, IH), 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.69 8.70 (m, 2H).

562 LC[MS rt-min (MH*): 2.03 (499)(method B). Step 6: To a suspension of the product of Step 5 (93 mg, 0.19 mmol), and the product 5 from Example 1, Step 8 (50 mg, 0.19 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added DIPEA (0.163 mL, 0.935 mmol), followed by HATU (92 mg, 0.243 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hrs and quenched with DCM and buffer pH 4 and some IN HC to adjust the pH to 4-5. The layers were separated and the aqueous phase extracted with DCM (10 mL) and dried (Na 2

SO

4 ). Purification 10 using a Biotage 12 M column (eluted gradient hexane - acetone 20-60%) afforded the title compound (65 mg, 49%) as a white powder. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 0.95 (s, 9H), 1.03-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.08-1.10 (m, 2H), 1.26 (s, 9H), 1.36-1.39 (m, IH), 1.69-1.72 (m, 1H1), 2.09-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.45 (m, 111), ' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ uj 4.44I m d ,-. G .1--J , it ), 4.U6 kG, J= I.-) lZ., in-), i+. I (C, f =i i.3 15 Hz, IH), 4.36 (t, J= 8.5 Hz, IH), 5.10 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (d, J=17.5 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (m, 1H), 5.59-5.67 (in, IH), 6.54 (s, NH), 7.41-7.46 (m, IH), 7.50-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.65 (s, IH), 7.74-7.75 (m, 2H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.52 (s, IN), 8.92 (s, NIH). LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.08 (710)(method B). 20 Example 421: Preparation of Compound 421. NJ 0 H N) 'N1. H 07OrN,,A H N O N Oo'N ,O Compound 421 563 Scheme 1 N Br N Br N NH2Step1 N Br BBHCI Step 2 0 Step3 Step 4 Cl Cl

CO

2 Me H IY COMe 1 HOIN C0M BOC H N Br ( N Br N Ph Step 5 O Step 6 O O OCO2MeOCO 2 H H CO 2 H r N O N N Step 7 Compound 420 Example 1, Step 8 Step 1: To a cold (-50C) 48% aqueous HBr solution (35 mL) was added 4-chloro pyridin-2-ylamine (4.18 g, 32.5 mmol; prepared according to K.S. Gudmundsson et 5 al; Synth. Commun. (1997), 27, 861), followed by the slow addition of bromine (6.7 mL, 0.13 mole). After 20 min sodium nitrite (8.63 g, 0.125 mole) in water (40 mL) was added at the same temperature and stirring was continued for 30 min. The reaction was quenched under ice cooling with 10 N NaOH (ca 40 mL) to alkaline pH. The product was extracted into EtOAc (2 x 100 mL) and dried (Na 2

SO

4 ). The crude 10 material was purified using a Biotage 40 M column (eluted with 10% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford the title compound (2.50 g, 40%) as a colorless oil that solidified upon standing. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) S 7.64 (dd, J=1.5, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.40 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 11H); 15 LCIMS rt-min (MHI): 1.65 (192, 194, 196)(method

B).

564 Step 2: To a solution of N-BOC-trans-L-Hyp-OH (3.22 g, 13.9 mrmol) in DMSO (30 mL) was added potassium tert.butoxide (3.90 g, 34.8 mmol) in portions at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere. After 1.5 h the product of Step I was added 5 in DMSO (5 mL). The mixture was stirred overnight and quenched with water (150 mL). The solution was washed with EtOAc (100 mL). The aqueous phase was acidified to pH 4 with IN HCL. The crude carboxylic acid was extracted into EtOAc (thrice) and dried (MgSO 4 ). The residue, as a brown solid, was suspended in THF (20 mL) and MeOH (20 mL) and cooled to 0 0 C. A solution of trimethylsilyl 10 diazomethane (2 M in hexane, 12 mL) was dropwise added, and the solution concentrated in vacuo after 15 min. Purification using a Biotage 40 M column (eluted with hexanes - EtOAc 2:1, 1:1) gave the title compound (3.47 g, 62%) as an off white powder. 15 (m, JH), 3.57 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.64-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.66, 3.69 (s, 3H (rotamers)), 4.27-4.34 (m, 1H), 5.21 (m, IH), 7.06 (d, 1=6 Hz, IH), 7.28 (s, 1H1), 8.20 (d, J=6 Hz, IH); LC/MS rt-min (MIH*): 2.59 (401, 403)(method B). 20 Step3: The product of Step 2 (2.00 g, 4.98 mmol) was suspended in 4N HCI in dioxane (10 mL) and IN HC in diethyl ether (40 mL) and stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting suspension was concentrated in vacuo and the residue triturated from pentane to give the title compound in quantitative yield as a white 25 powder. LC/MS rt-min (MH): 0.24 (301, 303)(method B). Step 4: To a suspension of the product of Step 3 (assumed 4.98 mmol), N 30 cyclopentyloxycarbonyl-L-tert-leucine (1.24 g, 5.10 mmol), and HOBt (673 mg, 4.98 mmol) in DCM (25 mL) was added DIPEA (4.34 mL, 24.9 mmol) followed by HBTU (2.36 g, 6.23 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature 565 for 15 hrs and quenched with DCM and buffer pH 4 and 10 mL IN HCI to adjust the pH to 4. The aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (twice). The combined organic extracts were washed with satd. NaHCO 3 (twice), brine, and dried (MgSO 4 ). Purification using a Biotage 40 M column (eluted hexane - EtOAc 3:2, 1:1) afforded 5 the title compound (2.09 g, 80%) as a white foam. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 0.94 (s, 9H), 1.43-1.74 (m, 8H), 2.18-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.46 2.49 (m, IH), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.87 (d, 1=12 Hz, IH), 4.08-4.13 (m, IH), 4.42 (dd, J=7.5, 9.5 Hz, IH), 4.78 (m, 1H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 7.03-7.05 (m, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 8.120 (d, J=6 Hz, IH). 10 LC/MS rt-min (MHW): 2.34 (526, 528)(method C). Step 5: To a solution of the product of Step 4 (206 mg, 0.391 mmol) in THF (2 nL) and methanol (2 mL) was added LiOH (28 mg, 1.2 mmol) in water (2 mL). The 15 mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and quenched with IN HCl until neutral pH. The organic volatiles were removed in vacuo and to the residue was added buffer pH 4. The product was extracted into EtOAc (2 x 20 mL) and dried (MgSO 4 ) to yield the title compound (196 ng, 100%) as a white solid. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.05 (s, 9H), 1.60-1.85 (m, 8H), 2.30-2.36 (m, IH), 2.62 20 2.67 (m, IH), 3.97 (d, J=12 Hz, IN), 4.26 (s, IH), 4.32 (d, J=12 Hz,IH), 4.58 (dd, J=7.5, 9.5 Hz, IH), 4.89 (m (hidden), IH), 5.29 (m, IH), 7.03-7.05 (m, IH), 7.26 (s, IH), 8.19 (d, J=6 Hz, IH); LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.17 (512, 514)(method B). 25 Step6: This product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 4 (reaction time 20 h) in 20% yield starting from the product of Example 421, Step 5. H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.45-1.74 (m, 8H), 2.31-2.37 (m, IH), 2.65 2.69 (m, 1H), 3.99 (dd, J=12, 3.0 Hz, IH), 4.26 (d, J=9.5 Hz, IH), 4.33 (d,J=11.5 30 Hz,IH), 4.60 (dd, 1=8.0, 9.5 Hz, IH), 4.80 (m, IH), 5.35 (m, IH), 6.72 (d, J=9.0 Hz, NH), 7.02 (dd, J=2.5, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, IN), 7.50 (m, 3H (hidden)), 7.91 (d, J=6.5 Hz, IH), 8.46 (d, J=6.0 Hz, IH).

566 LC/MS rt-min (MH): 2.03 (510)(method A). Step 7: Compound 421 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 68% yield, 5 starting from the product of Example 421, Step 6. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.06-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.23-1.26 (mi, 2H), 1.43 (dd, J=5.5, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 1.47-1.77 (m, 8H), 1.88 (dd, J=5.5, 8.5 Hz, IH), 2.21-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.54 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.96 (m, 1H), 4.06 (dd, J=3.0, 11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.28 4.30 (m, 2H), 4.44 (dd, J=7.0, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.82 (m, 1H (hidden)), 5.12 (d, J=10 Hz, 10 1H), 5.30 (d, J=17 Hz, 1H), 5.37 (m, 1H), 5.73-5.80 (m, 1H), 6.92 (d, J=9.5 Hz, NH), 6.98 (dd, J=5.5, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.43-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.90 (d, J=7.0 Hz, I H), 8.45 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H). LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.37 (723)(method A). 15 Example 422: Preparation of Compound 422. N H N H NN O N N, O O Compound 422 Step 1: N N 0 H CO 2 Me r N O 567 To a mixture of the product of Example 420, Step 3 (102 mg, 0.198 mnol) and Pd(PPh 3

)

4 (23 mg, 0.0198 mmol) in toluene (2 mL) was added 4-tributylstannanyl pyridine (87 mg, 0.24 mmol). The solution was heated at 105 0 C for 20 h under nitrogen. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was quenched with satd. 5 NaHCO 3 and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL), and dried (Na 2

SO

4 ). Purification using a Biotage 12 M column (eluted gradient hexane-acetone 20-60%) afforded the title compound (49 mg, 49%) as a white solid. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.05 (s, 9H), 1.31 (s, 9H), 2.29-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.72 (m, IH), 3.77 (s, 3H), 4.00 (d, J=12 Hz, IH), 4.24 (d, J=9.5 Hz, IH), 4.41 (d, J=12 10 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (dd, J=7.5, 10 Hz, IH), 5.36 (m, IH), 6.51 (d, J=9.5 Hz, NH), 7.79 7.85 (m, 3H), 8.39 (s, IH), 8.59 (s, IH), 8.67-8.68 (m, 2H). LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 1.77 (514)(method C). Step 2: N N 01 H § IXCO 2 H H NO 15 This product was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 420, Step 5 in quantitative yield, except using the product from Example 422, Step I instead. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 5 1.05 (s, 9H), 1.32 (s, 9H), 2.32-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.74 (I, 1H), 3.99 (dd, 1=3, 12 Hz, IH), 4.25 (s, 1H), 4.40 (d, J=12 Hz, IH), 4.64 (dd, 20 J=7.5, 9.5 Hz, IH), 5.36 (m, 1H), 7.85-7.87 (m, 3H), 8.40 (s, IH), 8.60 (s, IH), 8.69 8.70 (m, 2H). LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 1.57 (500)(method B). Step 3: 568 Compound 422 was prepared by the same procedure as described in Example 420, Step 6 in 51% yield as a white solid, except using the product from Example 422, Step 2 instead. 'H NMR: (DMSO-dc 6 ) 8 0.95 (s, 9H), 1.03 (in, 1H), 1.08 (m, IH), 1.23 (s, 9H), 1.34 5 1.37 (m, 1H), 1.68-1.70 (in, 1H), 2.12-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.93 (m, 1H), 3.90 (d, J=1 1 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (d, J=11 Hz, 1H), 4.36 (dd, J=7, 10 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (d, 1=16.5 Hz, IH), 5.40 (in, 1H), 5.59-5.66 (m, 1H), 6.60 (d, 1=9 Hz, NH), 7.81-7.82 (m, 3H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.68-8.70 (m, 2H), 8.93 (s, NH), 10.4 (s, NH). 10 LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.14 (711)(method D). Example 423: Preparation of Compound 423. Br 0~ H (N HN H O N, O -N 0O 0 i0 6' Compound 423 Step 1: NBr 0 HN" OH 15 To a solution of the product of Example 420, Step 3 (1.00 g, 1.94 mmol) in THF (5 mL) and methanol (5 mL) was added LiOH (140 mg, 5.83 mmol) in water (5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and quenched with IN HCI until neutral pH. The organic volatiles were removed in vacuo, buffer pH 4 was added and 569 the product was extracted into EtOAc (3 x 25 mL) and dried (MgSO 4 ) to yield the title compound (1.0 g, 100%) as a white solid. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 0.95 (s, 9H), 1.27 (s, 9H), 2.14-2.19 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.50 (m, 1H), 3.80 (d, J=11.5 Hz, IH), 3.99-4.07 (m, 2H), 4.15 (d, J=11.5 Hz,1H), 4.36 (dd, 5 1=8,- 10 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (m, 1H), 6.66 (d, J=9 Hz, NH), 7.75 (s, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 12.5 (s, 1H). LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.47 (500, 502)(method A). Step 2: 10 Compound 423 was accomplished according to Example 420, Step 6 in 52% yield, starting from the products of Example 423, Step 1 and Example 8, Step 3 (racemic P1, (IR, 2S) and (IS, 2R)). 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 0.93, 0.95 (s, 9H), 1.00-1.09 (m, 4H), 1.28, 1.29 (s, 9H), 1.37-1.39 (m, 1H), 1.69-1.72 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.46 (m, IH), 2.88 15 2.94 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.87 (m, IH), 4.02-4.04 (m, 1H), 4.10-4.15 (m, IH), 4.31-4.34 (m, 1H), 5.10 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.22-5.28 (m, 1H), 5.54-5.66 (m, 1H), 6.56, 6.60 (d, J=9.5 Hz, NH), 7.74, 7.76 (s, IH), 8.28-8.29 (m, IH), 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.79, 8.89 (s, 11). LC/MS rt-min (MHii*): 2.42 (712, 714)(method B). 20 Example 424: Preparation of Compound 424. 0 N 0~ H N H O O 6e a 06V Compound 424 Step 1: 570 HN_ N OH To a solution of the product of Example 423, Step 1 (91 mg, 0.18 mmol), Pd(PPh 3

)

4 (10.5 mg, 0.0091 mmol), and 3-furyl boronic acid (25.4 mg, 0.227 mmol) in DMIF (2 mL) was added 2M aqueous Na 2

CO

3 (0.273 mL, 0.546 mmol). The mixture was 5 heated at I 10 0 C for 2.5 h under nitrogen. After cooling to room temperature the solid was removed by filtration, and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (gradient 30-80% B) to afford the title compound (64 'H NMR: (DMSO-d,) 8 0.95 (s, 9H), 1.25 (s, 9H), 2.17-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.50 (m 10 (hidden), 1H), 3.84-3.86 (m, 1H), 4.09-4.15 (m, 2H), 4.37 (t, J=9 Hz, IH), 5.28 (m, 1H), 6.67 (d, J=9 Hz, NH), 7.08 (s, 1H), 7.62 (s, IH), 7.79 (s, IH), 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.51 (s, IH), 12.6 (s, 1H). LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 1.60 (488)(method B). 15 Step 2: C ompound 424 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 55% yield, starting from the product of Example 424, Step 1. 1H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 6 1.02 (s, 9H), 1.05-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.22-1.25 (m, 2H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.42-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.89 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.52 (m, 1H), 20 2.91-2.96 (m, 1H), 4.02 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.24-4.29 (n, 2H), 4.43-4.47 (dd, J=7.5, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.28-5.32 (m, 1H), 5.73-5.81 (m, IH), 6.63 (d, J=9 Hz, NH), 6.90 (s, 1H), 7.60-7.62 (m, 2H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, IH), 8.39 (s, NH). LC/MS rt-min (ME): 2.30 (700)(method E). 25 Example 425: Preparation of Compound 425.

571. N Br H N N's, H 0 rN,4 H

.

0> Compound 425 Compound 425 was accomplished according to Example 421, Step 7 in 45% yield, starting from the product of Example 421, Step 5. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d) 5 0.95 (s, 9H), 1.03-1.04 (m, [H), 1.08-1.09 (m, IH), 1.33 5 1.36 (m, 1H), 1.46-1.75 (m, 9H), 2.08-2.12 (m, IH), 2.17 (q, J=9 Hz, 1H), 2.35-2.38 (m, IH), 2.88-2.93 (m, 1H), 3.91 (d, 1=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.05-4.10 (m, 2H), 4.27 (dd, J=10, 7 Hz, IH), 4.80 (m, IH), 5.10 (d,J=12 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (d, J=16.5 Hz, IH), 5.32 (m, IH), 5.58-5.66 (m, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=9 Hz, NH), 7.03-7.05 (m, IH), 7.26 (s, IH), 8.21 (d, 1=6 Hz, 1H), 8.86 (s, NH), 10.4 (s, NH). 10 LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.56 (724, 726)(method D). Example 426: Preparation of Compound 426. 0 N 0 H N -N,. H (- 0 Compound 426 Step 1: 572 N / 00 ~ OH 00 This product was prepared according to Example 421, Step 6 in 65% yield, except using 3 -furanoboronic acid. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 5 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.49-1.76 (m, 8H), 2.30-2.35 (m, IH), 2.63 5 2.67 (m, IH), 3.98 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (t, J=9 Hz, IH), 4.31 (d, J=12 Hz,IH), 4.58 (t, J=8.0 Hz, IfH), 5.32 (m, IfH), 6.71 (d, J=9.5 Hz, NH), 6.92 (dd, J=2.5, 6.0 Hz, IH), 6.98 (s, 11:1), 7.25 (d, J=2.5 Hz, I1H), 7.60 (s, ItH), 8.15 (s, I H), 8.35 (d, j=5.5 Hz, IH). LC/MS rt-min (Mr): 1.94 (500)(method D). 10 Step 2: Compound 426 was prepared according to Example 421, Step 7 in 57% yield, starting from the product of Example 426, Step 1. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 0.95 (s, 9H), 1.03-1.04 (m, 2H), 1.08-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.34 15 1.71 (m, 8H), 2.09-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.41 (m, IH), 2 93 (m, 1H), 3.96 (d, J=9.5 Hz, IH), 4.074.11 (m, 2H), 4.29 (m, IH), 4.78 (m, IH), 5.10 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.23 (d, J=17 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (m, 1H), 5.59-5.66 (m, IH), 6.87-6.91 (m, 2H), 7.08 (s, IH), 7.27 (s, IH), 7.75 (s, If!), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.39 (d, J=6 Hz, 1ff, 8.90 (s, NI), 10.4 (s, IH). LC/MS rt-min (MH*I 4 ): 2.38 (712)(method D). 20 Example 427: Preparation of Compound 427.

573 F N. 0, H N ' H O NOO N -P 0 00>7 Compound 427 Step 1: N F N OH HO 01 0 0 This product was prepared according to Example 421, Step 6 in 86% yield, except 5 using 4 -fluorophenylboronic acid. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.44-1.75 (m, 8H), 2.30-2.36 (m, IH), 2.64 2.69 (m, 1H), 3.99 (dd, J=12, 3.5 Hz, IH), 4.26 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (d, 1=12 Hz,IH), 4.59 (dd, J=8.0, 9.5 Hz, 1fH), 4.81 (m, 1fH), 5.34 (m, IH), 6.73 (d, J=9.5 Hz, NH), 6.99 (dd, J=2.5, 6.0 Hz, IH), 7.20 (t, 2H (hidden)), 7.36 (s, 1H (hidden)), 7.94 10 7.97 (m, 2H), 8.44 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1fH). LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.22 (528)(method A). Step 2: Compound 427 was prepared according to Example 421, Step 7 in 53% yield, 15 starting from the product of Example 427, Step 1. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.06-1.09.(m, 2H), 1.23-1.26 (m, 2H), 1.43 (dd, J=5.0, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 1.47-1.78 (m, 8f), 1.88 (dd, J=5.5, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.21-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.96 (in, 1H), 4.05 (dd, 1=3.0, 11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.27- 574 4.29 (in, 2H), 4.44 (dd, J=7.0, 10.5 Hz, IH), 4.83 (n, 1H (hidden)), 5.12 (d, J=10 Hz, IH), 5.29 (d, J=17 Hz, IH), 5.37 (m, IH), 5.73-5.80 (m, IH), 6.93 (d, J=9.5 Hz, NH), 6.98 (in, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (s, LH), 7.94-7.97 (m, 2H), 8.44 (d, J=6.0 Hz, I H). 5 LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.42 (741)(method A). Example 428: Preparation of Compound 428. N 0 H N NII.. H 0 L /-N |i NO Compound 428 Step 1: OMe N' OH 10 10 C IO0 ~ 0 This product was prepared according to Example 421, Step 6 in 37% yield, except using 4 -methoxyphenylboronic acid. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.45-1.74 (m, 8H), 2.31-2.36 (m, 1H), 2.64 2.68 (m, IH), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.98 (dd, J=12, 3.5 Hz, IH), 4.25 (d, J=9.0 Hz, IH), 4.33 15 (d, J=1 1.5 Hz,1H), 4.59 (dd, J=8.0, 10 Hz, 1H), 4.77 (m, 1H), 5.36 (m, IH), 6.72 (d, J=9.0 Hz, NH), 7.01 (in, IH), 7.04 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (d, J=2.0 Hz), 7.86 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 8.42 (d, J=6.0 Hz, IH). LC/MS rt-min (MH): 2.09 (540)(method

A).

575 Step 2: Compound 428 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 72% yield, starting from the product of Example 428, Step 1. 5 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.06-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.23-1.25 (m, 2H), 1.43 (dd, J=5.5, 9.5 Hz, 1fH), 1.48-1.77 (m, 8H), 1.88 (dd, J:=5.0, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.21-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.54 (m, 111), 2.91-2.96 (m, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.05 (d, J= 12 Hz, IH), 4.27-4.29 (m, 2H), 4.44 (dd, J=7.0, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (m, 1H (hidden)), 5.12 (d, J=10 Hz, IH), 5.30 (d, J=17 Hz, IH), 5.37 (m, 1H), 5.72-5.80 (m, 1H1), 6.89 (d, J=9.5 10 Hz, NH), 6.95 (dd, J=2.5, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=9.0 Hz, IH), 7.33 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 8.41 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H). LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.40 (753)(method A). Example 429: Preparation of Compound 429. S N'S 0~ H NHN 15 Compound 429 Step 1: N OH HN- O I ; s C O N 0-N- O 576 This product was prepared according to Example 421, Step 6 in 22% yield, except using 2 -thiopheneboronic acid. 'H NMR: (methanol-d4) 8 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.46-1.74 (m, 8H), 2.29-2.35 (m, IH), 2.63 2.67 (m, 1H), 3.97 (d, J=12 Hz, IH), 4.26 (d, J=8.5 Hz, IH), 4.31 (d, J=12 Hz,IH), 5 4.60 (t, J=8.5 Hz, IH), 4.81 (m, 1H (hidden)), 5.31 (m, 1H), 6.87-6.89 (m, 2H), 7.13 (d, J=5.0 Hz, IH), 7.52 (s, 1H (hidden)), 7.70 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H). LC/MS rt-min (MH): 1.96 (516)(method A). 10 Step 2: Compound 429 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 57% yield, starting from the product of Example 429, Step 1. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.02 (s, 9H), 1.07 (m, 2H), 1.24 (m, 2H), 1.43 (dd, J=5.5, - ri' , I i), i. j- . /6 (m, an), i.66 (GG, j=D., b.U liz, in-), L.i- 2-4i 15 2.49-2.53 (m, IH), 2.92-2.96 (m, 1H), 4.04 (d, J= 10 Hz, 1H), 4.26-4.29 (m, 2H), 4.43 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.82 (m, 1H (hidden)), 5.12 (d, J=10.5 Hz, I H), 5.29 (d, J=17.5 Hz, IH), 5.35 (m, IH), 5.73-5.80 (m, IH), 6.89 (d, 1=4.5 Hz, IH), 6.92 (d, 1=4.5 Hz, NH), 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 8.32 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H). 20 LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.37 (728)(method A). Example 430: Preparation of Compound 430. S N 0~ H N 0 N O H N 0 0 ) Compound 430 Step 1: 577 c /-cS 01 0~0 HN~e-N OH r- 0 This product was prepared according to Example 421, Step 6 in 17% yield, except using 3-thiopheneboronic acid. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.43-1.74 (m, 8H), 2.30-2.36 (m, 1H), 2.64 5 2.68 (m, 1H), 3.98 (dd, 1=11.5, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (d, J=9.0 Hz, IH), 4.32 (d, 1=11.5 Hz,IH), 4.60 (dd, J=8.0, 9.5 Hz, IH), 4.80 (m, 1H (hidden)), 5.33 (m, 1H), 6.96 (dd, J=2.5, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H (hidden)), 7.51 (s, 1M (hidden)), 7.67 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (s, IH), 8.39 (d, J=6.0 Hz, IH). LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 1.94 (516)(method A). 10 Step 2: Compound 430 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 45% yield, starting from the product of Example 430, Step 1. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.02 (s, 9H), 1.06 (m, 2D, 1.29 (m, 2H), 1.43 (dd, J=5.5, 15 9.5 Hz, IH), 1.43-1.75 (m, 8H), 1.87 (dd, J=6.0, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 2.20-2.27 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.95 (m, iH), 4.05 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 4.27-4.29 (m, 2H), 4.42-4.45 (m, 1H), 4.85 (m, 1H (hidden)), 5.12 (d, J=10.0 Hz, IH), 5.29 (d, J=17.5 Hz, 1H), 5.36 (m, IH), 5.73-5.80 (m, IH), 6.92-6.94 (m, 2H), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.51 (s, IH), 7.66 (d, J=4.5 Hz, IH), 8.00 (s, IH), 8.38 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H). 20 LC/MS rt-min (Hlf): 2.36 (728)(method A). Example 431: Preparation of Compound 431.

578 S 0~ H N N O N OON O Compound 431 Step 1: N 0 OH To a mixture of the product of Example 421, Step 5 (100 mg, 0.195 mmol) and 5 Pd(PPh 3

)

4 (23 mg, 0.0195 mmol) in dioxane (3 mL) was added 2 tributylstannnylthiazole (95 mg, 0.254 mmol) and triethylamine (82 gL, 0.585 mmol). The solution was heated at 95 0 C for 5 h under nitrogen, then at 105 0 C for 15 h. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (gradient 30-80% B). The combined 10 fractions were partitioned between buffer pH 4 and dichloromethane. The aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organic extracts washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 ). The title compound (31 mg) was obtained as a colorless oil, significantly contaminated with tributylstannyl residue. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.4 (m, 8H (hidden)), 2.32-2.36 (m, IH), 15 2.64-2.68 (m, 1H), 4.00 (d, J=11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (s, IN), 4.33 (d, J=11.5 Hz,1H), 4.60 (t, J=8.5 Hz, IH), 4.80 (m, 1H (hidden)), 5.33 (m, 1H), 7.03 (br s, IH), 7.70 (s, I H), 7.73 (s, IH), 7.93 (s, 1H), 8.41 (d, J=5.5 Hz, IH). LC/MS rt-min (MI): 2.25 (517)(method A).

579 Step 2: Compound 431 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 41% yield, starting from the product of Example 431, Step 1. 5 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.02 (s, 9H), 1.06-1.70 (m, 13H), 1.86-1.89 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.51-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.94 (n, 1H), 4.06 (d, J= 11.5 Hz, IH), 4.23-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.44-4.47 (m, 1H), 4.82 (m, IH (hidden)), 5.12 (d, J=1 1 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (d, J=17 Hz, 1H), 5.36 (m, 1H), 5.73-5.81 (m, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=9.0 Hz, NH), 7.04 (m, 111), 7.71 (m, 2H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 8.42 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H). 10 LC/MS rt-min (MW): 2.46 (729)(method A). Example 432: Preparation of Compound 432. N N 0' 0~ H N o H 0 06> Compound 432 Step 1: N N OH

-

0 15 To a mixture of the product of Example 423, Step 1 (102 mg, 0.204 mmol) and Pd(PPh 3

)

4 (24 mg, 0.0204 mmol) in dioxane (3 mL) was added 2 tributylstannnylthiazole (99 mg, 0.265 mmol) and triethylamine (85 pL, 0.612 580 mmol). The solution was heated at 95 0 C for 5 h under nitrogen, then at 105'C for 15 h. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (gradient 30-80% B). The combined fractions were neutralized with conc. ammonia and concentrated. The residue was 5 partitioned between buffer pH 4 and dichloromethane. The aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organic extracts washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 ). The title compound (33 mg) was obtained as a colorless oil, significantly contaminated with tributylstannyl containing residue. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 5 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.30 (s, 9H), 2.28-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.67 10 (m, 1H), 3.98 (d, J=1 1.5 Hz, IH), 4.21 (s, 1H), 4.34 (d, J=1 1.5 Hz,1H), 4.58 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (m, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.94-7.96 (m, 2H), 8.33 (s, 111), 8.73 (s, IH). LC/MS rt-min (MH*-Boc): 2.21 (405)(method A). 15 Step 2: Compound 432 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 42% yield, starting from the product of Example 432, Step 1. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.02 (s, 9H), 1.07-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.24 (m, 2H), 1.32 (s, 9H), 1.44 (m, 1H (hidden)), 1.86-1.89 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.51-2.55 (m, 1H), 20 2.93-2.95 (m, 1H), 4.04 (d, J= 12 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (d, J= 9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (d, J= 12 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (t, J= 9.5 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (d, J=18 Hz, 1H), 5.36 (m, 1H), 5.72-5.81 (m, 1H), 6.62 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, NH), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.96 (m, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.74 (s, 1H). LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.42 (717)(method A). 25 Example 433: Preparation of Compound 433.

581 N= N

I

0~ H N N ' 0 O Nk O i N -O 00 Compound 433 Step 1: OEt 0 HN OMe 0 0 To a mixture of the product of Example 420, Step 3 (1.00 g, 1.94 mmol) and 5 Pd(PPh 3

)

4 (112 mg, 0.097 mmol) in dioxane (15 mL) was added tributyl(1 ethoxyvinyl)tin (876 mg, 2.43 mmol. The solution was heated at 105 0 C for 6 h under nitrogen. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was filtered and concentrated. The residue was partitioned between satd NaHCO 3 and ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic 10 extracts washed with 5% aq. KF and brine and dried (MgSO 4 ). Purification using a Biotage 40 M column (eluted gradient hexane - EtOAc 40-70%) afforded the title compound (624 mg, 64%) as a yellow oil. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d) 6 0.95 (s, 9H), 1.27 (s, 9H), 1.35 (t, 1=7.0 Hz, 3H), 2.16-2.21 (m, IH), 2.50 (m, IH (hidden)), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.85 (d, J= 11 Hz, IH), 3.90 (q, 1=7.0 15 Hz, 2H), 4.09 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 4.13 (d, J= 11 Hz, IH), 4.40 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 11H), 4.45 (t, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 4.91 (d, J=2.5 Hz, I H), 5.27 (m, IH), 6.69 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, NH), 7.48 (s, IH), 8.25 (s, IH), 8.46 (s, 1H). LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.14 (507)(method B).

582 Step 2: NN 01 OMe O1 0 To a solution of the product of Example 433, Step 1 (125 mg, 0.247) in THF (3 mL) and water (111 p.LL, 6.18 mmol) was added NBS (44 mg, 0.247 mmol). After stirring 5 at room temperature for 20 min. the mixture was concentrated and partitioned between ethyl acetate and brine. The organic pha;e was dried (MgSO 4 ) to give the intermediate bromomethyl ketone. This intermediate was dissolved in DMF and treaeo wirm mtoacetaliae (Z4 m1g, U.-zi mmoi) ana NaH U 3 (i mg, U.5/i mmol. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature, concentrated and suspended in 10 satd. NaHCO 3 . The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x), washed with brine, and dried (MgSO 4 ). Purification using a Biotage 12 M column (eluted gradient hexane - EtOAc 50-70%) afforded the title compound (50 mg, 38%) as a pale oil. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.02 (s, 9H), 1.31 (s, 9H), 2.27-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.67 (m, 1H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.98 (d, J= 10.) Hz, 1H), 4.22 (d, J= 9.5 Hz, 1H), 15 4.34 (d, J= 10.5Hz, 1H), 4.64 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (m, 1H), 6.38 (s, NH), 7.87 (s, 11H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H). LC/MS rt-min (MH): 1.96 (533)(method B). Step 3: 583 N HN~gN' -OH 0 This product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 5, except using the product of Example 433, Step 2 instead. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 0.96 (s, 9H), 1.25 (s, 9H), 2.18-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.50 (m, IH 5 (hidden)), 2.73 (s, 3H), 3.86 (d, J= 11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (d, J= 11.5Hz, 1H), 4.39 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 6.60 (br s, NH), 7.84 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, IH). LC/MS rt-min (MH'): 1.84 (519)(method B). 10 Step 4: Compound 433 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 46% yield, starting from the product of Example 433, Step 3. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.05 (s, 9H), 1.09-1.11 (m, 2H), 1.26-1.29 (m, 2H), 1.36 15 (s, 9H), 1.45-1.48 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.92 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.53-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.94-3.00 (m, 1H), 4.06 (d, J= 10.5 Hz, 11H), 4.27 (s, 1H), 4.32 (d, J= 12 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (dd, J= 10.5, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (d, J=17 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (m, 1H), 5.76-5.83 (m, 1H), 7.93 (s, IH), 7.95 (m, IH), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.74 (s, 1H). 20 LC/MS rt-min (MH*f): 2.21 (732)(method B). Example 434: Preparation of Compound 434.

584 N N 0~ H N N H 0 Compound 434 Step 1: N To a solution of the product of Example 421, Step 1 (300 mg, 1.56 mmol) and 5 Pd(PPh 3

)

4 (90 mg, 0.078 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) was added 1-methyl-2 (tributylstannyl)-1H-pyrrole (750 mg, 2.03 mmol) and triethylamine (0.435 mL, 3.12 mmol). The solution was heated at 1500C for 30 min under nitrogen in a microwave oven (Emrys, Personal Chemistry). After cooling to room temperature the mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and 5% aq. KF and filtered. The aqueous phase was 10 extracted with diethyl ether (2x). The combined organic extracts were washed with 5% aq. KF, water and brine and dried (MgSO 4 ). Purification using a Biotage 25 S column (eluted gradient hexane - diethyl ether 0-5%) afforded the title compound (169 mg, 56%) as a colorless oil. 'H NMR: (DMSO-ds) 8 3.94 (s, 3H), 6.10 (s, 1H), 6.77. (d, J=2.0 Hz, IH), 6.93 (s, 15 1H), 7.27 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 8.49 (d, .1=5.0 Hz, lH), LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 1.15 (193, 195)(method B). Step 2: 585 N j14 0 014e This product was prepared according to Example 421, Step 2 in 39% yield, starting from the product of Example 434, Step 1. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.42, 1.43 (s, 9H (rotamers)), 2.27-2.34 (m, 1H), 2.55 5 2.62 (m, 1fH), 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.76, 3.74 (s, 3H (rotamers)), 3.84 (s, 3H), 4.39-4.45 (m, 1H), 5.19 (m, IH), 6.10 (m, 1H), 6.49 (m, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 6.80-6.82 (m, 1H), 7.07 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J=6.0 Hz, IH). LC/MS rt-min (MH*, carboxylic acid): 1.49 (389)(method B). 10 Step 3: N N OMe 0 The product of Example 434, Step 2 (90 mg, 0.22 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (1.5 mL) and TFA (1.0 mL, 9.0 mmol).The solution was stirred at room temperature for 45 min., and concentrated. The residue was treated with IN 15 HCI in diethyl ether (5 mL) and concentrated. The title compound was obtained in quantitative yield as a pale oil. LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 0.32 (302)(method B). Step 4: 586 Nr N 0 N ,OMe 01 0 This product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 3 in 80% yield, starting from the product of Example 434, Step 3. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.02 (s, 9H), 1.31 (s, 9.H), 2.25-2.31 (m, IH), 2.61-2.64 5 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.97-3.99 (m, 1H), 4.22 (d, J= 9.5 Hz, IH), 4.32 (d, J= 11.5 Hz, IH), 4.61 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 5.27 (n, IH), 6.10 (m, 1H), 6.42 (br d, J=5.5 Hz, IH). LC/MS rt-min (MNH): 1.81 (516)(method B). 10 Step 5: N N Ni .- OH HN_ To a solution of the product of Example 434, Step 4 (92 mg, 0.179 mmol) in THF (1 mL) and methanol (1 mL) was added LIOH (13 mg, 0.536 mmol) in water (1 mL). 15 The mixture was stirred for 1.5 h at room temperature and quenched with IN HCI until neutral pH. The organic volatiles were removed in vacuo, and the residue purified by preparative HPLC (gradient 10-80% B). The combined fractions were neutralized with conc. ammonia and concentrated. The residue was partitioned 587 between buffer pH 4 and ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic extracts washed with brine and dried (MgSO4). The title compound (56 mg, 62%) was obtained as a white solid. 'H NMR: (methanol-d4) 8 1.03 (s, 911), 1.32 (s, 9H), 2.31-2.35 (m, IH), 2.62-2.67 5 (m, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.98 (d, J= 11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.21-4.23 (m, 1H), 4.33 (d, 1= 11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.58 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (m, 1H), 6.12 (m, 1H), 6.40 (br d, J= 8.0 Hz, NH), 6.52 (m, 1H), 6.82 (m, 1H), 6.87 (m, IH), 7.12 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H). LC/MS rt-min (MWf): 1.73 (502)(method B). 10 Step6: Compound 434 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 68% yield, starting from the products of Example 434, Step 5. 'H NMR: (methanol-d4) 8 1.02 (s, 9H), 1.06-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.23-1.26 (m, 2H), 1.33 (s, 9H), 1.42-1.45 (m, IH), 1.86-1.89 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.27 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.51 (m, 1H-), 15 2.91-2.96 (m, IH), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.04 (d, J= 12 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (d, J= 10.0 Hz, IH), 4.28 (d, J= 12 Hz, IH), 4.43 (dd, J= 10.0, 7.0 Hz, IH), 5.12 (d, J=10.0 Hz, IH), 5.30 (d, J=17 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (m, 1H), 5.73-5.80 (m, 1H), 6.10 (m, IN), 6.49 (m, 1H), 6.64 (br d, J= 9.0 Hz, NH), 6.79 (m, 111), 6.82 (m, 1H), 7.08 (s, 111), 8.35 (d, J=5.5 Hz, IH). 20 LC/MS rt-min (MH): 2.08 (714)(method B). Example 435: Preparation of Compound 435. 0 N H N i- I N, ,0 Compound 435. 25 588 Step 1: \ Br N OMe 0 This product was prepared according to Example 421, Step 2 in 74% yield, starting from 2

,

6 -dibromopyridine 5 1H NMR: (DMSO-d) 5 1.34, 1.38 (s, 9H (rotamers)), 2.23-2.31 (m, IH), 2.43-2.47 (m, IH (hidden)), 3.53 (d, 1=12 Hz, 1H), 3.66, 3.69 (s, 3H (rot amers)), 3.72-3.75 (m, 1H), 4.29-4.34 (m, 1H), 5.42 (m, IH), 6.89 (d, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.26 (d, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.68 (t, J=7.5 Hz, I). 10 Step 2: '\ Br -N 'N OMe H 0 This product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 2 in quantitative yield, starting from the product of Example 435, Step 1. 15 LC/MS rt-min (M*i): 1.42 (301, 303)(method B). Step 3: 589 -- Br N O , OMe 0 This product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 3 in 96% yield, starting from the product of Example 435, Step 2. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d) 8 0.95 (s, 9H), 1.28 (s, 9H), 2.20-2.26 (m, IH), 2.45-2.48 (m, 5 1H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.94 (d, J=9.5 Hz, IH), 4.01-4.08 (m, 2H), 4.45 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.53 (m, 1H), 6.66 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=7.0 Hz, IH), 7.25 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.69 (m, 1H). LC/MS rt-min (MW): 2.73 (514, 516)(method A). 10 Step 3: /\-Br -- N HN -OH O1 0 This product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 5 in quantitative yield, starting from the product of Example 435, Step 2. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d) 8 0.95 (s, 9H), 1.28 (s, 9H), 2.19-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.47 (m, 15 1H), 3.94 (m, 1H), 4.01-4.08 (m, 2H), 4.36 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.52 (m, 1H), 6.65 (d, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 6.82 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.67 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 12.6 (s, IH). LC/MS rt-min (MNa'): 2.51 (522, 524)(method B).. 20 Step4: 590 9N OH 0 0 To a solution of the product of Example 435, Step 3 (125 mg, 0.250 mmol), Pd(PPh 3

)

4 (14.4 mg, 0.0125 mmol), and 3-furyl boronic acid (35 mg, 0.313 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) and water (0.025 mL) was added C8 2

CQ

3 (244 mg, 0.750 mmol). The 5 mixture was heated at 105 0 C for 3 h under nitrogen. After cooling to room temperature the solid was removed by filtration, and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative H-PLC (gradient 30-100% B). The combined tractions were neutralized with conc. ammonia and concentrated. The residue was partitioned between buffer pH 4 and dichloromethane. The aqueous 10 phase was extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organic extracts washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 ). The title compound (90 mg, 76%) was obtained as a white foam. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.06 (s, 9H), 1.39 (s, 9H), 2.36-2.42 (m, IH), 2.61-2.65 (m, IH), 4.12 (dd, J=4.0. 11 Hz, IH), 4.19 (d, J=11 Hz, IH), 4.28 (s, 1H), 4.62 (t, 15 1=8.5 Hz, IH), 5.79 (m, IH), 6.64 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (s, IH), 7.22 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.66 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (s, IH). LC/MS rt-min (MNa*): 2.53 (51 1)(method B). Step 5: 20 Compound 435 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 57% yield, starting from the product of Example 435, Step 4. 'H NMR: (DMSO-de 6 ) 8 0.96 (s, 9H), 1.02-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.09-1.11 (m, 2H), 1.19 (s, 9H), 1.35-1.38 (m, IH), 1.71 (dd, J=5.5, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.15-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.41 (m, IH), 2.93 (br m, 1H), 4.03-4.08 (in, 3H), 4.35 (br t, 1H), 5.10 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 25 5.24 (d, J=17 Hz, IH), 5.60-5.67 (m, 1H), 5.73 (m, I H), 6.47 (br s, IH), 6.64 (d, 591 J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.04 (s, IH), 7.31 (d, J=7.5 Hz, IfH), 7.72 (t, J=7.5 Hz, IH), 7.77 (s, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.92 (s, NH), 10.4 (s, NH). LC/MS rt-min (MNa*): 2.64 (723)(method B). 5 Example 436: Preparation of Compound 436. N 01~ H N 'N.. H O N O H N O Compound 436 Step 1: -N 0 N OH 00 This product was prepared according to Example 435,. Step 4 in 73% yield, except 10 using phenylboronic acid instead. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.06 (s, 9H), 1.39 (s, 9H), 2.39-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.77 (m, 1H), 4.18-4.30 (m, 3H), 4.64 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72 (m, IH), 6.74 (d, 1=8.0 Hz, IH), 7.44-7.55 (m, 4H), 7.75 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H). LC/MS rt-min (MNa7): 2.72 (521)(method B). 15 Step 2: Compound 436 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 66% yield, starting from the product of Example 436, Step 1.

592 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) S 0.96 (s, 9H), 1.04-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.09 (m, 2H), 1.30 (s, 9H), 1.36-1.39 (m, IH), 1.71 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 2.16-2.24 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.45 (m, 11), 2.93 (m, IH), 4.06-4.09 (m, 3H), 4.38 (br t, IH), 5.10 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 5.30 (d, J=17 Hz, 1f), 5.60-5.67 (m, 1H), 5.80 (m, 1H), 6.49 (br s, 1H), 6.75 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 5 7.43-7.51 (m, 3H), 7.59 (d, 1=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (t, 1=7.5 Hz, IH), 8.09 (d, 1=7.0 Hz, 2H), 8.91 (s, NH), 10.4 (s, NH). LC/MS rt-min (MW): 2.77 (71 1)(method B). Example 437: Preparation of Compound 437. N H N

-

N 0 o O 10 Compound 437 Step 1: 0 N Br To a solution of 2 -bromo-6-methyl-pyridine (7.65 g, 44.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added a solution of mCPBA (77%, 12.9 g, 57.7 mmol) in 15 dichloromethane (100 mL). The solution was stirred for 18 h at ambient temperature. The mixture was neutralized with solid Na 2

CO

3 and water was added. The aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (2x). The combined organic fractions were washed with 5% Na 2

S

2

O

3 , 5% Na 2

CO

3 , brine and dried (MgSO 4 ). Purification using a Biotage 40 M column (eluted gradient hexane - ethyl acetate 40-70%) afforded the 20 title compound (5.0 g, 60%) as a colorless oil that solidified upon standing. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d6) 8 2.43 (s, 3H), 7.15 (t, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 7.50 (s, IH), 7.78 (s, 1H).

593 LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 0.32 (188, 190)(method B). Step 2: Br Br 5 To a solution of the product of Example 437, Step 1. (4.5 g, 24 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added POBr 3 (8.2 g, 29 mmol) in portions. A strong exothermic reaction occurred and a precipitate formed. The mixture was left for 2 h at ambient temperature. The mixture was quenched with water and satd. NaHCO 3 until neutral pH. The aqueous phase was extracted with diethyl ether (2x). The combined organic 10 fractions were washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 ). Purification using a Biotage 40 M column (eluted gradient hexane - diethyl ether 0-10%) afforded the title compound (1.78 g, 30%) as a colorless oil. 'H NMR: (DMSO-4) 8 2.45 (s, 3H), 7.64 (s, 1-), 7.80 (s, 1H). LC/MS rt-min (MW): 1.85 (250, 252, 254)(method B). 15 Step 3: N Br N OMe 0 This product was prepared according to Example 421, Step 2 in 46% yield, starting from the product of Example 437, Step 1. 20 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 1.34, 1.38(s, 9H (rotamers)), 2.20-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.43-2.50 (m, 1H), 3.55 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.64-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.66, 3.69 (s, 3H (rotamers)), 4.26-4.32 (m, 111), 5.17 (m, 1H), 6.93 (s, IH), 7.08 (s, 1H). LC/MS rt-min (MW): 2.17 (415, 417)(method B).

594 Step 4: N Br N OVe H 0 This product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 3 in quantitative yield, starting from the product of Example 437, Step 3. 5 Step 4: -N -Br OMe This product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 3 in 75% yield, starting from the product of Example 437, Step 3. 10 'H NMR: (DMSO-d,) S 0.94 (s, 9H), 1.27 (s, 9H), 2.16-2.21 (m, IH), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.48 (m, 1H (hidden)), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.83 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 4.06 (d, J=8.5 Hz, IH), 4.14 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (m, IH), 6.68 (br s, NH), 6.88 (s, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H). LC/MS rt-min (MH): 2.19 (528, 530)(method B). 15 Step 5: 595. N / vBr OH This product was prepared according to Example 420, Step 5 in quantitative yield, starting from the product of Example 437, Step 4. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d) S 0.95 (s, 9H), 1.27 (s, 9H), 2.15-2.19 (m, lH), 2.36 (s, 3H), 5 2.44-2.48 (m, IH), 3.81 (d, J=10.5 Hz, IH), 4.04-4.06 (m, IH), 4.13 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (t, J=8.5 Hz, IH), 5.26 (m, 1H), 6.66 (br d, J=9.0 Hz, NH), 6.88 (s, IH), 7.03 (s, 1H). LC/MS rt-min (MNa'): 2.14 (536, 538)(method B). 10 Step 6: N O0 0 N OH HN 0 0 To a solution of the product of Example 437, Step 5 (101 mg, 0.196 mmol), Pd(PPh 3

)

4 (11.3 mg, 0.0098 mmol), and phenyl boronic acid (34 mg, 0.275 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 2M aqueous Na 2

CO

3 (0.294 mL, 0.588 mmol). The tube was 15 sealed and heated in a microwave oven (Emrys, Personal Chemistry) at 150 0 C for 15 min. under nitrogen. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was acidified with IN HCI (0.5 mL). The solid was removed by filtration, and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (gradient 20 80% B). The combined fractions were neutralized with conc. ammonia and 596 concentrated. The residue was partitioned between buffer pH 4 and ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x) and the combined organic extracts washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 ). The title compound (115 mg, >100%) was obtained as a white solid. 5 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 8 1.06 (s, 9H), 1.30 (s, 9H), 2.36-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.65-2.76 (m, 1H), 4.01 (dd, J=3.0, 12 Hz, IH), 4.21 (s, 1H), 4.44 (d, J=12 Hz, I), 4.64 (dd, J=8.0, 10 Hz, 1H), 5.46 (m, 1H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 7.29 (s, LH), 7.39 (m, 311), 7.57 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H). LC/MS rt-min (MH 4 ): 1.84 ( 5 13)(method B). 10 Step 7: Compound 437 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 31% yield, starting from the product of Example 437, Step 6. LI± INA kjakj-U6) 0 IJ.Y.. ks, O±j), kj."-i.u-, kT,), '4r1), i.zL3 ts, riI), i~4i2/krn, 15 1H), 1.69-1.71 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.93 (rn, IH), 3.92 (d, J=8.5 Hz, IH), 4.07 (d, 1=9.0 Hz, IH), 4.11 (d, J=12 Hz, 111), 4.32 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (d, J=:17.5 Hz, 1H), 5.39 (m, 1H), 5.60 5.67 (m, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (s, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.04-8.06 (m, 2H), 8.92 (s, NH), 10.4 (s, NH). 20 LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 2.10 (725)(method B). Example 438: Preparation of Compound 438. S N

K

H N Nis. H O N O H > -N, Compound 438 Step 1: 597 HN_0 §ii OH O1 O This product was prepared according to Example 437, Step 6 in quantitative yield, starting from 2 -thiopheneboronic acid. 'H NMR: (methanol-d 4 ) 6 1.05 (s, 9H), 1.32 (s, 9B), 2.32-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.56 (s, 5 3H), 2.66-2.70 (m, 1H), 3.99 (dd, J=3.0, 12 Hz, IH), 4.23 (s, 1H), 4.36 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (m, 1H), 5.86 (s, l1H), 7.16-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1). LC/MS rt-min (MH*): 1.80 (519)(method B). 10 Step 2: Compound 438 was prepared according to Example 420, Step 6 in 41% yield, starting from the product of Example 438, Step 1. 'H NMR: (DMSO-d 6 ) 8 0.91 (s, 9H), 0.99-1.04 (m, 4H), 1.20 (s, 9H), 1.35-1.37 (m, 11), 1.69-1.71 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.33 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.93 (m, 1H), 15 3.92 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.07-4.11 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.32 (m, 1H), 5.10 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (d, J=17.0 Hz, IH), 5.36 (m, 1H), 5.60-5.67 (m, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 7.14 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (s, IH)-, 7.59 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 8.92 (s, NH), 10.4 (s, NH). LC/MS rt-min (MH): 2.06 (73 1)(method B). 20 Section K: Example 450: Preparation of Compound 450.

598

F

3 C N F 01 ox-o O N O0N Compound 450 Compound 450 was prepared according to Example 8, Step 5, except using 4-chloro 6 -fluoro-2-trifluoromethylquinoline instead. 'H NMR (CD 3 OD) 8 0.97-1.04 (m, 12H), 1.17-1.24 (m, 10H), 1.39-1.46 (m, 1H), 5 1.82-1.87 (m, IH), 2.20-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.39 9m, IH), 2.55-2.65 (m, iN), 2.91 2.96 (m, 1), 4.09-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.18-4.21 (m, 1HF), 4.56 (b, 2H), 5.10-5.14 (m, 1H), 7.86 (s, IH), 8.13-8.15 (m, IH). 10 Example 451: Preparation of Compound 451. H N OYN- 00 0 451 Compound 451 599 Scheme 1 HO (0 9:: Step 1 S. Step 2 S Step 3 N C02Me BOC N CO 2 Me H N CO 2 Me BOC O N O 0 H Step H 0 O Step 5 O NN N 0"' H N C0 2 H + H N N. O O H O Step 6 N 0 Compound 451 H N OH O~ 0 Step 1: The tosylate was prepared as described in the literature (Patchett, A. A.; Witkof, B. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1957, 185-192) and was used without further 5 purification. To a slurry of NaH (76 mg, 1.90 mmol) in DMF (20 ml) was added 1-thionaphthol (0.29 mg, 1.80 mmol) and the mixture stirred for 30 minutes. A solution of the tosylate (0.61 g, 1.80 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred for 12 h at 23 0 C. The mixture was concentrated and the residue partitioned between EtOAc/H20. The 10 organic extracts are dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (elution with 5% EtOAc/hexanes to 30% EtOAc/hexanes to give 261 mg (38%) of the product as a yellow oil.

600 'H NMR (CDC 3 , 3:2 mixture of rotamers) S 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 2.25-2.29 (m, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.35-3.42 (m, IH), 3.51-3.53 (m, IH), 3.80-3.86 (m, 2H), 4.38 4.39 (m, 1H), 4.46-4.48 (m, IH), 7.41-7.46 (m, IH), 7.42-7-54 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.59 (m, IH), 7.58 (d, J = 4 Hz, IH), 7.82-7.88 (m, 2H), 8.46 (d, J = 5Hz, IH); 5 LC-MS (retention time: 1.93), MS m/z 388 (M*+1). Step 2: A mixture of 4 -(naphthalen-1-ylsulfanyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1 tert-butyl ester 2-methyl ester (0.38 g, 0.98 mmol) and 4N HCI (1.0 ml) was stirred at 10 23 0 C for 2 h. The solvent was removed and the residue dissolved in CH 3 CN (20 ml) and treated with acid (0.37 g, 2.16 mmol), TBTU (0.23 g, 0.98 mmol) and DIPEA (0.37 g, 2.16 mimol) and stirred for 12 h. The mixture is concentrated and the residue dissolved in EtOAc and washed with I N HCl, saturated NaHCO 3 then dried over 15 IH NMR (CDC 3 , 1:1 mixture of rotamers) 8 0.99 (s, 9H), 1.02 (s, 9H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.46 (s, 9H)2.2-2.25(m, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.82-3.86 (m, IH), 3.89-3.92 (in, 2H)4.26 (s, 1H), 4.28 (s, IH), 4.70-4.75 (in, IH),7.40-7.48 (m, IH), 7.54-7.55 (m, IH), 7.59 7.62 (m, IH), 7.72-7.74 (m, IH), 7.86-7.89 (m, 2H), 8.48-8.50 (m, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.59), MS m/z 523 (M+Na). 20 Step 3: To a mixture of 1-( 2 -tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethy]-butyryl)-4 (naphthalen-1-ylsulfanyl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (Example 451, Step 2) (0.49 g, 0.98 mmol), in THF/H 2 0 (2:1) was added LiOH hydrate (0.20 g, 4.9 25 mmol) and the mixture stirred for 12 h. The solution was concentrated and washed with EtOAc. The aqueous layer is acidified with IN HCI and extracted with EtOAc. The product was observed in the first EtOAc extract. The first organic extract was dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to 328 mg (71%) of a tan solid. 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 2:1 mixture of rotamers) S 0.88 (s, 9H), 0.92 (s, 9H), 1.34 (s, 30 9H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 2 .18-2.25(rm, 2H), 3.66-3.75 (m, IH), 3.89-4.00 (m, 2H), 4.10-4.13 (m, IH), 4.25-4.32 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.7.51 (m, IH), 7.56-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.65-7.7.69 (m,LH), 7.88-7.91 (m, IH), 7.97 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, IH), 8.27-8.35 (m, IH); 601 LC-MS (retention time: 1.52), MS m/z 486 (M+ 1). Step 4: To a solution of the acid (Example 451, Step 3) (0.32 g, 0.87 mmol) in 5 CH 3 CN (10 mL) and DMF (2 mL) was added the diastereomeric mixture of (R) 2(S) and 1-(S)-2(R) l-amino-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride (240 mg, 0.87 mmol) and TBTU (201 mg, 0.87 mmol) and DIPEA (0.32 mL, 0.742 mmol) and the mixture stirred at 23 0 C for 12 h. The mixture was concentrated and the residue partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic 10 layer was separated, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed with 30% EtOAc/hexanes as eluant to give 240 mg (38%) of a light yellow solid. 'H NMR (DMSO-d,, mixture of rotamers and diasteromers) S 0.87 (s, 9H), 0.88 (s, 9H), 0.97-1.04 (m, 3H), 1.33 (s, 9H), 1.38(s, 9H), 2.11-2.20 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.85 (m, 15 1H), 3.89-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.98-4.03 (m, 4H), 4.00-4.09 (m, [H), 4.40-4.42 (m, IH), 5.04-5.09 (m, 1H), 5.17-5.29 (m, 2H), 5.50-5.70 (m, IH), 6.60-6.62 (m, 1H), 6.72 6.75 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.56 (m, IH), 7.56-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.70-7.80 (m, IH), 7.92-8.00 (m, 1H), 8.00-8.06 (m, 1H), 8.29-8.40 (m, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.79 (s, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.59), MS m/z 623 (M+I). 20 Step 5: The acid was prepared as previously described using LiOH in THF/MeOH/H 2 0 (4/2/1) in Example 451, Step 3, except using the product of Example 451, Step 4 instead. 25 '1H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , mixture of rotamers and diastereomers) 8 0.90 (s, 9H), 1.17 1.23 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.37 (m, 9H), 2.10-2.12 (m, 11), 2.20-2.31 (m, 2H), 3.97-4.05 (m, 2H), 4.104.12 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.40 (m, 1H), 4.55-4.61 (m, 1H), 4.80-4.98 (n, 2H), 5.03-5.08 (m, 1H-), 5.10-5.20 (m, IH), 5.75-5.90 (m, 1H), 6.55-6.70 (m, 1H), 7.42 7.57 (m, 11), 7.60-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.70-7.72 (m, 1H), 7.80-7.97 (m, 1H), 7.96-7.99 (m, 30 1H), 8.20-8.50 (m, 2H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.52), MS m/z 595 (M+1).

602 Step 6: A mixture of the acid (Example 451, Step 5) (172 mg, 0.29 mmol), methanesulfonamide (110 mg, 1.16 mmol), EDAC (110 mg, 0.58 mmol) and DMAP (71 mg, 0.58 mmol)was dissolved in THF (10 ml) and stirred for 12 h. DBU (0.087 5 m.L, 0.58 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred for 48 h. The solvent is removed and the residue dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water and IN HCl, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography to give 15 mg (8%) of Compound 451 as a tan solid. 'H NMR (DMSO-d6, mixture of rotamers and di astereomers) 8 0.98 (s, 9H), 1.27 10 1.42 (m, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.

7 6 -1.79(m, 1H), 1.83-1.86 (in, 1H), 1.92-2.10 (in, IH), 2.16-2.25 (m, 2H), 3.01-3.10 (m, IH), 3.80-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.98 3.99 (m, 1H), 3.99-4.05 (m, IH), 4.24-4-29 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.53 (m, 1H), 4.86 (s, 3H), 5.08-5.15 (m, 1H), 5.25-5.29 (m, 1H), 5.65-5.85 (irn, 1H), 6.5-6.8 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, J= iL.) .- i~J ,il. in) IiiLi ..L fiiIi/.-.j~iIFI), 15 7.88-7.91 (in, 2H), 8.46 (d, J = 8.25 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.52), MS m/z 672 (M+1 minor), m/z 693 (M+Na Major). Example 452: Preparation of Compound 452 H 0 0 O N ONH Compound 452 20 Step 1: 603 N CO 2 Me BOC To a slurry of NaH (76 mg, 1.90 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) is added 2-thionaphthol (0.29 g, 1.80 mmol) and the mixture is stirred for 30 minutes. A solution of the tosylate (Example 451, Step 1) (0.61 g, 1.79 mmol) in DMF (2 ml) is added and the 5 mixture stirred for 12 h ar 230C. The mixture is concentrated then partitioned between EtOAc/H 2 0. The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO3, dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed with 5% EtOAc/hexanes followed by 30% EtOAc/hexanes to give 261 mg (38%) of the product as a clear oil. 10 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) S 1.32 (s, 9H), 2.29-2.35 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.47 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.71-3.81 (m, IH), 4.29-4.32 (s, 1H), 7.49-7.55 (m, 3H), 7.70-7.80 (m,IH), 7.81-7.97 (m, 3H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.54), MS m/z 387 (M+1). 15 Step 2: + H N C 2 Me 0 A mixture of 4 -(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid I-tert butyl ester 2-methyl ester (310 mg, 0.80 mmol) and 4N HCI in dioxane (1.49 ml, 2.69 mmol) was stirred for 2 h at 23oC then concentrated. The residue is dissolved in 20 CH 3 CN (10 mL) and N-Boc-t-butylglycine (196 mg, 0.85 mmol), TBTU (0.27 g, 604 0.85 mmol) and DIPEA (0.32 mlL, 1.85 mmol) were added and the mixture stirred overnight. The mixture was concentrated and the residue dissolved in EtOAc, washed with I N HCI, saturated NaHCO 3 , dried and concentrated to give 300 mg (90%)of the product as a yellow oil. 5 'H NMR (Methanol-d 4 ) S 0.99 (s, 9H), 1.44 (s, 91H), 2.20-2.35 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.92-4.08 (m, 2H), 4.26 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (t, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H)6.46 (d, J= 9.5 Hz, IH), 7.48-7.60 (m, 3H), 7.83-7.90 (m, 3H), 8.02 (s, 1IH) LC-MS (retention time: 1.98), MS im/z 523 (M+Na). 10 Step3: H N CO 2 H Of N-7 O 0/ A solution of 4 -(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid I-tert butyl ester 2-methyl ester (0.48 g, 0.96 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (20 mL) and stirred with LiOH (0.2 g, 4.8 mmol) for 12 h. the solution is concentrated and 15 acidified and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extract was dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give 418 mg (91%) of a yellow solid. 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 1:2 mixture of rotamers) 8 0.86, 0.93 (s, 9H) (1:2 mixture of rotamers), 1.35, 1.38 (s, 9H) (1:2 mixture of rotamers), 2.01-2.18, 2.25-2.35 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.80 (m, 1H), 4.00-4.20 (m, J = 9.4 Hz, 2H), 4.30-4.40 (s, 20 1H), 5.61-5.70, 6.42-6.50 (in, IH) (1:2 mixture of rotamers), 7.50-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.87 7.89 (m, 3H), 7.98 (s, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.93), MS m/z 487 (M+1i. Step 4: 605 Scheme 1 H 0 H 0 0 O N Step 4 N N 0fl / H (1 R,2S/1 S,2R) Diastereomeric P1 Mixture A solution of 1-tert-butoxycarbonylami no- 2 -vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester (4.3 g, 17.8 rnmol) in MeOH (50 mL) was treated with LiOH (0.84 g, 20.0 mmol) and water (5 mL) and the mixture stirred for 12 h. The solvent was removed 5 and the residue acidified and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layers are dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give the acid 2.1 g (52%) as a yellow oil. The acid (2.1 g, 9.25 mmol) was dissolved in THF and treated with CDI (7.25 g, 13.8 mmol) and heated to reflux for 3 h then cooled to 23 0 C. Methanesulfonamide (1.76 g, 18.5 mmol) was added followed by DBU (2.77 ml, 18.5 mmol) and stirred for 72 h 10 at 23 0 C. The mixture was concentrated and the residue acidified to pH 4 (1 N HCl) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give 1.99g (71%) of a yellow oil that solidified on standing. 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) S 1.16-1.23 (m,IH), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.65-1.75 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 2H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 5.08 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 5.22 (d, J = 17.1 Hz, 1H), 5.40-5.52 15 (m, I H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.14), MS m/z 304 (M+1). Step 5: A solution of the product of Example 452, Step 4 in dioxane/4N HCI (2 ml)was 20 stirred for 2 h then concentrated. The residue was dissolved in CH 3 CN (5 mL) and added to a mixture of the acid (Example 452, Step 3) (120 mg, 0.25 mmol), TBTU (58 mg, 0.25 mmol) and DIPEA (0.06 ml, 0.35 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred for 12 h. The solvent was removed and the residue dissolved in EtOAc and washed with IN HCI, saturated NaHCO3 dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. The 25 residue is purified with preparative TLC (Analtech 20X40 cM, 10000 Si02) to give 128 mg (70%) of Compound 452 as a tan solid. 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , mixture of diasteromers) 8 0.97, 0.99 (s, 9H), 1.23-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9 H), 1.82-1.83 (m, IH), 2.00-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.99 (m, 1H), 3.33 (s, 606 3H), 3.90-3.99 (m, IH), 4.01-4.20 (m, 2H), 4.25-4.30 (m, 1H4), 4.45-4.55 (m, 1H), 4.95-5.10 (m, IH), 5.12-5.25 (m, IH), 5.71-5.85 (m, 1H), 6.4-6.8 (br m, 1H), 7.46 7.53 (m, 3H), 7.80-7.86 (m, 3H), 7.98-7.99 (m, .H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.95), MS m/z 672 (M+1). 5 Example 453: Preparation of Compound 453. O s H N O O N 00 H Compound 453 Step 1: H N CO 2 H 00 10 A mixture of Example 452, Step 3 (110 mg, 0.23 imol) in DCM (20 ml), 3 chloroperbenzoic acid (121.6 mg, 0.57 nmol, 85% peracid), KHPO 4 (0.13g, 0.94 mmol) and K 2

HPO

4 (0.18g, 1.05 mmol) are stirred at 23 0 C for 12 h. The solution is diluted with DCM, washed with water, saturated N aHCO3, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to give the product 110 mg, (92%) as a clear oil. 15 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) S 0.91 (s, 9H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 2.23-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.80 (m, IH), 3.88-3.90 (m, 1H), 4.12 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.70-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.88-7.95 (m, IH), 8.11 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.71 (s, II); 607 LC-MS (retention time: 1.72), MS m/z 519 (M+1). Step 2: A mixture of the product of Example 453, Step 1 (110 mg, 0.212 mmol), 5 amine (Example 452, Step 5a) (0.65 mg, 0.212 mmol), TBTU (48.5 mg, 0.21 mmol) followed by DIPEA (60.8 ml, 0.35 mmol) and stirred for 12 h at 23 0 C. The solvent is removed and the residue dissolved in EtOAc and washed with IN HCI, aturated NaHCO 3 , dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (eluted with 10% MeOH/CH 2

CI

2 ) to give 25 mg (17%) of 10 Compound 453 as a white solid. 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , mixture of diastereomers) 8 0.93, 0.96 (s,9H), 1.38-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.53, 1.55 (m, 9H), 1.76-1.85 (in, 1H), 2.21-2.40 (m, 2H), 3.13-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 3.91-3.99 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.30 (m, 1H),5.09-5.12 (m, 1H), 5.26-5.31 (m, IH), 5.72-5.76 (m, IH), 6.65-6.68 (m, 1H), 6.71-6.76 (m, 15 1H), 7.67-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.91-7.95 (m, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 8.13 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.7 (s, 1H); LC-MS (retention time: 1.76), MS m/z 705 (M+1). Example 454: Preparation of Compound 454. 0 0 H H O -N--J, 00 20 Compound 454 Step 1: 608 - -

QCO

2 H BOC To slurry of the sodium hydride (0.91 g, 22.7 mnol) in THF( 50 mL) was added N BOC-trans4(R)-hydroxy-L-proline (2.5 g, 10.8 rmmol) and the mixture stirred at 23 0 C for I h. 2 -Chloromethylnapthalene (1.9 g, 10.8 mmol) was added and the 5 mixture stirred for 12 h at room temperature. The solvent was removed and the residue poured into water and washed with hexanes. The aqueous layer was acidified (1 N HCI) and extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc layer is separated, dried (MgSO 4 ), and concentrated to give a light yellow residue. The oil was purified by flash chromatography with 1:1 EtOAc/hexanes with 1% acetic acid added to give 1.56 g I U p-o) or me aesirea product as a inicK On. 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 3:1 mixture of rotamers) 1.35, 1.37 (s, 9H, major and minor respectively), 1.92-2.02, 2.15-2.20 (m, 2H, major and minor respectively), 2.35-2.50 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.49 (m, 2H), 4.12-4.16, 4.20-4.21 (m, 2H), 4

.

6 5

-

4 .68(m, 2H), 7.46 7.52 (m, 3H), 7.74-7.91 (m, 4H), (Acid OH not observed); 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.44, YMC ODS-A C18 S7 3.Ox 50 mm, gradient 10%MeOH/H 2 0 0.1%TFA to 90% MeOH/H 2 0 0.1% TFA), MS m/z 394 (M++1 +Na). Step 2: N N BOC o 20 To a solution of the HCI salt of a 1:1 mixture of diastereoisomers (IR,2S/IS,2R where carboxy group is syn to vinyl moiety) of 2 -(l-ethoxycarbonyl-2-vinyl cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(naphthalen-2ylmethoxy)-pyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylic acid 609 tert-butyl ester (0.54 g, 1.3 mmole)[prepared by stirring the N-Boc marine with HCI (4N) in dioxane for 1 hr then removal of the solvent in vacuo] in CH 3 CN (50 mL) is added Boc-4(R)-(2-methylnapthyl)proline (0.5 g, 1.3 mmol), TBTU (0.45 g, 1.4 mmol) followed by DIPEA (0.78 mL, 4.5 mmol). 'The mixture is stirred for 12 h and 5 concentrated. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc/H 2 0 and washed with saturated NaHCO 3 , saturated NaCl, dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated to give a thick yellow oil (0.6 g, 91%) of the product as a mixture of diastereomers. 'H NMR (DMSO-d) 8: 1.08-1.22 (m, 7 H), 1.23-1.39 (m, 9 H), 2.02-2.18 (m, IH), 2.25-2.35 (m, IH), 3.33-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.90-4.14 (m, 4H), 4.45-4.70 (in, 2H), 5.07 10 5.11 (m, IH), 5.24-5.30 (m, IH), 5.58-5.63 (m, Hli), 7.43-7.51 (in, 4H), 7.84-7.96 (m, 3H); MS m/z 531 (M++I+Na). Step 3: x 0 H 0 O - N l O 00 15 A solution of product of Example 454, Step 2 (600 mg, 1.18 mmol) was stirred with HCI (4N, 3 mL, 11.8 mmol) in dioxane for 1 hr then the solvent removed in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in CH 3 CN (10 mL) treated with Boc-L-t-Bu-Gly (0.42 g, 1.38 mmol), TBTU (0.27 g, 1.18 mmol) followed by DIPEA (0.71 mL, 4.1 mmol). The mixture is stirred for 12 h and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 20 EtOAc/H 2 0 and washed with IN HCI, saturated NaHCO3, saturated NaCl, dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated to give a thick yellow oil. The product was purified by flash chromatography using gradient elution 5% EtoAc/Hexanes 10% EtOAc/Hexanes , 30% EtOAc/Hexanes and finally as eluant to give the product as a thick oil (0.243 g, 33%) of the product as a mixture of diastereomers and rotamers. 25 'H NMR (DMSO-d) S: 0.83-1.00 (m, IOH), 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.58-1.59, 1.65-1.67 (m, 2H), 1,95-1.99, 2.04-2.06, 2.10-2.19, 2.24-2.56 (m, 2H), 3.97-4.04 (m,3H), 4.08-4.17 610 (m, 3H), 4.29-4.31 (in, 2H), 4.59-4.72 (m, 3H), 5.06-5.10 (m, 1H), 5.18-5.30 (m, 1H), 5.60-5.63 (mi, IH), 6.59-6.65,6.70-6.74 (m, IH), 7.43-7.51 (m, 4H), 7.84-7.96 (m, 3H), 8.66, 8.76 (s, 1H); MS m/z 531 (M++1+Na). 5 Step 4: H OH H N OH 0,/ To a suspension ot product ot Example 454, Step 3 (240 mg, 0.39 mmol) in THF (15 mL), and H20 (2 mL) was added LiOH (82 mg, 1.95 mmol). The reaction mixture 10 was stirred for 12 h then concentrated in vacuo until only the aqueous layer remained. The resulting aqueous residue was acidified to pH 3.0 by addition of 1.0 N aqueous HCI, and extracted with EtOAc (2x8OmL). Combined organic extracts was dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give the product as a tan solid (200 mg, 0.33 mmol, 85%): 15 'H NMR (DMSO-d,) 8: 0.86, 0.94 (s, 9H minor and major respectively), 1.23-1.42 (m, 2H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.8-2.1 (m, 2 H), 2.18-2.30 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.73 (m, 3H), 4.0 4.09 (m, 1H), 4.18-4.34 (m,3H), 4.56-4.62 (m, 1H), 4.66-4.67 (m, IH),4.82-4.92 (m, 1H), 5.0-5.20 (m, 1H), 5.91-6.08 (in, I H), 6.5-6.7 (m, IH), 7.45-7.59 (in, 3H), 7.82 7.97 (m, 4H), 8.2-8.3, 8.3-8.4 (s, IH); 20 LC-MS (retention time: 1.50), MS m/z 593 (M++]). Step 5: To a solution of product of Example 454, Step 4 (190 mg, 0.32 mmol) and EDAC (122 mg, 0.64 mmol) and 4-DMAP (78 mg,, 0.64 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was 25 added commercially available methanesulfonamide (122 mg, 1.28 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred for 2 days, then DBU was added (95 gL, 0.64 mmol).

611 The reaction was stirred for 24 h then concentrated. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (8OmL) and water and washed with 1 N HCI), aqueous NaHCO 3 (2x30 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ) and purified by preparative HPLC (65-90% MeOH/Water/0.1% TFA) which gave 56 mg of a mixture of product and material in 5 which the BOC group was removed. The material was further purified by preparative TLC (eluted with 10% MeOHICH 2

CI

2 using 20X40cM plates from Analtech) to give Compound 454 as a tan solid (12 mg, 6%). 'H NMR (MeOD-d4 50/50 mixture of PI diastereorners) 5 0.88-0.99 (m, 2H), 1.01, 1.02 (s, 9H minor and major diastereomers respectively), 1.23-1.42 (m, 2H), 1.38 (s, 10 9H), 1.72-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.88 (m, 1H), 2.00-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.23 (m, IH), 2.3-2.5 (m, 1H), 3.12, 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.72-3.79 (m, I H), 4.26-4.41 (n, 3H), 4.72 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 111), 4.76 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 111), 5.09-5.12 (t, J = 9.3 Hz, 111), 5.28 (dd, J 3.5, 17.6 Hz, 1H) 5.7-5.8 (m, I H), 6.55-6.80 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.79-7.83 (m, 41H); 15 LC-MS (retention time: 1.48), MS m/z 670 (M++1). Example 470: Preparation of Compound 470. N N H ON C O Compound 470 612 Scheme 1 HO

I

Step 1 Step 2 Q Step 3 NO CO2Meh . BCNCO 2 Me N CO 2 H BOC BOC Q I BOCO .~ BOC A, higher Rf, , |Ower Ff, I (R)-2(S) Step 1: To a solution of commercially available N-Boc-(4S)-(cis)-Hydroxyproline OMe (200mgs, 0.82 mmole), triphenylphosphine

(

3 20mgs, 1.22 mmole) and 1 5 naphthol (176mgs, 1.22 mmole) in 2.5 mL tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise a solution of diethyldiazodicarboxylate (1 90pL, 1.22 mmole) in 1.0 mL THF over 10 minutes. After stirring for 5.5 days, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo. The crude yellow oil was chromatographed on a 20X4C'cM preparative TLC plate (Analtech SiO2) eluting with 6-1 hexanes-ethyl acetate to yield the desired product as 10 a pale yellow oil (150mgs, 33%). 'H NMR (CDC] 3 , 500MHz) 8 1.44 (s, 9H) 2.33 (1H, m), 2.72 (IH, m), 3.77 and 3.38 (2s, 3H, rotamers), 3.88 (dd, IH, J= 4.3, 12.4 Hz), 3.97 (bd, 1H), 4.53 and 4.62 (2t, 1H, J=7.8Hz, rotamers), 5.10 (bd, IH), 6.76 (t, IH, J=9.5 Hz), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.46 (m, 3H), 7.80 (d, IH, J=7.7 Hz), 8.18 (m, IH); 15 LC-MS A (retention time: 1.86; MS m/z 394 (M+Na)* Step 2: To a stirred solution of Boc-(4R)-naphthal-1-oxo)-Pro-OEt (150mgs, 0.40 mmole) in 1.5mL THF and 0.5mL water was added lithium hydroxide (10mgs). The 613 solution was stirred for 21 hours at room temperature and then diluted wih 0.5N NaHCO 3 . The basic solution was extracted with ethyl acetate and then the aqueous layer was acidified to pH 2 with the dropwise addition of conc. HCL. This acidified layer was then extracted again with ethyl acetate. This second ethyl acetate layer was 5 dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and then concentrated in vacuo to yield Boc (4R)-naphthal-1-oxo)-Pro-OH as pale-pink crystals (147mgs, 100%). 'H NMR (CDCl 3 , 500MHz) 8 1.47 and 1.48 (2s, 911, rotamers), 2.40 and 2.52 (2m, 1H), 2.68 and 2.78 (2m, 1H), 3.78-4.07 (m, 2H), 4.57 and 4.69 (2t, IH, J=7.6 and 8.0 Hz, rotamers), 5.12 (bd, 1H), 6.77 (dd, IH, J=7.6, 21.2 Hz), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.46 (m, 10 3H), 7.81 (t, IH, J=5.8 Hz), 8.19 (m, IH); LC-MS A (retention time: 1.79 ; MS m/z 358 (M+H)+ Step 3: To a solution of Boc-((4R)-naphthal--oxo)-Pro-OH (147mgs, 0.41 mmole) 15 and racernic (IR/ 2

S)/(IS/

2 R)-1-amino-2-vinylcyclcipropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride salt (79mgs, 0.41 mmole) in 2.8mL methylene chloride was added DIPEA (250jL, 1.44 mole) and TBTU (158mgs, 0.49 mmole). The resulting solution was stirred under nitrogen for 20 hours and then diluted with 40mL methylene chloride. The organic layer was washed with water, IN NaHCO 3 , IN 20 HCJ, water and brine. The solution was then dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by preparative TLC yielded two separate diastereomers, higher Rf diastereomer A (P2[Boc(4R)-(naphthal-1-oxo)proline] PI(IR, 2S Vinyl Acca)-OEt, 78 mgs, 38%) and lower Rf diastereomer B (P2[Boc(4R)-(naphthal-l-oxo)proline]-Pl(IS, 2R Vinyl Acca)-OEt, 91mgs, 45%) as 25 off white solids: Diastereomer A: P2[Boc(4R)-(naphthal-1-oxo)proli ne]-P1(IR, 2S Vinyl Acca)-OEt: 'H NMR (CDC 3 , 500MHz) 8 1.24 (t, 3H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.52 (m, 1H), 1.84 (in, 1H), 2.02 (m, IH), 2.14 (m, 1H), 2.81 (in, 1H), 3.88 (m, 2H), 4.11 (q, IH, J=7.15), 4.19 (m, IH), 4.54 (in, 1H), 5.15 (in, 1H), 5.31 (dd, IH, J=17, 0.8 Hz), 5.77 (m, 1H), 6.83 30 (m, 1H), 7.36 (t, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.46 (in, 3H), 7.78 (d, 1H, J=7.6 Hz), 8.14 (d, 1H, J=8.15Hz); LC-MS B (retention time: 1.85 ; MS m/z 495 (M+H)* 614 Diastereomer B, Example 1OB: P2[Boc(4R)-(naphthal-1-oxo)proline]-P 1(1S, 2R Vinyl Acca)-OEt: 'H NMR (dI-CHCIl, 500MHz) 8 1.24 (t, 3H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.85 (m, IH), 2.15 (q, IH, J=8.9Hz), 2.40 (m, 1H), 2.78 (m, IH), 3.78 (m, IH), 4.12 (m, 2H), 4.52 (m, 1H), 5.15 (m, 1H), 5.31 (m, 1H), 5.79 (m, 1H), 6.80 (m, IH), 7.35 (t, 5 IH, J=7.6 Hz), 7.46 (m, 3H), 7.78 (d, 1H; J=7.6 Hz), 8.14 (d, IH, J=8.10 Hz). LC-MS B (retention time: 1.85 ; MS m/z 495 (M+H)* Scheme 2 Step Step 5 0 SH 0 H 0J-~ N N0OH N BOC 0 O0N O O Higher Rf O 1 (R)-2(S) OStep 6 H Compound 470 H N 2 OH O N-1 00 .

O

Step 4: To P2[Boc(4R)-(naphthal-I-oxo)proline]-P1 (iR, 2S Vinyl Acca)-OEt (A, 10 higher Rf) (78mg, 0.16 mmol) was added 4N HCI in dioxane (2.OmL) and the solution was allowed to stir for 30 minutes. Concentration in vacuo yielded the HC salt of P2[(4R)-(naphthal-4-oxo) proline)]-PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-OEt as a yellow oil which was taken on to the next step directly without further purification. To a solution of BOC L-tBuGly (73mgs, 0.32 mole) and the HCl salt of P2[(4R) 15 (naphthal-4-oxo) proline)]-P1(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-OEt (0.16 mole) in I ImL acetonitrile was added DIPEA (140pL, 0.79 mmole) and HATU (132mgs, 0.35 mmole). The resulting solution was stirred under nitrogen for 17 hours and then diluted with OOmL ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, IN 615 NaHCO 3 , IN HCl, water and brine. The solution was then dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to yield the title compound as a pale-yellow oily film (92mgs, 96%). 'H NMR (CDCl 3 , 500MHz) 8 1.06 (s, 9H), 1.22 (t, 3H, J=7.1), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.41 (m, 5 IH), 1.82 (m, 1H), 2.13 (m, IH), 2.42 (m, 1H), 2.79 (in, IH), 3.92-4.2 (m, RH), 4.12 (q, 2H, J=6.6 Hz), 4.38 (bt, IH), 5.12 (d, IH, J=10.3 Hz) 5.2-5.39 (m, 3H), 5.75 (m, IH), 6.82 (d, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 7.34-7.46 (in, 4H), 7.59 (bs, IH, NH), 7.76 (d, 1H, J=7.9 Hz), 8.13 (d, 1H, J=8.3 Hz); LC-MS C (retention time: 2.82 ; MS m/z 608 (M+H)* 10 Step 5: To a solution of product of Example 470, Step 4 (92mgs, 0.15mmole) in 750mL tetrahydrofuran and 250 mL water was added lithium hydroxide (4mgs). The resulting solution was stirred for 28.5 hours worked up as usual and then resubjected 15 to the same conditions except adding twice as much lithium hydroxide (8mgs). After 24 hours the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. The organic layer was dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting semisolid was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 3-1 hexanes-ethyl acetate to yield BocNH-P3(t-BuGly)-P2[(Boc (4R)-(naphthal-1-oxo) proline)] 20 PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-OH as a clear semisolid (30mgs, 34%). 'H NMR (d 4 -MeOH, 500MHz) 8 1.04 (s, 9H), 1.24 (t, 1H, J=3.9 Hz), 1.32 (s, 9H), 1.66 (m, IH), 2.07 (in, IH), 2.40 (m, IH), 2.71 (m, 1H), 4.04-4.07 (in, 1H), 4.28 (m, 1H), 4.42 (m, iH), 4.55 (m, IH), 5.02 (in, 1H), 5.18-5.29 (m, 2H), 5.90 (m, 1H), 6.54 (m,1 N), 6.92 (m, iH), 4.26 (in, 4H), 7.77 (in, 1H), 8.15 (in, 1H); 25 LC-MS C (retention time: 2.65 ; MS m/z 580 (M+H)* Step 6: To a solution of BocNH-P3(t-BuGly)-P2[(Boe (4R)-(naphthal-I-oxo) proline)]-PI(IR,2S Vinyl Acca)-OH (Example 470, Step 5) (65mgs, 0.11 nnole) in 30 3.7 mL tetrahydrofuran was added 1,l'-carbonyl diimidazole (22mgs, 0.135 mmole). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 30 minutes and then cooled to room temperature. At this point, methanesulfonamide (27mgs, 0.28 mmole) and DBU 616 (340L, 0.224 mmole) were added. The reaction was stirred for 2 days and then more DBU (100L) and methanesulfonamide (9 mgs) were added. After 24 hours, the reaction was diluted with 50 mL ethyl acetate and washed with 50 mL 0.25N HCI and 50 mL brine.. The solution was dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in 5 vacuo. The crude material was purified by preparative TLC (3-2 ethyl acetate hexanes) to give Compound 470 (21mgs, 28%) as a white filmy solid. 'H NMR (d 4 -MeOH, 500MHz) 5 1.04 (s, 9H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 1.88 (t, 1H), 2.18 (m, 1H), 2.31 (m, 1H), 2.63 (m, 1f), 3.11 (bs, 3H), 4.076 (m, 1H), 4.30 (bd, 11), 4.41 (bd, IH), 4.52 (apparent t, 1H), 5.07 (m, 1H), 5.24-5.30 (m, 2H), 5.80 (in, 1H), 6.92 10 (d, IH, J=7.45 Hz), 7.35-7.46 (m, 4H), 7.76 (d, IH, J=8.1 Hz), 8.13 (d, IH, J=8.3 Hz); LC-MS C (retention time: 2.57 ; MS m/z 657 (M+H)* 0,

H

0 0 H 1m Z 15 Compound 471 617 Scheme 2 Q StepiStep 2 Ol Step 1 g1 H HO0 NOCO H N 0~0 Lower RfO H '- OCompound 471 N NH 00 Nj0 04 Step 1: To P2[Boc(4R)-(naphthal-1-oxo)proline]-P.[(IS, 2R Vinyl Acca)-OEt (Example 470, Step 3, lower Rf) (91mgs, 0.18 mmole) was added 4N HCI in dioxane 5 (2.0mL) and the solution was allowed to stir for 30 minutes. Concentration in vacuo yielded the HCI salt of P2[(4R)-(naphthal-1-oxo) proline)]-PI(IS,2R Vinyl Acca) OEt as a yellow oil which was taken on to the next step directly without further purification. To a solution of N-Boc-L-tert-leucine-OH or BOC L-tBuGly (85mgs, 0.37 mmole) 10 and the HCI salt of P2[(4R)-(naphthal-1-oxo) proline)]-PI(IS,2R Vinyl Acca)-OEt (product obtained from reaction mentioned above) (0.18 mmole) in 13 mL acetonitrile was added DIPEA (160pL, 0.92 mmole) and HATU (154mgs, 0.41 mmole). The resulting solution was stirred under nitrogen for 17 hours and then diluted with 100 mL ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, IN 15 NaHCO3, IN HCI, water and brine. The solution was then dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to yield the title compound as a clear film (53mgs, 47%). 'H NMR (dl-CHCI 3 , 500MHz) 8 1.02 (s, 9H), 1.22 (t, 3H, J=7.0 Hz), 1.39 (s, 9H), 1.47 (m, IH), 1.88 (dd, IH, J=8.0, 5.5 Hz), 2.07 (m, 1,H), 2.42 (m, I H), 2.80 (dt, 618 J=13.8, 6.0 Hz, IH), 3.96 (m, IH), 4.14 (m, 2H), 4.34 (m, 2H), 4.77 (t, IH, J= 7.2 Hz), 5.09-5.33 (m, 3H), 5.72 (m, IH), 6.82 (d, 11H, J= 7.6 Hz), 7.34-7.50 (m, 4H), 7.77 (d, 1H, J= 8.0 Hz), 8.15 (d, IH, J= 8.25 Hz); LC-MS C (retention time: 2.81; MS m/z 608 (M+H)* 5 Step 2: This product was prepared according procedure described in Example 470, Step 5 (5mg, 10%), except using the product of Example 471, Step I instead. 'H NMR (d 4 -MeOH, 500MHz) 8 0.99 (s, 9H), 1.28 (m, 1H), 1.37 (s, 9H), 1.60 (m, 10 1H), 2.06 (m, IH), 2.28 (m, IH), 2.66 (m, IH), 3.91 (m, 1H), 4.33 (m, 2H), 4.61 (bt, 1H), 4.97 (d, IH, J=I1.0 Hz), 5.19 (m 2H), 6.09 (im, 1H), 6.88 (d, IH, J=7.1 Hz), 7.35-7.46 (m, 4H), 7.78 (d, 1H, J= 8.2 Hz), 8.12 (d, 1H, J=8.3 Hz); LC-MS C (retention time: 2.60 ; MS m/z 580 (M+H)* 15 Step 3: To a solution of BocN-P3(L-tBuGly)- P2[(Boc ( 4 R)-(naphthal-1-oxo) proline)]-PI(IS,2R Vinyl Acca)-COOH (38mgs, 0.066 mole) (Example 471, Step 2) in 2.'2 mL tetrahydrofuran was added 1,I'-carbonyl diimidazole (13mgs, 0.079 mmole). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 3) minutes and then cooled to room 20 temperature. At this point, methanesulfonamide (16mgs, 0.16 mmole) and DBU (20.tL, 0.13 mmole) were added. The reaction was stirred for 2 days and then more DBU (10IL) and methanesulfonamide (9 mgs) were added. After 24 hours, the reaction was diluted with 50 mL ethyl acetate and washed with 50 mL 0.25N HCI and 50 mL brine. The solution was dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in 25 vacuo. The crude product was purified using one 20X4OcM preparative TLC plate from Analtech (eluent3-2 ethyl acetate-hexanes) to give Compound 471 (25mgs, 58%) as a white filmy solid. 'H NMR (d 4 -MeOH, 500MHz) 8 1.03 (s, 9H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.80 (m, IH), 2.18 (m, 1H), 2.31 (m, IH), 2.68 (m, IH), 3.09 (bs, 3H), 4.04 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.44 (m, 2H), 4.51 30 (apparent t, 1H), 5.08 (m, IH), 5.25-5.31 (m, 2H), 5.77 (m, IH), 6.93 (d, IH, J=7.6 Hz), 7.36-7.45 (m, 4H), 7.77 (d, 1H, J=8.0 Hz), 8.15 m, 1H); LC-MS C (retention time: 2.57 ; MS m/z 657 (M+H)* 619 Section L: Example 472: Biological Studies 5 Recombinant HCV NS3/4A Drotease complex FRET peptide assay The purpose of this in vitro assay was to measure the inhibition of HCV NS3 protease complexes, derived from the BMS, H77C or J416S strains, as described 10 below, by compounds of the present invention. This assay provides an indication of how effective compounds of the present invention would be in inhibiting HCV proteolytic activity. Serum from an HCV-infected patient was obtained from Dr. T. Wright, San 15 Francisco Hospital. An engineered full-length cDNA (compliment deoxyribonucleic acid) template of the HCV genome (BMS strain) was constructed from DNA fragments obtained by reverse transcription-PCR (RT-PCR) of serum RNA (ribonucleic acid) and using primers selected on the basis of homology between other genotype la strains. From the determination of the entire genome sequence, a 20 genotype la was assigned to the HCV isolate according to the classification of Simmonds et al. (See P Simmonds, KA Rose, S Graham, SW Chan, F McOmish, BC Dow, EA Follett, PL Yap and H Marsden, J. Clin. Microbiol., 31(6), 1493-1503 (1993)). The amino acid sequence of the nonstructural region, NS2-5B, was shown to be >97% identical to HCV genotype Ia (H77C) and 87% identical to genotype Ib 25 (J4L6S). The infectious clones, H77C (Ia genotype) and J4L6S (l b genotype) were obtained from R. Purcell (NIH) and the sequences are published in Genbank (AAB67036, see Yanagi,M., PurcellR.H., Emerson,S.U. and Bukh,J. Proc. Nat]. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 94(16),8738-8743 (1997); AF054247, see Yanagi,M., St Claire,M., Shapiro,M., Emerson,S.U., Purcell,R.H. and Bukh,J, Virology 244 (1), 161-172. 30 (1998)).

620 The BMS, H77C and J4L6S strains were used for production of recombinant NS3/4A protease complexes. DNA encoding the recombinant HCV NS3/4A protease complex (amino acids 1027 to 1711) for these strains were manipulated as described by P. Gallinari et al. (see Gallinari P, Paolini C, Brennan D, Nardi C, 5 Steinkuhler C, De Francesco R. Biochemistry. 38(17):5620-32, (1999)). Briefly, a three-lysine solubilizing tail was added at the 3'-end of the NS4A coding region. The cysteine in the P1 position of the NS4A-NS4B cleavage site (amino acid 1711) was changed to a glycine to avoid the proteolytic cleavage of the lysine tag. Furthermore, a cysteine to seine mutation was introduced by PCR at amino acid position 1454 to 10 prevent the autolytic cleavage in the NS3 helicase domain. The variant DNA fragment was cloned in the pET21b bacterial expression vector (Novagen)and the NS3/4A complex was expressed in Escherichia. coli strain BL21 (DE3) (Invitrogen) following the protocol described by P. Gallinari et al. (see Gallinari P, Brennan D, XT__A. ------ r---.- T----- 15 69 (1998)) with modifications. Briefly, NS3/4A expression was induced with 0.5rnM Isopropyl P-D-1-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG) for 22hr at 20*C. A typical fermentation (1OL) yielded approximately 80g of wet cell paste. The cells were resuspended in lysis buffer (10mlJg) consisting of 25mM N-(2 Hydroxyethyl)Piperazine-N'-(2-Ethane Sulfonic acid) (HEPES), pH7.5, 20% 20 glycerol, 500mM Sodium Chloride (NaCI), 0.5% Triton-XIOO, lug/ml lysozyme, 5mM Magnesium Chloride (MgC 2 ), lug/ml Dnasel, 5mM O-Mercaptoethanol (3ME), Protease inhibitor - Ethylenediamine Tetraacetic acid (EDTA) free (Roche), homogenized and incubated for 20 mins at 4*C. The homogenate was sonicated and clarified by ultra-centrifugation at 23 5 000g for lhr at 4*C. Imidazole was added to 25 the supernatant to a final concentration of 15mM and the pH adjusted to 8.0. The crude protein extract was loaded on a Nickel - Nitrilotriacetic acid (Ni-NTA) column pre-equilibrated with buffer B (25mM HEPES, pH8.0, 20% glycerol, 500mM NaCl, 0.5% Triton-XIOO, 15mM imidazole, 5mM QME). The sample was loaded at a flow rate of Imi/min. The column was washed with 15 column volumes of buffer C 30 (same as buffer B except with 0.2% Triton-XIOO). The protein was eluted with 5 column volumes of buffer D (same as buffer C except with 200mM Imidazole).

621 NS3/4A protease complex-containing fractions were pooled and loaded on a desalting column Superdex-S200 pre-equilibrated with buffer D (25mM HEPES, pH7.5, 20% glycerol, 300mM NaCl, 0.2% Triton-X100, 10mM OME). Sample was loaded at a flow rate of ImlJmin. NS3/4A protease complex-containing fractions 5 were pooled and concentrated to approximately 0.5mg/ml. The purity of the NS3/4A protease complexes, derived from the BMS, H77C and J4L6S strains, were judged to be greater than 90% by SDS-PAGE and mass spectrometry analyses. The enzyme was stored at -80*C, thawed on ice and diluted prior to use in 10 assay buffer. The substrate used for the NS3/4A protease assay was RET SI (Resonance Energy Transfer Depsipeptide Substrate; AnaSpec, Inc. cat # 22991)(FRET peptide), described by Taliani et al. in Anal. Biochem. 240(2):60-67 (1996). The sequence of this peptide is loosely based on the NS4A/NS4B natural cleavage site except there is an ester linkage rather than an amide bond at the 15 cleavage site. The peptide substrate was incubated with one of the three recombinant NS3/4A complexes, in the absence or presence of a compound of the present invention, and the formation of fluorescent reaction product was followed in real time using a Cytofluor Series 4000. 20 The reagents were as follow: HEPES and Glycerol (Ultrapure) were obtained from GIBCO-BRL. Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO) was obtained from Sigma. 0 Mercaptoethanol was obtained from Bio Rad. Assay buffer: 50mM HEPES, pH7.5; 0.15M NaCl; 0.1% Triton; 15% Glycerol;10mM OME. Substrate: 2 sM final concentration (from a 2mM stock 25 solution in DMSO stored at -20*C). HCV NS3/4A type la (Ib), 2-3 nM final concentration (from a 5pM stock solution in 25mM HEPES, pH7.5, 20% glycerol, 300mM NaCl, 0.2% Triton-X100, 10mM OME). The assay was performed in a 96-well polystyrene black plate from Falcon. Each well 30 contained 25pl NS3/4A protease complex in assay buffer, 501I of a compound of the present invention in 10% DMSO/assay buffer and 25g] substrate in assay buffer. A 622 control (no compound) was also prepared on the same assay plate. The enzyme complex was mixed with compound or control solution for 1 min before initiating the enzymatic reaction by the addition of substrate. The assay plate was read immediately using the Cytofluor Series 4000 (Perspective Biosystems). The 5 instrument was set to read an' emission of 340nm and excitation of 490nm at 25*C. Reactions were generally followed for approximately 15 minutes. The percent inhibition was calculated with the following equation: 10 100 - [(SFinWSFeen)x100] where 8F is the change in fluorescence over the linear range of the curve. A non linear curve fit was applied to the inhibirion-concenraion data, and the 50% effective concentration (1C 50 ) was calculated by the use of Excel XI-fit software using 15 the equation, y=A+((B-A)/( 1+((C/x)AD))). All of the compounds tested were found to have IC50s of 10 yM or less. Further, compounds of the present invention, which were tested against more than one type of NS3/4A complex, were found to have similar inhibitory properties though the 20 compounds uniformly demonstrated greater potency against the I b strains as compared to the I a strains. Specificity Assays 25 The specificity assays were performed to demonstrate the selectivity of the compounds of the present invention in inhibiting HCV NS3/4A protease as compared to other serine or cysteine proteases. The specificities of compounds of the present invention were determined against a 30 variety of serine proteases: human leukocyte elastase (HLE), porcine pancreatic elastase (PPE) and human pancreatic chymotrypsin and one cysteine protease: human liver cathepsin B. In all cases a 96-well plate format protocol using colorimetric p-* 623 nitroaniline (pNA) substrate specific for each enzyme was used as described previously (Patent WO 00/09543) with some modifications to the serine protease assays. All enzymes were purchased from Sigma while the substrates were from Bachem. 5 Each assay included a 2hr enzyme-inhibitor pre-incubation at RT followed by addition of substrate and hydrolysis to -30% conversion as measured on a Spectramax Pro microplate reader. Compound concentrations varied from 100 to 0.4 pM depending on their potency. 10 The final conditions for each assay were as follows: 50mM Tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane hydrochloride (Tris-HCI) pH8, 0.5M Sodium Sulfate (Na 2

SO

4 ), 50mM NaCl, 0.1mM EDTA, 3% DMSO, 0.01%Tween 15 20 with: 133 pM succ-AAA-pNA and 20nM HNE or 8nM PPE; 133 gM succ-AAV-pNA and 15nM HLE; 100 pM succ-AAPF-pNA and 250pM Chymotrypsin. 100mM NaHPO 4 (Sodium Hydrogen Phosphate) pH 6, 0.1mM EDTA, 3% DMSO, 20 1mM TCEP (Tris( 2 -carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride), 0.01% Tween-20, 30sM Z-FR-pNA and 5nM Cathepsin B (enzyme stock activated in buffer containing 20mM TCEP before use). The percentage of inhibition was calculated using the formula: 25 [1-((UVinh-WVbIa)/(Uectl-UVvbi))I x 100 A non-linear curve fit was applied to the inhibition-concentration data, and the 50% effective concentration

(IC

50 ) was calculated by the use of Excel XI-fit software. 30 HCV Replicon Cell-based Assay 624 An HCV replicon whole cell system was established as described by Lohmann V, Korner F, Koch J, Herian U, Theilmann L, Bartenschlager R., Science 285(5424):110-3 (1999). This system enabled us to evaluate the effects of our HCV Protease compounds on HCV RNA replication. Briefly, using the HCV strain IB 5 sequence described in the Lohmann paper (Assession number:AJ238799), an HCV cDNA was generated encoding the 5' internal ribosome entry site (IRES), the neomycin resistance gene, the EMCV (encephalornyocarditis viurs)-IRES and the HCV nonstructural proteins, NS3-NS5B, and 3' non-translated region (NTR). In vitro transcripts of the cDNA were transfected into the human hepatoma cell line, 10 Huh7. Selection for cells constitutively expressing the HCV replicon was achieved in the presence of the selectable marker, neomycin (G418). Resulting cell lines were characterized for positive and negative strand RNA production and protein production over time. 15 Huh7 cells, constitutively expressing the HCV replicon, were grown in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Media (DMEM) containing 10% Fetal calf serum (FCS) and lmg/ml G418 (Gibco-BRL). Cells were seeded the night before (1.5 x 104 cells/well) in 96-well tissue-culture sterile plates. Compound and no compound controls were prepared in DMEM containing 4% FCS, 1:100 Penicillin / 20 Streptomysin, 1:100 L-glutamrine and 5% DMSO in the dilution plate (0.5% DMSO final concentration in the assay). Compound / DMSO mixes were added to the cells and incubated for 4 days at 37*C. After 4 days, plates were rinsed thoroughly with Phosphate-Buffered Saline (PBS) (3 times 150pl). The cells were lysed with 25pI of a lysis assay reagent containing the FRET peptide (RET S I, as described for the in 25 vitro enzyme assay). The lysis assay reagent was made from 5X cell Luciferase cell culture lysis reagent(Promega #E153A) diluted to IX with distilled water, NaCl added to 150 mM final, the FRET peptide diluted to .10 pM final from a 2 mM stock in 100% DMSO. The plate was then placed into the Cytofluor 4000 instrument which had been set to 3 40nm excitation / 490 emission, automatic mode for 21 cycles 30 and the plate read in a kinetic mode. EC 50 determinations were carried out as described for the IC 50 determinations.

625 As a secondary assay, EC 5 o determinations from the replicon FRET assay were confirmed in a quantitative RNA assay. Cells were lyzed using the Rneasy kit (Qiagen). Purified total RNA was normalized using RiboGreen (Jones Ij, Yue ST, Cheung CY, Singer VL, Anal. Chem., 265(2):368-74 (1998)) and relative 5 quantitation of HCV RNA expression assessed using the Taqman procedure (Kolykhalov AA, Mihalik K, Feinstone SM, Rice CM, Journal of Virology 74, 2046 2051 (2000)) and the Platinum Quantitative RT-PCR Thermoscript One-Step kit (Invitrogen cat # 11731-015). Briefly, RNA made to a volume of 5j1 ( Ing) was added to a 20s] Ready-Mix containing the following: 1.25X Thermoscript reaction 10 mix (containing Magnesium Sulfate and 2-deoxynucleoside 5'-triphosphates (dNTPs)), 3mM dNTPs, 200nM forward primer (sequence: 5' gggagagccatagtggtctgc-3'), 600nM reverse primer (5'-cccaaatctccaggcattga-3'), 100nM probe (5'- 6 -FAM-cggaattgccaggacgaccgg-BHQ-1-3')(FAM: Fluorescein aminohexyl amidite; BHQ: Black Hole Quencher), l M Rox reference dye 15 (Invitrogen cat # 12223-012) and Thermoscript Plus Platinum Taq polymerase mixture. All primers were designed with ABI Prism 7700 software and obtained from Biosearch Technologies, Novato, CA. Samples containing known concentrations of HCV RNA transcript were run as standards. Using the following cycling protocol (50*C, 30 min; 95*C, 5 min; 40 cycles of 95*C, 15 sec, 60*C, 1 20 min), HCV RNA expression was quantitated as described in the Perkin Elmer manual using the ABI Prism 7700 Sequence Detector. Biological Examples 25 Representative compounds of the invention were assessed in the HCV replicon cell assay and/or in several of the outlined specificity assays. For example, Compound 34 was found to have an IC 5 0 of 23 nanornolar (nM) against the NS3/4A BMS strain in the enzyme assay. Similar potency values were obtained with the published H77C (ICso of 3 nM) and J4L6S (IC5 0 of 2.9 nM) strains. The EC5 0 value 30 in the replicon assay was 166 nM.

626 In the specificity assays, the same compound was found to have the following activity: HLE > 100 gM; PPE > 200 pM; Chymotrypsin > 200 pM; Cathepsin B > 200 pM. These results indicate this family of compounds are highly specific for the NS3 protease and many of these members inhibit HCV replicon replication. 5 The compounds of the current invention were tested and found to have activities in the ranges as follow: IC50 Activity Ranges (NS3/4A BMS Strain): A is 10 - 100 micromolar (M); B is I - 10 pM; C is 0.1 - 1 M; D is <0.1M 10 EC50 Activity Range (for compounds tested): A is 10 - 100 gM; B is I - 10 gM; C is 0.1 -1 pM; D is <0.1pM Note that by using the Patent example number and the Patent compound number shown in the table the structures of compounds can be found herein. 15 In accordance with the present invention, preferably the compounds have a biological activity (EC 5 o) of 10 pM or less, more preferably I pM or less and most preferably 100 nM or less. 20 Table I Biological Activity IC50 EC50 Patent Patent range range Example Cmpd Number Number D D I

I

627 D C 2 2 D D 3 3 D D 4 4 D D 5 5 C C 6 6 D C 7 7 C B 8 8 D C 9 9 D D 10 10 D D 11 11 628 D D 12 12 D D 13 13 D D 14 14 C B 15 15 D C 16 16 D D 17 17 D D 18 18 D D 19 19 D C 20 20 D D 21 21 629 D C 22 2 2 D D 23 23 D D 24 24 D D 25 25 D D 26 26 D D 27 27 D D 28 28 DD 2-9 29 D D 30 30 D D 31 31 630 D D 32 32 D D 33 33 D C 34 34 D D 35 35 D D 37 37 D D 38 38 D D 39 39 D C 40 40 D D 41 41 631 D D 42 42 C B 45 45 C B 46 46 D C 47 47 B 48 48 B 49 49 C B 50 50 B 52 52 C B 53 53 632 D C 55 55 D D 56 56 D C 57 57 D D 58 58 D C 59 59 D B 60 60 C B 61 61 D D 62 62 D B 63 63 D D 64 64 633 D C 65 65 1- D C 66 66 D D 67 67 D D 68 68 D D 69 69 D D 70 70 D D 71 71 D C 72 72 D C 73 73 D D 74 74 634 D D 75 75 D D 76 76 D C 77 77 D B 78 78 D , C | 79 79 D B 80 80 D C 81 81 D C 82 82 D C 83 83 D C 84 84 635 C B 85 85 B A 86 86 B A 87 87 B A 88 88 D D 89 89 D C 91 91 D D 92 92 C C 93 93 D D 94 94 D C 95 95 636. D D 96 96 D D 97 97 B 99 99 C B 100 100 D D i 0 10 D D 102 102 D D 103 103 D D 104 104 D D 105 105 D D 106 106 637 D C 107 107 D D 108 108 D D 109 109 D C 110 110 D C 120 120 D C 121 121 D C 122 122 D C 123 123 C B 124 124 D D 125 125 638 D C 126 126 D C 127 127 D C 128 128 C C 129 129 D C 1 130 30 C B 131 131 D B 132 132 C B 133 133 D C 134 134 D C 135 135 639 D C 136 136 D D 137 137 D D 138 138 D C 139 139 D B 140 140 D D 141 141 D D 142 142 D D 143 143 D C 144 144 D C 145 145 640 D D 146 146 D B 147 147 D D 148 148 D D 149 149 D D 151 151 D D 152 152 D D 153 153 D C 154 154 D D 155 155 641 D C 180 180 D C 181 181 D C 182 182 D D 183 183 D D 185 185 D D 186 186 D C 187 187 D C 188 188 D C 189 189 642 D C 190 190 D C 191 191 D D 192 192 D C 193 193 D D 195 195 D B 196 196 C A 197 197 D C 198 198 D C 199 199 643 D D 200 200 D D 201 201 D B 202 202 D C 204 204 D D 206 206 D D 207 207 D C 209 209 D D 210 210 D D 211 211 D D 212 212 644 D D 213 213 D D 215 215 D D 219 219 D D 220 220 D D U 223 223 D C 224 224 D C 225 225 D D 227 227 D D 229 229 C C 230 230 645 B 231 231 D D 232 232 C C 233 233 D C 235 235 D C 237 237 D C 238 238 D D 239 239 D D 240 240 D D 241 241 D B 242 242 646 C A 243 243 D A 244 244 C 245 245 D D 250 250 D D 251 251 D D 252 252 D D 253 253 D D 254 254 D C 255 255 647 A 256 256 D D 257 257 D D 258 258 D D 259 259 D C 260 260 D D 261 261 D D 262 262 C C 263 263 C B 264 264 D D 265 265 648 D D 266 266 D D 267 267 D D 268 268 D C 269 269 D C 270 270 D C 271 271 D D 272 272 D D 273 273 D C 274 274 D D 275 275 649 D D 276 276 D D 277 277 D D 278 278 D D 279 279 D D 280 280 D D 281 281 D C 282 282 D C 283 283 C A 284 284 D D 285 285 650 D D 286 286 D C 287 287 D B 288 288 D C 289 289 1) D 290 290 D D 291 291 D C 292 292 D C 293 293 D C 294 294 C B 295 295 651 D C 296 296 C B 297 297 D D 298 298 D C 299 299 D C 300 300 D D 320 320 D C 321 321 D D 322 322 D C 323 323 652 D C 324 324 D D ' 325 325 D D 326 326 D D 327 327 D D |328 328 D D 329 329 D D 330 330 D 331 331 C C 334 334 D B 335 335 653 D B 338 33 D B 339 339 D A 340 340 B 341 341 B 342 342 B 343 343 C 344 344 B A 34534 654 B 346 346 C A 347 347 A 348 348 B 349 349 C A | 350 350 B 351 351 A 352 352 A 353 353 B 354 354 C A 355 355 655 C B 356 356 D C 357 357 C B 370 370 D D 371 371 D D 372 372 D D 373 373 D C 374 374 D D 375 375 D D 376 376 656 D C 377 377 D D 378 378 D D 379 379 D C 380 380 D C 38i 381 D C 382 382 D D 383 383 D D 384 384 D D 385 385 C B 386 386 657 D D 410 410 D C 411 411 D D 412 412 D D 413 413 D D 414 414 D D 415 415 D C 420 420 D C 421 421 D B 422 422 658 C 423 423 D C 424 424 C B 425 425 D C 426 426 I2 D C 428 428 D D 429 429 D C 430 430 D C 431 431 D C 432 432 659 C B 433 433 D C 434 434 D C 435 435 D C 436 436 D C 437 437 D C 438 438 D C 450 450 B 451 451 B 452 452 660 453 453 C B 454 454 C 470 470 B 471 471 Section M: Table 2 5 The following compounds that can be made using the methods described herein and specifically in sections A through K of the exemplification section and more specifically in sections B, E, F and G. Moreover it should be made clear that each of the groups B, R 3 , R 2 and R, shown below can be replaced by any of the groups exemplified in sections A through K and elsewhere herein or designated in 10 Formula I. For example the R 3 group in Table 2 is shown as a t-butyl group but one skilled in the art would recognize that for each of the entries cited below this group could be replaced with an isopropyl group or a C 1.6 alkyl substituted with an alkoxy. Or the B group shown below could be replaced with a tert-butyl urea moiety for each of the entries cited below. 15 661 RRi N -(2) F1 H !R 3 C(1,2) Entry B R3 xR ycloprop ane l

R

2 tereoche A 0i 0 r S~N :\ \~( R , 2 S ) B (I R, 2S) H Li (IR , 2S) V 0 0 ~ 0 \-~(IR, 2S)V 662 C(1,2) Entry B R 3 X R, Cycloprop ane R,

R

2 tereocher J sitry o OI (1R, 2S) K o -\-\0 (IR, 2S) 00 (IR, 2S) O\ (1 R, 2S) K 0 O _ _o -_0(IR, 2S)

-

0 (IR , S M o T o O(IR, 2S) U o 00 0 (IR, 2S) 0 \\ (IR, 2S)N7 Q 00a"W t____ _ _ (I R, 2S) R 0 R 0 ___ ___ ___ _ (I1R, 2S) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _\ - %~ ( I R , 2 S ) ' T ~ 0 (IR, 2S) ' 663 C(1,2) Entry B R3 X R, Cycloprop ane

R

2 tereoche V 1 sitr V 0 S0 - 0 . (IR, 2S) w 0 -40 (IR, 2S) x -O O - R2S Z -,-O (IR, 2S) -0(IR, 2S) z S0 -B0b(IR,2S) Cc (IR, 2S) Dd0 Dd - 0(IR, 2S) Ee (IR, 2S) Ff 0 \~ (IR, 2S) Gg o - ( R , 2 S ) l0 * k\ (R, 2S) 664 C(1,2) Entry B R3 X Rt ycloprop R ane

R

2 stereocher 0 \-%~ (1 R,2S) ~~~( 0 ~ ~ (R, 2S) Kk 0 OQ -J-o . 0 '-~ (1R, 2S) LI Mm 0 0 5 10 15

Claims (11)

1. A compound selected from N .HCI N Compound 7 -Compound 11 - HCI salt Compound 12 O N4N O O H N - H N N Compound 13 Compound 15 C1sf Compound 1 N -N H N H N - H N ON, 0 Hi-O NOyN~A O HW'O 0 0001 Compound 13 Compound 15 Compound 16 CI N N N H N H N Oj Ni H O N O O O O 7 N,4 H ON ,0 0 0 0 Compound 17 Compound 18 Compound 19 Cl , 1 N Br - - N C1 Cl H ON H 0 0mu 2 HI N) Cl - N.H CN.- - . _ HQ#0N,,, HH 00 0 >7 0 NN J0 0 6N Compound 23 Compound 2 Compound 25 666 0 NN O .- N O .- N HN HN-- H N NN*-\ O Nk 0 H O NN O H O N O N O H N 6j o 0 ' v. ' Compound 26 Compound 27 Compound 28 N CN O N N H Ng' N ONH 0 NN 0~0 H oH H N H O v N -H ON H O 7N O ON Compound 29 and Compound 30

2. A compound selected from ON N N H N 'N clN "N N N 0N 0 H N H NO H N OH H N C 3 Compound 35Cmo 0 36 Compound 31 Compound 32 Compound 33 N1 0-. 0 0~ H, N H 0 N WH -0 0 ,< 0+ V Compound 34 Compound 35 Compound 36 667 0- O N N O N H O N O N H N O N O H ON O O l OR t 0 0 0 0 H H No H N O N :_ O H N N,: O, H O O H O N0 N Compound 37 Compound 35 Compound 39 N N 0 NON N N o0 H N N HN O N <N CompouHn H N o u 61; and o6''>y 40yNA~ H 0 0 Compound 40 Compound 41 Compound 42 A N N N N N NX--- N- N N.eN N 0 N -T-K \ H' H"T Compound 55 Compound 56 Compound 57 N - -Cl' N 'N N N N N HN 0 0 - N0 Compound 0 Compound 619n 668 0 N" 0 00 Compound 62

3. A compound selected from - N ,,0 1 , 'N 0 0 ,0 1, 0 , H 0 0 0 " H 0 0 j(~H " II N7K, J. S N ,J( N 'S ' r H - S N > ' 0Bn0W2 0 0- I-1 Compound 63 Compound 64 Compound 65 A~~ N 'SN , - N, N\\ y N N N , 0. 0 >0~N0 )KNNI ~ 0~ t- 0 0 oI'N x0 Compound 66 Compound 67 Compound 68 0"0 N J.- 'S HN110 N N N 'N 0,,, HH0 HH N~~ -NITII4 0 Compound 7 Compound 73 Compound 7 669 0 0 N N H H O N- H N N 00 N N N 'N N N N HN 0 0y, 0 -T- ;/ 0 0 Compound 75 Compound 76 Compound 77 0 N N H , H H H H N- NT 0 N0 N Compound 8 ;opon 7nd Compound 8 NN H " H O " N N ' N ON N 0 N O N 0 0 O N O . N~.H2 O0 NN A 0 Compound 85 C p Compound 8 A n s e N ?N N -N0 0,,S/ 0,,, 0 N Hl>o ON N - V 0 0' 0 1 N .- N rON , 0 0 00 Compound 83 Compound 84 - N N. N N N\N I w N H 0 N 0 0rOYN 0 y Compound 85 Compound 86 670 0 N 0 ,-N 0, 0,,, 'N00 N' ,OyNA 00 0 N Ol 1 O Compound 87 Compound 88 N O N O' H 01 BocHN O O0 O ,O N' N NN' HH HC~ Compound 89 Compound 91 Meo-() - NMeO) NN N 0,, 00 0,, 00 HH O N H N} O' Compound 9 Compound 91 MeO N MO H 0 O0 0 -O 0 0 I Compound 94 Compound 95 MeO N N MO N N 0 H Compound 94 Compound 95 N NN 1 04N/ 0 00 00 Compound 96 INCompound 97 671 0 N M N 0,,, 0 0i0 ', "3,, O 2HCI- HN 0 - 2HCl-h 2 N 0 0 0I Compound 99 ; j Compound 100 MeO N N MeO N N N N& N MeO N MNO NV4 H H HO0 N 0 Compound 101 ; a Compound 102 MoO N N Mo N N N N N OocHN 0H N 00 N 0 O 0 H Compound 103 C uand Compound 104

5. A compound selected from NO-) N MeoC Mooy N N4 >- O N,, 0 0 ,kF3C ON, O H 0 N, 00 0\ Compound 105 Compound 106 N .- N NNN 0,,, 00 0 0 0 0, 0 0 N ~ N4 A N7' SocHN/, 0I3ocHN/, 0 BocHN,, 1 0 0 0 HM" Compound 107 Compound 108 Compound 109 672 MeO MOO N N 0/,, 0 00 0 Ho 00 S N NH N N & H O N H Compound 110 Compound 120 0H O 0 F- H 0 0NNH H O NOV 0 N O ON O N Compound 121 Compound 122 0? N) 0ba 0 00 N 6>7N & Compound 123 Compound 124 HNH H0 0 0 F\H 0 C OH O N OH O H 0 ompound 0 27 C p d2 Compound 125 Compound 126 0 0N /\ H ~H 0 00 0 0H' Compound 127 Compound 128 673 Copon N 29 CompoundH0 Copon 03 H NH N H HN~ 0 0O 00 NN NN 0f 0 7

6. A c p n seece fr0 Hm Compound 129 Compound 130 Compound 131 /00 0~ NH N H 0 O0 O N N NH I NH N NH HO 0 oO0 HOV 0 0 0~O7 Compound 132 Cand Compound 133 6. A compound selected from 0/ 0/ 01/ 0N 0 N 0N >~ HO 0H 0 NHO NH, N \4K oNH ~N-,, 0 N' 0 00HH~ 0 ~H O'7 Compound 134 Compound 135 Compound 136 0~ D0"0 o N NHN HO 0 H 00 0$ 0 />-NHN N \- N' V 0 00 H\ 6JV Compound 137 Compound 138 Compound 139 674 0 0 '10 N HO 0, 0 HQN N )I " N NH N H 0 00 'NS7~ N1 ~ .NHQLNf 00 H 0 0g{ 0N H 0 HO l Compound 140 Compound 141 Compound 142 0 / 0'0' 0 O N 0 - H ~ 0N 0 00N HN N H 0 0 HN ()H0 0 N h-NH N rH N o0 N02~ 11 N 6,V N'fi 6 Compound 143 Compound 144 Compound 145 0' 0 0~ 0 0 NN o 4q- N 0 H N H 0 0 HN H 0 0 HNH 0 0 N'6 . 0~1 \-j~~ 0 6N 0OH" 0 N' \7 S Compound 146 Compound 147 Compound 148 0' 0 0' 0I 0 ON 0H 0 0N >NH 2 H 011 0 2 ?' HO 0 0 4 H 0 0 o~-~o N'. -NHN > N4~ - N N4 o 0000N Compound 149 Compound 150 Compound 151 675 0/1 oz 0 0 O 0 N K O H N H 0 0 HN' 0 0 >NH N N 0 0v 0 06N 0 H Compound 152 ; and Compound 153

7. A compound selected from ol 7W F \ 0 F F N 0 0 N FN N H -N HH N H0 0 0N N H 0 N N o 00 Compound 154 Compound 155 Compound 187 N H O N H HN ONNH H N.O C)N v O0 Compound 191 Compound 192 676 S0 N H O N N H H OX NO O H N N 0N O0 0 , OJ~ Compound 193 Compound 206 s s0 00 N 0 0 N H N H HH O N O N Compound 207 Compound 209 ,--O 0 N O0 IH NN H N ON H H N N O N O-I Oz Compound 210 Compound 211 0 C (N 0 - N S N HNN N H NNO N N H N O H NI Compound 213 Compound 215 Compound 219 0 OMe OH Br Br N N N Hr 0NO N HH 0 0 N 0N N O ONO HHN 0 H N a0I N0 Compound 220 Compound 223 Compound 224 ;and 677 OCH2OCH 2 CH 2 S(CH3)3 Br N O HN Compound 225

8. A compound selected from C o-m 2m \ ~\ /\ N N N O N Compound 21 Compound 22 Compound 230 0 0 CN N N N O O~ H H 0 N N, N 0 N- H 0 0 H 0 B o c H O N N B o c H N O O N1 1 N O O C 245Comoun 250 0 ompound 25 o Compound 231 Compound 22 Compound 2 00 Compond 25 Copound250 ompoNd 5 678 F ...- N.OH bN N F N BcHN O o N BcHN NO 7+ BoHN O H o0~ . 0 od0 Compound 255 Compound 256 Compound 257 NN NN N H 0 N N.'. BocHN O O N <NcHNO.;1 B o c H N O O N 4 ~B o H N 7 _ O O NB c HOO N o 0 C 26 Compound 259 Compound 260 ;and - N BocHN. N, 00 Compound 263

9. A compound selected from 0 00 N- N. H- N BocH -N N. -N BocN..L H BocHN~A H '0N"V BocHNI o R , 0 0o~ 00 Compound 264 Compound 265 Compound 266 679 BcN H O BocN BocH N A 00 C N'N BOCHN.L <N.-~ 0 BocHNI Bocffl N No O 0 O B c N O ON. H oH N I Bcc H NO N , 0 0 0 Compound 267 Compound 268 Compound 269 O3 N N0 N0 -tN 0 0 BocHN N 0 BocHN,, H Bc HN 0 ad> NV 0 0N Compound 270 Compound 271 Compound 272 N 0 F O N HO - N F N N .. N N N .. HN BoCHNO N? BocHN O iON BocHN 8 O C m u 0 8 C m po7 0 0 0 Compound 274 Compound 279 Compound 280 F 3 CO - N - N .- N N N N 0 N NN BoHNJ >N BocHNJH.~~ K?~i 06>7 BocHN. ijF' Compound 282 Compound 284 Compound 285 680 0F N O N F N4 O O 0o H B o H B o c H N A O Compound 286 Compound 287 Compound 288 FO N ON 0 .. 07 Compound 289 and Compound 290

10. A compound selected from Boc N B N HN 0 0 N ..-- N N \ Q N BocHN H BocHN N BocHN Compound 293 Compound 295 Compound 296 moo 0 N N ('i - H 0 0 BOcHN.N) N BocHN eo N-,,' NN1 o 0O 0 d'V BocHNI-< I N H Compound 297 Compound 299 Compound 320 681 MOO MeO MOO N N N N N N N ON N BocHN H'T4 BocHN O~ H oH HQO 0 H 0H 0 H Compound 321 - ompound 322 Compound 325 MeO MeO MO N \ ~2N \ / NEt2 ON \~ N' O N N 0 0 0 BocHN O BocHN0 H BoCHN 0 H H0 H H Compound 326 Compound 327 Compound 328 MOO MOO MoO Me 2 N /NMe 2 / N N N \ N \~ N N NO N H0H 0 0 H H H N H BocHN O o cHO N N ocNHN Compound 329 Compound 330 Compound 331 - - 'Z) sNe HN N N -N H0 N N N' g-N4 H 0 0 HI 0 H 0 0 BocHN~j 0oH 0 IN . N 0 Compound 37 Compound 3 0 Compound 3 31 682 ON H1 O NO 0O -- : : - N'N H N N40 0H y < O H HNN HH N O N N H N NO O N, y 0 6N10 y Compound 382 Compound 383 Compound 384 O0 N N H N o. O'N O O N 0~ 0 Compound 385

11. A compound which is O N 'N NH 0K Compound 11 - K+ salt

12. A compound selected from 683 N 0 Ol O O N NN SN N N N NNN O Boc N O O < o cH BocHN .. O . O N 0p _,6'>,4 0 01 '>70' " Compound 11 Compound 14 Compound 251 cCl N 0 0 N C N O N BcN p BCN ,-N HI ,N-H fO O 0 oN O O N OBOCHNcHI 0 0V Compound 253 Compound 254 Compound 25 7 CA O O FCI N N Cl -N 0 00 No.N Ho N... H B o c H N BO B o c H No c H , O O N BOCon 06 o 0 Cpd7 Compound 261 Compound 273 Compound 275 C- N C N N N cp N N--N7 BocH-NA, BocHN I Ne 0 00' 0 0 Compound 276 Compound 277 684 NO O N N N BocHN H , BocNN'' O BocHN N N N$,7\..4 H N NI. H NH O N o BocHN N N , 0 6'V HN 0H Compound 278 Compound 281 Compound 291 0 CA '-. -N N QQ 00 0 N'. BOCHN H 1 1 N, BocH N Com00n 2 Compound 292 Compound 294 and FCN F cN .-N . N e 0~0 Compound 298